Civic Platform Configuration Guide 9.3.0

User Manual:

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 1154 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Version 9.3.0
Configuration Guide
Accela Civic Platform®
Accela Civic Platform Configuration Guide
© 2018 Accela, Inc. All rights reserved.
Accela, the Accela logo, the Accela logo with “Government Software” notation, Accela Automation, Accela
Asset Management, Accela Citizen Access, Accela Mobile Citizen Access, Accela ERS, Accela GIS, Accela
IVR, Accela Land Management, Accela Licensing, Accela Mobile Office, Accela Public Health and Safety,
Accela Service Request, Accela Wireless, Kiva DMS, Kiva Development Management System, 'PERMITS'
Plus, SiteSynch, Tidemark Advantage, Civic Platform, Civic Cloud, Civic Hero, E-Boardroom,
EnvisionConnect, Envista, GEOTMS, IQM2, Mediatraq, Minutetraq, PublicStuff, Trusted To Do More,
VelocityHall, Vantage360, and other Accela logos, devices, product names, and service names are
trademarks or service marks of Accela, Inc. Brava! Viewer is a trademark of Informative Graphics
Corporation. Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation. Acrobat is a trademark of Adobe
Systems Incorporated. Portions copyright 2009 Ching-Lan 'digdog' Huang and digdog software. All other
company names, product names, and designs mentioned herein are held by their respective owners.
Version 9.3.0
February 2018
Corporate Headquarters
2633 Camino Ramon
Suite 500
Bishop Ranch 3
San Ramon, CA 94583
Tel: (888) 722-2352
Fax: (925) 659-3201
www.accela.com
| Contents | 3
Contents
Introduction.................................................................................................32
Understanding Function Identifications............................................................................................. 33
Understanding Standard Choices..................................................................................................... 34
Working With FIDs and Standard Choices................................................ 35
Working with Standard Choices........................................................................................................36
Working with FIDs.............................................................................................................................43
FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference...........................................45
Administration...................................................................................................................................46
Civic Platform Setup Portlets................................................................................................. 46
Classic Admin Tools...............................................................................................................53
Organizations and Users...................................................................................................................59
Organization Administration....................................................................................................59
User Group and User Administration.....................................................................................59
Password Security.................................................................................................................. 59
Multiple Agency Administration.............................................................................................. 59
Search.............................................................................................................................................. 61
Configuring Global Search..................................................................................................... 61
Configuring ‘PERMITS’ Plus Search......................................................................................62
Configuring Nearby Query......................................................................................................62
User View.........................................................................................................................................63
Configuring the Civic Platform Console................................................................................. 63
Configuring the Form Layout Editor.......................................................................................64
Accessing QuickQueries.........................................................................................................65
Configuring a Logo or Grade Card........................................................................................ 65
Configuring Shared Drop-Down Lists.....................................................................................65
Configuring Customized Display............................................................................................ 65
Accessing SmartCharts.......................................................................................................... 66
Configuring Reports................................................................................................................66
System Automation..........................................................................................................................67
Configuring Security Policies..................................................................................................67
Configuring Autonumbers....................................................................................................... 68
Configuring Integration with Social Media..............................................................................68
Configuring Import/Export.......................................................................................................68
Configuring Event Manager....................................................................................................69
Spell Checker......................................................................................................................... 69
| Contents | 4
People.............................................................................................................................................. 70
Configuring People Template Fields...................................................................................... 70
Configuring Reference Contacts............................................................................................ 71
Configuring Licensed Professional Types.............................................................................. 72
APO (Address, Parcel, Owner) and XAPO (External APO)............................................................. 73
Configuring Addresses............................................................................................................73
Configuring Parcels................................................................................................................ 74
Configuring and Enabling APO and XAPO Features.............................................................75
Electronic Document Review............................................................................................................ 78
Configuring the Check-In Revisions Button........................................................................... 78
Configuring EDR Access........................................................................................................78
Configuring Action Type Choices on the Document Audit Log..............................................78
Configuring EMSE Events to Streamline Workflow................................................................79
Workflow...........................................................................................................................................80
Workflow Administration......................................................................................................... 80
Configuring Daily Workflow Management Tab.......................................................................81
Record Management........................................................................................................................83
Record Type Administration................................................................................................... 83
Configuring ASI and ASI Tables............................................................................................ 83
Synchronizing Reference Data with Records.........................................................................85
Configuring Record Access....................................................................................................85
Creating Records....................................................................................................................85
Deleting Records.................................................................................................................... 86
0370-Record Type Filter.........................................................................................................86
Configuring Associations with Records..................................................................................87
Accessing the Record Detail Audit Log................................................................................. 88
Calendars...........................................................................................................................................89
Calendar Administration..........................................................................................................89
Configuring Calendars............................................................................................................ 90
Communication Manager...................................................................................................................91
General Settings..................................................................................................................... 91
Account Settings.....................................................................................................................91
Message Settings................................................................................................................... 91
Accounting......................................................................................................................................... 93
Fee Item Administration..........................................................................................................93
Managing Fees in Records.................................................................................................... 93
Configuring Payments............................................................................................................ 94
Configuring Invoice Options................................................................................................... 97
Configuring Trust Accounts.................................................................................................... 97
| Contents | 5
Configuring Cashier Workstation............................................................................................98
Configuring Valuation Calculation.......................................................................................... 99
Configuring Void and Refund Reason Options......................................................................99
Time Accounting Tracker...............................................................................................................100
Time Accounting Administration........................................................................................... 100
Configuring a List of Agency Vehicles................................................................................. 100
Configuring the Time Accounting Portlet..............................................................................100
Adding Time Accounting Entries in Inspections and Workflow............................................ 101
Streamlining Data Processing........................................................................................................102
Accessing Expression Builder.............................................................................................. 102
Configuring Conditions..........................................................................................................102
Configuring Sets................................................................................................................... 105
Configuring Audit Log...........................................................................................................106
Configuring the Batch Engine.............................................................................................. 106
Land Management...........................................................................................................................107
Configuring Structures and Establishments......................................................................... 107
Configuring Enforcement and Case Management............................................................... 108
Configuring Plan Review...................................................................................................... 109
Configuring Inspections........................................................................................................ 109
Configuring Right of Way Management............................................................................... 112
Asset Management..........................................................................................................................113
Configuring Assets................................................................................................................113
Configuring Part Inventory....................................................................................................114
Configuring Work Orders......................................................................................................115
Configuring Asset Condition Assessments...........................................................................117
Configuring PM Schedules...................................................................................................118
License and Case Management..................................................................................................... 119
Configuring License Renewal...............................................................................................119
Configuring Expired Licenses and Insurance Coverage Verification....................................119
Configuring Licensed Professional Providers.......................................................................120
Configuring Education...........................................................................................................120
Accessing Continuing Education Records........................................................................... 120
Accessing Examination Records.......................................................................................... 121
Configuring Reasons of Rescheduling or Cancelling Examination...................................... 121
Citizen Access Administration........................................................................................................122
Internationalization and Localization..............................................................................................124
Enabling Internationalization and Localization..................................................................... 124
Supporting I18N Addresses Fields.......................................................................................124
Configuring Phone Number Country Codes.........................................................................124
| Contents | 6
Setting ASI Fields to Right Justification............................................................................... 125
Setting Report Language Preferences................................................................................. 125
Standard Choices Reference.................................................................... 126
AA_EDMS_DISALLOWED_FILE_TYPES.......................................................................................127
ACA_AGENCY_EMAIL_REGISTRATION_TO................................................................................128
ACA_AUTO_ASSIGN_INSPECTOR............................................................................................... 129
ACA_CACHE_CONFIG................................................................................................................... 130
ACA_CONDITION_AGENCY_USER.............................................................................................. 131
ACA_CONFIGS............................................................................................................................... 132
ACA_CONFIGS_LINKS...................................................................................................................137
ACA_CONFIGS_TABS....................................................................................................................141
ACA_CONNECT_LICENSE_AUTO_APPROVED...........................................................................143
ACA_EMAIL_TO_AND_FROM_SETTING...................................................................................... 144
ACA_EMAIL_REGISTRATION_TO.................................................................................................145
ACA_EMAIL_REGISTRATION_FROM........................................................................................... 146
ACA_FILTER_CAP_BY_LICENSE..................................................................................................147
ACA_PAGE_PICKER...................................................................................................................... 148
ACA_SECURITY_SETTING............................................................................................................149
ACA_SPELL_CHECKER_ENABLED.............................................................................................. 150
ADHOC_REPORT_DB_VIEW.........................................................................................................151
ADDRESS_TYPE............................................................................................................................ 154
ADDRESSSET_SCRIPT_LIST........................................................................................................155
AGENCY_EMAIL_REGISTRATION_TO......................................................................................... 156
ALLOW_NEGATIVE_FEE_TRANSFER_AS_CREDIT....................................................................157
ALLOW_PAYMENT_OF_FUTURE_FEES...................................................................................... 158
ALLOW_SHARED_DROPDOWN_LIST.......................................................................................... 159
ALLOW_STANDARD_DUPLICATE_FILENAME.............................................................................160
APO_ATTACHMENT_SELECTION.................................................................................................161
APO_CHECK_DUPLICATE.............................................................................................................162
APO_SUBDIVISIONS......................................................................................................................163
APO_SUBDIVISIONS_LOTS_[subdivision name].......................................................................... 164
APOSE_SYNCHRONIZE................................................................................................................ 165
APPLICATION SPEC INFO UNIT...................................................................................................166
APPLICATION_STATUS_REASON................................................................................................167
APPLICATION_TYPE_SECURITY_FID..........................................................................................168
APPLY_ SYSTEM_ DEFAULT_ FORMAT..................................................................................... 170
ASI_ALIGNMENT_OPTIONS.......................................................................................................... 171
ASI_CONFIGS.................................................................................................................................172
ASI_EDIT_CONTROL_SYSTEM_LEVEL........................................................................................173
| Contents | 7
ASSET_CALENDAR_BUILD_INDEX_DURATION......................................................................... 174
ASSET_GROUP.............................................................................................................................. 175
ASSET_TREE_NODE_CONFIG..................................................................................................... 176
ASSET_SIZE_UNIT.........................................................................................................................178
ASSET_USAGE_UNIT_TYPE.........................................................................................................179
AUDITSET_INSPECTION_SCRIPT_LIST.......................................................................................180
AUDITSET_SCRIPT_LIST.............................................................................................................. 181
AUTHORIZED_SERVICE................................................................................................................182
AUTO_GENERATE_RECEIPT........................................................................................................183
AUTO_INVOICE_MODULE.............................................................................................................184
AUTO_OPEN_CASH_DRAWER.....................................................................................................185
AUTO_PAY_TRUST_ACCOUNTS..................................................................................................186
AUTO_SYNC_PEOPLE...................................................................................................................187
BATCH_INVOICE_REPORT........................................................................................................... 188
BATCH_JOB_PM_ADVANCE_PERIOD......................................................................................... 189
BATCH_JOB_RESULT....................................................................................................................190
BATCH_JOB_SCHEDULE_FREQUENCY......................................................................................191
BATCH_JOB_SCHEDULE_TYPE...................................................................................................192
BATCH_JOB_SERVER................................................................................................................... 193
BATCH_JOB_SERVICE_CATEGORY............................................................................................194
BATCH_JOB_STATUS....................................................................................................................195
BATCH_JOB_TYPE........................................................................................................................ 196
BUDGET_ACCOUNT...................................................................................................................... 197
CALENDAR_BLOCK_SIZE............................................................................................................. 198
CALENDAR_BLOCK_UNIT.............................................................................................................199
CALENDAR_SETTING....................................................................................................................200
CAP_CHILD_DOCUMENT.............................................................................................................. 201
CAP_CREATE_SETTINGS............................................................................................................. 202
CAP_DETAIL_ICON_FILE_FORMATS...........................................................................................203
CAP_RETAIN_FEESCHEDULE......................................................................................................204
CAPSET_SCRIPT_LIST..................................................................................................................205
CASH_DRAWER_STARTING_ENDING_BALANCE...................................................................... 206
CASHIER_STATION....................................................................................................................... 207
CENSUS_BUREAU_CONSTRUCTION_TYPE_CODE.................................................................. 208
CLONE_REFERENCE_CONDITION.............................................................................................. 209
COMMUNICATION_SMS_PROVIDERS.........................................................................................210
COMPLAINT REFERRED SOURCE.............................................................................................. 211
COMPLAINT REFERRED TYPE.................................................................................................... 212
CONDITION_PRIORITIES...............................................................................................................213
| Contents | 8
CONDITION TYPE.......................................................................................................................... 214
CONDITIONS_OF_APPROVALS....................................................................................................215
CONTACT_ACROSS_AGENCIES..................................................................................................216
CONTACT_ADDRESS_TYPE.........................................................................................................217
CONTACT_PREFERRED_CHANNEL............................................................................................ 219
CONTACT RELATIONSHIP............................................................................................................220
CONTACT TYPE.............................................................................................................................221
CONTACT_TYPE_ENABLE............................................................................................................ 223
CONTENT_TEMPLATE_LIST......................................................................................................... 224
CONTINUING_EDUCATION_REQUIRED_HOURS....................................................................... 225
CONTINUING_EDUCATION_WORKFLOW_TASK_STATUS........................................................226
COST_FACTOR.............................................................................................................................. 227
COUNTRY....................................................................................................................................... 228
CREATE_NEW_INSPECTION_WHEN_RESCHEDULE.................................................................229
CREATE_NEW_ITEM_DEFAULT_SIZE......................................................................................... 230
CREATE_NEW_ITEMS................................................................................................................... 231
CUSTOMIZED_TRACKING_NBR................................................................................................... 232
DATA_MANAGER_MAX_RECORD_NUMBER.............................................................................. 233
DEBUG............................................................................................................................................ 234
DEFAULT_LIST_ROWS..................................................................................................................235
DEFAULT_HOUSING_UNITS......................................................................................................... 236
DEFAULT_NUMBER_BUILDINGS..................................................................................................237
DEFAULT_JOB_VALUE..................................................................................................................238
DEFAULT_TEMPLATE....................................................................................................................239
DEPARTMENT_PICKER_TYPE......................................................................................................240
DEPOSIT_FOR................................................................................................................................241
DISABLE_APO_TEMPLATE_DATA_VALIDATION........................................................................ 242
DISABLE_CITY_STATE_DEFAULT................................................................................................243
DISABLE_EXPAND_RECORDSET.................................................................................................244
DISABLE_FEE_CALC_FACTOR_DROPDOWN_FOR_MODULES............................................... 245
DISABLE_GIS_NEARBY_QUERY.................................................................................................. 246
DISABLE_GIS_NEARBY_QUERY.................................................................................................. 247
DISABLE_RECORDLIST_DEFAULT_MODULE.............................................................................248
DISABLE_SHOW_SCHEDULED_INSPECTION_DATE.................................................................249
DISABLED_AEDR_CHECK.............................................................................................................250
DISPLAY_INSPECTION_COMMENT_IN_ACA.............................................................................. 251
DISPLAY_RECORD_DOCUMENTS (INSPECTION)......................................................................252
DISPLAY_RECORD_DOCUMENTS_BY_TYPE.............................................................................253
DISPOSITION..................................................................................................................................254
| Contents | 9
DOCUMENT_AUDIT_ACTION_TYPES.......................................................................................... 255
DOCUMENT_CONDITION_TYPE_FILTER.................................................................................... 256
DOCUMENT_REVIEW_STATUS (User-defined Name).................................................................257
DOCUMENT_STATUS (User-defined Name).................................................................................258
E_CODES........................................................................................................................................259
EDMS...............................................................................................................................................260
EDMS_FUNCTION (User-defined Name).......................................................................................262
EDUCATION_DEGREE...................................................................................................................263
E-MAIL_PAYMENT_NOTICE_DISABLE.........................................................................................264
EMSE_Settings................................................................................................................................265
ENABLE_ADD_MULTIPLE_CONDITIONS..................................................................................... 266
ENABLE_80_UI............................................................................................................................... 267
ENABLE_AMO_ONLINE_REPORT................................................................................................ 269
ENABLE_ANONYMOUS_REPORT................................................................................................ 270
ENABLE_AUTO_POPULATE_PARCEL_OWNER..........................................................................271
ENABLE_CAP_TYPE_ALIAS..........................................................................................................272
ENABLE_CONDITION_RESOLVED_DATE....................................................................................273
ENABLE_CONTACT_ADDRESS.................................................................................................... 274
ENABLE_CONTACT_ADDRESS_VALIDATION.............................................................................275
ENABLE_CONTACT_TYPE_FILTERING_BY_MODULE............................................................... 276
ENABLE_CONTACT_TYPE_SECURITY........................................................................................278
ENABLE_DISPLAY_ISLAMIC_CALENDAR....................................................................................279
ENABLE_EMSE...............................................................................................................................280
ENABLE_EMAIL_NOTIFICATION_PROMPT................................................................................. 281
ENABLE_EXPIRED_LICENSE........................................................................................................282
ENABLE_EXPRESSION_AND_SCRIPT_CACHE.......................................................................... 283
ENABLE_MERCHANT_ACCOUNT_BY_MODULE.........................................................................284
ENABLE_MULTIPLE_CONDITION_GROUP_FOR_TYPE.............................................................285
ENABLE_ORIGINAL_VALUATION_CALCULATOR....................................................................... 286
ENABLE_PARCEL_ENDORSEMENT.............................................................................................287
ENABLE_PAYMENT_ENDORSEMENT..........................................................................................288
ENABLE_PERMITS_PLUS_SEARCH.............................................................................................289
ENABLE_SELECT_ADDRESS_OWNER_AFTER_PARCEL..........................................................290
ENABLE_SELECT_PARCEL_OWNER_AFTER_ADDRESS..........................................................291
ENABLE_THE_DISPLAY_OF_SECURITY_ANSWER....................................................................292
ENFORCEMENT DEFENDANT EYE COLOR................................................................................293
ENFORCEMENT DEFENDANT HAIR COLOR.............................................................................. 294
EPaymentAdapter............................................................................................................................295
EVENT_ACTION............................................................................................................................. 296
| Contents | 10
EVIDENCE_DISPOSITION............................................................................................................. 297
EVIDENCE_LOCATION.................................................................................................................. 298
EVIDENCE_TYPE........................................................................................................................... 299
EVIDENCE_UNITS_MEASURE...................................................................................................... 300
EXAM_CSV_FORMAT.................................................................................................................... 301
EXAMINATION_WORKFLOW_TASK_STATUS............................................................................. 303
EXPIRATION_INTERVAL_UNITS...................................................................................................304
EXPIRATIONDATE_DISPLAY_FLAG............................................................................................. 305
EXPORT_MAX_RECORDS.............................................................................................................306
EXTERNAL_ADDRESS_SOURCE................................................................................................. 307
EXTERNAL_CONTACT_ADDRESS_SOURCE_[SOURCE NAME]...............................................309
EXTERNAL_DOC_REVIEW............................................................................................................310
EXTERNAL_OWNER_SOURCE.....................................................................................................311
EXTERNAL_PARCEL_SOURCE.................................................................................................... 312
EXTERNAL_PROVIDER_ADAPTER.............................................................................................. 314
EXTERNAL_REVIEWERS.............................................................................................................. 315
FEE_QUANTITY_ACCURACY........................................................................................................316
FILE_UPLOAD_BEHAVIOR............................................................................................................ 317
FIND APP DATE RANGE...............................................................................................................319
FIND_TIME_ACCOUNTING_LOGGED_DATE_RANGE................................................................ 320
FISCAL_YEAR_START...................................................................................................................321
FOOD_FACILITY_INSPECTION.....................................................................................................322
FULL_PAY_ALLOCATION_OPTIONS............................................................................................ 323
GENDER..........................................................................................................................................324
GIS_ATTACHMENT_SELECTION..................................................................................................325
GIS_BUFFER_DISTANCE.............................................................................................................. 326
GIS_NEARBY_QUERY_LIMITATION............................................................................................. 327
GIS_PROX_ALERT_TRIGGERS.................................................................................................... 328
GLOBAL_SEARCH_BUILD_INDEX_ENTITIES..............................................................................329
GLOBAL_SEARCH_MAX_COUNT................................................................................................. 330
GLOBAL_TRUST_ACCOUNT.........................................................................................................331
GRACE_PERIOD_INTERVAL_UNITS............................................................................................ 332
HEARING BODY............................................................................................................................. 333
HEARING LOCATION.....................................................................................................................334
HEARING MAX TIME..................................................................................................................... 335
I18N_ADDRESS_FORMAT.............................................................................................................336
I18N_SETTINGS............................................................................................................................. 340
INDIVIDUAL_CONTACT_MATCH_CRITERIA................................................................................343
INSPECTION_CATEGORY.............................................................................................................345
| Contents | 11
INSPECTION_DISTRICT_ON_PARCEL.........................................................................................346
INSPECTION_RESULT_CSV_FORMAT........................................................................................ 347
INSPECTION_ROUTE_TYPE......................................................................................................... 349
INSPECTION_SETTING................................................................................................................. 350
INSPECTION_UNIT_NUMBER_VALUES.......................................................................................352
INSPECTIONS_BY_UNIT............................................................................................................... 353
INSPECTOR_AUTO_ASSIGN_CRITERIA......................................................................................354
INSPECTOR_WORKLOAD_CALENDAR_TIME.............................................................................355
KEEP_COMPLETED_INSPECTION_ACTIVE................................................................................ 356
LICENSE_TYPE.............................................................................................................................. 357
LICENSED_PROF_ACTIVE_STATUS............................................................................................358
LICENSED_PROF_EXPIRE_STATUS............................................................................................359
LICENSED PROFESSIONAL TYPE............................................................................................... 360
LIMIT_WORKSTATION_ACCEPT_PAYMENT............................................................................... 361
LOCATION_TYPE........................................................................................................................... 362
LOAD_TO_RECORD_PORTLET.................................................................................................... 363
LOGO_TYPE_CATEGORY............................................................................................................. 364
LONG_TERM_TIME_TRACKING....................................................................................................365
LOOKUP_TABLE_PAGE_SIZE.......................................................................................................366
MASKS............................................................................................................................................ 367
MASTER_SCRIPT_DEFAULT_VERSION...................................................................................... 369
MAX_ATTACHMENT_SELECTION_NUMBER...............................................................................370
MEETING BODY............................................................................................................................. 371
MEETING LOCATION.....................................................................................................................372
MEETING MAX TIME..................................................................................................................... 373
MEETING_NOTIFICATION_OUTLOOK_REMINDER.....................................................................374
MEETING_REASON_COMMENT...................................................................................................375
MEETING_TYPE_STATUS_GROUP..............................................................................................376
MEETING_TYPE_STATUS_{Group Name}....................................................................................377
MODULE_AUDIT_FREQUENCY.................................................................................................... 378
MULTIPLE_APO_GIS_SELECTION............................................................................................... 379
MULTIPLE_LICENSE_PROFESSIONAL........................................................................................ 380
MULTI_SERVICE_SETTINGS.........................................................................................................381
NEW_SPEAR_FORM_ENABLE......................................................................................................382
ONE_INVOICE_FOR_ALL_CAPS...................................................................................................383
ONLINE_PAYMENT_MAX_AMOUNT.............................................................................................384
ONLINEPAYMENT_WEBSERVICE_URL....................................................................................... 385
ORGANIZATION_CONTACT_MATCH_CRITERIA.........................................................................386
PARCELSET_SCRIPT_LIST...........................................................................................................388
| Contents | 12
PART_CALCULATE_TYPE.............................................................................................................389
PARTIAL_CAP_CONDITION_ENABLE.......................................................................................... 390
PARTIALLY_COMPLETED_CAP_PURGE_DAYS......................................................................... 391
PARTS_ALLOW_NEGATIVE_QUANTITY...................................................................................... 392
PASSWORD_CALCULATION_SCORE.......................................................................................... 393
PASSWORD_POLICY_SETTINGS.................................................................................................394
PAYMENT_CREDITCARD_TYPE...................................................................................................395
PAYMENT_CHECK_ACCOUNT_TYPE..........................................................................................396
PAYMENT_CHECK_TYPE..............................................................................................................397
PAYMENT_GROUP........................................................................................................................ 398
PAYMENT_PROCESSING_DEFAULT_METHOD..........................................................................399
PAYMENT_PROCESSING_METHOD............................................................................................ 400
PAYMENT_PROCESSING_RECORD_RECEIPT...........................................................................401
PAYMENT_RECEIVED_TYPE........................................................................................................402
PAYMENT_REMITTER_CONTACT_TYPE.....................................................................................403
PENALTY_FEE_FUNC....................................................................................................................404
PENALTY_INTERVAL_UNITS........................................................................................................ 405
PHONE_NUMBER_IDD...................................................................................................................406
PHONE_NUMBER_IDD_ENABLE.................................................................................................. 412
POINT_OF_SALE_FEE_SCHEDULE............................................................................................. 413
POINT_OF_SALE_TYPE................................................................................................................ 415
POPULATE_CURRENT_USER_TO_APPLICANT......................................................................... 416
PRIORITY........................................................................................................................................ 417
PRODUCTION_UNIT_TYPE........................................................................................................... 418
PROFESSIONALSET_SCRIPT_LIST............................................................................................. 419
PROX_ALERT_ACTION..................................................................................................................420
PROXIMITY ALERT DISPLAY GIS map viewer.............................................................................421
RACE............................................................................................................................................... 422
RANDOM_AUDIT............................................................................................................................ 423
REASON_FOR_RESCHEDULING_CANCELLING_EXAMINATION..............................................424
RECENTLY_HISTORY_SIZE..........................................................................................................425
REF_ADDRESS_TYPE................................................................................................................... 426
REFERENCE_CONTACT_RELATIONSHIP................................................................................... 427
REFUND_PAYMENT_REASON......................................................................................................428
REGIONAL MODIFIER....................................................................................................................429
RELATED_CAP_SUMMARY...........................................................................................................430
RELATED_RECORDS_DEFAULT_VIEW.......................................................................................431
RELATED_CAP_CONFIG............................................................................................................... 432
REMOVE_PAY_FEE....................................................................................................................... 433
| Contents | 13
REMOVE_REQUIRED_IN_ADMIN_CONDITIONS.........................................................................434
REMOVE_REQUIRED_IN_DAILY_CONDITIONS..........................................................................436
REPORT_CRITERIA_LANGUAGE................................................................................................. 437
REPORTS FROM GIS OBJECTS.................................................................................................. 438
REPRINT_REASONS......................................................................................................................439
ROUTE_OPTIMIZER_PROVIDER.................................................................................................. 440
ROWM_CONDITIONS.....................................................................................................................441
ROWM_INTEGRATION...................................................................................................................442
SALUTATION.................................................................................................................................. 443
SESSION_TIMEOUT.......................................................................................................................444
SG-PERCENTAGE_ EXCLUDE_ INVOICED_ FEE.......................................................................445
SINGLE_INVOICE_REPORT.......................................................................................................... 446
SOCIAL_MEDIA_SETTINGS.......................................................................................................... 447
SPELL_CHECKER_ENABLED....................................................................................................... 448
SSO_ADAPTER.............................................................................................................................. 449
STANDARD_WEB_FONTS.............................................................................................................450
State/Province (User-defined Name).............................................................................................. 451
STATES........................................................................................................................................... 453
STATUS_OF_CONDITIONS_OF_APPROVAL...............................................................................454
STREET DIRECTIONS................................................................................................................... 455
STREET SUFFIXES........................................................................................................................456
STRUCTURETYPE......................................................................................................................... 457
STRUCTURE_APO_ASSOCIATION...............................................................................................458
STRUCTURE_CAP_ASSOCIATION...............................................................................................459
STRUCTURE_ESTABLISHMENT_APO_ASSOCIATION...............................................................460
STRUCTURE_ESTABLISHMENT_LAND_USE..............................................................................461
STRUCTURE_ESTABLISHMENT_STATUS...................................................................................462
TEMPLATE_EMSE_DROPDOWN.................................................................................................. 463
TEMPLATE_TEXT_PARAMS..........................................................................................................464
TIME_ACCOUNTING_SETTINGS.................................................................................................. 465
TIME_MODULES.............................................................................................................................466
TRUST_ACCOUNT_ADMINISTRATOR..........................................................................................467
TRUST_ACCOUNT_ONLY..............................................................................................................468
UNIT DESC..................................................................................................................................... 469
UNIT TYPES................................................................................................................................... 470
UPDATE_REFERENCE_CONDITION............................................................................................ 471
USE_GIS_REST_API...................................................................................................................... 472
USER_DISCIPLINES.......................................................................................................................473
USER_DISTRICTS.......................................................................................................................... 474
| Contents | 14
VAL_CALC_BY_RECORD_TYPE...................................................................................................475
VALUATION_CALCULATOR_VERSION........................................................................................ 476
VEHICLE..........................................................................................................................................477
VIRTUAL FOLDERS (User-defined Name).................................................................................... 478
VOID_INVOICE_REASON.............................................................................................................. 479
VOID_PAYMENT_REASON............................................................................................................480
WITHOUT_INSPECTION_TIME......................................................................................................481
WO_TASK_DURATION_UNIT........................................................................................................ 482
WO_TASK_DURATION_SAME_AS_DEFAULT............................................................................. 483
WO_CLOSE_CHECK_TASK...........................................................................................................484
WORKFLOW_FIDS......................................................................................................................... 485
WORKFLOW_CONFIGS................................................................................................................. 486
Function IDs Reference.............................................................................487
0004-Admin Users...........................................................................................................................488
0005-Reference Property Parcels................................................................................................... 489
0006-Reference Property Addresses.............................................................................................. 490
0008-Reference Licensed Professionals.........................................................................................491
0025-Admin Workflow Email Settings.............................................................................................492
0026-Admin Workflow Email Messages..........................................................................................493
0027-Workflow Email Override........................................................................................................494
0036-Admin Workflow Processes................................................................................................... 495
0043-Tickler..................................................................................................................................... 496
0044-User Preferences................................................................................................................... 497
0045-Admin Organizational Hierarchy............................................................................................ 498
0047-Admin Fee Payment Periods................................................................................................. 499
0048-Reference Hearing Locations.................................................................................................500
0049-Reference Hearing Bodies..................................................................................................... 501
0050-Reference Hearing Calendar (old).........................................................................................502
0054-Admin Condition Types.......................................................................................................... 503
0055-Admin Condition Status..........................................................................................................504
0056-Admin Condition Reference................................................................................................... 505
0057-Reference Condition Parcels................................................................................................. 506
0058-Admin Workflow Condition Validation.................................................................................... 507
0059-Admin Fees Valuation Calculation.........................................................................................508
0060-Admin Fees Regional Modifier...............................................................................................509
0061-Admin SmartChoice Code......................................................................................................510
0063-Admin Workflow Task Status.................................................................................................511
0065-Admin Application Types........................................................................................................512
0068-Admin Fee Item Sets............................................................................................................. 513
| Contents | 15
0069-Reference Condition Addresses............................................................................................ 514
0070-Reference Condition Licensed Professionals........................................................................ 515
0071-Admin Workflow Final Inspection...........................................................................................516
0072-Admin App Spec Info.............................................................................................................517
0073-Admin Application Renewal Info............................................................................................ 518
0074-Admin License Fee Payment Period..................................................................................... 519
0075-Admin License Types.............................................................................................................520
0076-Accela Events.........................................................................................................................521
0077-Admin Event Setup................................................................................................................ 522
0078-Admin Event Script Setup......................................................................................................523
0079-Admin Event Script Test........................................................................................................ 524
0080-Admin Rbizdomain Maintenance........................................................................................... 525
0081-Admin Calendar Events......................................................................................................... 526
0082-Reference Structure............................................................................................................... 527
0083-Reference Structure Template............................................................................................... 528
0084-Reference People Contact..................................................................................................... 529
0085-Admin APO Template............................................................................................................ 530
0086-Admin Agency Online Help....................................................................................................531
0087-Accela Online Help.................................................................................................................532
0088-Admin People User Defined Attributes.................................................................................. 533
0089-Reference Property Owners...................................................................................................534
0092-Accela Functions.................................................................................................................... 535
0093-Accela Release Versions....................................................................................................... 536
0094-Accela Agency........................................................................................................................537
0095-Accela Agency Functions.......................................................................................................538
0096-Admin User Groups................................................................................................................539
0097-Admin Workflow Review Activity............................................................................................540
0098-Reference Standard Comments.............................................................................................541
0099-Admin Oracle Reports............................................................................................................542
0106-Admin Batch job.....................................................................................................................543
0107-Admin GIS Service.................................................................................................................544
0108-Admin Document Type...........................................................................................................545
0109-Reference Genealogy Split/Merge......................................................................................... 546
0110-Reference Owner Condition...................................................................................................547
0111-Admin GIS Dynamic Themes.................................................................................................548
0112-Admin Workflow..................................................................................................................... 549
0115-Reference Calendar Structure............................................................................................... 550
0116-Admin Calendar Structure Blockout.......................................................................................551
0117-Admin Calendar Inspection Blockout..................................................................................... 552
| Contents | 16
0118-Admin GIS Search Tools....................................................................................................... 553
0119-Admin Citation Number Generator.........................................................................................554
0120-Accela Login Page Navigation Link Maintenance..................................................................555
0121-Admin Agency Announcements............................................................................................. 556
0122-Accela System Announcements............................................................................................ 557
0123-Admin Inspection Result Group............................................................................................. 558
0124-Admin Inspection Guide Sheet.............................................................................................. 559
0125-Admin Inspection Guide Sheet Group................................................................................... 560
0127-Admin Application Status Group............................................................................................561
0128-Accela User Profile Replace Password................................................................................. 562
0129-Admin GIS Feature................................................................................................................ 563
0130-Admin GIS Establish Genealogy............................................................................................564
0131-Admin Find App (Custom)..................................................................................................... 565
0133-Admin Inspection Type Sets.................................................................................................. 566
0134-Admin-Message-General........................................................................................................567
0135-Admin-Message-Supervisor....................................................................................................568
0136-Admin Application General Profile......................................................................................... 569
0137-Admin Filter View................................................................................................................... 570
0139-Admin-DataFilter/QuickQuery.................................................................................................571
0142-Admin Agency Security Policies............................................................................................ 572
0143-Admin Workflow Task Spec Info............................................................................................573
0144-Admin Agency Dynamic Menu...............................................................................................574
0145-Admin Report Management................................................................................................... 575
0146-Admin Folder Admin...............................................................................................................576
0147-Accela DB Admin................................................................................................................... 577
0148-Admin Report Admin..............................................................................................................578
0149-Admin Universe Admin...........................................................................................................579
0150-Admin Workload and Skillset................................................................................................. 580
0151-Admin Alert and Rules...........................................................................................................581
0152-Admin IntelliScript...................................................................................................................582
0153-Reference GIS Proximity Alerts............................................................................................. 583
0154-Reference Workflow Proximity Alerts.....................................................................................584
0155-Admin Label Configuration.....................................................................................................585
0156-Admin SmartChart Configuration........................................................................................... 586
0157-Admin SmartChart Query Configuration................................................................................ 587
0158-Admin Attribute Definition.......................................................................................................588
0159-Admin Attribute Template Definition...................................................................................... 589
0160-Admin AMS Asset Definition..................................................................................................590
0161-Admin Work Order Costing Item Definition............................................................................591
| Contents | 17
0162-Admin Work Order Parts Definition........................................................................................592
0163-Admin Work Order Tools Definition....................................................................................... 593
0164-Admin Links Portlets.............................................................................................................. 594
0169-Admin-Work Order Template................................................................................................. 595
0170-Admin-WO Template Costing................................................................................................ 596
0173-WO Template Part................................................................................................................. 597
0175-Admin App Spec Info Groups................................................................................................598
0179-Admin App Spec Info Subgroups.......................................................................................... 599
0180-Admin Workflow Task Spec Info Subgroups......................................................................... 600
0181-Admin Fees Manage Schedule..............................................................................................601
0182-Admin GIS Attribute Mapping................................................................................................ 602
0183-Reference Hearing Calendar................................................................................................. 603
0184-Admin Content Customization................................................................................................604
0185-Admin V360 Export................................................................................................................ 605
0186-Admin V360 Import................................................................................................................ 606
0187-Admin Upload Logo Image.................................................................................................... 607
0188-Admin Flow Diagram..............................................................................................................608
0190-Manage Trust Account...........................................................................................................609
0191-Update license expiration task...............................................................................................610
0192-Workflow Report Setting........................................................................................................ 611
0193-Report Management Auto Report..........................................................................................612
0194-Access Structure Conditions.................................................................................................. 613
0195-Admin-PM Schedule...............................................................................................................614
0196-Admin-PM Schedule Linked Quick Query............................................................................. 615
0197-Admin-PM Schedule Linked Asset.........................................................................................616
0198-Admin-PM Schedule Skipped Asset...................................................................................... 617
0199-Admin-PM Schedule Hold Event............................................................................................618
0200-Admin-PM Schedule Maintenance Record...........................................................................619
0201-Admin-Generating Work Orders By PM Schedule.................................................................620
0202-Application Type Image..........................................................................................................621
0204-Properties Rename Parcel ID................................................................................................ 622
0205-Admin App Spec Info Table...................................................................................................623
0206-Admin Fee Decisions............................................................................................................. 624
0207-Admin Inspector Districts....................................................................................................... 625
0208-Reference Address Condition History....................................................................................626
0209-Reference Parcel Condition History.......................................................................................627
0210-Reference Owner Condition History...................................................................................... 628
0211-Reference Licensed Professional Cond. History................................................................... 629
0212-Reference Structure Condition History.................................................................................. 630
| Contents | 18
0213-Admin AMS Parts Item Location............................................................................................631
0214-Admin AMS Parts Vendors and Manufacturers.....................................................................632
0218-Admin Auto-Assign Inspection............................................................................................... 633
0219-Admin AMS PM Schedule Location.......................................................................................634
0220-Admin AMS Address PM Schedule....................................................................................... 635
0221-Admin Console Management.................................................................................................636
0222-Address Asset........................................................................................................................ 637
0223-Address Work Order.............................................................................................................. 638
0224-Active Directory...................................................................................................................... 639
0226-Reports Manager Admin........................................................................................................ 640
0227-Condition Assessment............................................................................................................641
0229-Admin display Department..................................................................................................... 642
0230-Menu Navigation Admin......................................................................................................... 643
0231-Admin Inspection Type/Guide Sheet for ODS....................................................................... 644
0232-Admin display Option/Required column.................................................................................645
0234-Workflow Calendar................................................................................................................. 646
0235-Inspection Default Value Policy............................................................................................. 647
0236-Inspection Type and Status Security..................................................................................... 648
0237-Attach GIS Object.................................................................................................................. 649
0239-Activities For People and Property........................................................................................ 650
0240-Reports Manager Admin........................................................................................................ 651
0241-Parcel Subdivision and Lot Search........................................................................................652
0242-Required for Fee Calculation................................................................................................. 653
0243-GIS Service............................................................................................................................ 654
0244-Fee Estimation....................................................................................................................... 655
0245-Long Term Time Tracking......................................................................................................656
0246-Activities Specific Information................................................................................................ 657
0247-Agency Workday Calendar.................................................................................................... 658
0248-Admin-Security Policy-EDMS Access Security...................................................................... 659
0249-Workflow Edit......................................................................................................................... 660
0250-People Info Table...................................................................................................................661
0251-Hearing Reason..................................................................................................................... 662
0252-Asset Type Available CAP Type............................................................................................663
0253-Asset GIS Synchronize.......................................................................................................... 664
0254-WO Task Definition................................................................................................................ 665
0255-Manage Asset Type Security.................................................................................................666
0256-Carrying over Failed Guide Sheet Items............................................................................... 667
0257-Admin Inspection Calendar.................................................................................................... 668
0258-Supervisor Inspection Calendaring........................................................................................ 669
| Contents | 19
0259-ASI Lookup Table...................................................................................................................670
0260-Expression Builder..................................................................................................................671
0261-ASI Form Layout Editor......................................................................................................... 672
0263- Admin Event Calendar (obsolete, replaced by 8483)...........................................................673
0264-Admin Time Accounting Type................................................................................................674
0265-Admin Time Accounting User Profile.....................................................................................675
0266-Admin Time Accounting Group..............................................................................................676
0267-TSI Form Layout Editor..........................................................................................................677
0268-APO Form Layout Editor........................................................................................................678
0269-Admin Attribute Form Layout Editor.......................................................................................679
0270-Sequence Generator.............................................................................................................. 680
0272-Control Shared Drop Down List in Admin..............................................................................681
0273-ASI Table Drill Down..............................................................................................................682
0274-Rating Type............................................................................................................................ 683
0275-Condition by Group................................................................................................................ 684
0276-Address Type Group..............................................................................................................685
0277-Address Type for the reference address............................................................................... 686
0278-Associate People....................................................................................................................687
0279-Associate Address..................................................................................................................688
0280-Associate Parcel.....................................................................................................................689
0281-Supervisor Master Calendaring..............................................................................................690
0282-Expression Migration..............................................................................................................691
0283-Associated CAP List...............................................................................................................692
0284-Batch Job Maintenance..........................................................................................................693
0285-Batch Job Schedule............................................................................................................... 694
0286-Delegate User Management.................................................................................................. 695
0288-Enable Inspection Flow.......................................................................................................... 697
0289-Enable Inspection Milestone.................................................................................................. 698
0290-Admin - Standard Comments.................................................................................................699
0291-Guide Sheet Template Data.................................................................................................. 700
0292-Service Management..............................................................................................................701
0294-Structure and Establishment.................................................................................................. 702
0295-Reference Structure and Establishment................................................................................ 703
0296-Structure and Establishment Condition..................................................................................704
0297-Structure and Establishment History......................................................................................705
0299-Super License Management.................................................................................................. 706
0300-License Management............................................................................................................. 707
0305-Admin Attribute Table Definition............................................................................................ 708
0306-Work Order Type....................................................................................................................709
| Contents | 20
0307-Audit Logger Definition...........................................................................................................710
0308-Data Manager Export.............................................................................................................711
0309-Data Manager Import............................................................................................................. 712
0310-Admin Education Info.............................................................................................................713
0311-Admin Continuing Education Info...........................................................................................714
0312-Admin Examination Info......................................................................................................... 715
0314-Admin Meeting Calendar........................................................................................................716
0315-Admin Create New Objects................................................................................................... 717
0316-Reference Contact Condition................................................................................................. 718
0317-Reference Contact Condition History.....................................................................................719
0318-Administration......................................................................................................................... 720
0319-Delete ASI and ASIT on existing CAPs.................................................................................721
0320-Admin License Verification.....................................................................................................722
0321-Reference Address Copy....................................................................................................... 723
0322-Reference Merge Contacts.................................................................................................... 724
0323-Disable Licensed Professionals Search.................................................................................725
0324-Admin Receipt Print Audit......................................................................................................726
0326-Define Asset Usage Unit Type.............................................................................................. 727
0327-Edit My QuickQuery By Administration..................................................................................728
0328-Accessibility Mode..................................................................................................................729
0330-Admin Work Order Costing Group Definition.........................................................................730
0331-Trust Account Associated Record..........................................................................................731
0332-Daily Cost Rate Definition......................................................................................................732
0333-Condition List Audit Log.........................................................................................................733
0334-Condition Detail Audit Log..................................................................................................... 734
0335-Copy or Move Parcel Associated Records............................................................................735
0336-User Calendar........................................................................................................................ 736
0337-Agency Holiday Calendar.......................................................................................................737
0338-Licensed Professional Document List....................................................................................738
0339-Inspection Grade Group.........................................................................................................739
0340-Reference Contact Type Security..........................................................................................740
0341-Daily Contact Type Security...................................................................................................741
0342-Parcels GIS Attributes Mapping.............................................................................................742
0343-Contact Relationship.............................................................................................................. 743
0344-Show Address on the Contact...............................................................................................744
0345-Look Up Address on the Contact Address............................................................................ 745
0346-Workflow Designer................................................................................................................. 746
0347-Social Media...........................................................................................................................747
0348-AA-AGIS Integration Diagnosis Tool......................................................................................748
| Contents | 21
0349-Contact Management............................................................................................................. 749
0350-Regional Settings................................................................................................................... 750
0351-Admin Set Type..................................................................................................................... 751
0352-Professional List..................................................................................................................... 752
0353-Contact Identity Fields............................................................................................................753
0354-Custom Dictionary.................................................................................................................. 754
0355-Reference Contact Relationship............................................................................................ 755
0357-Reference Contact Log.......................................................................................................... 756
0360-Account Settings.................................................................................................................... 757
0361-General Settings.....................................................................................................................758
0362-Duplicate Contact Address Check......................................................................................... 759
0365-License Certification Info........................................................................................................760
0366-License Certification Supervisor.............................................................................................761
0367-Default Clone Options............................................................................................................762
0368-Reference Contact Document List.........................................................................................763
0370-Record Type Filter..................................................................................................................764
0371-Professional List..................................................................................................................... 765
0374-Data Manager Delete.............................................................................................................766
0375-New UI Admin Access Restricted..........................................................................................767
0376-Admin Conditions Access Restricted..................................................................................... 768
7800-Report Menu...........................................................................................................................769
7801-Ad Hoc Reports......................................................................................................................770
8006-Application Print Permit..........................................................................................................771
8014-Standard Comments and Task List....................................................................................... 772
8020-Condition Full Privileges.........................................................................................................773
8027-Smart Notice...........................................................................................................................774
8028-Addresses...............................................................................................................................775
8029-Parcels....................................................................................................................................776
8030-Owners................................................................................................................................... 777
8031-Contacts..................................................................................................................................778
8032-Licensed Professionals...........................................................................................................779
8033-Additional Information.............................................................................................................780
8034-New Application......................................................................................................................781
8035-Find App.................................................................................................................................782
8036-Workflow - 2.5........................................................................................................................ 783
8038-Valuation Calculation..............................................................................................................784
8039-PermitsPlus Historical Data....................................................................................................785
8047-Hearings (obsolete, replaced by 8483)..................................................................................786
8049-Batch Job (old).......................................................................................................................787
| Contents | 22
8068-Find App (simple search).......................................................................................................788
8073-App Spec Info........................................................................................................................ 789
8074-Set Header Maintenance....................................................................................................... 790
8075-Set Detail Maintenance.......................................................................................................... 791
8078-New Business License Application........................................................................................ 792
8079-Business Licenses Expiration Info......................................................................................... 793
8081-Project Maintenance/Navigation.............................................................................................794
8085-Inspection Email Notification.................................................................................................. 795
8090-Workflow Supervisor...............................................................................................................796
8093-Staff Search............................................................................................................................797
8097-Manual Application Number Option....................................................................................... 798
8098-Agency Switch........................................................................................................................799
8099-Inspection Calendar Override Authority................................................................................. 800
8102-People User Defined Attributes..............................................................................................801
8103-Structure Tracking.................................................................................................................. 802
8104-Assess Fees...........................................................................................................................803
8105-User Defined Parcel Attribute................................................................................................ 804
8106-Void Application......................................................................................................................805
8107-Cashier-Supervisor................................................................................................................. 806
8108-Cashier Payment....................................................................................................................807
8110-Application Comment............................................................................................................. 808
8112-Application Cloning.................................................................................................................809
8113-Standard Comments...............................................................................................................810
8114-ADS New Non-Electronic Documents (old)........................................................................... 811
8115-ADS Document List (old)....................................................................................................... 812
8116-V360 Reports......................................................................................................................... 813
8119-GIS Service............................................................................................................................ 814
8120-ADS Non-Electronic Documents (old)....................................................................................815
8121-Set Payment...........................................................................................................................816
8122-Batch Job............................................................................................................................... 817
8130-Parcel Genealogy...................................................................................................................818
8132-Workflow................................................................................................................................. 819
8133-Workflow Task Assignments.................................................................................................. 820
8134-Set Workflow Status Change.................................................................................................821
8135-Include Insp. History in Workflow History.............................................................................. 822
8137-Calendar Structure................................................................................................................. 823
8138-Condition Limit Access by Dept.............................................................................................824
8140-Limit Assignments by Dept.................................................................................................... 825
8141-Application Status...................................................................................................................826
| Contents | 23
8142-Application Status History...................................................................................................... 827
8143-Inspection Scheduling............................................................................................................ 828
8144-Inspection Results Supervisor................................................................................................829
8145-Inspection Results.................................................................................................................. 830
8146-Inspection Route Sheet..........................................................................................................831
8147-Inspection Assignments..........................................................................................................832
8148-Create From GIS....................................................................................................................833
8149-Inspection Guide Sheet..........................................................................................................834
8150-Find App (Custom).................................................................................................................835
8151-Messages............................................................................................................................... 836
8152-WO/SR Group Update........................................................................................................... 837
8153-ADS Document Upload (old)..................................................................................................838
8154-Application Hierarchy..............................................................................................................839
8155-Department Manager..............................................................................................................840
8157-Application Custom Header................................................................................................... 841
8161-Properties Section Township Range......................................................................................842
8162-Application Limit Access by App Type...................................................................................843
8163-Real Estate Work Request.................................................................................................... 844
8164-Real Estate Certification Package......................................................................................... 845
8165-Real Estate Relocation Displace............................................................................................846
8166-Real Estate Tract-Component Relationship...........................................................................847
8167-ADS Document Delete (old)...................................................................................................848
8168-Agency Dynamic Menu.......................................................................................................... 849
8169-Real Estate Service Request.................................................................................................850
8170-Real Estate Vendor Work Order............................................................................................851
8171-Real Estate Tract-NFI Relationship....................................................................................... 852
8172-Real Estate Department Financials....................................................................................... 853
8173-Real Estate Project Financials...............................................................................................854
8174-Real Estate Component Financials........................................................................................855
8175-GIS Objects............................................................................................................................ 856
8176-GIS Area Usage.....................................................................................................................857
8177-Report Management...............................................................................................................858
8178-Report Runner........................................................................................................................859
8179-Report Scheduler................................................................................................................... 860
8180-Report Writer.......................................................................................................................... 861
8181-Report Object Writer.............................................................................................................. 862
8182-GIS Proximity Alerts...............................................................................................................863
8183-Application App Spec Info Groups.........................................................................................864
8184-Set App Spec Info..................................................................................................................865
| Contents | 24
8185-Set Task Spec Info................................................................................................................ 866
8186-Workflow Task Activation....................................................................................................... 867
8187-Inspection GIS Route Optimization........................................................................................868
8188-SmartChart Display................................................................................................................ 869
8189-Asset Data Management........................................................................................................870
8190-Work Order Management.......................................................................................................872
8191-Work Order Costing............................................................................................................... 873
8192-Work Order Parts................................................................................................................... 874
8193-Work Order Tools...................................................................................................................875
8194-Work Order Scheduled Work Orders.....................................................................................876
8195-SmartChart Viewer................................................................................................................. 877
8196-SmartChart GIS......................................................................................................................878
8197-Real Estate FDA Exceptions..................................................................................................879
8198-Tract Financials Summary..................................................................................................... 880
8201-Daily Asset Location...............................................................................................................881
8202-Daily Asset Relationship........................................................................................................ 882
8203-Daily Record Asset.................................................................................................................883
8206-Daily-Work Order Close......................................................................................................... 884
8207-Workflow Ad Hoc Tasks - 5.2................................................................................................885
8208-Autopopulate APO Data from GIS.........................................................................................886
8209-Single Portlet Data Summary.................................................................................................887
8210-Workflow My Task List...........................................................................................................888
8211-List Driven SmartChart...........................................................................................................889
8212-Upload EDMS Attachment..................................................................................................... 890
8213-Download EDMS Attachment.................................................................................................891
8214-View EDMS Attachment List..................................................................................................892
8215-GIS Genealogy.......................................................................................................................893
8216-Citizen Fee Update................................................................................................................ 894
8217-Fees Credit Card Payment.................................................................................................... 895
8218-Citizen User Profile Join Organization...................................................................................896
8219-Citizen User Profile................................................................................................................ 897
8220-Citizen User Profile Agency Spec Info...................................................................................898
8221-Citizen User Profile Organization...........................................................................................899
8222-Citizen User Profile Organization Supervisor.........................................................................900
8223-Citizen Admin......................................................................................................................... 901
8224-Citizen Admin Supervisor.......................................................................................................902
8227-PermitsPlus Search Address................................................................................................. 903
8228-Reports Link........................................................................................................................... 904
8229-Hearings (obsolete, replaced by 8483)..................................................................................905
| Contents | 25
8230-Search Applicant.................................................................................................................... 906
8231-Set Current User.................................................................................................................... 907
8232-Get Parcel And Owner...........................................................................................................908
8233-Search Parcel.........................................................................................................................909
8234-Get Address And Owner........................................................................................................910
8235-Search Owner........................................................................................................................ 911
8236-Related CAPs-Search............................................................................................................ 912
8238-Payment History..................................................................................................................... 913
8240-Delete EDMS Attachment...................................................................................................... 914
8241-Inspection New Inspection..................................................................................................... 915
8242-Workflow Calculate Percent Complete.................................................................................. 916
8243-Daily Flow Diagram................................................................................................................917
8244-Daily-Print Single CAP Detail.................................................................................................918
8249-Turn Off the Inspection Tab in CAP List............................................................................... 919
8250-Search My Tasks................................................................................................................... 920
8251-Cashier Session..................................................................................................................... 921
8253-Showing GIS X/Y Locator......................................................................................................922
8255-Update Inspection Required/Optional Property......................................................................923
8259-Cashier Session Supervisor...................................................................................................924
8260-Change Due........................................................................................................................... 925
8261-Open Cash Drawer................................................................................................................ 926
8262-Daily-Asset PM Schedule List................................................................................................927
8264-Create from Model................................................................................................................. 928
8265-Model Maintenance................................................................................................................ 929
8266-Check reference object condition...........................................................................................930
8267-Enable Payment by Trust Account........................................................................................ 931
8268-Display Option/Required of the Inspection............................................................................ 932
8269-Customize Content.................................................................................................................933
8270-App Spec Info Table.............................................................................................................. 934
8271-Fees Recalculate Fees.......................................................................................................... 935
8272-Application Condition History................................................................................................. 936
8273-Parts Inventory....................................................................................................................... 937
8274-Part Transaction-Issue........................................................................................................... 938
8275-Parts Supply........................................................................................................................... 939
8276-Parts Contact..........................................................................................................................940
8277-Asset Usage Tracking............................................................................................................941
8278-PM Schedule Log...................................................................................................................942
8279-New Mechanism to Create Work Order.................................................................................943
8280-Linking Work Order to PM Schedule..................................................................................... 944
| Contents | 26
8281-Inspector Districting................................................................................................................945
8282-Asset Condition...................................................................................................................... 946
8285-Show Cashier ID on Payment............................................................................................... 947
8286-Fees Print Receipt Summary.................................................................................................948
8287-Auto-Assign Inspection...........................................................................................................949
8288-Fees Point Of Sale.................................................................................................................950
8289-Fees Point Of Sale Refunds..................................................................................................951
8290-Calculate Asset Depreciation................................................................................................. 952
8291-Jetspeed Console Customization...........................................................................................953
8292-Create Multiple Related CAPs............................................................................................... 954
8293-Open New Related CAP in SPEAR.......................................................................................955
8294-Asset Document Look up.......................................................................................................956
8295-Real Estate Land Acquisition Summary................................................................................ 957
8296-Cash Drawer.......................................................................................................................... 958
8298-LocationQuery........................................................................................................................ 959
8299-Daily-ODS Inspection Gaps................................................................................................... 960
8300-Inspections by Unit Number...................................................................................................961
8301-Using Credit Card For Payment............................................................................................ 962
8302-Using Check For Payment.....................................................................................................963
8303-Synchronize Function in APO................................................................................................964
8304-Search Credit Card/Check Transaction................................................................................. 965
8305-Reports Portlet....................................................................................................................... 966
8307-Reports Menu.........................................................................................................................967
8308-Asset Condition Assessment Management........................................................................... 968
8309-Asset Condition Assessment Observation.............................................................................969
8310-Asset Condition Assessment Linked Work Order..................................................................970
8312-Asset Clone............................................................................................................................ 971
8313-Fee Item Note........................................................................................................................ 972
8314-Adjusted column.....................................................................................................................973
8315-Copy Inspection and Guide Sheet.........................................................................................974
8317-Workflow Calendar................................................................................................................. 975
8318-Adhoc and Workflow Together...............................................................................................976
8322-Attach GIS Object.................................................................................................................. 977
8323-Update Related Caps.............................................................................................................978
8324-Create CAP-Validate.............................................................................................................. 979
8325-Save Work in Progress of CAP............................................................................................. 980
8326-Fee Estimate.......................................................................................................................... 981
8327-Search Select Parcel Function...............................................................................................982
8329-App Spec Info Supervisor......................................................................................................983
| Contents | 27
8330-People Info Table...................................................................................................................984
8331-Create WO From Asset List...................................................................................................985
8332-Evidence................................................................................................................................. 986
8333-Void Invoiced But Unpaid Fee...............................................................................................987
8334-Evidence Supervisor...............................................................................................................988
8335-Application Status Security.................................................................................................... 989
8336-Recalculate Production Units................................................................................................. 990
8337-Production History.................................................................................................................. 991
8338-WO Task tab on Work Order.................................................................................................992
8339-Maintenance WO Task on Work Order................................................................................. 993
8340-Application Comments Edit.................................................................................................... 994
8341-Auto Pay.................................................................................................................................995
8342-Auto Create Trust Account.................................................................................................... 996
8343-Copy Guide Sheet..................................................................................................................997
8344-Carrying Over Failed Guide Sheet Items...............................................................................998
8345-User Inspection Calendar.......................................................................................................999
8346-Parent Asset Dependency Flag........................................................................................... 1000
8347- User Event Calendar.......................................................................................................... 1001
8348-Void Paid Fee...................................................................................................................... 1002
8349-Parcel Set Detail.................................................................................................................. 1003
8350-Edit Parcel Set Members..................................................................................................... 1004
8351-Parcel Set Create CAPs...................................................................................................... 1005
8352-Parcel Set Create Conditions...............................................................................................1006
8353-Parcel Set Create Owners................................................................................................... 1007
8355-Parcel Set Execute Script.................................................................................................... 1008
8356-Set Cloning...........................................................................................................................1009
8357-Set Conditions...................................................................................................................... 1010
8358-Set Comments......................................................................................................................1011
8359-Set Scripts............................................................................................................................ 1012
8361-Set Licensed Professionals..................................................................................................1013
8362-Set Owners...........................................................................................................................1014
8363-Set Contacts.........................................................................................................................1015
8364-Set Status Change...............................................................................................................1016
8365- Inheritable editable..............................................................................................................1017
8366-Void Payment....................................................................................................................... 1018
8367-Manage Batch Invoice..........................................................................................................1019
8369-User Time Accounting Daily.................................................................................................1020
8370-Set of Sets Detail.................................................................................................................1021
8371-Set of Sets Members........................................................................................................... 1022
| Contents | 28
8372-Set Analysis..........................................................................................................................1023
8373-Fee Analysis.........................................................................................................................1024
8374-Set of Sets Payment............................................................................................................1025
8375-Time Accounting Administrator............................................................................................ 1026
8376-Time Accounting Supervisor................................................................................................ 1027
8377-Select From Multiple Inspection Groups..............................................................................1028
8378-Address Set Detail............................................................................................................... 1029
8379-Address Set Members..........................................................................................................1030
8380-Address Set Comments....................................................................................................... 1031
8381-Address Set Condition......................................................................................................... 1032
8382-Address Set Execute Script................................................................................................. 1033
8383-Licensed Professional Set Detail......................................................................................... 1034
8384-Licensed Professional Set Members................................................................................... 1035
8385-Licensed Professional Set Comments................................................................................. 1036
8386-Licensed Professional Set Condition................................................................................... 1037
8387-Licensed Professional Set Execute Script........................................................................... 1038
8388-Reference Address Comments............................................................................................ 1039
8389-Reference Licensed Professional Comments...................................................................... 1040
8390-CAP Type picker with Tree..................................................................................................1041
8391-Create Multiple CAPs for Parcels........................................................................................ 1042
8393-Payment Processing.............................................................................................................1043
8394-Payment History................................................................................................................... 1044
8395-CAP Summary......................................................................................................................1045
8397-ASI Table Delete..................................................................................................................1046
8398-Cap Renewal........................................................................................................................1047
8399-Asset Rating......................................................................................................................... 1048
8400-Manage Inspection............................................................................................................... 1049
8401-GIS Address Locator............................................................................................................1050
8402-Asset Associated Part.......................................................................................................... 1051
8403-Multi Agency Switch.............................................................................................................1052
8404-Void Payment....................................................................................................................... 1054
8405-Structure and Establishment................................................................................................ 1055
8406-Edit Valuation Calculator Unit Cost......................................................................................1056
8408-Edit Application Status History.............................................................................................1057
8409-Workflow Delete and Assign................................................................................................1058
8410-Delete CAPs.........................................................................................................................1059
8411-Cap Summary...................................................................................................................... 1061
8412-Asset Group Update.............................................................................................................1062
8413-MyTask - Inspections........................................................................................................... 1063
| Contents | 29
8414-Void Payment....................................................................................................................... 1064
8415-Refund Payment...................................................................................................................1065
8416-Invoices Management.......................................................................................................... 1066
8417-Enable POS..........................................................................................................................1067
8418-Work Order Cost Distribution...............................................................................................1068
8419-Delete Workflow History.......................................................................................................1069
8420-Daily Education Info............................................................................................................. 1070
8421-Daily Delete Required Education.........................................................................................1071
8422-Random Audit History.......................................................................................................... 1072
8423-Random audit set.................................................................................................................1073
8424-Re-generate/Delete Random Audit Set............................................................................... 1074
8425-Execute Script...................................................................................................................... 1075
8426-Random Audit Supervisor.................................................................................................... 1076
8427-Claim or Release Task Assignment.....................................................................................1077
8428-Daily Continuing Education Info...........................................................................................1078
8429-Daily Delete Required Continuing Education.......................................................................1079
8430-Daily Examination Info......................................................................................................... 1080
8431-Daily Delete Required Examination..................................................................................... 1081
8432-User Meeting Calendar........................................................................................................ 1082
8433-Document Permission Settings............................................................................................ 1083
8434-Global Search.......................................................................................................................1084
8435-Daily - Cashier - Pay More.................................................................................................. 1085
8436-Daily - Cashier - Apply.........................................................................................................1086
8437-Daily - Cashier - Refund...................................................................................................... 1087
8438-Daily - Cashier - Void.......................................................................................................... 1088
8439-Daily - Cashier - Generate Receipt..................................................................................... 1089
8440-Daily - Cashier - Fund Transfer...........................................................................................1090
8441-Initiated Product Info............................................................................................................ 1091
8442-Inspection History Audit Log................................................................................................ 1092
8443-Application Audit Log........................................................................................................... 1093
8444-Application Status History Log.............................................................................................1094
8445-Daily - Cashier - Pay More.................................................................................................. 1095
8446-Disable Licensed Professionals Delete................................................................................1096
8447-Part Transaction-Receive.....................................................................................................1097
8448-Part Transaction-Transfer.....................................................................................................1098
8449-Part Transaction-Adjust........................................................................................................1099
8450-Part Transaction-Reserve.....................................................................................................1100
8451-Part Transaction-Void...........................................................................................................1101
8456-Fee Schedule Drop Down List.............................................................................................1102
| Contents | 30
8457-Create Free Form Condition................................................................................................ 1103
8458-Complete Record and ASI Audit..........................................................................................1104
8459-Specific Record and ASI Audit Log..................................................................................... 1105
8460-Delete Related Records....................................................................................................... 1106
8461-Show Work Order Cost Information.....................................................................................1107
8462-Time Accounting on inspections.......................................................................................... 1108
8463-Payment Auto Allocation...................................................................................................... 1109
8464-SSN and FEIN Mask............................................................................................................1110
8465-Deposit Trust Account During the payment.........................................................................1111
8466-Daily Work Order Costing Group Definition.........................................................................1112
8467-Schedule Related Inspections..............................................................................................1113
8468-Inspections List Guide Sheet Audit Log...............................................................................1114
8469-Inspections Detail Guide Sheet Audit Log...........................................................................1115
8470-Time Accounting on Workflow............................................................................................. 1116
8471-Document Audit Log.............................................................................................................1117
8472-Disable ADS Document View Button...................................................................................1118
8473-EDMS Document URL Link................................................................................................. 1119
8474-Check-in Permission.............................................................................................................1120
8475-Asset Audit Log....................................................................................................................1121
8476-Examination Audit Log......................................................................................................... 1122
8477-Document Review Permission............................................................................................. 1123
8478-Document Assign Permission.............................................................................................. 1124
8479-Deactivate Contacts in Set Contacts................................................................................... 1125
8480-Conditions of Approval......................................................................................................... 1126
8481-Delete Conditions of Approval............................................................................................. 1127
8482-Create a Set in Record List................................................................................................. 1128
8483 Meetings...............................................................................................................................1129
8484-Cost Item Permission...........................................................................................................1130
8485-Daily Record Set List........................................................................................................... 1131
8486-Compare Documents............................................................................................................1132
8490-Record Contact Log............................................................................................................. 1133
8491-Workflow History Log........................................................................................................... 1134
8492-Communication List..............................................................................................................1135
8493-Consolidated Record Activities............................................................................................ 1136
8494-Record Communication List................................................................................................. 1137
8495-Show Inspection Submitted Location...................................................................................1138
8496-Optimize Inspection Route................................................................................................... 1139
8497-Result Inspections by CSV.................................................................................................. 1140
8499-New Document from Scan...................................................................................................1141
| Contents | 31
8500-Asset Condition Assessment Costing.................................................................................. 1142
8501-Display Desired Date Field.................................................................................................. 1143
8502-Pending Inspection...............................................................................................................1144
8503-Attach Record Document to People.................................................................................... 1145
8504-Document Checklist..............................................................................................................1146
8505-Document Review Comments..............................................................................................1147
8506-Internal User.........................................................................................................................1148
8508-Print Multiple Documents..................................................................................................... 1149
8509 - View Workflow Design Link...............................................................................................1150
8600 - PM Schedule Group Update............................................................................................. 1152
8601 - Condition Assessments Group Update............................................................................. 1153
9999-Log Out.................................................................................................................................1154
| Introduction | 32
Introduction
Related Links
Understanding Function Identifications
Understanding Standard Choices
| Introduction | 33
Understanding Function Identifications
Civic Platform uses Function Identifications (FIDs) settings to determine access to Civic Platform functions.
You can set FIDs at the agency, modules, and user group levels.
FID settings for a module apply to all users with access to the module. FID settings for a user group further
refine the module FID settings by applying to all user group members within the module. A single user can
belong to only one user group for each module.
Civic Platform exposes more than 500 FIDs to solution modules and to user groups, and 34 FIDs (11 of
which are unique) to SuperAgency module user groups.
Civic Platform provides a single UI page for configuring the FIDs (Figure 1: Setting FIDs).
Figure 1: Setting FIDs
Civic Platform organizes the FIDs in a hierarchy as follows:
Function Group The main level of FID categorization that consists of four headings:
Agency. Comprised of a single FID for configuring Accela events.
Admin. Addresses functionality associated with the Admin tab in the Civic Platform
‘Classic’ interfaces. Consists of features typically associated with administrators.
Daily. Addresses functionality associated with the Daily tab in the Civic Platform
‘Classic’ interfaces. Consists of features typically associated with users.
Reference. Primarily addresses Address, Parcel, Owner (APO) functionality.
Function Type A FID type categorization within each of the three main function groups (Admin, Daily,
Reference)
Function Subtype A FID subtype categorization within each function type
Function Category A FID category within each function subtype
Function Name The name of the FID
You configure each FID by setting it for no access, full access, or read access as follows:
No Access Deactivates the feature entirely for the selected user group. The user group cannot see
this feature.
Full Access Grants the selected user group permission to perform all actions associated with the
feature.
Read Only Allows the selected user group to view and to search information associated with the
feature.
Function IDs Reference provides reference information about all FIDs in numeric ascending order.
| Introduction | 34
Understanding Standard Choices
Civic Platform uses Standard Choices to configure system switches, define values in a shared drop-down
list, or configure EMSE Master Scripts.
Standard Choices comprise a Standard Choice name, such as CONTACT_TYPE, along with Standard
Choice Values and Value Descriptions. You specify Standard Choice Values and Value Descriptions to
configure the operations associated with the named Standard Choice.
Civic Platform provides many different Standard Choices that you can invoke and configure to produce
the desired effect. Standard Choices Reference documents the most common Standard Choices. You can
define your own Standard Choices for shared drop-down lists and EMSE scripts.
| Working With FIDs and Standard Choices | 35
Working With FIDs and Standard Choices
Related Links
Working with FIDs
Working with Standard Choices
| Working With FIDs and Standard Choices | 36
Working with Standard Choices
Civic Platform Vantage360 is gradually taking over the Standard Choice management which is previously
solely available in the legacy Classic administration portlet. You can maintain a few contact Standard
Choices in the Vantage360 setup administration portlet, and maintain all the other Standard Choices in the
Classic administration portlet.
This section includes instructions on how to maintain the Standard Choices. Standard Choices Reference
includes some of the common Standard Choices required for certain functions to work properly.
Topics
Editing Standard Choices in the Setup Admin
Managing Standard Choices in the Classic Admin
Editing Standard Choices in the Setup Admin
Make sure to always edit the following contact Standard Choices in the Standard Choices portlet in the
Setup Admin instead of the Classic Admin. Although you can access these Standard Choices from the
Classic Admin portlet, Civic Platform does not update the configuration functions available in the Classic
Admin to the latest as provided in the Setup Admin.
CONTACT TYPE
AUTO_SYNC_PEOPLE
REFERENCE_CONTACT_RELATIONSHIP
INDIVIDUAL_CONTACT_MATCH_CRITERIA
ORGANIZATION_CONTACT_MATCH_CRITERIA
For the other Standard Choices, please still go to the Classic Admin (see Managing Standard Choices in
the Classic Admin).
To edit Standard Choices in the Setup Admin
1. Log in to Civic Platform.
Civic Platform displays your personalized Home page.
2. Click the main link configured for Civic Platform administration.
Civic Platform displays the Setup administration portlet.
3. Click Agency Profile > Standard Choices.
Civic Platform displays the Standard Choices portlet with the list of Standard Choices.
| Working With FIDs and Standard Choices | 37
4. Click a Standard Choice in the navigation tree to edit the Standard Choice. For example, the CONTACT
TYPE Standard Choice.
The Standard Choice edit page displays on the right side.
5. Update the Standard Choice fields as necessary. For the description of the common fields, see
Standard Choices Fields. For the fields specific to the Standard Choice, check the detailed description
of the Standard Choice in Standard Choices Reference.
6. If desired, click New to add a Standard Choice Value.
7. If desired, mark the check box besides a Standard Choice Value, and click Delete to delete the
Standard Choice Value.
8. Click Submit to save the change.
Managing Standard Choices in the Classic Admin
Topics
Searching for an Existing Standard Choice
Creating a Standard Choice
Editing Standard Choices
Deleting Standard Choices
| Working With FIDs and Standard Choices | 38
Searching for an Existing Standard Choice
To add another item or to remove an item from a list of choices in Civic Platform, you need to locate the
existing Standard Choice that controls the list. To find a Standard Choice, you must know the name or part
of the name of the Standard Choice item.
To search for an existing Standard Choice
1. Select Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Standard Choices.
Civic Platform displays the Standard Choices Search page.
2. In theStandard Choices Item Name field, enter the Standard Choice name or part of the name.
3. Click Submit.
Civic Platform displays a list of Standard Choices that match your search criteria on the Standard
Choices Browse page.
4. Click the red dot beside the Standard Choice item that you want.
Creating a Standard Choice
You can create a new Standard Choice. The initial installation of Civic Platform includes the Standard
Choices that Civic Platform requires to function properly. You can add a new list of choices or a new
system setting to a Standard Choice item.
For example, if your agency purchases GIS, you can set up GIS object set reports as Standard Choices.
For an illustration of this example, see Organizations and Users.
To create a Standard Choice
1. Select Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Standard Choices.
| Working With FIDs and Standard Choices | 39
Civic Platform displays the Standard Choices—Search page.
2. Click Add.
Civic Platform displays the Standard Choices—Add page.
3. Update these fields as described in Standard Choices Fields.
4. Click Submit.
Civic Platform displays the Standard Choices Item—Edit page.
5. Click Add.
Civic Platform displays the Add Standard Choices Value page.
6. Specify the fields as described in Standard Choices Fields.
| Working With FIDs and Standard Choices | 40
7. Click Submit.
Civic Platform returns to the Standard Choices Item—Edit page, which displays the new Standard
Choice value.
8. Add other Standard Choice values as necessary.
9. When you have added all of the choices in your Standard Choices item, click Update.
Editing Standard Choices
You can update or change Standard Choices. For example, if your local government enacts a new law or a
new ordinance regarding professional licenses, you can add a new status to the list of license statuses.
For some special Standard Choice, such as LICENSED PROFESSIONAL TYPE, you can associate
an application-specific information (ASI) groups to each Value item. This is useful when, for example,
some special professional fields require extra information. The extra fields can be pre-defined in the ASI
group, which you associated with the licensed professional type. When agency users create a license
record of that licensed professional type, the extra fields from the associated ASI group display during the
license creation process. To learn how to create an ASI group, see the “Working with Application Specific
Information” chapter in the Civic Platform Administrator Guide.
To edit Standard Choices
1. Find the Standard Choice that you want to work with. For instructions, see Searching for an Existing
Standard Choice.
Civic Platform displays the Standard Choices Item—Edit page.
2. Update the necessary fields as described in Standard Choices Fields.
If required, click Delete to remove a Standard Choice value line item.
For some special Standard Choices, such as LICENSED PROFESSIONAL TYPE, you can
associate an ASI group to each of its Value items. See Step 3 for detailed information.
To learn how to create an ASI group, see the “Working with Application Specific Information” chapter
in the Civic Platform Administrator Guide.
3. For some special Standard Choices, such as LICENSED PROFESSIONAL TYPE, there is an
Associated Template link in each of its Value lines. You can click it to associate an ASI group with the
Value item or disassociate an ASI group from the Value item. To do this, follow the sub step below:
| Working With FIDs and Standard Choices | 41
a. Click the Associated Template link in each value line item.
Civic Platform displays the Associated Template window.
b. Click the Application Specific Info Group Code drop-down list, and do one of the following:
Select a desired ASI group if you want to associate the ASI group with the value item.
Select the “---Select---” if you want to disassociate the associated ASI group from the value item.
c. Click Save.
4. Click Update.
Civic Platform saves your changes.
Table 1: Standard Choices Fields
Active Mark the check box to include this item on the list of Standard Choices. Clear the check
box to remove this item from the Standard Choices.
Description Enter a description that explains this Standard Choice item.
Standard Choices Item
Name
The name of the Standard Choice. For many Standard Choices, you must enter a
name exactly as instructed. For others, you can enter an intuitive descriptive name.
Standard Choices Value Enter the value that users see as an option in the drop-down list.
Status Select the Enable option to make this list of Standard Choices available. Select the
Disable option to make this list of Standard Choices unavailable.
Type The Type selection indicates how the Standard Choice functions within Civic Platform.
If you add a Standard Choice that sets specific functionality with Yes or No values,
| Working With FIDs and Standard Choices | 42
select the System Switchtype. System Switch is the default value for newly added
Standard Choices. If you add a Standard Choice that functions as a shared drop-
down list, then select the Shared Drop-down Type. If you add a Standard Choice that
functions as an EMSE script, then select the EMSE Type.
Value Desc Enter a description of the value. In some cases, you can enter specific information,
such as a report string or a URL.
Deleting Standard Choices
You can delete an item from a list of Standard Choices when you no longer want users to select the item.
For example, you might remove an out-of-date report from a list of reports.
You can also choose to disable an item in a list of Standard Choices if you want to use that item again in
the list of choices. For example, you might have seasonal items in a list of Standard Choices that are not
always valid options, such as snow removal in a list of service requests in the winter, that you disable in the
summer.
Note:
You cannot delete a list of Standard Choices; you can only disable it.
To delete a Standard Choices value
1. Find the Standard Choice that you want to delete. For instructions, see Searching for an Existing
Standard Choice.
Civic Platform displays the Standard Choices Item—Edit page.
2. Click Delete by the Standard Choice value that you want to delete.
Civic Platform displays a confirmation pop-up window.
3. Click OK to confirm the deletion.
Civic Platform deletes the Standard Choice item.
| Working With FIDs and Standard Choices | 43
Working with FIDs
Note:
Setup the agency organization and the user groups before you configure function identifications.
Function Identifications (FIDs) control many Civic Platform features. An activated FID can alter the display
or functionality of the Civic Platform software. You activate FIDs for user groups. See Function IDs
Reference for a complete reference of FIDs.
To activate a Function Identification for a user group
1. Log in to Civic Platform as an administrator.
2. ChooseAdmin Tools > User Profile > User Group.
Civic Platform displays the User Group—Search window.
3. Locate the user group for which you want to activate FIDs.
Enter the group name and click Submit.
Select the module and click Submit.
Note:
The User Group - Edit window contains several hundred line items and can take a couple minutes to
display.
Civic Platform displays the User Group - Edit window.
4. In the Function Name column, mark the check box beside each FID that you want to activate for this
user group.
Civic Platform changes the access level to Full.
| Working With FIDs and Standard Choices | 44
5. For each activated FID, mark the option that corresponds with the level of access that you want to grant
to the user group.
No Access Deactivates the feature entirely for the selected user group. The user group cannot
view this feature.
Full Access Grants the selected user group permission to perform all actions associated with the
feature.
Read Only Allows the selected user group to view and to search information associated with the
feature.
6. Click Save.
To set a FID at the agency level and module level
1. Log in to Civic Platform as a super agency administrator.
2. Navigate to Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Agency Functions.
Civic Platform displays the Agency-Functions-Search page.
3. Specify the search criteria for the module of interest.
Click Submit to display a list of all modules for all agencies.
Enter an agency code and click Submit to display a list of all modules within the specified agency.
Enter an agency code, select a module, and click Submit.
Civic Platform displays the list of modules that match the specified criteria.
4. Select the specific module for which you want to set one or more FIDs.
Civic Platform displays the Agency-Functions-Edit page.
5. Click Save.
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 45
FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference
Related Links
Administration
Organizations and Users
Search
User View
System Automation
People
APO (Address, Parcel, Owner) and XAPO (External APO)
Electronic Document Review
Workflow
Record Management
Calendars
Communication Manager
Accounting
Time Accounting Tracker
Streamlining Data Processing
Land Management
Asset Management
License and Case Management
Citizen Access Administration
Internationalization and Localization
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 46
Administration
Related Links
Civic Platform Setup Portlets
Classic Admin Tools
Civic Platform Setup Portlets
You use the Civic Platform Setup portlet (Figure 2: Civic Platform Setup Portlet) to perform major
administrative tasks. The portlet provides a menu with expanded options and drop-down selections that
link to specific setup portlets.
Figure 2: Civic Platform Setup Portlet
Civic Platform uses Function Identifications (FIDs) or Standard Choice settings to determine the availability
of the setup portlets. This section lists the required FID(s) and Standard Choice(s) for each setup portlet.
Topics
Administration
Agency Profile
Application
Assets
Parcels
Calendars
Communication Manager
Conditions
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 47
Contact
License Certifications
Data Filter & Query
Drill Down
Inspection
Part
Report
Structures & Establishments
System Tools
Finance
Workflow & Activity
Work Orders
Time Accounting
Administration
Set the FIDs to enable the administration setup portlets.
Table 2: FIDs for Administration Setup Portlets
Setup Portlet Required FIDs
Civic Platform Administration 0318-Administration, 0075-Admin License Types, 0308-Data Manager Export,
0309-Data Manager Import
Citizen Access Administration 0142-Admin Agency Security Policies
Workflow Designer 0346-Workflow Designer
Administration links on Civic Platform
8.0.0.0.0 and later
0375-New UI Admin Access Restricted
Agency Profile
Set the FIDs to enable the agency profile setup portlets.
Table 3: FIDs for Agency Profile Setup Portlets
Setup Portlet Required FIDs
APO Form Layout Editor 0268-APO Form Layout Editor
ASI Form Layout Editor 0261-ASI Form Layout Editor
Address Type Group 0276-Address Type Group
Console Configuration 0221-Admin Console Management
Content Customize 0184-Admin Content Customization
Create New Objects 0315-Admin Create New Objects
Dictionary 0354-Custom Dictionary
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 48
Setup Portlet Required FIDs
Form Portlet Designer 0137-Admin Filter View
Link Portlets 0164-Admin Links Portlets
Logo 0187-Admin Upload Logo Image
Menu Navigation 0230-Menu Navigation Admin
My Navigation 0188-Admin Flow Diagram
Portlet 0164-Admin Links Portlets
Regional Settings 0350-Regional Settings
Service 0292-Service Management
Standard Choices 0349-Contact Management
Standard Comments 0290-Admin - Standard Comments
Text Settings 0155-Admin Label Configuration
Application
Set the FIDs to enable the application setup portlets.
Table 4: FIDs for Application Setup Portlets
Setup Portlet Required FIDs
ASI Form Layout Editor 0261-ASI Form Layout Editor
ASI Lookup Tables 0259-ASI Lookup Table
ASI Security 0142-Admin Agency Security Policies
Expression Builder 0260-Expression Builder
License Verification 0320-Admin License Verification
Record Type Security 0065-Admin Application Types
Set Type 0351-Admin Set Type
Shared Drop-Down List 0272-Control Shared Drop Down List in Admin
Assets
Set the FIDs to enable the assets setup portlets.
Table 5: FIDs for Assets Setup Portlets
Setup Portlet Required FIDs
Attribute 0158-Admin Attribute Definition
Attribute Table 0305-Admin Attribute Table Definition
Attribute Template 0158-Admin Attribute Definition, 0159-Admin Attribute Template Definition,
0305-Admin Attribute Table Definition
Condition Assessment 0227-Condition Assessment, 0274-Rating Type
Form Layout Editor 0269-Admin Attribute Form Layout Editor
Rating Type 0274-Rating Type
Security 0255-Manage Asset Type Security
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 49
Setup Portlet Required FIDs
Type 0160-Admin AMS Asset Definition, 0182-Admin GIS Attribute Mapping, 0253-
Asset GIS Synchronize, 0252-Asset Type Available CAP Type, 0326-Define
Asset Usage Unit Type, 0274-Rating Type
Parcels
Set the FIDs to enable the parcels setup portlets.
Table 6: FIDs for Parcels Setup Portlets
Setup Portlet Required FIDs
GIS Attribute Mapping 0342-Parcels GIS Attributes Mapping
Calendars
Set the FIDs to enable the calendar setup portlets.
Table 7: FIDs for Calendars Setup Portlets
Setup Portlet Required FIDs
Calendar 0336-User Calendar, 0314-Admin Meeting Calendar, 0337-Agency Holiday
Calendar, 0257-Admin Inspection Calendar, 0258-Supervisor Inspection
Calendaring, 0281-Supervisor Master Calendaring
Communication Manager
Set the FIDs to enable the communication manager setup portlets.
Table 8: FIDs for Communication Manager Setup Portlets
Setup Portlet Required FIDs
Account Settings 0360-Account Settings
Alert 0151-Admin Alert and Rules
Alert Rule 0151-Admin Alert and Rules
Announcement 0134-Admin-Message-General, 0135-Admin-Message-Supervisor
General Settings 0361-General Settings
Notification Templates 0184-Admin Content Customization
Conditions
Set the FIDs to enable or restrict the Conditions setup portlets.
Table 9: FIDs for Conditions Setup Portlets
Setup Portlet Required FIDs
Conditions 0275-Condition by Group
0376-Admin Conditions Access Restricted
Contact
Set the FIDs to enable the contact setup portlets.
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 50
Table 10: FIDs for Contact Setup Portlets
Setup Portlet Required FIDs
Contact Type Setting 0340-Reference Contact Type Security
Identifier Fields 0353-Contact Identity Fields
License Certifications
Set the FIDs to enable the license certifications setup portlets.
Table 11: FIDs for License Certifications Setup Portlets
Setup Portlet Required FIDs
Continuing Education 0311-Admin Continuing Education Info
Education 0310-Admin Education Info
Examination 0312-Admin Examination Info
Data Filter & Query
Set the FIDs to enable the data filter & query setup portlets.
Table 12: FIDs for Data Filter & Query Setup Portlets
Setup Portlet Required FIDs
Data Filter 0139-Admin-DataFilter/QuickQuery
Global QuickQueries 0139-Admin-DataFilter/QuickQuery
My QuickQueries 0139-Admin-DataFilter/QuickQuery, 0327-Edit My QuickQuery By
Administration
Drill Down
Set the FIDs to enable the drill-down setup portlets.
Table 13: FIDs for Drill Down Setup Portlets
Setup Portlet Required FIDs
ASI Drill-Down 0273-ASI Table Drill Down
Inspection
Set the FIDs to enable the inspection setup portlets.
Table 14: FIDs for Inspection Setup Portlets
Setup Portlet Required FIDs
Inspection Type Security 0142-Admin Agency Security Policies
Part
Set the FIDs to enable the part setup portlets.
Table 15: FIDs for Part Setup Portlets
Setup Portlet Required FIDs
Part Contact 0214-Admin AMS Parts Vendors and Manufacturers
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 51
Setup Portlet Required FIDs
Part Location 0213-Admin AMS Parts Item Location
Report
Set the FIDs to enable the report setup portlets.
Table 16: FIDs for Report Setup Portlets
Setup Portlet Required FIDs
Report Manager 0226-Reports Manager Admin, 0240-Reports Manager Admin
SmartChart Queries 0157-Admin SmartChart Query Configuration
SmartCharts 0156-Admin SmartChart Configuration
Structures & Establishments
Set the FIDs to enable the structures & establishments setup portlets.
Table 17: FIDs for Structures & Establishments Setup Portlets
Setup Portlet Required FIDs
Attribute 0294-Structure and Establishment, 0158-Admin Attribute Definition
Attribute Template 0294-Structure and Establishment, 0159-Admin Attribute Template Definition,
0158-Admin Attribute Definition, 0305-Admin Attribute Table Definition
Form Layout Editor 0294-Structure and Establishment, 0269-Admin Attribute Form Layout Editor
Type 0294-Structure and Establishment
System Tools
Set the FIDs to enable the system tools setup portlets.
Table 18: FIDs for System Tools Setup Portlets
Setup Portlet Required FIDs
Audit Log 0307-Audit Logger Definition
Batch Engine 0285-Batch Job Schedule, 0284-Batch Job Maintenance
Delegate User 0286-Delegate User Management
Export 0185-Admin V360 Export
GIS Integration Diagnostics 0348-AA-AGIS Integration Diagnosis Tool
Import 0186-Admin V360 Import
Product License 0300-License Management
PublicUser 8224-Citizen Admin Supervisor
Sequence Generator 0270-Sequence Generator
Social Media 0347-Social Media
Finance
Set the Standard Choice to enable the finance setup portlets.
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 52
Table 19: FID or Standard Choice for Finance Calculator Setup Portlets
Setup Portlet Required FID or Standard Choice
Occupancy VALUATION_CALCULATOR_VERSION
Receipt Print Audit 0324-Admin Receipt Print Audit
Workflow & Activity
Set the FIDs to enable the workflow & activity setup portlets.
Table 20: FIDs for Workflow & Activity Setup Portlets
Setup Portlet Required FIDs
Activity Specific Info 0246-Activities Specific Information
Activity Type 0246-Activities Specific Information
Assign Task 8133-Workflow Task Assignments
Skillset 0150-Admin Workload and Skillset
TSI Form Layout Editor 0267-TSI Form Layout Editor
Workflow Security 8140-Limit Assignments by Dept
Workload 0150-Admin Workload and Skillset
Work Orders
Set the FIDs to enable the work orders setup portlets.
Table 21: FIDs for Work Orders Setup Portlets
Setup Portlet Required FIDs
Cost Group 0330-Admin Work Order Costing Group Definition
Cost Item 0161-Admin Work Order Costing Item Definition, 0332-Daily Cost Rate
Definition
Work Order Task 0254-WO Task Definition, 0306-Work Order Type
Work Order Template 0169-Admin-Work Order Template, 0170-Admin-WO Template Costing,
0173-WO Template Part, 0254-WO Task Definition
Time Accounting
Set the FIDs to enable the time accounting setup portlets.
Table 22: FIDs for Time Accounting Setup Portlets
Setup Portlet Required FIDs
Group 0266-Admin Time Accounting Group
Type Maintenance 0264-Admin Time Accounting Type
User Profiles 0265-Admin Time Accounting User Profile, 0332-Daily Cost Rate Definition
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 53
Classic Admin Tools
With Civic Platform you can conduct most of the administration tasks. However, a few tasks are still solely
available in the legacy Classic administration portlet (Figure 3: Classic Admin Tools).
The Classic Admin Tools are organized into function groups, such as Fees, Workflow, or Applications.
Within each group is a set of tools that support the function. For example, the User Profile group includes
the Organizations, Groups and Users tools. Civic Platform uses Function Identifications (FIDs) settings to
determine the availability of each tool.
Figure 3: Classic Admin Tools
This section lists the required FIDs for all the features in Classic Admin Tools.
Topics
Agency Profile
User Profile
Attachments
Application
People
Property
Fees
Inspection
Condition
Workflow
Calendar
Events
Help
GIS
Report Management
Agency Profile
Set the FIDs to enable the agency profile admin tools.
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 54
Table 23: FIDs for Agency Profile Admin Tools
Classic Admin Tool Required FIDs
Standard Choices 0080-Admin Rbizdomain Maintenance
Std Comment 0098-Reference Standard Comments
Note:
If you enable both 0098 and 0290-Admin - Standard Comments,
clicking the Std Comment link opens the Standard Comments portlet
in Civic Platform.
APO 0085-Admin APO Template
Oracle Report 0099-Admin Oracle Reports
Security Policy 8162-Application Limit Access by App Type 8140-Limit Assignments by Dept
0142-Admin Agency Security Policies 0235-Inspection Default Value Policy,
0236-Inspection Type and Status Security, 8138-Condition Limit Access
by Dept, 0248-Admin-Security Policy-EDMS Access Security, 0224-Active
Directory
Setup Text 0155-Admin Label Configuration
Content Customize 0184-Admin Content Customization
Product License 0320-Admin License Verification
Events (Super agency only) 0076-Accela Events
Login Page Links (Super agency
only)
0120-Accela Login Page Navigation Link Maintenance
Announcements (Super agency only) 0122-Accela System Announcements
Replace Password (Super agency
only)
0128-Accela User Profile Replace Password
OnlineHelp (Super agency only) 0087-Accela Online Help
Functions (Super agency only) 0092-Accela Functions
Version (Super agency only) 0093-Accela Release Versions
Agency (Super agency only) 0094-Accela Agency
Agency Functions (Super agency
only)
0095-Accela Agency Functions
User Profile
Set the FIDs to enable the user profile admin tools.
Table 24: FIDs for User Profile Admin Tools
Classic Admin Tool Required FIDs
Organization 0045-Admin Organizational Hierarchy
User Group 0096-Admin User Groups
User 0004-Admin Users, 0207-Admin Inspector Districts, 0224-Active Directory
Attachments
Set the FIDs to enable the attachments admin tools.
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 55
Table 25: FIDs for Attachment Admin Tools
Classic Admin Tool Required FIDs
Document 0108-Admin Document Type
Application
Set the FIDs to enable the application admin tools.
Table 26: FIDs for Application Admin Tools
Classic Admin Tool Required FIDs
Application Type 0065-Admin Application Types, 0071-Admin Workflow Final Inspection,
0202-Application Type Image, 0244-Fee Estimation, 0245-Long Term Time
Tracking
Application Spec Info 0179-Admin App Spec Info Subgroups, 0242-Required for Fee Calculation
Application Spec Info Table 0205-Admin App Spec Info Table, 0242-Required for Fee Calculation
SmartChoice Group 0061-Admin SmartChoice Code
Renewal Info 0073-Admin Application Renewal Info
Application Status Group 0127-Admin Application Status Group
Find Application Profile 0131-Admin Find App (Custom)
General Profile 0136-Admin Application General Profile
People
Set the FIDs to enable the people admin tools.
Table 27: FIDs for People Admin Tools
Classic Admin Tool Required FIDs
Licensed Professional 0191-Update license expiration task
Contact 0084-Reference People Contact
People Template 0088-Admin People User Defined Attributes
People Info Table 0250-People Info Table
Property
Set the FIDs to enable the property admin tools.
Table 28: FIDs for Property Admin Tools
Classic Admin Tool Required FIDs
Address 0006-Reference Property Addresses, 0207-Admin Inspector Districts
Parcel 0005-Reference Property Parcels, 0204-Properties Rename Parcel ID, 0207-
Admin Inspector Districts, 0241-Parcel Subdivision and Lot Search
Owner 0089-Reference Property Owners
APO Template 0085-Admin APO Template
Structure 0082-Reference Structure, 0194-Access Structure Conditions, 0212-
Reference Structure Condition History
Structure Template 0083-Reference Structure Template
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 56
Classic Admin Tool Required FIDs
Address Type Group 0276-Address Type Group
Fees
Set the FIDs to enable the fees admin tools.
Table 29: FIDs for Fees Admin Tools
Classic Admin Tool Required FIDs
Fee Schedules 0068-Admin Fee Item Sets
Fee Items 0068-Admin Fee Item Sets
Payment Period 0047-Admin Fee Payment Periods
Valuation Calc 0059-Admin Fees Valuation Calculation
Note:
If you enable both the FID and the Standard Choice
VALUATION_CALCULATOR_VERSION, clicking the Valuation
Calc link opens the valuation calculator - occupancy portlet in Civic
Platform.
Regional Modifier 0060-Admin Fees Regional Modifier
Copy Schedule 0068-Admin Fee Item Sets
Trust Account 0191-Update license expiration task
Manage Schedule 0181-Admin Fees Manage Schedule
Fee Calc 0206-Admin Fee Decisions
Fee Calc Criteria 0206-Admin Fee Decisions
Inspection
Set the FIDs to enable the inspection admin tools.
Table 30: FIDs for Inspection Admin Tools
Classic Admin Tool Required FIDs
Inspection 0133-Admin Inspection Type Sets, 0218-Admin Auto-Assign Inspection,
0229-Admin display Department, 0232-Admin display Option/Required
column, 0288-Enable Inspection Flow
Inspection Result Group 0123-Admin Inspection Result Group
Guide Sheet 0124-Admin Inspection Guide Sheet, 0256-Carrying over Failed Guide Sheet
Items, 0291-Guide Sheet Template Data
Guide Sheet Group 0125-Admin Inspection Guide Sheet Group
Inspection Grade Group 0339-Inspection Grade Group
Condition
Set the FIDs to enable the condition admin tools.
Table 31: FIDs for Condition Admin Tools
Classic Admin Tool Required FIDs
Condition Type 0054-Admin Condition Types
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 57
Classic Admin Tool Required FIDs
Std Condition 0056-Admin Condition Reference
Condition Status 0055-Admin Condition Status
Process Validation 0058-Admin Workflow Condition Validation
Workflow
Set the FIDs to enable the workflow admin tools.
Table 32: FIDs for Workflow Admin Tools
Classic Admin Tool Required FIDs
Workflow 0112-Admin Workflow, 0249-Workflow Edit
Process 0036-Admin Workflow Processes, 0245-Long Term Time Tracking
Task Status 0063-Admin Workflow Task Status, 0245-Long Term Time Tracking
Task Specific Info 0143-Admin Workflow Task Spec Info, 0180-Admin Workflow Task Spec Info
Subgroups
Activity 0097-Admin Workflow Review Activity
eMail Setting 0025-Admin Workflow Email Settings
eMail Message 0026-Admin Workflow Email Messages
Proximity Alerts 0154-Reference Workflow Proximity Alerts
Report Setting 0192-Workflow Report Setting
Calendar
Set the FIDs to enable the calendar admin tools.
Table 33: FIDs for Calendar Admin Tools
Classic Admin Tool Required FIDs
Hearing Body 0049-Reference Hearing Bodies
Location 0048-Reference Hearing Locations
Hearing Calendar 0050-Reference Hearing Calendar (old), 0183-Reference Hearing Calendar
Calendar 0115-Reference Calendar Structure, 0116-Admin Calendar Structure
Blockout, 0117-Admin Calendar Inspection Blockout, 0234-Workflow
Calendar, 0247-Agency Workday Calendar
Hearing Reason 0251-Hearing Reason
Calendar Administration See Calendars
Events
Set the FIDs to enable the event admin tools.
Table 34: FIDs for Event Admin Tools
Classic Admin Tool Required FIDs
Events 0077-Admin Event Setup
Scripts 0078-Admin Event Script Setup
Script Test 0079-Admin Event Script Test
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 58
Classic Admin Tool Required FIDs
Batch Job 0106-Admin Batch job
Master Scripts 0077-Admin Event Setup
Custom Script 0077-Admin Event Setup
Help
Set the FIDs to enable the help admin tools.
Table 35: FIDs for Help Admin Tools
Classic Admin Tool Required FIDs
OnlineHelp 0086-Admin Agency Online Help
Announcements 0121-Admin Agency Announcements
GIS
Set the FIDs to enable the GIS admin tools.
Table 36: FIDs for GIS Admin Tools
Classic Admin Tool Required FIDs
Dynamic Theme 0111-Admin GIS Dynamic Themes
Reference User Parameter 0111-Admin GIS Dynamic Themes
GIS Search Fields 0118-Admin GIS Search Tools
GIS Service 0107-Admin GIS Service, 0243-GIS Service
GIS Feature 0129-Admin GIS Feature
Establish Genealogy 0130-Admin GIS Establish Genealogy
Proximity Alerts 0153-Reference GIS Proximity Alerts
GIS Map Object Attribute Mapping 0182-Admin GIS Attribute Mapping
Report Management
Set the FIDs to enable the report management admin tools.
Table 37: FIDs for Report Management Admin Tools
Classic Admin Tool Required FIDs
Report Management 0145-Admin Report Management
Auto Report 0193-Report Management Auto Report
Report Manager Admin 0226-Reports Manager Admin
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 59
Organizations and Users
Related Links
Organization Administration
User Group and User Administration
Password Security
Multiple Agency Administration
Organization Administration
Set the following FID for administrators to create and manage organization hierarchy in Civic Platform:
0045-Admin Organizational Hierarchy
User Group and User Administration
Set the following FID for administrators to create and manage user groups in Civic Platform:
0096-Admin User Groups
0004-Admin Users
Password Security
Multi‑agency administrators set requirements for agency‑level password security. This includes setting
minimum password length, character requirements such as a minimum number of numeric characters, and
restrictions such as not allowing a user ID to be part of a password.
Multi-agency administrators can use the PASSWORD_ POLICY _SETTINGS and
PASSWORD_CALCULTION _SCORE Standard Choices to modify or add password requirements.
To configure password security, set the following Standard Choices:
PASSWORD_POLICY_SETTINGS
PASSWORD_CALCULATION_SCORE
Multiple Agency Administration
The multiple-agency administration feature requires Standard Choice configuration. You must specify one
agency to act as the main agency and the rest as sub-agencies in Civic Platform Classic.
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 60
Topics
Administering Multiple Agencies
Sharing Information across Agencies
Configuring Delegate Users
Configuring Multiple Agency Services
Administering Multiple Agencies
Set the following Standard Choice to enable the multiple-agency administration with one agency as the
main agency, and the others as the sub-agencies.
MULTI_SERVICE_SETTINGS
Sharing Information across Agencies
Set the following Standard Choice to check for duplicate address, parcel, and owner information in multiple
agencies:
APO_CHECK_DUPLICATE
Set the following Standard Choice to share contacts across multiple agencies:
CONTACT_ACROSS_AGENCIES
Configuring Delegate Users
You can configure Civic Platform to expose the delegate user portlets and enable the ability of delegate
users to switch between the main agency and sub-agencies.
You must set configurations for each agency and the delegate user configuration can differ from agency to
agency.
Set the following FIDs:
0286-Delegate User Management
8098-Agency Switch
8403-Multi Agency Switch
Note:
Civic Platform can enable the ability to toggle between agencies by two different FIDs. The Multi-Agency
switch controlled by FID 8403 offers more functionality and overrides FID 8098 Agency Switch when you
set both to Full-Access.
Configuring Multiple Agency Services
Set the following FID and Standard Choice:
0292-Service Management
MULTI_SERVICE_SETTINGS
Set agency priority definitions in the Agency Priority EMSE script. This script determines which agency has
priority over other agencies should multiple agencies offer the same service.
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 61
Search
Related Links
Configuring Global Search
Configuring ‘PERMITS’ Plus Search
Configuring Nearby Query
Configuring Global Search
Civic Platform provides a search engine to find information globally throughout the software. Users enter
search criteria and Civic Platform displays results in a global search portlet grouped by information type.
You can configure search to define how many max records return in a global search and how many result
rows to display in a group results list page. For example, record result information is grouped together in
pages and licensed professional result information is grouped together in pages. Within each group, a user
can filter, page through, or sort through the result information.
The global search function works against indexed content in the Civic Platform database. To ensure the
most accurate and up-to-date search results, configure a batch job to regularly index the Civic Platform
database.
To configure global search, set the following FID(s) and Standard Choices:
8434-Global Search
GLOBAL_SEARCH_MAX_COUNT
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 62
BATCH_JOB_SERVICE_CATEGORY
GLOBAL_SEARCH_BUILD_INDEX_ENTITIES
Configuring ‘PERMITS’ Plus Search
To configure search in Permits Plus, set the following FID and Standard Choices:
8039-PermitsPlus Historical Data
ENABLE_PERMITS_PLUS_SEARCH
Configuring Nearby Query
GIS has the Nearby Query functionality. It enables users to search for records, inspections, and asset
condition assessments within the map extent, within one or more selected GIS features, or near one or
more selected GIS features.
To enable the Nearby Query functionality, one of the tasks is to create and run a geotagging batch job.
Before you create the batch job, set the following Standard Choice:
BATCH_JOB_SERVICE_CATEGORY
When your agency uses GIS as an external APO data source, you can also enable the Nearby Query
functionality in the external APO environment, which requires geometry information about addresses and
parcels. To enable Civic Platform to retrieve geometry information from the XAPO data source, set the
following additional Standard Choices:
EXTERNAL_ADDRESS_SOURCE
Enter a map service ID as the value description for the SOURCE_MAP_SERVICE_ID value.
EXTERNAL_PARCEL_SOURCE
Enter a map service ID as the value description for the SOURCE_MAP_SERVICE_ID value. And enter a
map layer ID as the value description for the SOURCE_MAP_LAYER_ID value.
To set limits on the Nearby Query functionality, for example, the maximum number of GIS features that
users can select to perform a nearby query, set the following Standard Choice:
GIS_NEARBY_QUERY_LIMITATION
To disable the Nearby Query functionality including the geotagging feature, set the following Standard
Choice:
DISABLE_GIS_NEARBY_QUERY
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 63
User View
Related Links
Configuring the Civic Platform Console
Configuring the Form Layout Editor
Accessing QuickQueries
Configuring a Logo or Grade Card
Configuring Shared Drop-Down Lists
Configuring Customized Display
Accessing SmartCharts
Configuring Reports
Configuring the Civic Platform Console
Topics
Configuring the Civic Platform 8.x User Interface
Configuring the Create New Menu
Configuring the Navigation Menu
Configuring the Go To Menu
Configuring Flow Diagram
Configuring Portlets
Configuring the Civic Platform 8.x User Interface
You can enable and disable the Civic Platform 8.x user interface. If enabled, the Civic Platform application
shows a Switch New UI link at the top right corner to allow users to toggle between the legacy V360 and
Civic Platform 8.x user interface:
ENABLE_80_UI
Configuring the Create New Menu
You can configure the Create New menu item to display for specific user groups and you can configure the
number of create new options that display in the menu.
Set the following FID and Standard Choices:
0315-Admin Create New Objects
CREATE_NEW_ITEM_DEFAULT_SIZE
CREATE_NEW_ITEMS
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 64
Configuring the Navigation Menu
You can configure the number of items that display in the Navigation > Recently Viewed menu.
Set the following Standard Choice:
RECENTLY_HISTORY_SIZE
Configuring the Go To Menu
You can configure a custom drop-down menu for record detail portlets by customizing the Go To menu tab.
Set the following FID:
0230-Menu Navigation Admin
Confirm that you set the value of the Menu_Navigation_Enabled server constant Yes. System
administrators can receive technical assistance from either the Accela Customer Resource Center or an
Accela Services implementation staff to work with server constants.
Configuring Flow Diagram
Set the following FID to enable administrators to set up and manage flow diagrams, each flow diagram
providing list of nodes that help users perform their daily tasks:
0188-Admin Flow Diagram
Configuring Portlets
Set the following FID to enable administrators to create their own portlets and embed in Civic Platform
website:
0164-Admin Links Portlets
Configuring the Form Layout Editor
You can configure the Form Layout Editor for each of the following form layout tool types:
To enable the Form Layout Editor tools, set the following FIDs:
0137-Admin Filter View
0268-APO Form Layout Editor
0261-ASI Form Layout Editor
0269-Admin Attribute Form Layout Editor
0267-TSI Form Layout Editor
To configure ASI Drill-Downs to display, set the following FIDs:
0272-Control Shared Drop Down List in Admin
0273-ASI Table Drill Down
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 65
Set the following Standard Choice to enable custom fonts to populate in the font drop-down list on the
properties window in the form layout editor. Each field on a form has properties you can further define,
including the font type.
STANDARD_WEB_FONTS
Accessing QuickQueries
Set the following FID:
0139-Admin-DataFilter/QuickQuery
0327-Edit My QuickQuery By Administration
Configuring a Logo or Grade Card
To configure the logo or the grade card, set the following FID and Standard Choice:
0187-Admin Upload Logo Image
LOGO_TYPE_CATEGORY
To associate a logo with an ASI Subgroup, set the following Standard Choice:
MULTI_SERVICE_SETTINGS
Configuring Shared Drop-Down Lists
You can enable shared drop-down lists so you can use them for different group codes and templates.
Set the following FID and Standard Choice:
0272-Control Shared Drop Down List in Admin
ALLOW_SHARED_DROPDOWN_LIST
Configuring Customized Display
Administrators can customize labels, receipt summaries and check endorsements.
Set the following FIDs:
0155-Admin Label Configuration
0184-Admin Content Customization
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 66
Set the following Standard Choices to define the templates that administrators can create:
CONTENT_TEMPLATE_LIST
Accessing SmartCharts
Set the following FIDs for administrators to configure SmartCharts:
0156-Admin SmartChart Configuration
0157-Admin SmartChart Query Configuration
Set the following FIDs for users to access SmartCharts:
8188-SmartChart Display
8195-SmartChart Viewer
8211-List Driven SmartChart
Configuring Reports
Set the following FIDs for administrators to configure reports:
0226-Reports Manager Admin
0240-Reports Manager Admin
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 67
System Automation
Related Links
Configuring Security Policies
Configuring Autonumbers
Configuring Integration with Social Media
Configuring Import/Export
Configuring Event Manager
Spell Checker
Configuring Security Policies
You can configure Civic Platform security policies through one Standard Choice and several FIDs.
To configure security
1. Set the following FIDs and Standard Choices:
APPLICATION_TYPE_SECURITY_FID
The Standard Choice value must match the FID number you want to expose for setting in the Record
Type Security portlet.
2. Set the following FIDs:
0142-Admin Agency Security Policies
0235-Inspection Default Value Policy
0236-Inspection Type and Status Security
0248-Admin-Security Policy-EDMS Access Security
8138-Condition Limit Access by Dept
8140-Limit Assignments by Dept
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 68
8162-Application Limit Access by App Type
Configuring Autonumbers
When a user creates a permit Civic Platform automatically generates and assigns a number to it.
You cannot modify this number. Set the following FID:
0270-Sequence Generator
You can configure Civic Platform to allow users to override the generated record ID numbering. Set the
following FID:
8097-Manual Application Number Option
To use fiscal year instead of calendar year, set the following Standard Choice:
FISCAL_YEAR_START
Configuring Integration with Social Media
Civic Platform now offers integration with Twitter. The integration enables your agency users to post tweets
from the Civic Platform website.
Set the following FID to enable the Social Media configuration portlet:
0347-Social Media
To customize the application name displayed under the tweets to something different than Civic Platform,
set the following Standard Choice:
SOCIAL_MEDIA_SETTINGS
Configuring Import/Export
Set the following FIDs and Standard Choice for the Data Manager migration tool, so that administrators
can transfer data between Civic Platform agencies.
0318-Administration
0308-Data Manager Export
0309-Data Manager Import
DATA_MANAGER_MAX_RECORD_NUMBER
Set the following FIDs for the import/export system tool, so that administrators can transfer system settings
such as rule settings and QuickQuery settings into an XML file for importing to other agencies.
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 69
0185-Admin V360 Export
0186-Admin V360 Import
Configuring Event Manager
Set the following FIDs to enable administrators add event scripts in Civic Platform.
0077-Admin Event Setup
0078-Admin Event Script Setup
0079-Admin Event Script Test
Set the following Standard Choice to define the length of period during which the EMSE Message List
window has the focus after it appears.
EMSE_Settings
Spell Checker
You can configure the spell checker by enabling or disabling it in Civic Platform and Citizen Access.
Set the following Standard Choices:
SPELL_CHECKER_ENABLED
ACA_SPELL_CHECKER_ENABLED (see the Citizen Access Administrator Guide).
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 70
People
Related Links
Configuring People Template Fields
Configuring Reference Contacts
Configuring Licensed Professional Types
Configuring People Template Fields
Set the following FIDs for administrators to configure people template fields:
0088-Admin People User Defined Attributes
0250-People Info Table
Set the following FIDs to display people template fields in the contacts portlet and the licensed
professionals portlet:
8102-People User Defined Attributes
8330-People Info Table
You can configure EMSE as the data source for people template fields, as a drop-down list type, and you
can edit the attribute name.
Note:
If your agency implements multi-agency functionality, duplicate behavior at the super agency can result.
For example, when selecting services for multiple agencies, Civic Platform can route the same questions at
the State, County, or City level. This result occurs if you share template data at the super agency level For
example, if Jon has a licensed professional record that two agencies share and each agency has their own
template, Civic Platform duplicates the information display during multi-services selection.
To use EMSE to auto-populate people template fields
1. Modify the GetPeopleTemplateDropdownListFieldScript sample script for your agency (see Civic
Platform Scripting Guide).
2. Set the following Standard Choice:
ENABLE_EMAIL_NOTIFICATION_PROMPT
3. Find the people template field. The data type of the field must be DropDownList. See the “People”
chapter in the Civic Platform Administrator Guide.
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 71
Click the Edit button for the people template field.
4. Mark the EMSE Script Drop Down Lists: check box and assign the data source script for the attribute
field. For example, the newly modified GetPeopleTemplateDropdownListFieldScript.
5. Click the Update button.
Configuring Reference Contacts
To configure contacts and contact addresses, set the following Standard Choices in Civic Platform Classic:
ENABLE_CONTACT_ADDRESS
ENABLE_CONTACT_ADDRESS_VALIDATION
EXTERNAL_CONTACT_ADDRESS_SOURCE_[SOURCE NAME]
CONTACT_ADDRESS_TYPE
CONTACT RELATIONSHIP
CONTACT_TYPE_ENABLE
RACE
Set the following Standard Choices in the Standard Choices portlet in the Setup Admin:
CONTACT TYPE
AUTO_SYNC_PEOPLE
INDIVIDUAL_CONTACT_MATCH_CRITERIA
ORGANIZATION_CONTACT_MATCH_CRITERIA
REFERENCE_CONTACT_RELATIONSHIP
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 72
Set the following FIDs for the reference contacts portlet:
0084-Reference People Contact
0316-Reference Contact Condition
0317-Reference Contact Condition History
0322-Reference Merge Contacts
0355-Reference Contact Relationship
Configuring Licensed Professional Types
To configure license professional types, set the following Standard Choice in Civic Platform Classic:
LICENSED PROFESSIONAL TYPE
Set the following FIDs for the reference licensed professional portlet:
0008-Reference Licensed Professionals
0070-Reference Condition Licensed Professionals
0211-Reference Licensed Professional Cond. History
0283-Associated CAP List
0323-Disable Licensed Professionals Search
0338-Licensed Professional Document List
8389-Reference Licensed Professional Comments
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 73
APO (Address, Parcel, Owner) and XAPO (External APO)
Related Links
Configuring Addresses
Configuring Parcels
Configuring Common APO and External APO Features
Configuring Addresses
Topics
Address Administration
Managing Reference Addresses
Managing Associations with Addresses
Address Administration
Set the following FIDs and Standard Choices for administrators to configure address types and groups:
0276-Address Type Group
0277-Address Type for the reference address
REF_ADDRESS_TYPE
Managing Reference Addresses
Set the following FIDs for users to manage reference addresses:
0006-Reference Property Addresses
0321-Reference Address Copy
Agencies can provide an exact numeric street number for search criteria and can return exact address
matches in Civic Platform by enabling the field Street # in the Find Application Profile. To display this field,
you must configure the R1 Server Constant SPECIAL ADDRESS MODEL. Set the constant value to Yes to
display the Street # field in the Application Search Form Profile page.
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 74
Managing Associations with Addresses
Civic Platform includes associations between addresses with different records, and different objects (such
as documents, addresses, conditions, and so forth).
Set the FIDs for users to manage the association between addresses and different record types:
Table 38: FIDs for Association with Addresses
Record Type Required FIDs for Association with Addresses
Comments 8388-Reference Address Comments
Conditions 0208-Reference Address Condition History, 0069-Reference Condition
Addresses
Assets 0222-Address Asset
Inspections 8281-Inspector Districting
PM Schedules 0220-Admin AMS Address PM Schedule
Sets 8378-Address Set Detail
Work Orders 0223-Address Work Order
Configuring Parcels
Topics
Managing Reference Parcels
Managing Associations with Parcels
Managing Reference Parcels
Set the following FIDs for users to manage reference parcels:
0005-Reference Property Parcels
0109-Reference Genealogy Split/Merge
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 75
Parcel number mask restricts users to enter the proper values for a parcel number. Set the following
Standard Choice by entering values for PARCEL_ID and PARCEL_ID_MASKED_IN_DB.
MASKS
Managing Associations with Parcels
Civic Platform includes associations between parcels with different records, and different objects (such as
documents, addresses, conditions, and so forth).
Set the FIDs for users to manage the association between parcels and different record types:
Table 39: FIDs for Association with Parcels
Record Type Required FIDs for Association with Parcels
Activities 0239-Activities For People and Property
Addresses 0006-Reference Property Addresses
Conditions 0057-Reference Condition Parcels
Documents 8214-View EDMS Attachment List, 8212-Upload EDMS Attachment, 8240-
Delete EDMS Attachment
Inspections 8281-Inspector Districting
Owners 0089-Reference Property Owners
Records 0335-Copy or Move Parcel Associated Records
Structures and Establishments 0295-Reference Structure and Establishment
Trust Accounts 0280-Associate Parcel
Configuring and Enabling APO and XAPO Features
You can leverage APO and XAPO data on your agency’s Civic Platform application forms to streamline the
process of managing Accela records. This section explains the setup tasks for enabling users to use APO
and XAPO data.
Topics
Prerequisites – Enabling APO and XAPO Functionality
Auto-Populating Parcels and Owners into Records
Selecting Multiple APO Data on Application Intake Form
Populating APO Information from GIS Objects
Populating GIS Objects from APO Information
Synchronizing Associated Reference Data
Configuring XAPO Sources
Prerequisites – Enabling APO and XAPO Functionality
Before you configure the specific APO and XAPO features described in this section, you must first enable
the basic functionality by configuring these prerequisite items.
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 76
Enable JavaScript GIS XAPO support in Civic Platform by configuring the following standard choice:
USE_GIS_REST_API
Make the application intake form available by configuring the following standard choice:
NEW_SPEAR_FORM_ENABLE
Edit the SmartChoice group of the application type to display the Associated GIS Features section on
the application intake form (see the Civic Platform Administrator Guide for full details).
Auto-Populating Parcels and Owners into Records
To support populating the parcel information and the owner information associated to that record into
the application automatically after users search for and add an address record, you must configure the
following Standard Choice:
ENABLE_AUTO_POPULATE_PARCEL_OWNER
Selecting Multiple APO Data on Application Intake Form
To provide users the ability to select multiple APO or GIS data and attach it to a record, you must configure
the following Standard Choice.
MULTIPLE_APO_GIS_SELECTION
Populating APO Information from GIS Objects
To enable users to select GIS objects from the map and populate the APO information into a record, and
to enable users to view the list of GIS objects associated with the selected APO data and set one of the
objects to primary, you must configure the following Standard Choice.
APO_ATTACHMENT_SELECTION
ENABLE_SELECT_ADDRESS_OWNER_AFTER_PARCEL
ENABLE_SELECT_PARCEL_OWNER_AFTER_ADDRESS
Populating GIS Objects from APO Information
To enable users to view the list of GIS objects associated with the selected APO data and set one of the
objects to be primary, you must configure the following Standard Choice.
GIS_ATTACHMENT_SELECTION
ENABLE_SELECT_ADDRESS_OWNER_AFTER_PARCEL
ENABLE_SELECT_PARCEL_OWNER_AFTER_ADDRESS
Synchronizing Associated Reference Data
You can configure your system so that when you add reference data to or delete reference data from
a record, Civic Platform adds or delete any associated reference data in the record as well, either
automatically or following a prompt. For example, when a user adds information from a reference parcel,
Civic Platform adds information from any address, owner, structure, or establishment record associated
with that parcel to the record, either automatically or following a prompt.
You must create a mapping between the reference data through the Civic Platform reference data portlets.
The mapping relationships are available in the AGIS_OBJECT and AGIS_OBJECT_ENT tables. Besides,
you must configure the following Standard Choice.
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 77
APOSE_SYNCHRONIZE
STRUCTURE_CAP_ASSOCIATION
Note:
If you configure both Standard Choices, only APOSE_SYNCHRONIZE takes effect.
Configuring XAPO Sources
If your agency uses external address, parcel, and owner data sources, you need to configure the following
Standard Choices.
EXTERNAL_ADDRESS_SOURCE
EXTERNAL_CONTACT_ADDRESS_SOURCE_[SOURCE NAME]
EXTERNAL_OWNER_SOURCE
EXTERNAL_PARCEL_SOURCE
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 78
Electronic Document Review
Note:
If you allow the public to submit documents with Citizen Access, make sure that you have defined PDF as a
document attachment type.
To learn more about defining document attachment types, see “Document Attachments in ACA” in the
Citizen Access Administrator Guide.
Related Links
Configuring the Check-In Revisions Button
Configuring EDR Access
Configuring Action Type Choices on the Document Audit Log
Configuring EMSE Events to Streamline Workflow
Configuring the Check-In Revisions Button
Users check in EDR annotated attachments, from Adobe Acrobat X Pro, with the Check-In Revisions
button in the Civic Platform add-on toolbar for Adobe Acrobat X Pro.
Set the following FID:
8474-Check-in Permission
Configuring EDR Access
You set the following FIDs to regulate access to EDR attachments and the ability to assign documents,
annotate them, or set file review status.
8478-Document Assign Permission
8477-Document Review Permission
8090-Workflow Supervisor
8132-Workflow
8133-Workflow Task Assignments
8140-Limit Assignments by Dept
Configuring Action Type Choices on the Document Audit Log
Set the following Standard Choices:
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 79
DOCUMENT_AUDIT_ACTION_TYPES
E_CODES
VIRTUAL FOLDERS (User-defined Name)
DOCUMENT_REVIEW_STATUS (User-defined Name)
E_CODES
Configuring EMSE Events to Streamline Workflow
You can configure the following events to streamline workflow by providing email notifications upon certain
events.
Table 40: EMSE Events for Electronic Document Review
DocumentUploadAfter Trigger this event after you upload, check in
or resubmit a document.
DocumentReviewAddBeforeDocumentReviewAddAfter Trigger this event after you newly assign a
review task.
DocumentReviewDeleteBeforeDocumentReviewDeleteAfter Trigger this event after you delete a review
task.
DocumentReviewUpdateBefore Trigger this event after you update a review
task.
DocumentReviewUpdateAfter Trigger this event after you submit the update
of a review task to the database.
PublishCommentAfter Trigger this event after you publish the
comments for a document.
Note: Trained administrators must rewrite scripts in collaboration with an Accela Implementation
specialist. Improperly written scripts can seriously damage your system by incorrectly altering or
deleting data for many records. For information on writing scripts and using the Event Manager and
Script Engine tools, see the Civic Platform Scripting Guide.
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 80
Workflow
Related Links
Workflow Administration
Configuring Daily Workflow Management Tab
Workflow Administration
Civic Platform provides a graphical tool (Workflow Designer) and a legacy ‘Classic’ tool for designing
workflows. The Classic Workflow administration tool follows the standard configuration styles in Civic
Platform Classic. Workflow Designer is a graphical design tool much easier to use. Workflow Designer
contains almost all the functions in the Classic Workflow administration tool, but gives you the convenience
to do everything visually. Some workflow related administration functions work with both Workflow
Designer and the Classic Workflow administration tool.
Topics
Enabling Workflow Designer
8509 - View Workflow Design Link
Enabling Classic Workflow Administration Tool
Common Workflow Configuration Tasks
Enabling Workflow Designer
Set the following FID for administrators to work with Workflow Designer:
0346-Workflow Designer
Enabling Classic Workflow Administration Tool
Set the following FIDs for administrators to work in the Classic Workflow administration tool:
0112-Admin Workflow
0245-Long Term Time Tracking
0249-Workflow Edit
0036-Admin Workflow Processes
0097-Admin Workflow Review Activity
0063-Admin Workflow Task Status
Common Workflow Configuration Tasks
No matter whether you work with Workflow Designer or Classic Workflow administration tool, some
functions are common for workflow configuration.
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 81
Table 41: FIDs and Standard Choices for Workflow Administration
Workflow Administration Required FIDs and Standard Choices
Task Specific Information 0143-Admin Workflow Task Spec Info, 0180-Admin Workflow Task Spec Info
Subgroups, 0267-TSI Form Layout Editor
Workflow Report Settings 0192-Workflow Report Setting
Activity Specific Information 0246-Activities Specific Information
Workflow Security 8140-Limit Assignments by Dept
Workflow E-mail Settings 0026-Admin Workflow Email Messages, 0025-Admin Workflow Email Settings
Workflow Proximity Alerts 0154-Reference Workflow Proximity Alerts
Workload and Skillsets 0150-Admin Workload and Skillset
Configuring Daily Workflow Management Tab
Topics
Configuring the Workflow Tab in the Record Portlet
Configuring the Workflow Tasks Tab in the My Tasks Page
Enabling Supervisory Rights to Workflow Management
Configuring the Task Management
Deleting Workflow
Configuring the Workflow Tab in the Record Portlet
Users have the option to assign and manage tasks in the Workflow tab of the Record portlet. You can
configure the access to the Workflow tab in the Record portlet.
Set the following FIDs:
8132-Workflow
8140-Limit Assignments by Dept
Note:
When you set FID 8132 to Full Access, the user has supervisor privileges. For most use cases, set FID
8132 to Read Only and set FID 8140 to Full Access.
Configuring the Workflow Tasks Tab in the My Tasks Page
Users can assign or reassign multiple inspections or workflow tasks from the My Tasks portlet. You can
configure the My Tasks user portlet to display all workflow tasks.
Set the following FIDs:
8133-Workflow Task Assignments
8143-Inspection Scheduling
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 82
Enabling Supervisory Rights to Workflow Management
Some users may require supervisory rights to manage workflows.
Set the following FID:
8090-Workflow Supervisor
Note:
If you enable FID 8090 Workflow Supervisor, and you need to limit Workflow supervisor access, you
must list each functional area you want to restrict in both the APPLICATION_TYPE_SECURITY_FID and
the WORKFLOW_FIDS Standard Choice.
Configuring the Task Management
Set the following FIDs for users to track workflow tasks:
8186-Workflow Task Activation
8470-Time Accounting on Workflow
8207-Workflow Ad Hoc Tasks - 5.2
8427-Claim or Release Task Assignment
8317-Workflow Calendar
0245-Long Term Time Tracking
Deleting Workflow
Set the following FIDs to enable users to delete a workflow process or a task history record associated with
a record:
8409-Workflow Delete and Assign
8419-Delete Workflow History
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 83
Record Management
Related Links
Record Type Administration
Configuring ASI and ASI Tables
Synchronizing Reference Data with Records
Configuring Record Access
Creating Records
Deleting Records
0370-Record Type Filter
Configuring Associations with Records
Accessing the Record Detail Audit Log
Record Type Administration
You configure record type additions and record type edits in the AA Classic portlet or in the Setup portlet.
The same set of FIDs control the options in the two places.
Set the FIDs and Standard Choices for administrators to configure record types.
Table 42: FIDs and Standard Choices for Record Administration
Record Administration Required FIDs and Standard Choices
Record Status Groups 0127-Admin Application Status Group
Record Type 0065-Admin Application Types, 0318-Administration, 0319-Delete ASI
and ASIT on existing CAPs, 0071-Admin Workflow Final Inspection,
CAP_RETAIN_FEESCHEDULE, MULTIPLE_LICENSE_PROFESSIONAL,
ENABLE_CAP_TYPE_ALIAS
Record Types in Citizen Access 0075-Admin License Types, 0108-Admin Document Type, 0244-Fee
Estimation
SmartChoice Groups 0061-Admin SmartChoice Code
Configuring ASI and ASI Tables
Topics
ASI and ASI Table Administration
ASI and ASI Table Drill-down Administration
Configuring ASIs and ASI Table Pop-up Windows
Enabling ASI Edits in Records
Enabling ASI Edits in Inspection Guide Sheets
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 84
Enabling Additional Information Fields for Building Permits
ASI and ASI Table Administration
Set the following FIDs:
0179-Admin App Spec Info Subgroups
0205-Admin App Spec Info Table
ASI and ASI Table Drill-down Administration
Set the following FIDs:
0273-ASI Table Drill Down
Configuring ASIs and ASI Table Pop-up Windows
You can configure ASI functionality to display pop-up windows when users change ASI or ASI Table group
information about a record type.
Set the following Standard Choice:
ASI_CONFIGS
To enables the Req for Fee Calc field in the configuration of an application-specific information group or an
application-specific information table group, set the following FID:
0242-Required for Fee Calculation
Enabling ASI Edits in Records
Set the following FIDs and Standard Choice:
8073-App Spec Info
8270-App Spec Info Table
8397-ASI Table Delete
8329-App Spec Info Supervisor
ASI_EDIT_CONTROL_SYSTEM_LEVEL
Enabling ASI Edits in Inspection Guide Sheets
Set the following FIDs and Standard Choice:
0291-Guide Sheet Template Data
Enabling Additional Information Fields for Building Permits
If your agency wants to collect additional information about building permits, such as the job value, the
number of buildings, the number of housing units, whether the parcel is public owned, and the type of
construction, set the following FID to make the additional information fields available to users:
8033-Additional Information
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 85
Set the following Standard Choices to define the default value or the available options for the additional
information field:
CENSUS_BUREAU_CONSTRUCTION_TYPE_CODE
DEFAULT_HOUSING_UNITS
DEFAULT_NUMBER_BUILDINGS
DEFAULT_JOB_VALUE
Synchronizing Reference Data with Records
You can configure your system so that when you add reference data to a record or delete reference
data from a record, Civic Platform adds or deletes associated reference data. When working on a parcel
record, for example, Civic Platform can add information from associated address, owner, structure, or
establishment records to that parcel record.
Set the following Standard Choice:
APOSE_SYNCHRONIZE
The same processes apply when users delete address, parcel, owner, structure, or establishment records
from a record.
Civic Platform does not automatically add associated records with locked conditions. If multiple conditions
apply to any of the associated records, a pop‑up window notifies the user of these conditions.
Civic Platform synchronizes reference information when creating new records and when editing existing
records.
Configuring Record Access
You can identify and configure limits for users at the group and the module levels. For example, to set
limits on fees, you can locate the Building Cashier group name in the Building module.
Set the following FID and Standard Choice:
8162-Application Limit Access by App Type
APPLICATION_TYPE_SECURITY_FID
Creating Records
To enable users to create new records, set the following FIDs:
8034-New Application
8264-Create from Model
To configure how users enter information when creating records, set the following FIDs:
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 86
8390-CAP Type picker with Tree
8391-Create Multiple CAPs for Parcels
8097-Manual Application Number Option
8324-Create CAP-Validate
8234-Get Address And Owner
8232-Get Parcel And Owner
8326-Fee Estimate
To configure the options provided when users save a new record, set the following FIDs:
8325-Save Work in Progress of CAP
The application intake form contains a number of sections depending on your configuration of the
associated SmartChoice Group. See Record Type Administration. If a SmartChoice-enabled group
does not display, you may not have enabled the information type in the Record portlet. See Configuring
Associations with Records
To configure whether to use a customized tracking number for a new record, set the following Standard
Choice:
CUSTOMIZED_TRACKING_NBR
Deleting Records
Set the following FID:
8410-Delete CAPs
You can configure Civic Platform to delete partially completed records. This configuration does not affect
completed records. Set the following Standard Choice:
PARTIALLY_COMPLETED_CAP_PURGE_DAYS
0370-Record Type Filter
Description
Enables the Record Type Filter in Citizen Access, and in the adminstration areas of both Citizen Access
and Civic Platform
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Citizen Access > Record Type selection
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 87
Record Type Filter configuration in Citizen Access Admin > Module Settings
Record Type Filter configuration in V360 Admin > Setup > Application > Record Type Filters
Configuring Associations with Records
The Record portlet displays all types of information associated with a record in tabs, or in sections in the
application intake form.
1. To configure access to the Detail tab, the Summary tab, the summary button, and the information
provided in the record summary page, set the following FIDs:
8209-Single Portlet Data Summary
8395-CAP Summary
8411-Cap Summary
8400-Manage Inspection
8441-Initiated Product Info
2. There are a series of FIDs controlling whether the associated information is available for records.
Table 43: FIDs for Associations with Records
Information Types Required FIDs for Associations with Records
Addresses 8253-Showing GIS X/Y Locator, 8028-Addresses
Additional Information 8033-Additional Information
App Spec Info and App Spec Info
Tables See Enabling ASI Edits in Records.
Comments 8110-Application Comment, 8340-Application Comments Edit
Condition and Condition History 8020-Condition Full Privileges8272-Application Condition History, 8365-
Inheritable editable
Contacts 8031-Contacts
Documents 8212-Upload EDMS Attachment8433-Document Permission Settings. For
configuring document review functions, see Electronic Document Review.
Education and Continuing Education 8420-Daily Education Info, 8421-Daily Delete Required Education, 8428-
Daily Continuing Education Info, 8429-Daily Delete Required Continuing
Education
Evidence 8332-Evidence8334-Evidence Supervisor
Examination 8430-Daily Examination Info, 8431-Daily Delete Required Examination
Fees See Accounting.
Hearings 8229-Hearings (obsolete, replaced by 8483)
Inspections 8249-Turn Off the Inspection Tab in CAP List
Owners 8030-Owners
Parcels 8029-Parcels
Payment See Accounting.
Professionals 8032-Licensed Professionals, 8446-Disable Licensed Professionals Delete
Related Records 8236-Related CAPs-Search, 8292-Create Multiple Related CAPs,
8293-Open New Related CAP in SPEAR, 8323-Update Related
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 88
Information Types Required FIDs for Associations with Records
Caps, 8460-Delete Related Records, RELATED_CAP_SUMMARY,
RELATED_RECORDS_DEFAULT_VIEW, RELATED_CAP_CONFIG
Renewal 8398-Cap Renewal, RELATED_CAP_SUMMARY
Structure 8103-Structure Tracking
Status and Status History 8141-Application Status, 8142-Application Status History, 8408-Edit
Application Status History
Workflow See Configuring Daily Workflow Management Tab.
Accessing the Record Detail Audit Log
You can configure Civic Platform for access to the audit log and to view related details for each record.
Note:
System administrators must set the Agency access by setting the Enable Record Audit Log option. These
steps are a pre-requisite to setting the FIDs. For complete agency setup steps, see the section, “Editing
an Agency” in the “Agencies and Functions” chapter in the Civic Platform On-premise Administrator
Supplement.
Set the following FIDs:
8422-Random Audit History
8443-Application Audit Log
8458-Complete Record and ASI Audit
8459-Specific Record and ASI Audit Log
8444-Application Status History Log
8468-Inspections List Guide Sheet Audit Log
Note:
Best practice is to set both FIDs to Full Access for supervisors and administrators, and set 8459 to Full
Access for daily agency users. These settings allow administrators to view the audit logs from both the
Record list portlet and the Record Detail portlet. These settings also allow agency users to view the audit
log for a specific record from the Record Detail portlet.
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 89
Calendars
Related Links
Calendar Administration
Configuring Calendars
Calendar Administration
Holiday calendars, meeting calendars, inspection type calendars, and user calendars require Function
Identification (FID) and Standard Choice configuration.
1. Set the FIDs for administrators to work on different calendar types:
Table 44: FIDs and Standard Choices for Calendar Administration
Calendar Administration Required FIDs and Standard Choices for Specific Calendar Type
Meeting Calendar 0314-Admin Meeting Calendar
Agency Holiday Calendar 0337-Agency Holiday Calendar
Inspection Calendar 0257-Admin Inspection Calendar, 0258-Supervisor Inspection Calendaring,
0281-Supervisor Master Calendaring
User Calendar 0336-User Calendar
2. Set the following Standard Choices for inspection and meeting calendar types:
CALENDAR_BLOCK_SIZE
CALENDAR_BLOCK_UNIT
USER_DISCIPLINES
USER_DISTRICTS
3. Set the following Standard Choices for meeting calendar types:
BATCH_JOB_SERVICE_CATEGORY
CONTACT TYPE
CONTENT_TEMPLATE_LIST
MEETING BODY
MEETING LOCATION
MEETING MAX TIME
MEETING_REASON_COMMENT
MEETING_TYPE_STATUS_GROUP
MEETING_TYPE_STATUS_{Group Name}
4. Set the following Standard Choices for inspection calendar types:
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 90
CREATE_NEW_INSPECTION_WHEN_RESCHEDULE
INSPECTOR_WORKLOAD_CALENDAR_TIME
5. Set the following Standard Choices for user calendar types and inspection calendar types:
CALENDAR_SETTING
6. Set the following Standard Choices for Citizen Access inspection calendars:
Table 45: Standard Choices for ACA Inspection Calendars
Standard Choice Standard Choice Value
SCHEDULE_INSPECTION_IN_ACA NONE. When you select this value, the associated inspection type
displays on the ACA Inspection list but public users cannot request,
scheduled, or cancel the inspection.
REQUEST_ONLY_PENDING. When you select this value, public
users can request or cancel a pending inspection, they cannot
schedule the inspection.
REQUEST_SAME_DAY_NEXT_DAY. When you select this value,
public users must choose from three inspection scheduling options:
Same Day, Next Business Day, and Next Available Day.
SCHEDULE_USING_CALENDAR. When you select this value,
public users can schedule inspections by selecting a date and time
from the inspection type calendar. The Same Day, Next Business
Day, and Next Available Day options are unavailable.
Note: The values you enter for this Standard Choice
populate the Schedule Inspection in the ACA drop-down
list in the Calendar Administration portlets. The value
selected from the drop-down list determines how public
users can schedule inspections in ACA.
Configuring Calendars
Set the following FIDs to enable users’ access to different types of calendars:
Table 46: FIDs and Standard Choices for Calendar Access
User Calendar Access Required FIDs and Standard Choices for Specific Calendar Type
Event Calendar 8347- User Event Calendar
Meeting Calendar 8482-Create a Set in Record List, 8432-User Meeting Calendar
Inspection Calendar 8144-Inspection Results Supervisor, 8345-User Inspection Calendar
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 91
Communication Manager
Related Links
General Settings
Account Settings
Message Settings
General Settings
Set these FIDs to enable communication manager general settings:
8492-Communication List
0361-General Settings
8494-Record Communication List
Define SMS providers in the following Standard Choices:
COMMUNICATION_SMS_PROVIDERS
Account Settings
Set these FIDs to enable the account setting configuration in Civic Platform:
8492-Communication List
0360-Account Settings
Besides configuring email accounts in the Account Settings portlet, you can also configure a few to and
from emails in Standard Choices:
ACA_EMAIL_TO_AND_FROM_SETTING
ACA_EMAIL_REGISTRATION_TO
ACA_EMAIL_REGISTRATION_FROM
AGENCY_EMAIL_REGISTRATION_TO
Message Settings
Set the following FIDs to enable administrators to configure alerts, rules, announcements, and notification
templates configuration in Civic Platform:
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 92
0151-Admin Alert and Rules
0134-Admin-Message-General
0135-Admin-Message-Supervisor
0184-Admin Content Customization
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 93
Accounting
Related Links
Fee Item Administration
Managing Fees in Records
Configuring Payments
Configuring Invoice Options
Configuring Trust Accounts
Configuring Cashier Workstation
Configuring Valuation Calculation
Configuring Void and Refund Reason Options
Fee Item Administration
Set the following FIDs and Standard Choices for administrators to configure fee items, including fee
estimation:
Table 47: FIDs and Standard Choices for Fee Item Administration
Fee Item Administration Required FIDs and Standard Choices
Fee Items 0068-Admin Fee Item Sets, FULL_PAY_ALLOCATION_OPTIONS,
FEE_QUANTITY_ACCURACY
Fee Schedules 0181-Admin Fees Manage Schedule
Payment Periods 0047-Admin Fee Payment Periods
Valuation Calculation 0059-Admin Fees Valuation CalculationVALUATION_CALCULATOR_VERSION
Regional Modifiers 0060-Admin Fees Regional Modifier
Fee Calc. and Fee Calc. Criteria 0206-Admin Fee Decisions, 0242-Required for Fee Calculation,
DISABLE_FEE_CALC_FACTOR_DROPDOWN_FOR_MODULES
Fee Estimation (for ACA) 0244-Fee Estimation
Managing Fees in Records
Set the following FIDs for users to add and manage record fee items in the Fees tab of the Record portlet,
or the Fees in the application intake form.
8271-Fees Recalculate Fees
8104-Assess Fees
8313-Fee Item Note
8456-Fee Schedule Drop Down List
8326-Fee Estimate
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 94
Set the following FIDs for users to void fees, including invoiced fees, paid fees, and those fees related to
point of sale.
8333-Void Invoiced But Unpaid Fee
8348-Void Paid Fee
8366-Void Payment
To allow a supervisor to void any non-paid fees but restrict them from voiding paid fees, enable FID 8333
and disable FID numbers 8348 and 8366 (see Figure 4: Configuring Authority to Void Fees).
Figure 4: Configuring Authority to Void Fees
A. When FID 8333, 8348 and 8366 are enabled, the Void button is available.
B. When FID 8333, 8348 and 8366 are disabled, the Void button is not available.
If FID 8366 is enabled then 8333 should be enabled (Point of Sale functions).
If FID 8333 is enabled then 8348 should be enabled (Void record Fee functions).
Configuring Payments
Topics
Configuring the Payment Processing Portlet
Configuring the Payment Tab
Configuring the Point of Sale
Accessing Automatic Payment Allocation
Configuring Payment Account Type Options
Configuring Credit Card and Check Type Options
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 95
Configuring the Payment Processing Portlet
Users can use the Payment Processing portlet to process the payments for one or more records and POS
items as a whole.
1. Set the following FIDs for the Payment Processing console:
8393-Payment Processing
8415-Refund Payment
8414-Void Payment
8416-Invoices Management
8394-Payment History
8417-Enable POS
2. Set the following Standard Choices to configure the payment methods:
PAYMENT_PROCESSING_METHOD
PAYMENT_PROCESSING_DEFAULT_METHOD
3. You can enable a Received drop-down list field on all payment locations in Civic Platform, such as the
Payment Processing console or the Record Payment tab. This field displays the manner of payment
receipt. Set the following Standard Choice:
PAYMENT_RECEIVED_TYPE
4. You can define the receipt mask to use in the Payment Processing portlet. Set the following Standard
Choice:
PAYMENT_PROCESSING_RECORD_RECEIPT
Configuring the Payment Tab
Your agency can determine whether to enable all of the options on the Payments tab in the user
experience for a module, enable certain functions, or remove the Payments tab. When enabled, the
Payment tab allows agency cashiers to locate and apply payments within an individual record. This tab
displays in multiple modules within Civic Platform including Building, Sets, and Licenses.
1. Set the following FIDs for the functions in the Payment tab:
8108-Cashier Payment
8435-Daily - Cashier - Pay More
8436-Daily - Cashier - Apply
8437-Daily - Cashier - Refund
8438-Daily - Cashier - Void
8439-Daily - Cashier - Generate Receipt
8440-Daily - Cashier - Fund Transfer
2. Set the following FID and Standard Choice for automatic receipt generation:
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 96
8108-Cashier Payment
AUTO_GENERATE_RECEIPT
3. Set the following Standard Choice to allow users to transfer of payments to future invoices:
ALLOW_PAYMENT_OF_FUTURE_FEES
Configuring the Point of Sale
Point of sale fees work like all other fees in Civic Platform. You add, assess, and process a fee item
through a cashier payment without an associated record or associated service request. Civic Platform
automatically invoices point of sale fee items so users can only add and void fee items. Civic Platform
applies point of sale payments, without a payment apply screen.
1. Set the following FIDs:
8288-Fees Point Of Sale
8289-Fees Point Of Sale Refunds
2. Set the following Standard Choices in the order shown:
Note:
The POINT_OF_SALE_TYPE and POINT_OF_SALE_FEE_SCHEDULE Standard Choices each require
Values and Value Descriptions for the point of sale feature to work.
POINT_OF_SALE_TYPE
POINT_OF_SALE_FEE_SCHEDULE
Note that currently, Citizen Access only supports fee items related to a record, not to a point of sale fee
item. However, when Citizen Access does support point of sale fee items, enter USER=Public in the Value
Desc field. Then enter a record ID to apply a dummy record ID for each fee item Value. The record ID must
follow the format of xxxxx-xxxxx-#xxxx where xxxx is any alphanumeric value. For example, if Media is the
Value, then the Value Desc field might look like this USER=Public;CapID=10POS-0000-#0000.
Accessing Automatic Payment Allocation
Set the following FID:
8463-Payment Auto Allocation
Configuring Payment Account Type Options
You can configure Civic Platform to control the Account and Check Types options displayed in the Check
Payment user page.
Set the following Standard Choice:
PAYMENT_CHECK_ACCOUNT_TYPE
Configuring Credit Card and Check Type Options
You can define credit card types and check types so that your agency can accept payments from credit
cards or from checks.
Set the following Standard Choice:
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 97
PAYMENT_CREDITCARD_TYPE
PAYMENT_CHECK_TYPE
Configuring Invoice Options
You can configure Civic Platform so that after a user assesses one or more fees for a record, Civic
Platform automatically invoices the fees. Set the following Standard Choice:
AUTO_INVOICE_MODULE
Set the following Standard Choice to configure a single invoice for multiple records:
ONE_INVOICE_FOR_ALL_CAPS
You can configure Civic Platform so that users can collect all invoices for a workweek or given date range
into a batch and print each invoice to mail to the responsible party. Set the following FID and Standard
Choices:
8367-Manage Batch Invoice
SINGLE_INVOICE_REPORT
BATCH_INVOICE_REPORT
Configuring Trust Accounts
Topics
Configuring Trust Account Management
Configuring Trust Account Payment Method
Configuring Trust Account Management
Set the following FIDs:
0190-Manage Trust Account
0278-Associate People
0279-Associate Address
0280-Associate Parcel
0331-Trust Account Associated Record
8342-Auto Create Trust Account
Set the following Standard Choices:
GLOBAL_TRUST_ACCOUNT
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 98
TRUST_ACCOUNT_ADMINISTRATOR
Configuring Trust Account Payment Method
Set the following FIDs:
8267-Enable Payment by Trust Account
8286-Fees Print Receipt Summary
8341-Auto Pay
8465-Deposit Trust Account During the payment
Set the following Standard Choices:
AUTO_PAY_TRUST_ACCOUNTS
DEPOSIT_FOR
PAYMENT_PROCESSING_DEFAULT_METHOD
TRUST_ACCOUNT_ONLY
PAYMENT_PROCESSING_METHOD
Note:
Note that you must add the Trust Account field to the payment portlet, such as the Pay Form, in the Form
Portlet Designer, to enable users to select a trust account during the payment process.
Configuring Cashier Workstation
Topics
Configuring a Cashier Drawer for ACA Public Users
Configuring Cashier Sessions
Configuring the Cash Drawer
You can configure Civic Platform to identify specific computers to accept payments, and identify which
computers to be the cash drawer to receive payments.
Set the following FIDs and Standard Choices:
8261-Open Cash Drawer
LIMIT_WORKSTATION_ACCEPT_PAYMENT
CASHIER_STATION
Configuring a Cashier Drawer for ACA Public Users
Citizen Access does not support Standard Choice CASHIER_STATION. However, You can assign Citizen
Access public users an optional default Cashier ID in their user profile. You can assign a default Cashier ID
for Citizen Access public users that do not have a Cashier assigned in their user profile.
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 99
Set the Standard Choices ACA_WORKSTATION_ID and ACA_TERMINAL_ID.
Table 48: Standard Choices for ACA Public User Cash Drawer
Standard Choice Standard Choice Value
ACA_WORKSTATION_ID A generic workstation ID to use for the default Citizen Access cashier drawer.
ACA_TERMINAL_ID A generic terminal ID to use for the default Citizen Access for cashier drawer.
Configuring Cashier Sessions
You can configure a cash drawer to run cashier sessions, open the cash drawer, print receipts with a
receipt printer, and print endorsements on the back of checks.
You can also track the value of transactions recorded during a cashier session by entering the total in
the Deposit Slip # field before ending the session. In the Deposit Date field, supervisors can use the date
picker icon to select a date or manually edit date, and after submittal, they can modify the Deposit Slip #
and the Deposit Date fields.
1. Set the following FIDs and Standard Choices:
8251-Cashier Session
8259-Cashier Session Supervisor
2. Specify whether to capture the cash drawer by setting the Standard Choice as follows:
CASH_DRAWER_STARTING_ENDING_BALANCE
Configuring Valuation Calculation
Set the following FIDs to enable valuation calculation for records:
8038-Valuation Calculation
8406-Edit Valuation Calculator Unit Cost
Configuring Void and Refund Reason Options
Set the following Standard Choices to define the reason options for users to select when they want to void
an invoice or payment, or refund a payment:
REFUND_PAYMENT_REASON
VOID_INVOICE_REASON
VOID_PAYMENT_REASON
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 100
Time Accounting Tracker
Related Links
Time Accounting Administration
Configuring a List of Agency Vehicles
Configuring the Time Accounting Portlet
Adding Time Accounting Entries in Inspections and Workflow
Time Accounting Administration
Set the following FIDs for administrators to configure the time accounting user profiles, time accounting
types and time accounting groups:
0264-Admin Time Accounting Type
0265-Admin Time Accounting User Profile
0266-Admin Time Accounting Group
Configuring a List of Agency Vehicles
To create the list of agency vehicles referenced in one-time accounting, configure Standard Choice
VEHICLE to include any Standard Choice Values supported by your agency, such as a street cleaner or a
dump truck. These Values display for the Civic Platform user in the Vehicle ID drop-down list.
VEHICLE
Configuring the Time Accounting Portlet
Set the following FIDs to assign users rights to the Time Accounting portlet, so they can create and edit
time accounting records:
8369-User Time Accounting Daily
8375-Time Accounting Administrator
8376-Time Accounting Supervisor
Set the following Standard Choice to define the default Logged From date in the time accounting search
portlet.
FIND_TIME_ACCOUNTING_LOGGED_DATE_RANGE
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 101
Adding Time Accounting Entries in Inspections and Workflow
You can configure Time Accounting tracker to allow users to add multiple time accounting entries on
inspections and workflow tasks, within Civic Platform and Mobile Office.
On the Inspections page and the Workflow page in Civic Platform, a Time Spent on Task section that
provides hours for different time accounting groups. The time accounting fields that display are: Time spent
on Inspection and Total time. For each task, Civic Platform lists Duration, Start and End Time, Group, and
Type. An Actions drop-down list provides users with modify, delete, or lock and unlock options.
The Actions drop-down list does not display on entries that have a locked status by the Administrator.
Set the following FIDs:
8462-Time Accounting on inspections
8470-Time Accounting on Workflow
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 102
Streamlining Data Processing
Related Links
Accessing Expression Builder
Configuring Conditions
Configuring Sets
Configuring Audit Log
Configuring the Batch Engine
Accessing Expression Builder
Set the following FIDs:
0260-Expression Builder
Configuring Conditions
Topics
Condition Administration
Configuring the Condition Audit Log
Configuring Required Condition Severity Status
Managing Daily Conditions
Managing Conditions of Approval
Condition Administration
Set the following FIDs and Standard Choices for administrators to configure condition types, condition
groups, standard conditions, and related condition settings:
0275-Condition by Group
0054-Admin Condition Types
0055-Admin Condition Status
0056-Admin Condition Reference
0058-Admin Workflow Condition Validation
8138-Condition Limit Access by Dept
CONDITIONS_OF_APPROVALS
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 103
ENABLE_MULTIPLE_CONDITION_GROUP_FOR_TYPE
CONDITION TYPE
Configuring the Condition Audit Log
Set the following FIDs:
0333-Condition List Audit Log
0334-Condition Detail Audit Log
To enable the condition audit log, you must set the Standard Condition, the Record Condition and
Reference Condition to Yes, as a prerequisite, in the Agency Profile settings.
Configuring Required Condition Severity Status
Civic Platform provides default status options, such as “Required” in the Severity drop-down list for
conditions. The Severity drop-down list is available in portlets when defining conditions and when viewing
the condition for a record. Each condition status provides a level of restriction.
Set the following Standard Choices:
REMOVE_REQUIRED_IN_ADMIN_CONDITIONS
REMOVE_REQUIRED_IN_DAILY_CONDITIONS
Managing Daily Conditions
Set the following FIDs to enable users to associate conditions with different types of records:
Table 49: FIDs for Condition Tabs
Portlet Required FIDs for Associated Condition Tab
Addresses 0208-Reference Address Condition History, 0069-Reference Condition
Addresses, 8457-Create Free Form Condition
Assets 8282-Asset Condition, 8457-Create Free Form Condition
Contacts 0316-Reference Contact Condition, 0317-Reference Contact Condition
History, 8457-Create Free Form Condition
Inspections 8020-Condition Full Privileges, 8457-Create Free Form Condition
Licensed Professionals 0070-Reference Condition Licensed Professionals, 8457-Create Free Form
Condition
Owners 0110-Reference Owner Condition, 0210-Reference Owner Condition History,
8457-Create Free Form Condition
Parcels 0057-Reference Condition Parcels, 0209-Reference Parcel Condition History,
8457-Create Free Form Condition
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 104
Portlet Required FIDs for Associated Condition Tab
Record 8020-Condition Full Privileges, 8272-Application Condition History, 8266-
Check reference object condition, 8457-Create Free Form Condition
Set 8381-Address Set Condition, 8357-Set Conditions, 8386-Licensed
Professional Set Condition, 8352-Parcel Set Create Conditions, 8457-Create
Free Form Condition
Structures and Establishments 0296-Structure and Establishment Condition, 8457-Create Free Form
Condition
Set the following FID to give users the option for child records to inherit conditions from their parent:
8365- Inheritable editable
Set the following two FIDs for conditions in reference structures in Civic Platform Classic Daily:
0194-Access Structure Conditions
0212-Reference Structure Condition History
Set the following Standard Choices for configuring the options when adding daily conditions:
CLONE_REFERENCE_CONDITION
UPDATE_REFERENCE_CONDITION
ENABLE_ADD_MULTIPLE_CONDITIONS
Set the following Standard Choices if you allow users to view conditions in partial records or the application
intake form:
PARTIAL_CAP_CONDITION_ENABLE
NEW_SPEAR_FORM_ENABLE
Set the following Standard Choice if you only allow users to update the status date when a record satisfies
a condition or condition of approval:
ENABLE_CONDITION_RESOLVED_DATE
Set the following Standard Choice to allow users to use EMSE in Citizen Access to assign conditions to
records:
ACA_CONDITION_AGENCY_USER (see the Citizen Access Administrator Guide)
Managing Conditions of Approval
Set the following Standard Choice to enable the Conditions of Approval feature:
CONDITIONS_OF_APPROVALS
Set the following Standard Choices and FIDs for configuring the Conditions of Approval feature:
8480-Conditions of Approval
8481-Delete Conditions of Approval
CONDITION_PRIORITIES
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 105
REMOVE_REQUIRED_IN_ADMIN_CONDITIONS
STATUS_OF_CONDITIONS_OF_APPROVAL
ENABLE_CONDITION_RESOLVED_DATE
Configuring Sets
The Set function lets you organize multiple Records, Parcels, Addresses, Licensed Professionals, random
audits and even existing sets into a group, or set, and then use the group for batch processing. The
set portlet displays a tab for each set type and provides set details that accommodate the functionality
configured for each.
Set the FIDs for different set type according to the table below:
Table 50: FIDs for Set Types
Set Type Required FIDs
Records 8074-Set Header Maintenance, 8075-Set Detail Maintenance, 8121-Set
Payment, 8356-Set Cloning, 8358-Set Comments, 8359-Set Scripts, 8362-
Set Owners, 8361-Set Licensed Professionals, 8363-Set Contacts, 8364-Set
Status Change, 8357-Set Conditions
Parcels 8349-Parcel Set Detail, 8350-Edit Parcel Set Members, 8355-Parcel Set
Execute Script, 8353-Parcel Set Create Owners, 8351-Parcel Set Create
CAPs, 8381-Address Set Condition, 8352-Parcel Set Create Conditions
Addresses 8378-Address Set Detail, 8379-Address Set Members, 8380-Address Set
Comments, 8382-Address Set Execute Script
Licensed Professionals 8383-Licensed Professional Set Detail, 8384-Licensed Professional Set
Members, 8385-Licensed Professional Set Comments, 8387-Licensed
Professional Set Execute Script, 8386-Licensed Professional Set Condition
Sets 8370-Set of Sets Detail, 8371-Set of Sets Members, 8372-Set Analysis, 8373-
Fee Analysis, 8374-Set of Sets Payment, 8404-Void Payment
Random Audits 8422-Random Audit History, 8423-Random audit set, 8424-Re-generate/
Delete Random Audit Set, 8425-Execute Script, 8426-Random Audit
Supervisor
Set the Standard Choices to add multiple EMSE scripts for each set type:
CAPSET_SCRIPT_LIST
PARCELSET_SCRIPT_LIST
ADDRESSSET_SCRIPT_LIST
PROFESSIONALSET_SCRIPT_LIST
AUDITSET_INSPECTION_SCRIPT_LIST
AUDITSET_SCRIPT_LIST
Set the additional two Standard Choices for random audit sets:
MODULE_AUDIT_FREQUENCY
RANDOM_AUDIT
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 106
Configuring Audit Log
Set the FIDs for users to view the audit logs for different records:
Table 51: FIDs for Audit Logs
Record Type Required FIDs for Enabling Audit Log
Conditions 0333-Condition List Audit Log, 0334-Condition Detail Audit Log
Inspections 8442-Inspection History Audit Log, 8468-Inspections List Guide Sheet Audit
Log, 8469-Inspections Detail Guide Sheet Audit Log
Record 8408-Edit Application Status History, 8444-Application Status History Log,
8410-Delete CAPs, 8443-Application Audit Log
Configuring the Batch Engine
You can configure Civic Platform so users can schedule batch jobs and run batch jobs that automatically
synchronize asset and GIS records or that automatically generate work orders from pm schedules.
Set the following FIDs and Standard Choices:
0284-Batch Job Maintenance
0285-Batch Job Schedule
BATCH_JOB_TYPE
BATCH_JOB_SERVICE_CATEGORY
BATCH_JOB_SCHEDULE_FREQUENCY
BATCH_JOB_SCHEDULE_TYPE
BATCH_JOB_STATUS
BATCH_JOB_RESULT
BATCH_JOB_PM_ADVANCE_PERIOD
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 107
Land Management
Related Links
Configuring Structures and Establishments
Configuring Enforcement and Case Management
Configuring Plan Review
Configuring Inspections
Configuring Right of Way Management
Configuring Structures and Establishments
Topics
Structures and Establishments Administration
Managing Reference Structures and Establishments
Managing Associations with Structures and Establishments
Structures and Establishments Administration
Set the following FIDs and Standard Choices for administrators to configure structures and establishments
types and attributes:
0294-Structure and Establishment
0158-Admin Attribute Definition
0159-Admin Attribute Template Definition
0269-Admin Attribute Form Layout Editor
0305-Admin Attribute Table Definition
STRUCTURE_ESTABLISHMENT_STATUS
STRUCTURE_ESTABLISHMENT_LAND_USE
Managing Reference Structures and Establishments
Set the following FIDs for users to manage reference structures and establishments:
0295-Reference Structure and Establishment
0296-Structure and Establishment Condition
0297-Structure and Establishment History
TIME_MODULES
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 108
Managing Associations with Structures and Establishments
Civic Platform includes associations between structures and establishments with different records, and
different objects (such as documents, addresses, conditions, and so forth).
Set the FIDs for users to manage the association between structures and establishments (S&E) and
different record types:
Table 52: FIDs for Association with Structures & Establishments
Record Type Required FIDs for Association with S&E
Addresses 0006-Reference Property Addresses
Owners 0089-Reference Property Owners
Records 8405-Structure and Establishment
Parcels 0005-Reference Property Parcels
Licensed Professionals 0371-Professional List
Set the following Standard Choices:
STRUCTURE_APO_ASSOCIATION
STRUCTURE_CAP_ASSOCIATION
STRUCTURE_ESTABLISHMENT_APO_ASSOCIATION
Configuring Enforcement and Case Management
Topics
Configuring the Evidence Portlet
Configuring Complaint, Priority, and Address Types
Configuring the Evidence Portlet
You can configure Civic Platform to enable various fields for enforcement and for case management. Much
of the functionality involves the Evidence portlet.
Set the following Standard Choices:
EVIDENCE_TYPE
EVIDENCE_LOCATION
EVIDENCE_UNITS_MEASURE
DISPOSITION
Configuring Complaint, Priority, and Address Types
To streamline creation of case applications, you can configure Civic Platform to display set values in the
Report Type, Priority, and Address Type fields.
Set the following Standard Choices:
COMPLAINT REFERRED TYPE
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 109
PRIORITY
AA_EDMS_DISALLOWED_FILE_TYPES
Configuring Plan Review
Topics
Displaying Related and Renewal Record Documents
Configuring Image Format
Displaying Related and Renewal Record Documents
Administrators can configure the ability to display documents associated with related records or renewal
records. For example, an agency can research a license record and can review the documents associated
with both the current record and all the renewals for the license. After enabling this feature, you can access
associated (child) documents in the record document detail area.
Set the following Standard Choice:
CAP_CHILD_DOCUMENT
Configuring Image Format
You can associate display images with application type and with records. You can select an image in the
Application Type page for an application type or in the Documents portlet for a record. When a record is
also an instance of the application type, the display image associated with the record takes precedence.
You can configure Civic Platform to use image file formats different from the default format.
Set the following Standard Choice:
CAP_DETAIL_ICON_FILE_FORMATS
Configuring Inspections
Topics
Inspection Administration
Enabling Inspection Management
Scheduling Inspections
Assigning and Auto-Assigning Inspections
Entering Guidesheet Items
Resulting Inspections
Planning Inspection Route Sheets
Viewing Inspection Audit Logs
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 110
Accessing Inspection Documents
Configuring the GIS Button on the Inspection List Portlet
Enabling External Inspectors to Work with Inspections
Inspection Administration
Set the FIDs and Standard Choices for administrators to configure inspection types and groups,
guidesheets, inspector profiles, and result groups.
Table 53: FIDs and Standard Choices for Inspection Administration
Inspection Administration Required FIDs and Standard Choices
Inspection Types and Groups 0133-Admin Inspection Type Sets, 0218-Admin Auto-Assign Inspection, 0229-
Admin display Department, 0232-Admin display Option/Required column,
0288-Enable Inspection Flow, 0289-Enable Inspection Milestone
Inspection Guide Sheets 0124-Admin Inspection Guide Sheet, 0125-Admin Inspection Guide Sheet
Group, 0256-Carrying over Failed Guide Sheet Items, 0291-Guide Sheet
Template Data
Inspection Result Group 0123-Admin Inspection Result Group
Inspector Profiles 0207-Admin Inspector Districts, INSPECTION_SETTING,
INSPECTION_ROUTE_TYPE, USER_DISTRICTS, USER_DISCIPLINES,
INSPECTOR_WORKLOAD_CALENDAR_TIME
Enabling Inspection Management
Set the following FID and Standard Choice:
8400-Manage Inspection
8345-User Inspection Calendar
KEEP_COMPLETED_INSPECTION_ACTIVE
Scheduling Inspections
Set the following FIDs and Standard Choices:
8143-Inspection Scheduling
8241-Inspection New Inspection
8255-Update Inspection Required/Optional Property
8300-Inspections by Unit Number
8467-Schedule Related Inspections
8501-Display Desired Date Field
BATCH_JOB_SERVICE_CATEGORY
CREATE_NEW_INSPECTION_WHEN_RESCHEDULE
INSPECTION_SETTING
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 111
Assigning and Auto-Assigning Inspections
Set the following FIDs:
8147-Inspection Assignments
8287-Auto-Assign Inspection
8281-Inspector Districting
Set the following Standard Choices:
GIS_BUFFER_DISTANCE
ACA_AUTO_ASSIGN_INSPECTOR
INSPECTOR_AUTO_ASSIGN_CRITERIA
Entering Guidesheet Items
Set the following FIDs:
8343-Copy Guide Sheet
8344-Carrying Over Failed Guide Sheet Items
8149-Inspection Guide Sheet
8315-Copy Inspection and Guide Sheet
Resulting Inspections
Set the following FIDs and Standard Choices:
8145-Inspection Results
8085-Inspection Email Notification
8462-Time Accounting on inspections
8144-Inspection Results Supervisor
INSPECTION_SETTING
Planning Inspection Route Sheets
To enable and configure the Inspection Route Sheet feature, set the following FIDs:
8146-Inspection Route Sheet
8187-Inspection GIS Route Optimization
8300-Inspections by Unit Number
To enable optimized inspection routing such as routing inspections by driving, walking, or public transit,
define the following FIDs and Standard Choices:
8496-Optimize Inspection Route
INSPECTION_SETTING
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 112
INSPECTION_ROUTE_TYPE
ROUTE_OPTIMIZER_PROVIDER
BATCH_JOB_SERVICE_CATEGORY
Viewing Inspection Audit Logs
Set the following FIDs:
8442-Inspection History Audit Log
8469-Inspections Detail Guide Sheet Audit Log
Accessing Inspection Documents
Set the following FIDs:
8212-Upload EDMS Attachment
8213-Download EDMS Attachment
8214-View EDMS Attachment List
8240-Delete EDMS Attachment
8473-EDMS Document URL Link
Configuring the GIS Button on the Inspection List Portlet
Set the following FID to define the display of the GIS button on the Inspection list portlet.
8495-Show Inspection Submitted Location
Enabling External Inspectors to Work with Inspections
Set the following Standard Choice and FID if your agency has contract inspectors or self-certified
inspectors complete inspections on behalf of your agency:
INSPECTION_RESULT_CSV_FORMAT
8497-Result Inspections by CSV
Configuring Right of Way Management
Set the following Standard Choices:
ROWM_INTEGRATION
ROWM_CONDITIONS
LOCATION_TYPE
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 113
Asset Management
Related Links
Configuring Assets
Configuring Part Inventory
Configuring Work Orders
Configuring Asset Condition Assessments
Configuring PM Schedules
Configuring Assets
Topics
Asset Administration
Managing Assets
Managing Associations with Assets
Creating Work Orders from Assets
Configuring Asset Group Update
Asset Administration
Set the FIDs and Standard Choices for administrators to configure asset types and asset groups.
Administrators can configure assets for users to access in all of the Accela solution modules.
Table 54: FIDs and Standard Choices for Asset Administration
Asset Administration Required FIDs and Standard Choices
Asset Attributes 0158-Admin Attribute Definition, 0159-Admin Attribute Template Definition,
0269-Admin Attribute Form Layout Editor, 0305-Admin Attribute Table
Definition
Asset Types 0160-Admin AMS Asset Definition, 0182-Admin GIS Attribute Mapping, 0252-
Asset Type Available CAP Type, 0253-Asset GIS Synchronize, 0255-Manage
Asset Type Security, 0274-Rating Type
Asset Groups ASSET_GROUP
Asset Usage Types 0326-Define Asset Usage Unit Type, ASSET_USAGE_UNIT_TYPE
Asset Size Units ASSET_SIZE_UNIT
Managing Assets
Set the following FIDs for users to add and manage assets:
8189-Asset Data Management
8290-Calculate Asset Depreciation
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 114
8312-Asset Clone
8346-Parent Asset Dependency Flag
Managing Associations with Assets
Civic Platform includes associations between assets with different records, information or objects (such as
documents, addresses, conditions, and so forth).
Set the FIDs for users to manage the association between assets and different record types:
Table 55: FIDs for Association with Assets
Record Type Required FIDs for Association with Assets
Addresses 8201-Daily Asset Location
Condition 8282-Asset Condition
Condition Assessment 8308-Asset Condition Assessment Management
Contacts 8031-Contacts
Documents 8294-Asset Document Look up
Parts 8402-Asset Associated Part
PM Schedules 8262-Daily-Asset PM Schedule List
Ratings 8399-Asset Rating
Usage 8277-Asset Usage Tracking
Creating Work Orders from Assets
Set the following FID:
8331-Create WO From Asset List
Configuring Asset Group Update
You can enable updating of multiple assets, in the same asset group, with the same information.
Set the following FID:
8412-Asset Group Update
Configuring Part Inventory
Topics
Part Administration
Managing Part Inventory
Managing Part Transactions
Managing Associations with Parts
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 115
Part Administration
Set the following FIDs for administrators to configure part item locations, vendors and manufacturers:
0213-Admin AMS Parts Item Location
0214-Admin AMS Parts Vendors and Manufacturers
Managing Part Inventory
Set the following FIDs and Standard Choices for users to add and manage parts:
8273-Parts Inventory
PARTS_ALLOW_NEGATIVE_QUANTITY
Managing Part Transactions
Set the following FIDs for users to manage part transactions:
8447-Part Transaction-Receive
8448-Part Transaction-Transfer
8449-Part Transaction-Adjust
8450-Part Transaction-Reserve
8451-Part Transaction-Void
8274-Part Transaction-Issue
8275-Parts Supply
Managing Associations with Parts
Set the following FIDs:
8402-Asset Associated Part
8276-Parts Contact
Configuring Work Orders
Topics
Work Order Administration
Creating Work Orders and Records
Managing Associations with Work Orders
Managing Work Order Tasks
Accessing Work Order Assignments and Costs
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 116
Configuring Work Order Production Tracking
Work Order Administration
Set the FIDs and Standard Choices for administrators to configure work order types, groups and costs.
Table 56: FIDs and Standard Choices for Work Order Administration
Work Order Administration Required FIDs and Standard Choices
Work Order Cost Items and Cost
Groups
0161-Admin Work Order Costing Item Definition, 0170-Admin-WO Template
Costing, 0330-Admin Work Order Costing Group Definition
Work Order Templates 0169-Admin-Work Order Template, 0173-WO Template Part
Work Order Tasks 0254-WO Task Definition
Work Order Types 0306-Work Order Type
Creating Work Orders and Records
Set the following FIDs for users to create work orders:
8279-New Mechanism to Create Work Order
8331-Create WO From Asset List
Managing Associations with Work Orders
Set the following FIDs:
8192-Work Order Parts
8203-Daily Record Asset
8280-Linking Work Order to PM Schedule
Managing Work Order Tasks
You can configure Civic Platform to allow users to manage work order information associated with tasks.
Set the following FIDs and Standard Choices:
8338-WO Task tab on Work Order
8339-Maintenance WO Task on Work Order
WO_TASK_DURATION_UNIT
WO_CLOSE_CHECK_TASK
Accessing Work Order Assignments and Costs
Set the following FIDs to manage the assignments and costs in work orders, or distribute the costs:
8191-Work Order Costing
8418-Work Order Cost Distribution
8461-Show Work Order Cost Information
8466-Daily Work Order Costing Group Definition
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 117
8484-Cost Item Permission (see “Managing Cost Item Permissions” in the Civic Platform Administrator
Guide)
Configuring Work Order Production Tracking
Civic Platform provides a way for your agency to track Work Order Production information. This feature
allows an agency to anticipate realistic expectations for a work crew with realistic estimated costs for
completion. After you enter the actual work order cost, Civic Platform compares the actual data against
a defined estimated standard. As a result, you can compare the costs and crew performance for a Work
Order on an equal basis to the costs and crew performance from a different Work Order. The agency can
review this information to solve problem, and make a budget, or make a plan.
Set the following FIDs and Standard Choices:
8336-Recalculate Production Units
8337-Production History
PRODUCTION_UNIT_TYPE
Configuring Asset Condition Assessments
Topics
Asset Condition Assessment Administration
Managing Condition Assessments
Managing Associations with Condition Assessments
Asset Condition Assessment Administration
Set the following FIDs for administrators to configure asset condition assessment types:
0227-Condition Assessment
0274-Rating Type
Managing Condition Assessments
Set the following FIDs for users to add and manage asset condition assessments:
8308-Asset Condition Assessment Management
Managing Associations with Condition Assessments
Set the following FIDs:
8310-Asset Condition Assessment Linked Work Order
8309-Asset Condition Assessment Observation
8399-Asset Rating
Configuring Asset Condition Assessments
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 118
Configuring PM Schedules
Topics
Managing PM Schedules
Generating Work Orders by PM Schedules
Viewing PM Schedules Log
Managing PM Schedules
Set the following FIDs for users to manage PM Schedules:
0195-Admin-PM Schedule
0196-Admin-PM Schedule Linked Quick Query
0197-Admin-PM Schedule Linked Asset
0198-Admin-PM Schedule Skipped Asset
0199-Admin-PM Schedule Hold Event
8600 - PM Schedule Group Update
Generating Work Orders by PM Schedules
Set the following FID:
0201-Admin-Generating Work Orders By PM Schedule
Viewing PM Schedules Log
Set the following FID:
8278-PM Schedule Log
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 119
License and Case Management
Related Links
Configuring License Renewal
Configuring Expired Licenses and Insurance Coverage Verification
Configuring Licensed Professional Providers
Configuring Education
Accessing Continuing Education Records
Accessing Examination Records
Configuring License Renewal
Set the following FID:
8398-Cap Renewal
Configuring Expired Licenses and Insurance Coverage
Verification
Topics
Associating Expired License Types with Record Types
Configuring Expired License Notifications
Accessing Education Records
Associating Expired License Types with Record Types
Set the following FID:
0320-Admin License Verification
Configuring Expired License Notifications
Set the following Standard Choice:
ENABLE_EXPIRED_LICENSE
BATCH_JOB_SERVICE_CATEGORY. Use Send License Expired Email value.
If your agency implements Citizen Access and you want to display online notifications to public users
logging in with an expired license or insurance, you must define additional Standard Choices Values for
Standard Choice ENABLE_EXPIRED_LICENSE.
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 120
For configuration details, refer to the “License Verification and Online Renewals” chapter in the Citizen
Access Administrator Guide.
Configuring Licensed Professional Providers
You can configure Civic Platform to display the Provider option in the Licensed Professional drop-down list.
Note:
Civic Platform treats Education Providers as a specific type of Licensed Professional.
Set the following Standard Choice:
LICENSED PROFESSIONAL TYPE
Configuring Education
Topics
Accessing Education Records
Configuring the Education Degree Drop-down List
Accessing Education Records
Set the following FIDs:
0310-Admin Education Info
8420-Daily Education Info
8421-Daily Delete Required Education
Configuring the Education Degree Drop-down List
Set the following Standard Choice:
EDUCATION_DEGREE
Accessing Continuing Education Records
Set the following FIDs:
0311-Admin Continuing Education Info
8428-Daily Continuing Education Info
8429-Daily Delete Required Continuing Education
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 121
Accessing Examination Records
Set the following FIDs:
0312-Admin Examination Info
8430-Daily Examination Info
8431-Daily Delete Required Examination
If you plan to use the Examination score upload functionality through Citizen Access, you also need to
configure the related Standard Choice defining the Examination score CSV upload file parameters, and
provide this information to the Examination Providers. For more information on Examination score upload
requirements, refer to the “Certifications and Education” chapter in the Citizen Access Administrator Guide.
Configuring Reasons of Rescheduling or Cancelling Examination
Set the following Standard Choice:
REASON_FOR_RESCHEDULING_CANCELLING_EXAMINATION
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 122
Citizen Access Administration
This chapter lists all the Standard Choices specific to Citizen Access administration. For more information,
see Standard Choices Reference.
ACA_AGENCY_EMAIL_REGISTRATION_TO
ACA_AUTO_ASSIGN_INSPECTOR
ACA_CONDITION_AGENCY_USER
ACA_CONFIGS
ACA_CONFIGS_LINKS
ACA_CONFIGS_TABS
ACA_CONNECT_LICENSE_AUTO_APPROVED
ACA_EMAIL_REGISTRATION_TO
ACA_EMAIL_REGISTRATION_FROM
ACA_FILTER_CAP_BY_LICENSE
ACA_PAGE_PICKER
ACA_SECURITY_SETTING
ACA_SPELL_CHECKER_ENABLED
AGENCY_EMAIL_REGISTRATION_TO
AUTHORIZED_SERVICE
DEFAULT_JOB_VALUE
DISPLAY_INSPECTION_COMMENT_IN_ACA
DOCUMENT_CONDITION_TYPE_FILTER
E-MAIL_PAYMENT_NOTICE_DISABLE
ENABLE_ANONYMOUS_REPORT
ENABLE_AUTO_POPULATE_PARCEL_OWNER
FIND APP DATE RANGE
FOOD_FACILITY_INSPECTION
LOCATION_TYPE
ONLINE_PAYMENT_MAX_AMOUNT
PAYMENT_GROUP
REMOVE_PAY_FEE
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 123
REPRINT_REASONS
ROWM_CONDITIONS
ROWM_INTEGRATION
STATES
UNIT TYPES
WORKFLOW_CONFIGS
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 124
Internationalization and Localization
Topics
Enabling Internationalization and Localization
Supporting I18N Addresses Fields
Configuring Phone Number Country Codes
Setting ASI Fields to Right Justification
Setting Report Language Preferences
Enabling Internationalization and Localization
Set the following two Standard Choices to enable the internationalization and localization feature:
I18N_ADDRESS_FORMAT
I18N_SETTINGS
Supporting I18N Addresses Fields
You must enable and configure the following Standard Choices for displaying the Country, Gender and
Salutation fields:
COUNTRY
GENDER
SALUTATION
Configuring Phone Number Country Codes
As a system administrator, you can expand phone number fields to accommodate international phone and
fax numbers in Civic Platform and Citizen Access. You must enable the following Standard Choices:
PHONE_NUMBER_IDD
PHONE_NUMBER_IDD_ENABLESALUTATION
| FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 125
Setting ASI Fields to Right Justification
Set the following Standard Choice to allow data in application‑specific information fields to be entered and
displayed from right-to-left for agencies whose primary language is Arabic.
ASI_ALIGNMENT_OPTIONS
Setting Report Language Preferences
Set the following Standard Choice to enable reports to accommodate different languages:
REPORT_CRITERIA_LANGUAGE
| Standard Choices Reference | 126
Standard Choices Reference
This section includes descriptions and acceptable values of common Standard Choices. This section does
not include all Standard Choices.
For each Standard Choice, the reference provides the following sections:
Product. The product(s) that can apply the Standard Choice.
Type. You must select the correct type for a Standard Choice. Possible types are: System Switch, Shared
drop-down, EMSE, Business Configuration.
Description. Provides an explanation of the operations associated with the Standard Choice.
| Standard Choices Reference | 127
AA_EDMS_DISALLOWED_FILE_TYPES
Product
Civic Platform, Mobile Office, and Accela Wireless
Note:
ACA_EDMS_DISALLOWED_FILE_TYPES in the Standard Choice ACA_CONFIGS specifies disallowed file
extensions for Citizen Access.
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice specifies the disallowed file extensions for uploading to EDMS.
Table 57: AA_EDMS_DISALLOWED_FILE_TYPES Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Values Value Description Description
AA_EDMS_DISALLOWED_
FILE_TYPES Enter a list of file extensions. For
example: .html; .htm; .mht; .mhtml. The value lists all the disallowed file
extensions, separated by semicolons to
separate the file extensions. Do not insert a
space before or after the semicolon. If you do
not specify an extension, the system allows
all file types.
| Standard Choices Reference | 128
ACA_AGENCY_EMAIL_REGISTRATION_TO
Product
Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice enables the feature that sends an “activation required email” to an agency
employee. The email is a notification that the public user does not meet the basic requirements for
automatic activation.
Note:
Pay attention to the difference between this Standard Choice and AGENCY_EMAIL_REGISTRATION_TO.
| Standard Choices Reference | 129
ACA_AUTO_ASSIGN_INSPECTOR
Product
Citizen Access, IVR
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the criteria for auto-assigning inspections in Citizen Access and IVR.
Configure this Standard Choice to prevent inspections from being auto-assigned if no inspector is available
with the appropriate discipline or in the appropriate district.
You must clear the cache in Citizen Access after you configure this Standard Choice.
Table 58: ACA_AUTO_ASSIGN_INSPECTOR Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Values Value Description
BLOCK_SCHEDULE_
WHEN_NO_INSPECTOR_
FOUND
Y/N Yes. When you set this Standard Choice value to Y (Yes), Citizen
Access prevents users from scheduling inspections when an
appropriate inspector is not available by blocking the times on the
calendar. IVR prevents users from scheduling inspections and notifies
the user that an appropriate inspector is not available.
No. When you set this Standard Choice value to N (No), Citizen
Access and IVR allow users to schedule inspections when an
appropriate inspector is not available, but leaves the inspector field
blank. A supervisor can then choose an inspector, based on the
supervisor’s discretion.
| Standard Choices Reference | 130
ACA_CACHE_CONFIG
Product
Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice enables the ability to move global data, including labels and system settings into
cache in a .NET layer to provide the ability to share this data and improve performance when multiple
users access the data.
You can specify the cached object in the Standard Choice value, and then define the time when the
cached object expires and is removed from the cache. The time unit is second.
The cached object can be labels, server constant, SmartChoice group, Standard Choice, and template.
Table 59: ACA_CACHE_CONFIG Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Values Value Description Description
LABELS ExpirationTime;Description. For
example: 1800;label description.
SERVER_CONSTANT ExpirationTime;Description. For
example: 1800;server constant
description.
SMART_CHOICE_ GROUP ExpirationTime;Description. For
example: 1800;smart choice
description.
STANDARD_CHOICE ExpirationTime;Description. For
example: 1800;Standard Choice
description.
TEMPLATE ExpirationTime;Description.
For example: 1800;template
description.
The value description defines the time at
which the cached object expires and is
removed from the cache. The time unit is
second.Optionally, you can provide the
description about each cached object.
| Standard Choices Reference | 131
ACA_CONDITION_AGENCY_USER
Product
Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice provides the ability to assign conditions to records by EMSE when public users
create records.
Enter a valid department name in the Standard Choices Value field. If an EMSE script assigns a condition
to a record created in Citizen Access, the script must read the Standard Choice value and set the
department name for the public user first.
| Standard Choices Reference | 132
ACA_CONFIGS
Product
Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice controls most Citizen Access features.
Table 60: ACA_CONFIGS Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Values Value Description Description
ACA_DEFAULT_
CASHIER_ID Enter a cashier ID. Citizen Access assigns the cashier ID to all public users that
do not have a Cashier ID in their user profile, and uses the
Cashier ID to generate a unique receipt for each payment
made by the user.
ACA_DEFAULT_
COUNTRY Enter a full country
name. Default: United
States.
GIS uses the country to locate an address on Bing Maps if the
public users do not provide a country name with the address
they want to locate.
ACA_EDMS_
DISALLOWED_FILE_
TYPES
Enter a list of file
extensions, each
separated by
semicolon, with no
space between the
semicolon and the
extension before or
after it. For example:
.html;.htm;mht;mhtml.
The list of file extensions include all the disallowed file types
when public users upload files to Citizen Access. If the value
description is empty or not defined, public users can upload all
files types.
ACA_SITE Enter the URL of the
Citizen Access Setup.
For example, http://
$acaserver$/$acasite
$/Admin/Login.aspx.
This value specifies the login URL of your Citizen Access site.
ACA_TERMINAL_ID Enter the ID name
or number that
identifies the terminal
assigned to the
ACA default cashier
(ACA_DEFAULT_
CASHIER_ID) to
accept payments.
Citizen Access uses this value with ACA_WORKSTATION_ID
to generate a unique receipt for each payment made by public
users.
ACA_WORKSTATION_ID Enter the workstation
assigned to the
ACA default cashier
(ACA_DEFAULT_
CASHIER_ID) to
accept payments.
Citizen Access uses this value with ACA_TERMINAL_ID to
generate a unique receipt for each payment made by public
users.
ALLOW_CROSS_AGENCY_
RECORDS_IN_CART Yes, No Use this value to restrict users from adding records from
multiple agencies into a single shopping cart transaction. By
default, this feature is enabled; that is, users are allowed to
add records from multiple agencies into a shopping cart.
Yes Allows cross-agency records in a shopping cart. This
is the default behavior.
No Disallows cross-agency records in a shopping cart. If
a Citizen Access user has added cross-agency records
| Standard Choices Reference | 133
Standard Choice Values Value Description Description
in the shopping cart, Citizen Access returns the following
message: The selected item(s) cannot be added to the
Pay Now section of the Shopping Cart since the agency
limits Shopping Cart transactions to items from a single
department. Please arrange the Pay Now section of the
Shopping Cart so that all payment items are from a single
agency department.
ALL_USER_SCHEDULE_
INSPECTION_ENABLED Yes, No
NO_ANONYMOUS_
USER
This value provides the types of users that can schedule
inspections.
Yes enables ALL users, including anonymous users, to
schedule an inspection.
No only allows owners or licensed professionals for the
permit to schedule an inspection.
NO_ANONYMOUS_USER allows any registered user,
citizen or licensed professional, to schedule an inspection.
ASI_LABEL_WIDTH Enter a numeric
value. Default: 25. The numeric value controls the number of characters that
display per line on an ASI field label. This is particularly useful
to control label width for the alternative ASI labels that you
choose to use for Citizen Access, to accommodate the ability
to ask questions during the application intake process.
AUTO_POPULATE_ STATE Yes, No Yes displays the licensing state as the default value in the
State drop-down list when a user is registering for an account;
No displays an empty (-Select-) value.
CONTINUE_SHOPPING_
ENABLE Yes, No Yes displays the Continue Shopping button on the Pay Fees
page in the application intake form; No hides the button.
CREATE_APPLICATION_
MODEL 2, any other value This value controls whether public users handle payments on
the Review Information page or on the Pay Fees page.
If the value description is 2, Citizen Access triggers the EMSE
event ApplicationSubmitAfter when the Review Information
page loads, and public users handle payment on the page.
If the value description is any other value, Citizen Access
triggers the EMSE event ApplicationSubmitAfter after public
users click the Continue Application button on the Review
Information page and before the Pay Fees page loads. Public
users handle payment on the Pay Fees page.
DEFAULT_CONTACT_
ADDRESS_TYPE Enter a contact
address type. This value defines the default contact address type for all the
Contact Address sections in the Citizen Access website.
DEFER_PAYMENT_
ENABLED Yes, No Yes displays the Defer Payment button on the payment page
(which may be Review Information or Pay Fees page. See
CREATE_APPLICATION_ MODEL); No hides the button.
DESCRIPTION_
REQUIRED_FLAG Yes, No Yes flags the General Description and Detailed Description
fields as required; No removes the required flag on the
General Description and Detailed Description fields.
DISPLAY_OPTIONAL_
INSPECTIONS Yes, No Yes displays the optional inspections; No hides the optional
inspections.
DISPLAY_OWNER_
INFORMATION Yes, Y
No, N
This value allows you to hide owner searches and owner
information from Citizen Access. Yes or Y enables owner
searches and displays owner information.No or N disables
public users to do any of the following:
Perform owner searches on the Look Up Property
Information page, the GIS Search panel, or the Owner
section of an application intake form.
Note: The Data Source property for the Owner
component in a page flow also determines
| Standard Choices Reference | 134
Standard Choice Values Value Description Description
whether public users can perform owner searches
on an application intake form. This Standard
Choice setting selectively overrides the Data
Source property setting. When this Standard
Choice value is set to No but the Data Source
property is set to “Reference” or “No Limitation”,
the Owner section of the application intake form
allows public users to add an owner manually but
does not display a Search button.
Access owner information associated with property from
various places such as:
The Global Search results
The Parcel Detail, Record Detail, Trust Account Detail,
or Enter Work Location page
An expanded address, parcel, or record in the GIS
Search result panel or the GIS Contents panel
The window popped up after public users perform the
Show Record map command against a GIS object.
Note: The Record Detail Section Configuration
on the Module Settings page also determines
which public user roles can access owner
information on the Record Detail page. This
setting overrides the Standard Choice setting.
For example, if the module settings enable only
record creators to access the Owner section of
the Record Detail page but this Standard Choice
value is set to No, only the record creator can
access owner information from the Record Detail
page for his or her records. All the other public
users have no access to that owner information.
Copy the owner information from the Record Detail page
to a new record, if public users cannot access the Owner
section of the Record Detail page.
Search for and select an address or a parcel to fill in an
application intake form and make the Owner section auto-
populated with the owner associated with the address or
the parcel.
Note:
Accela recommends that you manually clear cache
data through the GIS Administration site after you
change this Standard Choice value. So the change
can immediately take affect in the map opened from
Citizen Access. Otherwise, the change does not take
effect until the GIS Administration site automatically
clears the cache every hour.
DISPLAY_QUICK_QUERY Yes, No. Default
value is No. This value defines whether the quickquery dropdown list
shows or hides in the My Permit List section on the module
Record Home pages.
Yes displays the quickquery dropdown list if at least
one quickquery for the ACA My Permit List portlet is
assigned to the current module in the Global QuickQueries
administration portlet.
| Standard Choices Reference | 135
Standard Choice Values Value Description Description
No always hides the quickquery dropdown list.
DISPLAY_REQUEST_
TRADE_LICENSE_ FILTER Yes, Y
No, N
This value allows public users to quickly access the trade
license request page from the record page.
Yes or Y displays the “Request a Trade License” option
in the Application Status section on the Module Settings
page. If you mark the option of a specific application
status, when the application reaches the status, the record
page displays the “Trade License/Initial Approval” link
under the Action column. The link provides a quick access
to trade license request page for public users.
No or N hides the “Request a Trade License” option from
the Application Status section on the Module Settings
page.
ENABLE_AUTO_ INVOICE Yes, No
Default value is Yes.
If you do not add the module of the application in the
Standard Choice AUTO_INVOICE_MODULE, and set
ENABLE_AUTO_INVOICE to No, public users only need to
pay the fee items with Auto Invoice as Y. For the fee items
with Auto Invoice as N, users must go to Civic Platform to
view, invoice or pay.In other configuration scenarios, public
users must pay all the fee items regardless of the Auto Invoice
setting.
ENABLE_BROWSER_
DETECT Yes, No
Default value is No.
This value defines whether or not public users can see the
unsupported browser warning when they first log in to Citizen
Access with an unsupported browser or browser version.
Yes turns on the unsupported browser warning.
No turns off the unsupported browser warning.
ENABLE_
CUSTOMIZATION_
PER_PAGE
Yes, No Only when the value description is Yes, administrators can
apply customized CSS style sheet or JavaScript file for a page
in the Citizen Access website. By default, the Standard Choice
Value is No.
ENABLE_EXPAND_IN_
REVIEW_PAGE Yes, Y
No, N
This value controls whether administrators can configure the
default view of the sections on the Review Information page.
Yes enables the Expanded property of the sections
(excluding the Record Type section) on the page.
Administrators can set the property to True or False
(default value).
Nodisables the Expanded property.
ENABLE_LDAP_
AUTHENTICATION Yes, No This value controls whether Citizen Access applies LDAP
authentication. Yes enables LDAP authentication and hides
the password-related fields on the Login Information section:
Password, Type Password Again, Select a Security Question,
and Answer.
GIS_PORTLET_URL Enter the URL for the
GIS server. This value allows public users to access the GIS viewer.
HIDE_CONTACT_
GENERIC_TEMPLATE_
FOR_CITIZEN_
REGISTRATION
Yes, No. Default
value is No. This value defines whether the Contact Information section
in the registration displays the contact generic template fields
(including ASI fields and ASI table) that are associated with
the contact type that the public user selected.
Yes hides the contact generic template fields.
No hides the contact generic template fields.
INSPECTION_
CALENDAR_NAME Enter an inspection
calendar name. For
example, to use
the Civic Platform
Citizen Access uses the calendar for scheduling inspections.
| Standard Choices Reference | 136
Standard Choice Values Value Description Description
Inspection Blockout
calendar, enter
Inspection Blockout.
LOGIN_ENABLED Yes, No Yes displays the Login link on the Home page.
No removes it.
NEW_GIS_PORTLET_ URL Enter the URL to the
7.3.3 AGIS server,
for example: http://
agis2.accela.com/
agis/.
To enable the GIS map integration with the new ACA UX
template available in 7.3.3, configure this Standard Choice.
NO_SAVEANDRESUME
LATER_ BUTTON_
MODULE
Enter a module
name. This value provides the ability to hide the “Save and Resume”
buttons by module.
PA_EMAIL_ VERIFICATION Yes, No Yes enables and sends the activation e-mail to the public
user.
No disables it.
REGISTRATION_
ENABLED Yes, No Yes displays the Register for an Account link on the Home
page. No removes it. Yes is the default.
V360_WEB_ACTION_
USERNAME Enter a username
from the designated
universal user profile
for reporting.
V360_WEB_ACTION_
PASSWORD Enter the password
from the designated
universal user profile
for reporting.
V360_WEB_ACTION_USERNAME and
V360_WEB_ACTION_PASSWORD link a universal user
profile with reporting permissions to Citizen Access, and
enable a citizen to successfully run reports.
| Standard Choices Reference | 137
ACA_CONFIGS_LINKS
Product
Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice configures the links that appear in the following two places:
In the block sections at the bottom of the welcome pages (Welcome Global and Welcome Registered)
Note:
Whether a block section displays relies on the blockvisible value of the corresponding Standard Choice
Value in ACA_CONFIGS_TABS. If a block section hides, all the links in the block section hide no matter
how you configure ACA_CONFIGS_LINKS.
Below the module tab bar.
Each Standard Choice Value defines a link and refers to a feature available in certain module or category.
You must add a Standard Choice Value in the pre-defined way to enable the corresponding link (for more
information, see Table 61: ACA_CONFIGS_LINKS Standard Choice Values). If you deactivate or remove a
Standard Choice Value, the corresponding link hides.
Note:
The enable and disable statuses of the Standard Choice Values are in synchronization with the General >
Feature Settings configuration for the corresponding features in ACA Admin.
| Standard Choices Reference | 138
Table 61: ACA_CONFIGS_LINKS Standard Choice Values
Module/Category Feature/Link Corresponding Standard Choice Value
Search for Certified Business APO_CertifiedBusinessSearch
Search for a Provider/Education APO_EducationSearch
Search for a Food Facility APO_FoodFacilityInspectionSearch
Search for a License APO_LicenseeSearch
Lookup Property Information APO_SEARCH
General Information
Search Documents by Geographic
Location APO_SearchDocument
Create an Application Amendments_Apply
Create an Application by Selecting
Services Amendments_ApplyByService
Obtain a Fee Estimate Amendments_ObtainFeeEstimate
Schedule an Inspection Amendments_ScheduleAnInspection
Amendments
Search Applications Amendments_Search
Create an Application (or Apply for a
License) [Module]_Apply, for example, Building_Apply
Create an Application by Selecting
Services [Module]_ApplyByService, for example,
Building_ApplyByService
Obtain a Fee Estimate [Module]_ObtainFeeEstimate, for example,
Building_ObtainFeeEstimate
Schedule an Inspection [Module]_ScheduleAnInspection, for example,
Building_ScheduleAnInspection
Any available module,
for example, Building,
Planning
Search Applications (or Manage My
Licenses) [Module]_Search, for example, Building_Search
The Value Desc field defines the page that each link (Standard Choice Value) directs to. Add the value
description in the following format:
label=[label key], order=[order number], role=[roles],
forcelogin=[forcelogin], url=[url], module=[module name]
Of the values:
label=[Type the system required label for the feature/link, as provided in Table 62: Feature Labels and
URLs in ACA_CONFIGS_LINKS]
order=[Enter the numeric order of display]. 0 is first.
role=[0, 1, or 0|1] Specify whether the tab displays on registered user pages (the Welcome Registered
page), anonymous user pages (the Welcome Global page) or both. Type 0 for Registered User pages
only, 1 for Anonymous Users pages only, or 0|1 for both registered and anonymous user pages.
forcelogin=[Enter yes or no.] The forcelogin value determines whether users need to log in before
accessing the associated link. If the value is yes, then users who have not already logged in are
prompted to do so. If the value is no, then anonymous users can access the link.
url=[Enter the URL for the feature/link, as provided in Table 62: Feature Labels and URLs in
ACA_CONFIGS_LINKS].
The Search Applications link directs to the module home page. You can add the following parameters in
the URL to further customize the module page that displays when users click the link:
| Standard Choices Reference | 139
$ShowMyPermitList$. If the parameter value is Y or undefined, the My Permit List section displays
on the module home page. If the parameter value is N, the section hides.
$SearchType$. This parameter defines the default search options of the Record Search section on
the module home page.
SearchType=NULL: The Record Search section applies the first search option as the default
search option.
SearchType=None: The Record Search section hides the whole search section.
SearchType=General: The Record Search section applies the general search as the default
search option.
SearchType=ByAddress: The Record Search section applies the Search by Address as the
default search option.
SearchType=ByLicense: The Record Search section applies the Search by License as the
default search option.
SearchType=ByPermit: The Record Search section applies the Search by Permit as the default
search option.
SearchType=ByTradeName: The Record Search section applies the Search by Trade Name as
the default search option.
SearchType=ByContact: The Record Search section applies the Search by Contact as the
default search option.
module=[Type The name of the module, such as Building or Planning.]
Table 63: Sample ACA_CONFIG_LINKS Configuration provides a few examples of ACA_CONFIG_LINKS
Values and their effects.
Table 62: Feature Labels and URLs in ACA_CONFIGS_LINKS
Feature/Link Label URL
Search for Certified Business aca_home_label_
searchfor_certbusiness url=/GeneralProperty/PropertyLookUp.aspx
Search for a Provider/
Education aca_sys_education_ search_link url=/GeneralProperty/PropertyLookUp.aspx
Search for a Food Facility aca_home_label_
searchfor_foodfacility url=/GeneralProperty/PropertyLookUp.aspx?
isFoodFacility=Y
Search for a License aca_sys_licensee_ search_link url=/GeneralProperty/PropertyLookUp.aspx?
isLicensee=Y
Lookup Property Information aca_sys_apo_search_link url=/APO/APOLookup.aspx
Search Documents by
Geographic Location aca_sys_apo_search_
document url=/GeneralProperty/PropertyLookUp.aspx?
isSearchDocument=Y
Create an Application aca_sys_feature_
apply_a_permit url=/Cap/CapApplyDisclaimer.aspx
Create an Application by
Selecting Services aca_sys_feature_apply_
a_permit_by_service url=/Cap/CapApplyDisclaimer.aspx?
createRecordByService=yes
Obtain a Fee Estimate aca_sys_feature_feeestimate url=/Cap/UserLicenseList.aspx?
stepNumber=0&isFeeEstimator=Y
Schedule an Inspection aca_sys_feature_schedule_
an_inspection url=/Cap/CapHome.aspx?
IsToShowInspection=yes
| Standard Choices Reference | 140
Feature/Link Label URL
Search Applications aca_sys_feature_ search_all url=/Cap/CapHome.aspx
Table 63: Sample ACA_CONFIG_LINKS Configuration
Standard Choice Value Value Description Page Associated with the Value
APO_SEARCH label=aca_sys_apo_search_
link, order=0, role=0|
1, forcelogin=no, url=/
APO/APOLookup.aspx,
module=building
Enables the Lookup Property Information
link in the General Information section on the
Welcome Registered page and below the General
Information tab bar.
BUILDING_SEARCH label=aca_sys_feature_
search_ all,order=2,role=0|
1,forcelogin=NO,url=/
Cap/CapHome.aspx?
module=Building&
SearchType=ByAddress
Enables the Search Applications link in the
General Information section on the Welcome
Registered page and below the General
Information tab bar.
The module home page associated with the link
contains both the My Permit List section and the
General Search section, and the default search
option in the General Search section is Search by
Address.
| Standard Choices Reference | 141
ACA_CONFIGS_TABS
Product
Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice configures the visibility of tabs at the top of the home page and defines the page that
displays when users click a tab.
You can enter any text in a Standard Choice Value to represent a tab, for example:
Home
Building
APO
Licenses
ServiceRequest
The Value Desc field defines the page that each tab (Standard Choice Value) directs to. Add the value
description in the following format:
label=[info], order=[info], role={info], url=[info], module=[module name],
tabvisible=[info], blockvisible=[info].
Of the values:
Label determines the tab name.
To display the Home tab, set the label to aca_sys_default_home
To display the general information tab, set the label toaca_sys_apo_search]
To display a module tab, set the label to aca_sys_default_module_name. The label gets the tab
name from the module value in the value description.
order=[Enter the numeric order of display] 0 is first.
role=[0, 1, or 0|1] Specify whether the tab displays on registered user pages (the Welcome Registered
page), anonymous user pages (the Welcome Global page) or both. Type 0 for Registered User pages
only, 1 for Anonymous Users pages only, or 0|1 for both registered and anonymous user pages.
URL=[Provide the URL for the tab]
Which URL to enter depends on which feature you want to make available to users when they click
the tab. For the association between features and URLs, see Table 62: Feature Labels and URLs in
ACA_CONFIGS_LINKS.
If you assign the URL to the Search Applications feature which directs to the module home page, you
can add the following parameters in the URL to further customize the module page that displays when
users click the tab:
$ShowMyPermitList$. If the parameter value is Y or undefined, the My Permit List section displays
on the module home page. If the parameter value is N, the section hides.
$SearchType$. This parameter defines the default search options of the Record Search section on
the module home page.
SearchType=NULL: The Record Search section applies the first search option as the default
search option.
| Standard Choices Reference | 142
SearchType=None: The Record Search section hides the whole search section.
SearchType=General: The Record Search section applies the general search as the default
search option.
SearchType=ByAddress: The Record Search section applies the Search by Address as the
default search option.
SearchType=ByLicense: The Record Search section applies the Search by License as the
default search option.
SearchType=ByPermit: The Record Search section applies the Search by Permit as the default
search option.
SearchType=ByTradeName: The Record Search section applies the Search by Trade Name as
the default search option.
SearchType=ByContact: The Record Search section applies the Search by Contact as the
default search option.
module=[Provide the module name]
tabvisible=[Yes or No] Yes indicates the tab is visible at the top of the home page. No indicates there is
no tab at the top of the home page.
blockvisible=[Yes or No] Yes indicates you want the module features to be available in the block
sections at the bottom of the welcome pages. No indicates you want to hide the block section for the
module features.
Table 64: Sample ACA_CONFIG_TABS Configuration provides a few examples of ACA_CONFIG_TABs
values and their effects.
Table 64: Sample ACA_CONFIG_TABS Configuration
Standard Choice Value Value Description Page Associated with the Value
Building label=aca_sys_default_ module
_name, order=1, role=0|1,
url=/Cap/CapHome.aspx?
ShowMyPermitList=Y&
SearchType=None,
module=Building, tabvisible=Yes
Enables the Building tab on both the Welcome
Global and Welcome Registered Pages. When
users click the tab, the building home page
displays the My Permit List section and hides the
General Search section.
Home label=aca_sys_default_
home,order=0,role=0|1,url=/
Welcome.aspx, blockvisible=no
Enables the Home tab on both the Welcome
Global and Welcome Registered Pages, and hides
the Home block in the block sections at the bottom
of the welcome pages. When users click the tab,
the welcome page displays.
| Standard Choices Reference | 143
ACA_CONNECT_LICENSE_AUTO_APPROVED
Product
Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice controls whether Civic Platform automatically approves a license when a public
user associates the license with his account in Citizen Access. For example, if a public user associates
a license with his account from the Account Management page in Citizen Access, the License tab of
the Public User administration portal in Civic Platform displays the status of the associated license as
“Approved”.
Standard Choice value is either Y or N. Y enables license auto-approval. N disables license auto-approval,
so administrators need to manually approve the license through the License tab of the Public User
administration portal.
| Standard Choices Reference | 144
ACA_EMAIL_TO_AND_FROM_SETTING
Obsolete.
| Standard Choices Reference | 145
ACA_EMAIL_REGISTRATION_TO
Product
Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice provides the ability to designate the “CC” email address on the registration
confirmation emails which Civic Platform sends to users that register for an ACA account. Enter each email
address in a Standard Choices Value field to include it in the “CC” line of the registration email, so that the
email address can receive a copy.
Note:
Instead of configuring the Standard Choice, you can directly specify the To email addresses for the
ACA_MESSAGE_SENDPASSWORD template in the Notification Templates administration portlet.
This Standard Choice setting overrides the settings in the notification template.
| Standard Choices Reference | 146
ACA_EMAIL_REGISTRATION_FROM
Product
Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice provides the ability to designate the "From" email address from which Civic Platform
sends the registration confirmation email to users that register for an Citizen Access account.
Standard Choices value can only be one e-mail address. For example, support@cityofbridgeview.com.
Note:
Instead of configuring the Standard Choice, you can directly specify the From email addresses for the
ACA_MESSAGE_SENDPASSWORD template in the Notification Templates administration portlet.
This Standard Choice setting overrides the settings in the notification template.
| Standard Choices Reference | 147
ACA_FILTER_CAP_BY_LICENSE
Product
Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice provides a way to incorporate filters so that the licensed professional avoids
choosing inapplicable options online.
Table 65: ACA_FILTER_CAP_BY_LICENSE Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Values Value Description Description
ENABLE_FILTER_BY_
REFTYPE_{Module} Yes
No
Yes enables filter record type by License type
for module; No disables it.
FILTER_BY_REFTYPE_
{Module}_{License type} BUILDING/MECHANICAL
PERMIT/RESIDENTIAL/ALL
CATEGORIES,BUILDING/
BUILDING PERMIT//
This value matches specific license types
from a specific module with permit types. Use
comma to separate the permit types.
EXCLUDE_FROM_
FILTER_BY_REFTYPE_
{Module}
BUILDING/BUILDING
PERMIT/RESIDENTIAL/ALL
CATEGORIES,BUILDING/Elevator
Permit//, BUILDING/Well//
This value allows permit types to be excluded
from license validation when the filter is
enabled for the module. This means license
professionals can apply for the permit types
with or without a valid license. Use comma to
separate the permit types.
| Standard Choices Reference | 148
ACA_PAGE_PICKER
Product
Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the pages in the page picker in Shopping Cart functionality, such as to
continue shopping.
Standard Choices values may include:
{Enter a number to identify the available ACA page pickers.}
1
2
3
Value Desc:
{Enter the ACA page name and its URL. For example, name=go to Building Disclaimer page,url=/Cap/Cap
ApplyDisclaimer.aspx?module=Building}
| Standard Choices Reference | 149
ACA_SECURITY_SETTING
Product
Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice controls whether Citizen Access validates the referer header in POST requests to
prevent cross-site request forgery.
Table 66: ACA_SECURITY_SETTINGS Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Values Value Description Description
ENABLE_URL_REFERER
_CHECK Yes or No If the Value Description is No or undefined, Citizen
Access does not validate the referer header in POST
requests.
If the Value Description is Yes, Citizen Access
validates the referer header. Refer to Setting
ENABLE_URL_REFERER_CHECK to Yes for additional
details.
TRUSTED_SITES Enter third-party trusted
sites, separated by
commas.
The Value Description lists all the trusted sites whose
POST requests can pass the validation by Citizen
Access.
Setting ENABLE_URL_REFERER_CHECK to Yes
If you set ENABLE_URL_REFERER_CHECK to Yes, and the Citizen Access servers are load balanced,
you must add all the servers as trusted sites:
1. Add the key TrustedSites into the web.config file and add the server URLs (which can be either the IP
URLs or domain URLs) in the key value. For example: <add key="TrustedSites" value="http(s)://[ACA
SITE URL1]/,http(s)://[ACA SITE URL 2]/"
2. After the change, clear the cache in both Civic Platform and Citizen Access. ACA: click the Clear Cache
button in ACA Admin. Civic Platform: Navigate to V360 Admin > Cache List portlet.
| Standard Choices Reference | 150
ACA_SPELL_CHECKER_ENABLED
Product
Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice controls the spell checker in Citizen Access. When the Standard Choice value is
Yes, the spell checker is available for public users in Citizen Access. When the Standard Choice value is
No, the spell checker is not available.
Standard Choices values may include:
Yes
No
| Standard Choices Reference | 151
ADHOC_REPORT_DB_VIEW
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
Use this Standard Choice to control which DB views (data sources) are available in the Report Manager
Ad hoc Report Data Sources list for agencies to use in assigning permissions to data sources for Ad hoc
Reporting. All agencies have the same DB views in common. This Standard Choice provides each agency
with the ability to define available DB views for ad hoc reporting. After the view appears on the Ad Hoc
Report Data Sources list, agencies can set permissions to define who can access the data for ad hoc
reporting.
If you do not set up this Standard Choice, Civic Platform uses default DB Views.
Standard Choice values can include one or more names DB View from the Accela-hosted database. A list
of the DB_Views available for this Standard Choice is available below:
V_ADDRESS
V_AGENCY_INFO
V_APO_ADDRESS_ATTR
V_APO_ADDRESS_DATA
V_APO_OWNER_ATTR
V_APO_OWNER_DATA
V_APO_PARCEL_ATTR
V_APO_PARCEL_DATA
V_ASI_ATTR
V_ASI_DATA
V_ASSET
V_ASSET_TEMPLATE_ATTR
V_ASSET_TEMPLATE_DATA
V_ASSET_USAGE
V_CASHIER_SESSION
V_CFG_WORKFLOW
V_COMMENT_RECORD
V_CONDITION_RECORD
V_CONDITION_RECORD_TPL_ATTR
V_CONDITION_RECORD_TPL_DATA
V_CONFIG_0_DOCTEXT
V_CONFIG_0_DOCUMENT
V_CONFIG_APPSTATUS
V_CONFIG_APPTYPE
V_CONFIG_CHECKLIST
V_CONFIG_CUSTOM_FIELDS
V_CONFIG_CUSTOM_LIST
V_CONFIG_DOCUMENTS
V_CONFIG_EXPIRATION
| Standard Choices Reference | 152
V_CONFIG_FEES
V_CONFIG_INSP
V_CONFIG_SHARED_DROPDOWN
V_CONFIG_SMARTCHOICE
V_CONFIG_TASK_SPECIFIC
V_CONFIG_WORKFLOW
V_CONTACT
V_CONTACT_ADDRESS
V_EXAM
V_FEE
V_FEE_PAYMENT_HISTORY
V_GUIDESHEET
V_GUIDESHEET_TEMPLATE_ATTR
V_GUIDESHEET_TEMPLATE_DATA
V_HEARING
V_INSPECTION
V_INSPECTION_1ST_LAST
V_LP_TEMPLATE_ATTR
V_LP_TEMPLATE_DATA
V_OWNER
V_PARCEL
V_PARCEL_CONDITION
V_PAYMENT
V_PEOPLE_TEMPLATE_ATTR
V_PEOPLE_TEMPLATE_DATA
V_PROFESSIONAL
V_RECORD
V_RECORD_DATES_STAFF
V_RECORD_LICENSE
V_REF_CONTACT
V_REF_LP_TEMPLATE_ATTR
V_REF_LP_TEMPLATE_DATA
V_REF_PARCEL
V_REF_PARCEL_TEMPLATE_ATTR
V_REF_PARCEL_TEMPLATE_DATA
V_REF_PEOPLE_TEMPLATE_ATTR
V_REF_PEOPLE_TEMPLATE_DATA
V_REF_PROFESSIONAL
V_RELATED_RECORD
V_SET
V_STANDARD_CHOICE
V_STANDARD_CONDITION
V_STATUS_HISTORY
V_STD_CONDITION_TPL_ATTR
V_STD_CONDITION_TPL_DATA
| Standard Choices Reference | 153
V_TIME_ACCOUNTING
V_TRUST_ACCT
V_TRUST_ACCT_ASSOCIATED
V_TRUST_ACCT_TRANSACTION
V_TSI_ATTR
V_TSI_DATA
V_USER
V_USER_GROUP_FID
V_USER_N_GROUP
V_WORKFLOW
V_WORKFLOW_HISTORY
V_WORKORDER_ASSET
| Standard Choices Reference | 154
ADDRESS_TYPE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
Specify the type of address to appear in the Address Types field when users are completing the address
portion of an application.
Standard Choice values can include:
Court
Incident
| Standard Choices Reference | 155
ADDRESSSET_SCRIPT_LIST
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice allows you to execute EMSE scripts on an address set.
Standard Choice values can include:
{EMSE Script Name}
Value Desc:
{Enter the name to display in the drop-down list for this script.}
| Standard Choices Reference | 156
AGENCY_EMAIL_REGISTRATION_TO
Product
Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice sends the registration activation e-mails to a specific e-mail address of an agency
employee for managing the activation of public user accounts internally. Administrators must set
PA_EMAIL_VERIFICATION in the Standard Choice ACA_CONFIGS to No so that the public user does not
get the registration e-mail.
Standard Choices value can be:
{An agency e-mail address. For example, John.Smith@bridgeview.com.}
Note:
Pay attention to the difference between this Standard Choice and
ACA_AGENCY_EMAIL_REGISTRATION_TO.
| Standard Choices Reference | 157
ALLOW_NEGATIVE_FEE_TRANSFER_AS_CREDIT
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
Use this Standard Choice to allow processing set payments when the total amount of an invoiced fee item
is negative.
Table 67: ALLOW_NEGATIVE_FEE_TRANSFER_AS_CREDIT Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Values Value Description Description
Yes - Civic Platform handles processing (delete) of
negative fees on a set, calculating according
to all the applications in the set regardless
of a positive or negative amount on an
application. Allows transfer of a negative
fee as credit from an application to pay for
another application in the set.
No - Civic Platform calculates according to only
the applications in the set that have a positive
amount.
| Standard Choices Reference | 158
ALLOW_PAYMENT_OF_FUTURE_FEES
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice controls the Apply to Future Invoice check box which allows you to transfer any
unchecked payments on the Generate Receipt page to a future invoice. This function applies to cash
payments only. To display the check box on the Generate Receipt page of the Payment tab, enable the
Standard Choice and set the Standard Choice value to Yes.
Standard Choice values include:
Yes
No
| Standard Choices Reference | 159
ALLOW_SHARED_DROPDOWN_LIST
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines whether administrators can bind a shared drop-down list for an
application‑specific information (ASI) or task-specific information (TSI) field in the ASI or TSI definition
page.
Standard Choice values include:
Yes
No
| Standard Choices Reference | 160
ALLOW_STANDARD_DUPLICATE_FILENAME
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This standard choice allows a client to turn off the duplicate name validation for external EDMS file
uploading. If this standard choice is not configured, duplicate filenames of uploaded files are not permitted.
Standard choice values include:
Yes (allow duplicate filenames).
No (do not allow duplicate filenames). This is the default value.
| Standard Choices Reference | 161
APO_ATTACHMENT_SELECTION
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines user notification when APO objects are attached to a record. The two
options indicate whether all APO objects attach without a message to the user or if Civic Platform provides
a selection page message.
Standard Choice values include:
All
User Selection
| Standard Choices Reference | 162
APO_CHECK_DUPLICATE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice applies to multi-agency administration and provides a way to check for duplicate
information in a shared database between agencies.
Standard Choice values include:
Yes
No
| Standard Choices Reference | 163
APO_SUBDIVISIONS
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
If you activate FIDs 0241-Parcel Subdivision and Lot Search and 8327-Search Select Parcel Function,
you can define the subdivisions that display as choices in a drop-down list of the Subdivision field. Each
subdivision name can be a maximum of 2000 characters and cannot contain double quotation marks.
The Standard Choices values are subdivision names. For example, you could define a subdivision named
Westwood.
If you do not define subdivisions, a text field displays instead of a drop-down list.
| Standard Choices Reference | 164
APO_SUBDIVISIONS_LOTS_[subdivision name]
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
If you activated FIDs 0241-Parcel Subdivision and Lot Search and 8327-Search Select Parcel
Function, and defined subdivisions in the APO_SUBDIVISIONS Standard Choice, you can choose to
define the subdivision lots that display as choices in a drop-down list during a parcel search. Use the
same value for the subdivision name in the item name as you use for the Standard Choices value in
APO_SUBDIVISIONS.
For example, if you define an APO_SUBDIVISIONS Standard Choice value of Westwood
(the name of a subdivision), You could identify lots 1 through 25 in the Standard Choice
APO_SUBDIVISIONS_LOTS_WESTWOOD. Each lot name must be less than 40 characters and cannot
contain double quotation marks. If you do not define lots, a text field displays instead of a drop-down list.
| Standard Choices Reference | 165
APOSE_SYNCHRONIZE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice determines how Civic Platform synchronizes associated reference data in new
record intake forms or on the tabs in the record detail portlet. Types of associated reference data can
be: Address, Parcel, Owner, Structure, and Establishment. When you add or delete some reference
information in a record, Civic Platform automatically adds associated reference data of the reference
information, prompts the user to add or delete it, or the user must manually complete each reference data
section.
Standard Choice values are:
Address
Parcel
Owner
Structure
Establishment
Value Desc options are:
Auto. The associated reference data automatically populate a record.
Prompt. A message window pops up displaying the associated reference data. The user can populate the
record with information from the associated reference data, look up another reference record, or enter new
information.
Manual. The associated reference data does not automatically populate in the record. You must complete
the associated reference data manually,
For example, a reference parcel is added to the Parcel section of a record. One address, two owners, and
one structure are associated with the parcel.
If the Address value for APOSE_SYNCHRONIZE is set to Auto, then the associated address
information automatically populates the record.
If the Owner value is set to Prompt, a prompt window pops up displaying the information for the two
associated owners. The user can choose to populate the record with one or both of the associated
owners’ information.
If the Structure value is set to Manual, the user must complete the Structures section manually, by
searching for an existing structure and adding its information to the record. The associated reference
data does not automatically populate in the record.
| Standard Choices Reference | 166
APPLICATION SPEC INFO UNIT
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
When you configure an application-specific information (ASI) field or a task-specific information (TSI) field,
this Standard Choice provides the drop-down list options for the Unit property of the field. The unit property
is used in the calculation of fees.
Standard Choice values can include:
Acres
Copies
Days
Each
Feet
Hectare
Hours
Lbs
Linear Fee
Lots
Meter Sq
Months
Psi
Sq.ft.
Sqft
Total
Years
fpm
ft
| Standard Choices Reference | 167
APPLICATION_STATUS_REASON
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice controls the reasons a user can choose from when changing record status.
Standard Choice values can include:
Unpaid Fees
Building Requirements not Met
Pending Additional
Document Submission
Other Values
| Standard Choices Reference | 168
APPLICATION_TYPE_SECURITY_FID
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
Use this Standard Choice to control access to an application based on its status. Enter each workflow, or
process, by FID.
For example, you can limit access to a building permit application if the status is Plan Review by restricting
users ability to schedule inspections or result inspections, and allowing them to only view the application.
When the application status changes to Issued, users can schedule an inspection and result an inspection.
Table 68: APPLICATION_TYPE_SECURITY_FID Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Values Value Description
8119 GIS
0179 Admin Application Specific Info Subgroups
8033 Additional Information
8028 Addresses
8110 Application Comment
8154 Application Hierarchy - Check Application Type Security at selection time.
8073 Application Specific Information
8270 Application Specific Info Table
8141 Application Status
8142 Application Status History
8104 Assess Fees
8108 Cashier Payment
8020 Condition Full Privileges
8031 Contacts
8153 Document Upload
8271 Fees Recalculate Fees
8145 Inspection Results
8143 Inspection Scheduling
8032 Licensed Professionals
8030 Owners
8029 Parcels
8103 Structure Tracking
8051 Subtask Guide Sheet
0245 Time Tracking
8038 Valuation Calculation
8323 Update Related CAPs
8132 Workflow, Workflow History, Workflow Ad hoc
| Standard Choices Reference | 169
Figure 5: Typical Values for APPLICATION_TYPE _SECURITY_FID
Also if your agency has a Workflow Supervisor (FID 8090-Workflow Supervisor enabled), see the Standard
Choice WORKFLOW_FIDS.
| Standard Choices Reference | 170
APPLY_ SYSTEM_ DEFAULT_ FORMAT
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
With this Standard Choice, you can specify the receipt templates that must apply the system default
alignment style, even though administrators define the alignment differently in the templates.
The following describes the system default alignment style:
Except the description (Total Invoice Amount:, Total Payment:, and Balance:) of the variables
($totalInvoiceAmount$, $totalPayment$ and $balance$), left-aligns the fee item descriptions and left-
aligns the descriptions of the other variables (including date, Operator id, Permit Id etc.).
Right-aligns the fee amounts.
Standard Choice values can include:
RECEIPT_SUMMARY
SET_CHECK_ENDORSEMENT
SET_RECEIPT_SUMMARY
TRANSACTION_CHECK_ENDORSEMENT
TRANSACTION_RECEIPT_SUMMARY
TRUSTACCOUNT_CHECK_ENDORSEMENT
TRUSTACCOUNT_RECEIPT_SUMMARY
For receipt templates you do not add as a Standard Choice value, Civic Platform prints receipts that follow
the alignment and content design in the template. For receipt templates you add as a Standard Choice
value, Civic Platform prints receipts that follow the system default alignment style, and the content design
in the templates.
| Standard Choices Reference | 171
ASI_ALIGNMENT_OPTIONS
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice allows administrators to set application‑specific information (ASI) fields to either left‑
or right‑justification. Agencies whose primary language is Arabic can configure their system to allow data in
ASI fields to be entered and displayed from right-to-left (in right-justification).
Standard Choice values include:
Left Align
Right Align
| Standard Choices Reference | 172
ASI_CONFIGS
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
The Standard Choice controls application-specific information functionality with various Standard Choices
values.
Table 69: ASI_CONFIGS Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Value Value Description Description
DISABLE_POP_UP_FOR_
APPLY_CHANGE Yes
No
This value controls the ability to disable the
pop-up window functionality when users
change ASI or ASIT group information in a
record type.
Yes disables pop-up windows, and No
displays pop-up window functionality.
NEW_ASI_DEFAULT Yes
No (default)
This value controls whether a new
application-specific information (ASI) field
and ASI table displays on existing records
independent of status.
Yes: A field displays in various areas in
ASI configuration where an administrator
can indicate if ASI and ASI table
information displays on existing records.
No (default): Civic Platform hides the field
and only displays the new ASI field or ASI
table on new records.
SYNC_CHANGE_TO_ DAILY Yes
No (default)
This value controls the ASI structure
configuration.
Yes: The ASI daily structure is controlled
by reference data.
No (default): The ASI structure maintains
the integrity of the daily structure. For
example, if a contact type has no template
and then administrators assign a template
to it, this value defines whether the
existing contacts of the contact type apply
the template or not.
| Standard Choices Reference | 173
ASI_EDIT_CONTROL_SYSTEM_LEVEL
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice controls who can edit application-specific information you create. Non‑supervisor
users can enter or change the application-specific information during application creation. You can
designate individual fields to allow only supervisors to update the data elements after a user saves the
application. The supervisor edit-only designation can also apply to individual subgroup fields in application-
specific information tables.
Standard Choice values can include:
Yes
No
| Standard Choices Reference | 174
ASSET_CALENDAR_BUILD_INDEX_DURATION
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the start date and end date of a duration. When you run a batch job whose
type is Asset Calendar Rebuild Index, the batch job only builds indexes for the asset events whose event
time (for example, event schedule time) falls in the duration.
Table 70: ASSET_CALENDAR_BUILD_INDEX_DURATION Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Values Value Description Description
END DATE Enter a date with this format: MM/
dd/yyyy. For example: 01/01/2017 Enter the end date of the duration.
If you do not specify the end date, the end
date defaults to the latest event date.
START DATE Enter a date with this format: MM/
dd/yyyy. For example: 12/31/2016 Enter the start date of the duration.
If you do not specify the start date, the start
date defaults to the earliest event date.
| Standard Choices Reference | 175
ASSET_GROUP
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the asset groups that populate the Asset Group fields.
Standard Choice values can include:
Fleet
Parks and Recreation
Street
Wastewater - Sewer
Water
| Standard Choices Reference | 176
ASSET_TREE_NODE_CONFIG
Product
Civic Platform, Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice customizes the tree view on the Linked Assets tab.
Figure 6: Customized Linked Assets Tree in Civic Platform
Figure 7: Customized Linked Assets Tree in Mobile Office
Table 71: ASSET_TREE_NODE_CONFIG Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice
Value Value Description Description
MASK Enter one or more of the following parameters, separated
with special characters such as slashes “/” or stars “*”:
$ASSET_ID$
$ASSET_NAME$
The value defines the
information that a child asset
node displays in the tree view on
the Linked Assets tab.
| Standard Choices Reference | 177
Standard Choice
Value Value Description Description
$DATE_OF_SERVICE$
$STATUS$
For example, $ASSET_ID$*$ASSET_NAME$*
$DATE_OF_SERVICE$*$STATUS$
In the Value Description,
each parameter specifies the
information that displays at each
child asset node, such as asset
ID, asset name, date of service,
and then status.
See Figure 6: Customized
Linked Assets Tree in Civic
Platform and Figure 7:
Customized Linked Assets Tree
in Mobile Office as illustrative
examples.
MAX_LENGTH Enter a number The value specifies the
maximum length of a child asset
node in the tree view on the
Linked Assets tab.
For example, if the value
description is 100, then a child
asset node can display up to 100
characters.
| Standard Choices Reference | 178
ASSET_SIZE_UNIT
Product
Civic Platform, Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the unit of asset size and the unit of work order start location and end
location on linear assets.
Standard Choice values can include:
Inches
Feet
Yards
Miles
NauticalMiles
Millimeters
Centimeters
Meters
Kilometers
Decimeters
| Standard Choices Reference | 179
ASSET_USAGE_UNIT_TYPE
Product
Civic Platform, Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice allows administrators to create asset usage types. When you define these types,
agency administrators can associate multiple unit types with a specific asset type. This allows daily agency
users to specify the unit types from a drop-down list, applying them to specific asset types in both the Asset
management portlets and the Preventative Maintenance Schedule portlets. This functionality accompanies
the setting of Function Identification 0326-Define Asset Usage Unit Type.
Standard Choice values can include:
Quarts
Gallons
Miles
Hours
| Standard Choices Reference | 180
AUDITSET_INSPECTION_SCRIPT_LIST
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice populates the Execute Script drop-down menu in the Random Audit portlet for
inspection audit sets. The drop-down menu contains names of EMSE scripts that users can run on the
inspection audit set. If you do not define this Standard Choice, then the Execute Script button cannot show
in the Random Audit portlet for inspection audit sets.
Standard Choice values can include:
{Any EMSE script name}
Value Desc:
{Enter the script name you want to display in the drop-down menu.}
| Standard Choices Reference | 181
AUDITSET_SCRIPT_LIST
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice populates the Execute Script drop-down menu in the Random Audit portlet for record
audit sets. The drop-down menu contains names of EMSE scripts that users can run on the record audit
set. If you do not define this Standard Choice, then the Execute Script button cannot show in the Random
Audit portlet for record audit sets.
Standard Choice values can include:
{Any EMSE script name}
Value Desc:
{Enter the script name you want to display in the drop-down menu.}
| Standard Choices Reference | 182
AUTHORIZED_SERVICE
Product
Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the authorized service types that the agency can support, and the printers
that authorized agents or authorized agent clerks can use to print license tags in authorized service.
Currently, Citizen Access only supports fishing and hunting license sales.
Table 72: AUTHORIZED_SERVICE Standard Choice Values
Value Value Description Description
FISHING_AND_HUNTING_
LICENSE_SALES Enter the service name you want
to display for the service type. The service name is “Fishing and Hunting
License Sales” by default. You can enter a
new name to replace the default one.
Printers Enter the model name of the
barcode printer for license tag
printing.
You can right click the printer icon you are
using, select Properties, and then get the
model name of the printer in the pop-up
Properties window.
It is recommended to use Datamax-O’Neil
E-Class Mark III Printer models for printing
quality license tags.
| Standard Choices Reference | 183
AUTO_GENERATE_RECEIPT
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
You can use this Standard Choice to streamline the payment process by automatically generating a receipt
whenever a cashier intakes a payment transaction.
Standard Choice values include:
Yes. Civic Platform skips the Generate Receipt page on the Payment tab and automatically generates the
Receipt and Receipt Summary detailing all of the payment transactions.
No. Civic Platform displays the Generate Receipt page with all payment transactions marked. The cashier
must manually choose which payments to exclude from the receipt.
| Standard Choices Reference | 184
AUTO_INVOICE_MODULE
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice determines whether Civic Platform automatically generates an invoice when you
assess one or more fee items that belong to a module.
Standard Choice values can include:
{Enter a module name.}
Building
Licenses
| Standard Choices Reference | 185
AUTO_OPEN_CASH_DRAWER
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
With this Standard Choice, you can specify the payment methods with which the cash drawer opens when
users handle a payment. If the Standard Choice is undefined, the cash drawer opens for every payment,
regardless of the payment method.
Standard Choice values can include:
ATM, Billed, Cash, Check, Coupon, Credit Card, Debit Card, Internal Transfer, Journal Entry, LockBox,
Misc Credit, Money Order, Multiple Tenders, Other, Trust Account, Waiver, Write Off.
| Standard Choices Reference | 186
AUTO_PAY_TRUST_ACCOUNTS
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice determines the default values for the fields available for creating trust accounts. The
description of each value is the value your agency wants automatically filled when someone creates a new
account. You must create account IDs with a unique identifier, and automatically add the person that you
create the trust account for to the Associated People list for the trust account.
Standard Choice values can include:
Account ID (required)
Overdraft Limit (required)
Overdraft Yes/No (required)
Description
Ledger Account
Associated People secondary tab
| Standard Choices Reference | 187
AUTO_SYNC_PEOPLE
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access, and Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice specifies whether to link or copy a reference contact or licensed professional when
users add the reference contact or licensed professional to a new or existing record.
You must define the Standard Choice values in the Standard Choices portlet in the Setup Admin (Editing
Standard Choices in the Setup Admin).
Table 73: AUTP_SYNC_PEOPLE Standard Choice Values
Value Description
Module Name Displays the modules in the agency. This Standard Choice setting applies at the module
level.
Sync Contact When selected, links a contact with its reference source when the contact associates with
a record.
When you link a record contact with its reference source, the following information
synchronize between the contacts:
Standard contact fields except Contact Type and Status.
Common template contact fields between the contact and its reference source.
Usually, contact types for transaction include role-specific template fields, but contact
types for reference do not include these fields.
Contact addresses.
Active When selected, includes this item on the list of Standard Choices.
| Standard Choices Reference | 188
BATCH_INVOICE_REPORT
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
If you want to generate a batch invoice report, you can define the report name in this Standard Choice.
Standard Choice values include:
{Specify the report name.}
| Standard Choices Reference | 189
BATCH_JOB_PM_ADVANCE_PERIOD
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice controls the period options for the PM Generate field on the schedule form of PM
Schedule batch jobs. This allows you to select an amount of time, in advance of a PM Schedule, to run a
batch job.
Standard Choice values include:
Days
Months
Weeks
Years
| Standard Choices Reference | 190
BATCH_JOB_RESULT
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice controls the values that populate the batch job result status in the Batch Engine log.
Standard Choice values are:
Completed. This value displays in the batch job log for a batch job that ran successfully.
Timed Out. This value displays in the batch job log for a batch job that failed to run because it was taking
too long.
Terminated. This value displays in the batch job log for a batch job that was manually stopped.
| Standard Choices Reference | 191
BATCH_JOB_SCHEDULE_FREQUENCY
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice sets values for the frequency of batch jobs.
Standard Choice values include:
Once. Enable this value to allow creation of batch jobs that run only once.
Daily. Enable this value to allow creation of batch jobs that run every day.
Weekly. Enable this value to allow creation of batch jobs that run once per week.
Monthly. Enable this value to allow creation of batch jobs that run once per month.
Yearly. Enable this value to allow creation of batch jobs that run one time per year.
Note:
For the batch job that builds the index server for global search, the Standard Choice values only include
“Once” and “Monthly”. That means if you set any values other than “Once” or “Monthly” (for example, “Daily”,
“Weekly”, and “Yearly”), these values will not appear in the drop-down list of the Job Schedule portal.
| Standard Choices Reference | 192
BATCH_JOB_SCHEDULE_TYPE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice allows you to determine whether users can run a defined batch job by setting its
status to Active or On Hold.
Standard Choice values include:
Active. Specifies a batch job to run at its scheduled time.
On Hold. Specifies a batch job not scheduled to run.
| Standard Choices Reference | 193
BATCH_JOB_SERVER
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice enables you to specify a particular business server on which to run a batch job.
The value you enter for this Standard Choice populates the Job Server drop-down list in the Batch Job
portlet (Batch Job Edit/New page). This option can be critical for running extremely large jobs such as bulk
document processing for an agency that serves a large population center.
Standard Choice values:
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx:port# - The biz server host and port number used for running a batch job
| Standard Choices Reference | 194
BATCH_JOB_SERVICE_CATEGORY
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice determines the types of service categories from which you can select when you
create a batch job. A batch job service category helps you classify batch job types.
The values you enter for this Standard Choice populate the Service Category drop-down list in Batch Job
detail portlet.
Standard Choice value examples:
Asset Calendar Rebuild Index. Allows users to create a batch job for syncing the index server with the
asset events that occur in a given duration.
Asset/GIS Sync. Allows users to create a batch job that synchronizes information between Accela Asset
Management and GIS.
Geotagging Existing Record. Allows users to create a batch job which adds the geometry information
from your agency’s GIS system to the Civic Platform objects that already exist in the Civic Platform
database. These objects include geocoded addresses and GIS features.
Global Search Rebuild Index. Use this value to define the batch job engine as the process for syncing
the index server with the database. Enable this value to run a sync between the application server and the
index server. Civic Platform uses the index server for the global search feature. Running this sync ensures
the global search returns the most current information in Civic Platform.
Optimize Inspection Route. Allow users to create a batch job that generates the sequence of inspection
route sheet items for each inspector, based on the start location, end location, and the default route type in
the inspector’s user profile.
PM Schedule. Allows users to create a batch job that generates work orders in advance of preventative
maintenance schedules.
Proxy User Process. Allows users to create a batch job that sets the delegate invitations to expired or
purges the expired or declined delegate invitations from database at the time interval.
Recurring Related Inspection. Specifies Recurring Related Inspection as a batch job service category.
Send Hearing Notice Email
Send License Expired Email. Allows users to create a batch job which collects all expired licenses in the
software and sends email notifications to the associated licensed professional.
| Standard Choices Reference | 195
BATCH_JOB_STATUS
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice controls the indicator of the current, real‑time status of a batch job.
Standard Choice values include:
Complete. Indicates a batch job that has run successfully.
Running. Indicates a batch job that is currently running.
In Process Queue. Indicates a triggered batch job that is waiting to run.
Terminated. Indicates a terminated batch job, because of an error or system time-out.
| Standard Choices Reference | 196
BATCH_JOB_TYPE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice indicates the types of batch job available.
Standard Choice values include:
System. Civic Platform supports the System type of batch job.
URL. Civic Platform supports the URL type of batch job.
Report. Civic Platform supports the Report type of batch job.
Script. Civic Platform supports the Script type of batch job.
| Standard Choices Reference | 197
BUDGET_ACCOUNT
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines budget accounts and budget numbers that users can associate with parts for
costs tracking in part transactions. Each budget account must have a unique budget number.
Standard Choice values can include:
{Enter a budget account name}.
Value Desc:
{Enter the budget account number corresponding to the budget account.}
| Standard Choices Reference | 198
CALENDAR_BLOCK_SIZE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choices CALENDAR_BLOCK_SIZE and CALENDAR_BLOCK_UNIT jointly determine the
time length for the default calendar time block.
When you set up a calendar, you set the default time block for each calendar unit. A unit comprises a
basic time value Civic Platform uses to measure the duration of a calendar event, such as a staff meeting,
inspection, or hearing.
Civic Platform measures calendar units as multiples of the default calendar time block. For example, if you
set the default calendar time block at 30 minutes, then one unit equals 30 minutes and two units equal one
hour.
Standard Choice values can include:
15
30
45
60
| Standard Choices Reference | 199
CALENDAR_BLOCK_UNIT
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
The Standard Choices CALENDAR_BLOCK_SIZE and this Standard Choice CALENDAR_BLOCK_UNIT
jointly determine the time length for the default calendar time block.
When you set up a calendar, you set the default time block for each calendar unit. A unit comprises a
basic time value Civic Platform uses to measure the duration of a calendar event, such as a staff meeting,
inspection, or hearing.
Civic Platform measures calendar units as multiples of the default calendar time block. For example, if you
set the default calendar time block at 30 minutes, then one unit equals 30 minutes and two units equal one
hour.
This Standard Choice defines the Block Unit type for the Unit Type field drop-down list on the Inspection
Calendar detail page.
Standard Choice values can include:
Minute
Hour
Day
| Standard Choices Reference | 200
CALENDAR_SETTING
Product
Citizen Access, IVR, Accela Wireless, and EMSE
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice determines which calendars the Auto Assign and the Get Next Working Date
functionality uses in Citizen Access, IVR, Accela Wireless, and EMSE.
Table 74: CALENDAR_SETTING Standard Choice Values
Value Value Description Description
CLASSIC The Auto Assign and the Get Next Working
Date functionality uses the calendars,
including inspection blockout and inspector
calendars, from Civic Platform Classic.
VERSION
V360 The Auto Assign and the Get Next Working
Date functionality uses the calendars,
including inspection calendars and user
calendars, from Civic Platform Vantage360.
| Standard Choices Reference | 201
CAP_CHILD_DOCUMENT
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice allows you to associate the related or renewal document of a child record to the
parent record.
Standard Choices values are:
Related
Renewal
| Standard Choices Reference | 202
CAP_CREATE_SETTINGS
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice sets the default option in the Record Type Select portlet when users create a record.
If you define this Standard Choice, the default is “Create one Record for each Parcel”. Otherwise, the
default is ‘Create one Record for all Parcels’.
Standard Choice value:
For Each Parcel
| Standard Choices Reference | 203
CAP_DETAIL_ICON_FILE_FORMATS
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice enables the icon image on a record type, and thus the image in the records of
the record type. The Standard Choices values define which file types Civic Platform accepts for display
images.
When you associate a display image with an application type, the display image appears next to the
Application Type Icon field label on the Application Type page. When you associate a display image with a
record, the display image appears in the Record Detail page.
Standard Choice values can include:
.jpg
.jpeg
.icon
.gif
.bmp
Note:
If your agency uses Silverlight, Civic Platform does not support .gif images in those areas of the product,
such as the administrator framework for data manager and record type management.
| Standard Choices Reference | 204
CAP_RETAIN_FEESCHEDULE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
To have existing applications retain their original fee schedule even after you change the application type,
enable this Standard Choice and enter a value of Yes. To have existing applications adopt the modified fee
schedule when you modify the application type, enable this Standard Choice and enter a value of No.
Standard Choice values can include:
Yes
No
| Standard Choices Reference | 205
CAPSET_SCRIPT_LIST
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice allows you to execute EMSE scripts on a record set. Enter the EMSE script name as
the Standard Choices value. Then, in the Value Desc field, enter the name to display in the drop-down list
for this script.
Standard Choice values can include:
{EMSE Script Name}
| Standard Choices Reference | 206
CASH_DRAWER_STARTING_ENDING_BALANCE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice determines whether Civic Platform requires users to enter the money amount of the
cash drawer when starting or ending a cashier session.
Standard Choice values can include:
Yes. When a user starts taking payments by clicking the New Session button, a prompt displays requiring
them to enter the starting cash amount in the drawer. Civic Platform also prompts them for an amount
in the drawer when they finish a cashier session. These amounts display on the transaction list to assist
users when they figure out the balance for the day. Civic Platform includes the starting and ending
balances in the Cashier Session Report.
No. Users do not enter the balances when starting or ending a cashier session.
| Standard Choices Reference | 207
CASHIER_STATION
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
With this Standard Choice, you can uniquely identify, by an ID, any cash drawer receiving payment.
Mapping the computer name to the workstation name allows each client computer to find its cash drawer
ID in the Standard Choice. You can then use the cash drawer ID in payment transactions and associate it
with the payment.
The mapping is one-to-one between the Standard Choice value and the Value Desc. Use only unique
name and unique number for each name and ID.
Standard Choice values can include:
{computer_name}. The computer name (mask key CDI). This value must exactly match the workstation
name given to the computer that records the receipt of payments. For example, if the computer name is
Cashier Station 3, enter Cashier Station 3 as the Standard Choice value. You may need to contact your
agency IT administrator to find the name of the computer.
Value Desc:
{The cash drawer ID (mask key CDI), 8 characters at maximum.}
| Standard Choices Reference | 208
CENSUS_BUREAU_CONSTRUCTION_TYPE_CODE
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access, and Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines a drop-down list of values for the Census Bureau Construction Type field. If
you do not define this Standard Choice, then the Census Bureau Construction Type field uses a drop-down
list of hard-coded values.
The Construction Type field appears in various locations such as:
The Addtl Info tab for a record in Civic Platform
The Additional Information tab for a record in Mobile Office
The Record Information tab for an inspection in Mobile Office
Standard Choices value can include:
{The code or value for the construction type.}
Value Desc:
{The description for the construction type.}
| Standard Choices Reference | 209
CLONE_REFERENCE_CONDITION
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice decides whether to save or update the address, parcel, owner, or licensed
professional condition when users override or unlock the conditions on a record.
Standard Choice values can include:
Yes. Civic Platform saves the Address, Parcel, Owner, or Licensed Professional condition as a local copy
to a Record when the user overrides or unlocks the APO/Professional Condition on the Record.
No (or any other value). Civic Platform updates the APO/professional condition when the user overrides or
unlocks the APO/Professional condition on the Record.
| Standard Choices Reference | 210
COMMUNICATION_SMS_PROVIDERS
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice includes the values available for agency users to choose from in Communication
Manager configuration settings.
Standard Choice values can include:
{Your SMS provider name and a description.}
| Standard Choices Reference | 211
COMPLAINT REFERRED SOURCE
Product
Civic Platform, Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice is specific to the Code Enforcement module. Activate this Standard Choice to display
a drop-down list of values for the Referred Source.
Standard Choice values can include:
Neighbor
Public Official
Email
| Standard Choices Reference | 212
COMPLAINT REFERRED TYPE
Product
Civic Platform, Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice is specific to the Code Enforcement module. Activate this it to display a drop-down
list of values in the Reported Type field.
Standard Choice values can include:
Construction
Emergency
Fee Violation
Hazardous
Information
Service
Usage
| Standard Choices Reference | 213
CONDITION_PRIORITIES
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access and Mobile Office.
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the priorities for conditions including conditions of approval and general
conditions. The value descriptions describe options in the Priority field while the Standard Choice values
specify the priority sequence for conditions.
Standard Choice values can include:
{A numeric value indicating the sequence of a priority}
1
2
3
Value Desc:
{Enter the label of the priority that is mapped to each Standard Choice value. In the following example,
“High” maps to 1, “Medium” maps to 2, and “Low” maps to 3.}
High
Medium
Low
| Standard Choices Reference | 214
CONDITION TYPE
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access and Mobile Office.
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the values displayed in the drop-down list of values for the condition type.
When you define a condition type, pay attention to the Condition Type Security feature, where you
associate a condition type to an agency or user group. If the current user does not belong to the agency or
the user group to which you associate the condition type, the current user cannot create a condition of this
condition type.
Standard Choice values can include:
Bad Check
License Renewal
License Expired
| Standard Choices Reference | 215
CONDITIONS_OF_APPROVALS
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access, and Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice provides enhanced configuration for conditions and extends condition functionality
to inspections and reference conditions. To manage standard conditions and condition statuses in the
Conditions Maintenance portlet of Civic Platform, set the Standard Choice value to Yes. Otherwise, set the
value to No.
Besides, this Standard Choice determines the availability of the Conditions of Approval feature in Civic
Platform, Citizen Access, and Mobile Office. If you set the Standard Choice value to Yes:
Civic Platform displays the Conditions of Approval tab for a record, an inspection, and a record set.
Citizen Access allows administrators to configure the Conditions of Approval section and displays the
Conditions of Approval section to public users.
Mobile Offices displays the Conditions of Approval tab for a record and its related inspection.
Standard Choice values can include:
Yes
No
| Standard Choices Reference | 216
CONTACT_ACROSS_AGENCIES
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access, and Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
Civic Platform uses this Standard Choice for multiple-agency administration. This Standard Choice
determines which agencies can share contacts, including basic contact information, contact templates,
contact addresses, contact aliases, contact relationships, and contact association with public users. When
you consolidate contacts, users can search contacts or update contacts across agencies, and you can limit
duplicate contacts in agency databases.
Agencies can only share contacts you create after you configure this Standard Choice. To share existing
contacts, run a migration script to migrate the existing contacts from one agency to another. See “Migrating
Existing Contacts across Multiple Agencies” in the Migration Scripts chapter of the Civic Platform Migration
Guide.
The Standard Choice value is case-insensitive and must be the agency code that your super administrator
defined when creating the agency. To find the correct agency code, see “Maintaining Agencies” in the
Agencies and Functions chapter of the Civic Platform On-Premise Administrator Supplement.
Note:
Each involved agency must configure this Standard Choice in the same way.
| Standard Choices Reference | 217
CONTACT_ADDRESS_TYPE
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access, and Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice determines the contact address types you can add to the Contact Address tab in
reference contacts.
Standard Choice values can include:
Home Address
Mailing Address
Physical Address
Work Address
If you set the Standard Choice ENABLE_CONTACT_ADDRESS_VALIDATION to Yes, a Validation
Settings link displays besides each contact address type.
You can click the Validation Settings link to configure the validation details (see Table 75: Contact Address
Validation Settings).
Table 75: Contact Address Validation Settings
Field Description
Address Type This field displays the contact address type for which you are configuring the validation
settings.
Validation Source Select an Standard Choice EXTERNAL_CONTACT_ADDRESS_SOURCE_[SOURCE
NAME] which contains the validation source information, that is, the addresses of an
external address source.
| Standard Choices Reference | 218
Field Description
Validation is required Select Yes if you require validation for the current contact address type. Otherwise, select
No.
Only for... This link displays if you set Yes for the “Validation is required” field. You can click the
Specific Countries link at this field to select the countries for which you want to validate
the addresses.
The country option(s) listed at the top is the value(s) from the Standard Choice
COUNTRY_DEFAULT_VALUE, and the remaining options are from the values in the
Standard Choice COUNTRY.
If you do not select any country, Civic Platform validates all the addresses.
If you select some countries, Civic Platform validates only the addresses in the selected
countries.
| Standard Choices Reference | 219
CONTACT_PREFERRED_CHANNEL
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access, and Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
With this Standard Choice, you can define the value options for the Preferred Channel drop-down list in a
contact.
Standard Choice values can include:
Fax
Phone
Email
| Standard Choices Reference | 220
CONTACT RELATIONSHIP
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access, and Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
With this Standard Choice, you can define the value options for the contact relationship drop-down list.
Standard Choice values can include:
Payor
Property Owner
Citizen
| Standard Choices Reference | 221
CONTACT TYPE
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access, and Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines three classifications of contact types:
Contact types for reference, which are generic contact types such as Individual and Organization used
in reference
Contact type for transaction, which are role-specific contact types in daily transactions, such as Billing
Contact, and Complainant.
Contact types for both (reference and transaction).
The values you enter for this Standard Choice populate the Type drop-down list in the Contacts portlet.
Defines the Standard Choice values in the Standard Choices portlet in the Setup Admin (Editing Standard
Choices in the Setup Admin).
Table 76: CONTACT TYPE Standard Choice Values
Value Description
Contact Type Enter the contact type. Some examples are: Appellant, Applicant, Business Owner,
Complainant, Individual, Organization, President, Secretary, Submitter, Treasurer.
Note:
The Individual contact type replaces the hard-coded Public User contact type.
People templates, previously associated with Public User, associate with
Individual contact type.
Contact Type English
(US) Enter the translation for the contact type for internationalization.
Document Group If the contact type is for reference or for both (reference and transaction), select a
document group to associate with the contact type.When users add a document to a
reference contact in Civic Platform, the document group configured for the contact type is
the default document group. Users can change the document group if necessary.
When users add a document to a contact on the Account Management page in Citizen
Access, users can only select a document type from the document group configured for
the contact type as the document type of the document.
| Standard Choices Reference | 222
Value Description
When users add a document from a record to the record-associated contact, the selected
document type in the record becomes the document type of the contact document.
For Reference/
Transactions Select whether the contact types are applicable for reference contacts, or for transaction
contacts, or for both.
Active Mark the check box to include this item on the list of Standard Choices.
Template Select the generic template (ASI group) that applies to each contact type.
Note:
A contact type can still associate with one or more people templates in Civic
Platform Classic. Both people templates and ASI group can work for a contact
type.
Contact Address Types If you set the Standard Choice ENABLE_CONTACT_ADDRESS to Yes, the “Associated
Contact Address Type” link displays beside each contact type. You can click the
link to associate one or more address types configured in the Standard Choice
CONTACT_ADDRESS_TYPE to the contact type.
If you mark the contact address type for a contact type, when users create or edit a record
contact, they can add contact addresses of the associated types for the contact according
to the contact type. If you mark the contact address type as required, users must enter
at least one address of the required type for the record contact. If you unmark all of the
contact address types for a contact type, users can actually add any types of contact
addresses for a record contact with the contact type.
| Standard Choices Reference | 223
CONTACT_TYPE_ENABLE
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access, and Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice determines whether users can specify if the type of contact they enter into the
Applicant or Contact section of a permit application is an individual or an organization. When a user selects
the Individual contact type button, Civic Platform enables the First Name, Middle Name, Last Name, and
SSN fields, and disables the Organization Name, DBA/Trade Name, and FEIN fields. When a user selects
the Organization contact type button, Civic Platform enables the Organization, DBA/Trade Name, and
FEIN fields, and disables the First Name, Middle Name, Last Name, and SSN fields.
Standard Choice values can include:
Yes
No
| Standard Choices Reference | 224
CONTENT_TEMPLATE_LIST
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This system-defined Standard Choice determines the types of email templates that you can create. The
values you enter for this Standard Choice populate the Type drop-down list in the Content Customize
portlet.
For example, you can create an email template for the subject line section and content section of a hearing
email notification or a hearing email change notification.
Standard Choice values can include:
EMAIL_NOTICE_HEARING_SUBJECT. Involves hearing email notifications.
EMAIL_NOTICE_HEARING_CONTENT. Involves hearing email notifications.
EMAIL_NOTICE_HEARING_CHANGE_SUBJECT. Involves hearing email change notifications.
EMAIL_NOTICE_HEARING_CHANGE_CONTENT. Involves hearing email change notifications.
ACA_EMAIL_ACCOUNT_VERIFICATION_BY_HYPERLINK_CONTENT. Involves the activation email
that Citizen Access sends to the registrant after registering for an account.
ACA_EMAIL_ACCOUNT_VERIFICATION_BY_HYPERLINK_SUBJECT. Involves the activation email
that Citizen Access sends to the registrant after registering for an account.
| Standard Choices Reference | 225
CONTINUING_EDUCATION_REQUIRED_HOURS
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice stores the required Continuing Education hours in the license settings portlet.
Note:
Civic Platform automatically configures this Standard Choice; do not modify.
| Standard Choices Reference | 226
CONTINUING_EDUCATION_WORKFLOW_TASK_STATUS
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice stores the Continuing Education workflow configuration in the license settings
portlet.
Note:
Civic Platform automatically configure this Standard Choice; do not modify.
| Standard Choices Reference | 227
COST_FACTOR
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the cost factors to use in the calculation of total cost quantity. You must
specify both a numeric value and a description for each cost factor.
With this Standard Choice, users enter the cost quantities by cost factors in the Quantity section when they
add a cost item. Civic Platform multiplies every cost quantity by the numeric value of the cost factor, and
then sums up the results to get the total quantity of the cost item.
Standard Choice values can include:
{Enter a numeric value representing the cost factor.}
1
1.5
2
Value Desc:
{Enter the description of the cost factor.}
Regular
Overtime
Holiday
| Standard Choices Reference | 228
COUNTRY
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines a list of countries that can be available for selection in the Country/Region
drop-down list across Civic Platform and Citizen Access. If your agency does not enable or define this
Standard Choice, the Country/Region drop-down list displays the countries that the STANDARDDATA
agency defines in the Standard Choice COUNTRY.
Standard Choice value can be:
{Enter a country code. For example, you can add a country code US for the United States or JP for Japan.
See Figure 8: Country/Region List in Civic Platform as an illustrative example.}
Value Desc:
{Enter the full name of the country. For example, United States, Japan.}
The Country Standard choice provides enhanced functionality when it is utilized with the Standard Choices
PHONE_NUMBER_IDD_ENABLE and PHONE_NUMBER_IDD.
Figure 8: Country/Region List in Civic Platform
| Standard Choices Reference | 229
CREATE_NEW_INSPECTION_WHEN_RESCHEDULE
Product
Civic Platform, Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice controls whether Civic Platform creates a new inspection record or whether Civic
Platform updates the original inspection record when an agency user reschedules an inspection.
Standard Choice values can include:
Yes. The default. Civic Platform creates a new inspection record when an agency user reschedules an
inspection.
No. Civic Platform changes the information and keeps the Scheduled status on the original inspection
record.
| Standard Choices Reference | 230
CREATE_NEW_ITEM_DEFAULT_SIZE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
Defines the size of the Create New drop-down menu accessed from the Create New button. The numeric
Standard Choice value controls how many items you want to display by default. Any remaining items
configured to display in the drop-down menu show when users click the See All link in the bottom right
corner of the drop-down menu, which expands the view. Civic Platform displays the option as inactive to
users with restricted access to items in the drop-down menu.
| Standard Choices Reference | 231
CREATE_NEW_ITEMS
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice controls which items Civic Platform lists in the Create New portlet, which affects the
display and display order of the Create New drop-down list.
Note:
Do not make any modifications from the default settings for this Standard Choice.
| Standard Choices Reference | 232
CUSTOMIZED_TRACKING_NBR
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice controls whether to generate default or customized tracking numbers (Tracking #) for
new records. If you set this Standard Choice to Yes, all records use customized tracking numbers which
administrators must define for the B1PERMIT.B1_TRACKING_NBR database field in the EMSE events
ApplicationSubmitAfter, ConvertToRealCapAfter and WorkflowTaskUpdateAfter. Administrators must
ensure the uniqueness of the tracking number for each record. If the Standard Choice is No or undefined,
all records use the default tracking numbers automatically generated by Civic Platform.
Standard Choice values include:
Yes
No
| Standard Choices Reference | 233
DATA_MANAGER_MAX_RECORD_NUMBER
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice determines the maximum number of records that you can include in a single export
job or import job.
Set the Standard Choice value to the numeric quantity of records that you want to include in a single export
job or import job. If undefined, the value defaults to 1,000.
| Standard Choices Reference | 234
DEBUG
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This standard choice enables agency administrators to perform root-cause analysis for upload failures.
Add the standard choice value ENABLE_DOCUMENT_DEBUG to perform root-cause analysis specifically
for document upload failures.
Standard Choice value descriptions for DEBUG/ENABLE_DOCUMENT_DEBUG include:
YES to enable the document upload log.
NO to disable the document upload log (default value is NO).
| Standard Choices Reference | 235
DEFAULT_LIST_ROWS
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines how many result rows display for each group list page in the Global Search
result portlet. For example, if the Standard Choices value is 5, then a user views a default list of 5 items in
each of the result groups in the Global Search result portlet.
Standard Choice values include:
{Set it to a number of rows you want to display in each group result list portlet. The default value is 10.}
| Standard Choices Reference | 236
DEFAULT_HOUSING_UNITS
Product
Civic Platform and Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice populates a default value in the Housing Units field. The Housing Units field appears
in various locations such as:
The Addtl Info tab for a record in Civic Platform
The Additional Information tab for a record in Mobile Office
The Record Information tab for an inspection in Mobile Office
The Standard Choices value includes:
{Enter a non-negative value as the default number of housing units.}
| Standard Choices Reference | 237
DEFAULT_NUMBER_BUILDINGS
Product
Civic Platform and Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice populates a default value in the Number of Buildings field. The Number of Buildings
field appears in various locations such as:
The Addtl Info tab for a record in Civic Platform
The Additional Information tab for a record in Mobile Office
The Record Information tab for an inspection in Mobile Office
The Standard Choices value includes:
{Enter a non-negative value as the default number of buildings.}
| Standard Choices Reference | 238
DEFAULT_JOB_VALUE
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access, and Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice populates a default Job Value amount in the Job Value field. The Job Value field
appears in various locations such as:
The Addtl Info tab for a record in Civic Platform
The Additional Information tab for a record in Mobile Office
The Record Information tab for an inspection in Mobile Office
The Standard Choices value includes:
{Enter a non-negative value as the default job value.}
| Standard Choices Reference | 239
DEFAULT_TEMPLATE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the default template fields in the three portlets under License Certifications.
The values define portlets. The Value Desc can be ASI group code.
Standard Choice values can include:
Continuing_Education
Education
Examination
Value Desc can include:
BARB_CA
BACKED
SECURITYGUARD
| Standard Choices Reference | 240
DEPARTMENT_PICKER_TYPE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines how the department options are available for users to select in a record
search or activity search. If the Standard Choice value is Tree, the department options display in a
hierarchy tree; if the Standard Choice value is Dropdown List, then the department options are accessible
from the drop-down list.
Standard Choice values can include:
Tree (Default)
Dropdown List
| Standard Choices Reference | 241
DEPOSIT_FOR
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
The Standard Choice values define the choices in the Deposit For drop-down list on the Transactions tab
of the Trust Account detail portlet.
Standard Choice values can include:
Residential BWR
Commercial BCD
Value Description:
Residential Building Work Request
Commercial Building Control Division
| Standard Choices Reference | 242
DISABLE_APO_TEMPLATE_DATA_VALIDATION
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
When you enable address, parcel, or owner validation in the application intake form, this Standard Choice
determines whether to validate address, parcel, or owner template data against default values.
Standard Choice values include:
ADDRESS
PARCEL
OWNER
By default, Civic Platform validates the template data according to the validation setting in the
SmartChoice. If you add ADDRESS/PARCEL/OWNER in the Standard Choice value, Civic Platform does
not validate the template data in the application intake form, even if you enable address/parcel/owner
validation.
| Standard Choices Reference | 243
DISABLE_CITY_STATE_DEFAULT
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice controls whether your agency applies the default City and State values in the
licensed professional search form. If the Standard Choice is active and the City/State are on the form, their
associated values remain blank by default. If the Standard Choice is not active and the City/State is not on
the search form, Civic Platform includes the City/State in the search criteria.
Standard Choice values can include:
PROFESSIONAL
Value Description:
Licensed Professional
| Standard Choices Reference | 244
DISABLE_EXPAND_RECORDSET
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice determines whether the query engine is on or off in the Address Search, Asset,
Asset Condition Assessment, Part Inventory, and Preventative Maintenance Schedule list portlets. When
the query engine is on, a search can return more than 100 records at a time.
Standard Choice values can include:
Yes. The query engine is off.
No. The query engine is on. The default value is No.
| Standard Choices Reference | 245
DISABLE_FEE_CALC_FACTOR_DROPDOWN_FOR_MODULES
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice value defines the modules for which Civic Platform hides the Fee Calc. Factor drop-
down list field. If a record belongs to one of the specified modules, the Fee tab of the record does not show
the Fee Calc. Factor drop-down list.
Standard Choice values can include:
{Each value must be one of the modules, spelled exactly as it appears in the module drop-down list in Civic
Platform.}
| Standard Choices Reference | 246
DISABLE_GIS_NEARBY_QUERY
Product
GIS
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice disables users to search for records, inspections, and asset condition assessments
within the map extent, within one or more selected GIS features, or near one or more selected GIS
features. Agency administrators also need to clear the Nearby Query check box through the GIS
Administration site so the Search Scope drop-down list is not available in the GIS Search panel. The drop-
down list contains the Within Map Extent, Within Selected Feature, and Near Selected Feature options.
For more information about the Nearby Query check box, see “Configuring Global Variable Settings” of the
Configuring Agency Settings chapter in the GIS Administrator Guide.
Standard Choice values can include:
Y
Yes
| Standard Choices Reference | 247
DISABLE_GIS_NEARBY_QUERY
Product
GIS
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice disables users to search for records, inspections, and asset condition assessments
within the map extent, within one or more selected GIS features, or near one or more selected GIS
features. Agency administrators also need to clear the Nearby Query check box through the GIS
Administration site so the Search Scope drop-down list is not available in the GIS Search panel. The drop-
down list contains the Within Map Extent, Within Selected Feature, and Near Selected Feature options.
For more information about the Nearby Query check box, see “Configuring Global Variable Settings” of the
Configuring Agency Settings chapter in the GIS Administrator Guide.
Standard Choice values can include:
Y
Yes
| Standard Choices Reference | 248
DISABLE_RECORDLIST_DEFAULT_MODULE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
The DISABLE_RECORDLIST_DEFAULT_MODULE Standard Choice enables agencies to bypass the
default module specified in Preferences and instead display all records from all modules by default.
Configure this Standard Choice according to your agency's needs, as follows:
Yes: Default module filter is disabled. Users can view all records from all modules by default.
No: Default module filter is enabled. Users can view only the records available in their default module, as
defined in Preferences.
| Standard Choices Reference | 249
DISABLE_SHOW_SCHEDULED_INSPECTION_DATE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice enables agencies to disable the display of the inspection date after a user schedules
an inspection. By default, the inspection date and time fields show the current date and time.
Standard Choice values are:
Yes The inspection date and time will be blank on the inspection detail page after a user schedules an
inspection.
No The inspection date and time will be show current date and time on the inspection detail page after a
user schedules an inspection (default).
| Standard Choices Reference | 250
DISABLED_AEDR_CHECK
Product
Civic Platform
Version
8.0.1.0.1
Type
System Switch
Description
This standard choice provides the ability to suppress the pop-up message that displays to indicate an
upgrade of the EDR client is required, which is the default behavior in Civic Platform.
Configure DISABLED_AEDR_CHECK as follows to prevent the "EDR Upgrade Required" pop-up window
from displaying.
Table 77: DISABLED_AEDR_CHECK Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Value Value Description Description
Yes Yes No Enter Yes to suppress the pop-up
message that displays to indicate an
upgrade of the EDR client is required.
The default value is No, which
informs Civic Platform to display the
pop-up message informing you that
you need to upgrade your EDR client.
| Standard Choices Reference | 251
DISPLAY_INSPECTION_COMMENT_IN_ACA
Product
Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines whether all the inspection comments are viewable by all users in Citizen
Access. Only when the Standard Choice Value is Yes, the settings in “Comment Display in ACA” and
“Display Comment in ACA” in every inspection do not work.
Standard Choice values are:
Yes. Yes displays all inspection comments to all users in Citizen Access, regardless of the settings in
“Comment Display in ACA” and “Display Comment in ACA” in every inspection.
No. Whether all inspection comments display or not based on the settings in “Comment Display in ACA”
and “Display Comment in ACA” in every inspection.
| Standard Choices Reference | 252
DISPLAY_RECORD_DOCUMENTS (INSPECTION)
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines whether to include inspection documents on the Documents tab of a record
or not.
Standard Choice values are:
Yes. Displays inspection documents on the Documents tab of a record (default).
No. Displays all documents except inspection documents on the Documents tab of a record.
| Standard Choices Reference | 253
DISPLAY_RECORD_DOCUMENTS_BY_TYPE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice enables users to filter documents by type, providing faster document loading,
improved performance when retrieving attached documents to records, and enhanced organization.
Standard Choice values are:
Yes The document list page in records enables users to filter documents by type, providing faster
document loading and enhanced organization.
No Users cannot filter document records by type (default).
| Standard Choices Reference | 254
DISPOSITION
Product
Civic Platform, Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
With this Standard Choice, you can define the value options in the Disposition drop-down list, which are
possible reasons for change in chain of custody.
Standard Choice values can include:
Released
Destroyed
Sent to Court
| Standard Choices Reference | 255
DOCUMENT_AUDIT_ACTION_TYPES
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the value options of the Action Type drop-down list on the Document Audit
Log.
Standard Choice values can include:
EDMS Review
Status Comments
| Standard Choices Reference | 256
DOCUMENT_CONDITION_TYPE_FILTER
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the document types that the Condition Document section in Citizen Access
requires public users to upload.
Before configuring this Standard Choice, you should define a condition type, and add conditions under the
condition type. Each condition represents a required document type, and must have the same name as the
document type. You can define more than one condition type, and group conditions (required document
types) by condition types.
Standard Choice values can include:
<A condition type> - Each condition type contains conditions that represent the required document types in
the Condition Document section.
For more information about Condition Document, see Citizen Access Administration Guide > Appendix:
Configuring the Condition Document Component.
| Standard Choices Reference | 257
DOCUMENT_REVIEW_STATUS (User-defined Name)
Product
Civic Platform
Type
Business Configuration - Document Review Status
Description
You can add one or more Standard Choices of the Business Configuration - Document Review Status
type, each with a unique Standard Choice name. The Standard Choice names are the document review
status group names.
To configure document review statuses in a document review status group, add Standard Choice Values in
the Standard Choice of the group. Each Standard Choice Value represents a document review status.
The value description of a Standard Choice Value (document review status) can be either empty (default)
or “Validation Required”. If you set a document review status as “Validation Required”, when users update
a document review task to the status, Civic Platform validates whether all the required checklist items
related with the task are complete (that is, their statuses must be of the Approved result type).
| Standard Choices Reference | 258
DOCUMENT_STATUS (User-defined Name)
Product
Civic Platform
Type
Business Configuration - Document Status
Description
This Standard Choice defines a document status group.
You can specify a unique document status group name in the Standard Choice name. Each document
status group can have several values, each value representing a document status. You can create multiple
document status groups for different types of documents, and associate the document status groups with
the corresponding document types.
| Standard Choices Reference | 259
E_CODES
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines an external URL as an Accela toolbar button in Adobe Acrobat X Pro. The
Standard Choice value specifies the button name, and the Value Desc specifies the URL address, for
example, a URL to a government site that publishes municipal laws and municipal regulations. Users can
click the toolbar button to open the external URL.
| Standard Choices Reference | 260
EDMS
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access, and Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the EDMS server configuration information. The Standard Choice value
specifies the EDMS system name. The Value Description contains all configuration parameters for the
EDMS system.
You can control the type and size of files uploaded to Civic Platform. This helps prevent malicious files
from being submitted by the public and gives you more control over your storage capabilities.
Note: When uploading a single file in Civic Platform, a 1000MB maximum file size is supported.
When uploading multiple files, 10 files may be uploaded in one batch. No single batch should
exceed 1000MB.
By default, EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX is 8 MB. However a best practice recommendation is to
increase this to 1000MB to enable uploading a wider variety of documents and to avoid file upload failures.
You can add ACA_EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX={number}MB to the Value Description to specify
the maximum file size for Citizen Access. EDMS_VENDOR, EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX and
ACA_EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX are applicable to all EDMS systems.
Table 78: EDMS Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Value Value Description
ADS For the Accela Document Service which is the built-in Accela EDMS Server
(EDMS_VENDOR=ADS) , the Value Description must include the following
parameters:
EDMS_VENDOR=ADS;
ADSSERVER_URL={ADS-server-url};
ADS_SERV_PROV_CODE={ADS-server-provider-code};
ADS_CLEARANCE_KEY={ADS-clearance-key-for-agency};
ADS_SECURITY_KEY={ADS-security-key-for-agency};
EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX={number}MB;
ACA_EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX={number}MB
Example:
EDMS_VENDOR=ADS;ADS_SERVER_URL=http://10.50.130.36/
DocumentService/index.cfm;
ADS_SERVER_SECURITY_KEY=BRIDGEVIEW1234;
ADS_SERV_PROV_CODE=ADS20;ADS_CLEARANCE_KEY=ZZVPNRUQDL49HJXUOE
H93GPU37JD1S;ADS_SECURITY_KEY=Z2BWZEIO9AB0YDR825VYH7GP9AG8HV;
EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX=1000MB;ACA_EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX=1000MB
ACCELA
(Accela Database Server)
For the Accela Database Server (EDMS_VENDOR=ACCELA) , the value
description must include the following parameters:
EDMS_VENDOR=ACCELA;
EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX={number}MB;
ACA_EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX=<{number}MB
Example:
EDMS_VENDOR=ACCELA;EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX=1000MB;
ACA_EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX=1000MB
| Standard Choices Reference | 261
Standard Choice Value Value Description
{3rd-Party-EDMS-Server} For a third-party EDMS adapter (EDMS_VENDOR=STANDARD) , the value
description must include the following parameters:
EDMS_VENDOR=STANDARD;
URL={your-EDMS-url};
EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX={number}MB;
ACA_EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX={number}MB;
IS_ENABLED_MTOM=TRUE
Example:
EDMS_VENDOR=STANDARD;URL=http://10.5.11.51:9080/
Document_5.3_Service/services/EDMS?
wsdl; EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX=1000MB;
ACA_EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX=1000MB
Note: EDMS_VENDOR=STANDARD indicates that Civic Platform
invokes a 3rd party Document Management System adapter. The
Standard Choice Value can be any string that indicates the name of the
3rd party Document Management System. For example, Documentum,
SharePoint, LaserFische.
Note: Civic Platform has supported template fields (ASI fields
and ASI table fields) on a document since the Civic Paltform
7.2.0 release. To enable all template field functionality such
as saving ASI fields to the EDMS during report generation,
include VERSION=7.2.0 in the value description. For
example: EDMS_VENDOR=STANDARD;URL=http://
slcimpl.accela.com:8888/portlets/
services/AccelaDocumentService;
EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX=1000MB;
ACA_EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX=1000MB;VERSION=7.2.0
Note: IS_ENABLED_MTOM=TRUE applies to Civic Platform
9.0.0 and later, and indicates that the standard document adapter
for a 3rd party EDMS adapter is MTOM-enabled. If you do not
include this parameter, the standard document adapter uses
the legacy Apache Axis 1.2 which does not support MTOM.
For example: EDMS_VENDOR=STANDARD;URL=http://
myserver.com:8080/StandardMTOMAdapter/
services/AccelaDocument?wsdl;
EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX=1000MB;VERSION=7.2.0;
IS_ENABLED_MTOM=TRUE
For more details about enabling MTOM with your custom EDMS adapter,
see the Civic Platform EDMS Web Service Guide > Enabling MTOM for
Improved Performance.
| Standard Choices Reference | 262
EDMS_FUNCTION (User-defined Name)
Product
Mobile Office
Type
Business Configuration - URL Links on AMO
Description
This Standard Choice defines the Electronic Document Management System (EDMS) functions that
users can perform against a document in Mobile Office, such as viewing the history of the document and
checking out the document from the EDMS. You can specify a unique name in the Standard Choice name.
See Figure 9: Standard Choice Example as an example.
Figure 9: Standard Choice Example
Standard Choice values can include:
{EDMS function name.}
The value defines the name of the EDMS function, which appears in the Actions drop-down menu next to
each downloaded or submitted document in Mobile Office.
Value Description:
EDMS=<Vendor Name>;URL=<URL of the target web service>$parameter$&$parameter$
The value description defines the source of the EDMS web service and the parameters whose values the
system captures in runtime and passed to the EDMS web service. Make sure that the EDMS vendor name
is exactly the same as one of the Standard Choice values you define in the Standard Choice EDMS. And
append any of these parameters surrounded by the "$" sign to the end of the URL. For a list of supported
parameters, see Table 79: Supported Parameters for EDMS Functions.
Table 79: Supported Parameters for EDMS Functions
Parameter Description
$DocumentId$ Document ID or File Key
$AltID$ Alternate Record ID
$UserID$ User ID
$UserFullName$ User’s full name
$SPCode$ Agency name
$Today$ Current date
$LanguageId$ Login language abbreviation, e.g., EN-US
| Standard Choices Reference | 263
EDUCATION_DEGREE
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
The Standard Choice defines the value options in the Education Degree drop-down list. Civic Platform
provides four values by default, Bachelor, Master, MBA, and PhD. You can change or modify these values
during configuration.
For example, if common degree requirements at your agency include a high school diploma, Masters of
Education (MEd), professional degrees (such as DDM or DDS for dentists), or JD for lawyers, you can add
these degrees to the list.
Standard Choice values can include:
Bachelor
Master
PhD
MBA
| Standard Choices Reference | 264
E-MAIL_PAYMENT_NOTICE_DISABLE
Product
Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
Citizen Access sends a receipt when a public user completes a record and the fee payment for the record.
It also sends an email with instructions for the next step in a workflow. If there is no more step in the
workflow, the email is blank and should therefore not be sent. This Standard Choice disables that email.
{Each value must be one of the modules, spelled exactly as it appears in the module drop-down list in Civic
Platform.}
| Standard Choices Reference | 265
EMSE_Settings
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
At the triggering of an event, the EMSE Message List window appears in the front of other windows so
that users can easily notice the event execution results. This Standard Choice enables administrators to
configure the length of period during which the window has the focus.
Table 80: EMSE_Settings Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Values Value Description Description
AUTO_FOCUS_DELAY Enter a numeric value in seconds. The value defines the length of period (in
seconds) during which the EMSE Message
List window has the focus after it appears.
After the period, the focus changes to the
Civic Platform page where the event is
triggered.
If the Standard Choice is undefined, the focus
stays with the EMSE Message List window
for 5 seconds before it goes to the previous
page.
| Standard Choices Reference | 266
ENABLE_ADD_MULTIPLE_CONDITIONS
Product
Civic Platform, Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
If this Standard Choice value is Yes, users can add multiple conditions to a record or other object in one
submit process.
Standard Choice values can include:
Yes. Users can add multiple conditions to a record in one submit process.
No. Users can add only one condition to a record in one submit process.
| Standard Choices Reference | 267
ENABLE_80_UI
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines whether agency users see the legacy V360 UI or the new UI globally or at
the module level.
If switching UI is configured, the Civic Platform back-office application displays a "Switch New UI" link at
the top right corner, which allows all agency users to switch between the legacy V360 and the new user
interface.
The following diagram shows the Switch New UI link at the top right corner of the Civic Platform
application, if ENABLE_80_UI is configured to allow UI switching:
The Switch New UI link opens the new UI:
| Standard Choices Reference | 268
The Standard Choices values include:
Standard Choice Value Value Description Description
YES Sets the new HTML user interface as the
default UI for all users, and enables the
Switch UI link to allow users to switch
between the HTML and V360 user
interfaces.
NO Sets the legacy V360 user interface as the
default UI for all users, and does not allow
users to switch between the HTML and
V360 user interfaces.
YES_V360 <module1>, <module2>, <moduleN>
Example:
Building, Licensing
Sets the legacy V360 user interface as the
UI for users in the specified modules.
To allow module users to switch to the new
UI, list the same module in YES_HTML.
Users belonging to a specific module
can only switch to the new UI if the same
module is also listed in the YES_HTML
value description.
YES_HTML <module1>, <module2>, <moduleN>
Example:
Building, Planning
Sets the latest HTML user interface as the
UI for users in the specified modules.
To allow module users to switch to
the V360 UI, list the same module in
YES_V360. Users belonging to a specific
module can only switch to the legacy V360
UI if the same module is also listed in the
YES_V360 value description.
Note: The YES_V360 and YES_HTML settings override the YES setting. That is, if you configure
all YES, YES_V360, and YES_HTML values, the YES setting will be ignored. Users who do not
belong to any of the listed modules for YES_V360 and YES_HTML will only see the legacy V360
UI.
| Standard Choices Reference | 269
ENABLE_AMO_ONLINE_REPORT
Product
Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice controls whether Mobile Office users can run online reports for inspections from the
Inspection list page, Inspection detail page, or the Job List page. Online reports refer to the reports that
administrators add in the Mobile Office Reports category in Report Manager. Mobile Office users run online
reports directly against the data in the Civic Platform database.
The Standard Choices values include:
Yes. Enables the Online Report button on the Inspection list page and Job List page, and the Create
Online Report button on the Inspection detail page.
No. Disables the Online Report and Create Online Report buttons.
If you change the Standard Choice setting, users must restart Mobile Office to make the change take
effect.
| Standard Choices Reference | 270
ENABLE_ANONYMOUS_REPORT
Product
Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice provides the ability to extend or limit report functionality to anonymous users in
Citizen Access.
The Standard Choices values include:
Y. Extends the functionality of running reports to anonymous users.
N. Only registered users have access to run reports.
| Standard Choices Reference | 271
ENABLE_AUTO_POPULATE_PARCEL_OWNER
Product
Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
With this Standard Choice, you can enable Citizen Access to automatically populate the parcel owner
information in the application intake form and the renewal form.
Standard Choice values can include:
Yes
| Standard Choices Reference | 272
ENABLE_CAP_TYPE_ALIAS
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access, and Accela Wireless
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice allows users to view record type alias names instead of viewing the standard four-
level record type of group, type, subtype, and category.
After enabling this Standard Choice, administrators must also edit the application categories for which they
want to display an alias and assign the aliases they want to use.
To display alias names for Citizen Access users, select the “Enable for ACA - Enable Application” option
on the Application Category - Edit page.
Standard Choice values can include:
Yes. The Application Type Alias column name displays. If the Application Type Alias column does not
display after setting the Standard Choice, check that you added the field to the portlet with the Form Portlet
Designer tool.
No. The Application Type Alias column name does not display.
| Standard Choices Reference | 273
ENABLE_CONDITION_RESOLVED_DATE
Product
Civic Platform, Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice changes the behavior of the status date in conditions and conditions of approval.
When you configure this Standard Choice, Civic Platform only updates the status date when you satisfy the
conditions or conditions of approval.
Standard Choice values can include:
Yes. Save Applied conditions (including conditions of approval) without a status date. When users click
Override Met Status and Mark condition As Pending actions on conditions of approval, the system clears
the condition status date. If the condition status type is Not Applied, the field value always defaults to the
date of the last status change, unless users specify a different date.
No. The field value always defaults to the date of the last status change, unless users specify a different
date or remove the date from the field.
When users edit the condition status:
In Civic Platform, you can create an expression to clear the status date field when users set the
condition status to applied.
Mobile Office can clear the status date (resolved date) when users edit the condition status to Applied.
| Standard Choices Reference | 274
ENABLE_CONTACT_ADDRESS
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access, and Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice controls the contact address feature.
Standard Choice values can include:
Yes. The Contact Address tab displays in the reference contact portlet, so users can manage contact
addresses for reference contacts and records.
No. The Contact Address tab does not display in the reference contact portlet, and users cannot view or
add contact addresses.
| Standard Choices Reference | 275
ENABLE_CONTACT_ADDRESS_VALIDATION
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access, and Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice controls whether you can require users to validate a new contact address against
the external address source that you specify. You can configure the validation settings in the Standard
Choice CONTACT_ADDRESS_TYPE.
Standard Choice values can include:
Yes. In Civic Platform, users can click the Validate button in the Contact Address section or Contact
Address tab page to validate a contact address. In Citizen Access or Mobile Office, when users save an
address to the Contact Address section, an Matching Address Result form displays with the validation
address.
No. There is no validation for new contact addresses.
| Standard Choices Reference | 276
ENABLE_CONTACT_TYPE_FILTERING_BY_MODULE
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access, and Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice enables or disables the limit on using specific contact types by module. You can use
it with Standard Choice ENABLE_CONTACT_TYPE_SECURITY to control how Civic Platform, Citizen
Access, and Mobile Office determine user access to record contacts by type. For more information, see
Table 81: Access Determination for Record Contacts by Type.
Note:
Before the 7.2.0 release, you could limit the use of specific contact types by module in Citizen Access only.
From 7.2.0 forward, you can set module-based limits on contact types either in this Standard Choice or in
Citizen Access, and the setting takes effect in Civic Platform, Citizen Access, and Mobile Office. If it is the
first time you add this Standard Choice, Civic Platform and Mobile Office can enforce the module-based
limits previously set in Citizen Access.
When you set the Standard Choice to No, the module-based limits do not take effect in any of the products.
When you do not add or you disable the Standard Choice, the module-based limits take effect in Citizen
Access only.
Table 81: Access Determination for Record Contacts by Type
ENABLE_CONTACT_
TYPE_FILTERING_
BY_MODULE
Value
Module
List in
Contact
Type
Setting
Portlet
ENABLE_
CONTACT_
TYPE_
SECURITY
Value
Assign
Contact
Type
Security
To
User Access
Yes User,
Group,
Module
(Highest
priority first)
In Civic Platform and Mobile Office, if you
assign specific security levels to certain
users, those users have specified access to
the contact type from within the module while
the other users have full access.
In Citizen Access, the contact type is
available to all users in the module unless
you further define contact type security in the
page flow.
Added
module
No N/A In Civic Platform and Mobile Office, all users
have full access to the contact type from
within the module.In Citizen Access, the
contact type is available to all users in the
module unless you further define contact type
security in the page flow.
Yes
Not-yet-
added
module
N/A N/A In Civic Platform and Mobile Office, all users
can view the existing contacts of the contact
type and can change the contact type to a
valid one from within the module, but cannot
create new contacts of that type. In Citizen
Access, the contact type is not available in
the module.
No Added
module Yes User,
Group,
Module
In Civic Platform and Mobile Office, if you
assign specific security levels to certain
users, those users have specified access to
| Standard Choices Reference | 277
ENABLE_CONTACT_
TYPE_FILTERING_
BY_MODULE
Value
Module
List in
Contact
Type
Setting
Portlet
ENABLE_
CONTACT_
TYPE_
SECURITY
Value
Assign
Contact
Type
Security
To
User Access
(Highest
priority first) the contact type from within the module while
the other users have full access.
In Citizen Access, the contact type is
available to all users in the module unless
you further define contact type security in the
page flow.
No N/A In Civic Platform and Mobile Office, all users
have full access to the contact type from
within the module.In Citizen Access, the
contact type is available to all users in the
module unless you further define contact type
security in the page flow.
Not-yet-
added
module
N/A N/A In Civic Platform and Mobile Office, all users
have full access to the contact type from
within the module.In Citizen Access, the
contact type is available to all users in the
module unless you further define contact type
security in the page flow.
| Standard Choices Reference | 278
ENABLE_CONTACT_TYPE_SECURITY
Product
Civic Platform, Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice controls whether Civic Platform and Mobile Office enforce contact type security
on record contacts and reference contacts. ENABLE_CONTACT_TYPE_FILTERING_BY_MODULE
can also affect the user access to certain contact types in record contacts. See
ENABLE_CONTACT_TYPE_FILTERING_BY_MODULE for more information.
Standard Choice values can include:
Yes. Civic Platform and Mobile Office enforce the security that you have defined in the Contact Type
Setting portlet.
No. Civic Platform and Mobile Office do not enforce any contact type security, regardless of whether you
have defined it or not.
| Standard Choices Reference | 279
ENABLE_DISPLAY_ISLAMIC_CALENDAR
Product
Civic Platform, GIS
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice controls whether to support HRIJI (Islamic) dates and HRIJI (Islamic) calendar date
picker.
Table 82: ENABLE_DISPLAY_ISLAMIC_CALENDAR Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Values Value Description
Yes The following date fields display dates in Islamic calendar format, and
provide the HRIJI (Islamic) calendar date picker for users to pick a
HRIJI (Islamic) date.
The Opened Date and Closed Date fields that displays when
users select to search by records in the GIS map;
All the date fields in the ASI or ASI table sections in Civic Platform
and Citizen Access.
The following date fields display dates in Islamic calendar format.
The Opened Date and Closed Date fields in the Show Accela
Record List window that displays when users perform the Show
Accela Record command in the GIS map.
ENABLE_DISPLAY_
ISLAMIC_CALENDAR
No (or
undefined) All the date fields display in standard date format and provide a
standard calendar date picker.
| Standard Choices Reference | 280
ENABLE_EMSE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
Standard Choice values include:
Yes
No
| Standard Choices Reference | 281
ENABLE_EMAIL_NOTIFICATION_PROMPT
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice determines whether a user can choose an email template for meeting invites, and
also controls whether email notification pop-up window displays.
Standard Choice values include:
Yes
No
| Standard Choices Reference | 282
ENABLE_EXPIRED_LICENSE
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice with Standard Choice value ENABLE_EXPIRED turns on expired license
functionality and insurance notification functionality. The other Standard Choice values control whether
to email a license expiration notification, business license expiration notification, or insurance expiration
notification by email in Civic Platform or at login in Citizen Access.
Standard Choice values include:
ENABLE_EXPIRED
ENABLE_NOTIFY_LICENSE_EXPIRED_BY_EMAIL
ENABLE_NOTIFY_LICENSE_EXPIRED_AT_LOGIN
ENABLE_NOTIFY_BUSINESS_LICENSE_EXPIRED_BY_EMAIL
ENABLE_NOTIFY_BUSINESS_LICENSE_EXPIRED_AT_LOGIN
ENABLE_NOTIFY_INSURANCE_EXPIRED_BY_EMAIL
ENABLE_NOTIFY_INSURANCE_EXPIRED_AT_LOGIN
Value Description:
Yes. Enables the notification.
No. No disables the notification.
| Standard Choices Reference | 283
ENABLE_EXPRESSION_AND_SCRIPT_CACHE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice controls whether Civic Platform caches EMSE scripts and expressions for
performance enhancement.
Standard Choice Values:
YES
Civic Platform caches all the existing events, scripts, master scripts, and expressions. The cache list portlet
(URL: https://<web_server_ip>:<web_server_port>/ portlets/cache/cacheList.do) provides the following
cache-clearing options for you to manually clear the cache: Expression Builder, Events, Scripts, and
Master Scripts.
NO
Civic Platform does not cache the existing events, scripts, master scripts, nor expressions. Every time
users run an event, script, or expression, Civic Platform uses the most updated version.
Value Desc: This system switch-type standard choice does not require a value description; leave the
Value Desc field blank.
| Standard Choices Reference | 284
ENABLE_MERCHANT_ACCOUNT_BY_MODULE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
Use this Standard Choice to allow an agency to enable payment transactions in Civic Platform and Citizen
Access to use merchant accounts at the module level. By default, this feature is disabled; that is, payment
transactions can use only merchant accounts at the agency level.
Table 83: ENABLE_MERCHANT_ACCOUNT_BY_MODULE Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Values Value Description Description
Yes - Enables the usage of module merchant accounts. If
ENABLE_MERCHANT_ACCOUNT_BY_MODULE is set to Yes:
If the ALLOW_CROSS_AGENCY_RECORDS_IN_CART
value is added to the standard choice item ACA_CONFIGS
and set to "Yes", cross-agency records in a shopping cart
are processed per module.
If the ALLOW_CROSS_AGENCY_RECORDS_IN_CART
value is added to the standard choice item ACA_CONFIGS
and set to "No", only records from one agency will be
allowed in the shopping cart. If a merchant account for a
particular module has not been assigned, the agency-level
merchant account is used.
If the existing PAYMENT_TRANSACTION_SETTING for
the current agency the user is logged into is set to 0 (zero),
the payment transactions are grouped and processed per
agency and module.
No - Disables the usage of module-level merchant accounts; the
default behavior uses merchant accounts at the agency level.
This is the default.
| Standard Choices Reference | 285
ENABLE_MULTIPLE_CONDITION_GROUP_FOR_TYPE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice determines whether you can associate multiple condition groups with the same
condition type.
Standard Choice values can include:
Yes
No
| Standard Choices Reference | 286
ENABLE_ORIGINAL_VALUATION_CALCULATOR
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
If you set this Standard Choice to Yes, users can recalculate a fee based on the original valuation
calculator after the update of the valuation calculator.
Standard Choice values can include:
Yes
No
| Standard Choices Reference | 287
ENABLE_PARCEL_ENDORSEMENT
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
Set this Standard Choice to Yes to see the following behavior:
When a user deletes a GIS object from the application intake form or from the GIS tab on the record
detail portlet, Civic Platform removes parcels associated with the object.
When a user adds a new GIS object from the GIS tab of the record detail portlet and there is an
existing GIS object, the new object does not replace the existing object. Prior to this enhancement, if
MULTIPLE_APO_GIS_SELECTION was set to No, the new object replaced the existing object for the
same scenario.
When a user deletes a parcel, either directly or by virtue of its association with a deleted address or
owner, Civic Platform also removes GIS objects associated with the parcel.
| Standard Choices Reference | 288
ENABLE_PAYMENT_ENDORSEMENT
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
You can set this Standard Choice value to Yes to display the Print Application Endorsement button on the
receipt summary of a record (Record > Payment tab > Check receipt number > receipt summary).
| Standard Choices Reference | 289
ENABLE_PERMITS_PLUS_SEARCH
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice allows users of both the ‘PERMITS’ Plus permitting system and Civic Platform to
search for records from both systems in Civic Platform and to associate ‘PERMITS’ Plus records to Civic
Platform records.
Table 84: ENABLE_PERMITS_PLUS_SEARCH Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Value Value Desc Description
ENABLE Yes, No This value controls whether to enable
‘PERMITS’ Plus search in Civic Platform.
PP_WEB_SERVICE_URL The ‘PERMITS’ Plus
web service URL. For
example: http://206.80.21.46/
permplusservice/
permplusservice.asmx
This value defines the ‘PERMIT’ Plus web
service URL from which to search for records.
| Standard Choices Reference | 290
ENABLE_SELECT_ADDRESS_OWNER_AFTER_PARCEL
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the way users attach address and owner objects to a record.
Standard Choice values can include:
Yes. Provides a message after parcel selection.
No. Attaches without a message.
| Standard Choices Reference | 291
ENABLE_SELECT_PARCEL_OWNER_AFTER_ADDRESS
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the way users attach parcel objects and owner objects to a record.
Standard Choice values can include:
Yes. Provides a message after address selection.
No. Attaches without message.
| Standard Choices Reference | 292
ENABLE_THE_DISPLAY_OF_SECURITY_ANSWER
Product
Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines whether to display the answers to security questions as text or dots in the
Public User administration portlet.
Standard Choice values can include:
Yes. The password request answers in each public user account display in plain text.
No. The password request answers in each public user account display in dots, so agency staff cannot
view the answers.
| Standard Choices Reference | 293
ENFORCEMENT DEFENDANT EYE COLOR
Product
Civic Platform, Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
Specific to the Code Enforcement module, this Standard Choice enables you to define the value options for
the drop-down list of the defendant eye color.
| Standard Choices Reference | 294
ENFORCEMENT DEFENDANT HAIR COLOR
Product
Civic Platform, Mobile Office
Description
Specific to the Code Enforcement module, this Standard Choice enables you to define the value options for
the drop-down list of the defendant hair color.
| Standard Choices Reference | 295
EPaymentAdapter
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice specifies which ePayment adapters Civic Platform and Citizen Access use
respectively.
ACAAdapterType defines the ePayment adapter for Citizen Access, and AdapterType defines the
ePayment adapter for Civic Platform.
Table 85: EPaymentAdapter Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Values Value Description Description
ACAAdapterType The adapter name, which must
be identical to the LEVEL_DATA
value in the XPOLICY table of the
adapter. Example: CivicPay_Test
Specifies which ePayment adapters are
available for Citizens to use in Citizen
Access.
AdapterType The adapter name, which must
be identical to the LEVEL_DATA
value in the XPOLICY table of the
adapter. Example: PayPal43_Test
Specifies which ePayment adapters are
available in Civic Platform.
| Standard Choices Reference | 296
EVENT_ACTION
Product
Civic Platform
Description
You can use this Standard Choice to identify all possible event actions for the event manager and the
script engine. The Standard Choice values you create populate the Action list in the script.
Each Standard Choice value must also have a corresponding Standard Choice.
For example, you can create a GIS proximity alert that checks whether night club applications are
within 3000 feet of a church or school. In such a case, you might create an event action value named
NIGHTCLUBCHECK, you must also create a new Standard Choice named NIGHTCLUBCHECK. The
values for the NIGHTCLUBCHECK Standard Choice include the Distance and a description of 3000 feet.
Standard Choice values can include:
{Actions that you want to include for the event manager and the script engine.}
Value Desc provides the name of the javascript file that you add to the directory named “\eventmanager
\javascript\”.
{For example, /eventmanager/javascript/NIGHTCLUBCHECK.js.}
| Standard Choices Reference | 297
EVIDENCE_DISPOSITION
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice populates the values in the Reasons drop-down list related to the chain of custody
for the evidence.
Standard Choice values can include:
Released
Destroyed
Sent to Court
| Standard Choices Reference | 298
EVIDENCE_LOCATION
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the value options for the Evidence Location drop-down list in the evidence
form (new/edit).
Standard Choice values can include:
Evidence Room 1
Evidence Room 2
Evidence Room 3
| Standard Choices Reference | 299
EVIDENCE_TYPE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the value options for the Evidence Type drop-down list in the evidence form
(new/edit).
Standard Choice values can include:
Firearms
Illicit Substances
Other
| Standard Choices Reference | 300
EVIDENCE_UNITS_MEASURE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the value options for the Evidence Unit of Measure drop-down list in the
evidence form (new/edit).
Standard Choice values can include:
Ounces
Pounds
Inches
Feet
| Standard Choices Reference | 301
EXAM_CSV_FORMAT
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
With this Standard Choice, you can define the column titles to use in the CSV examination upload file.
Table 86: EXAM_CSV_FORMAT Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Value Value Description Description
AGENCY Provide the column title. For
example, COLUMN=Agency. This value defines the column title for
AGENCY in the CSV file.
Note:
Education providers can upload
exam scores for the applications
that belong to a sub-agency from
the main agency’s Citizen Access
site. Administrators must configure
this Standard Choice value so the
agency code column in a score CSV
file can correctly show the name for
the agency that each application
belongs to. If you do not properly
enable or configure the Standard
Choice value, the agency code
column always displays the name
of the main agency. In a multiple-
agency administration, you can only
add this Standard Choice value for
the main agency.
ALTID Provide the column title. For
example, COLUMN=ALTID. This value defines the column title for ALTID
in the CSV file.
DATE Provide the column
title. For example,
COLUMN=Date;TYPE=Date;
FORMAT=MM/dd/yyyy.
This value defines the column title, type and
format for DATE in the CSV file.
EXAM_NAME Provide the column title. For
example, COLUMN=Examination
Name.
This value defines the column title for
EXAM_NAME in the CSV file.
GRADING_STYLE Provide the column title. For
example, COLUMN=Grading
Style;TYPE=Enum;
FORMAT=none|passfail|score|
percentage.
This value defines the column title, type and
format for GRADING_STYLE in the CSV file.
PASSING_SCORE Provide the column title. For
example, COLUMN=Passing
Score.
This value defines the column title for
PASSING_SCORE in the CSV file.
PROVIDER_NAME Provide the column title. For
example, COLUMN=Provider
Name.
This value defines the column title for
PROVIDER_NAME in the CSV file.
PROVIDER_NBR Provide the column title. For
example, COLUMN=Provider
Number.
This value defines the column title for
PROVIDER_NBR in the CSV file.
| Standard Choices Reference | 302
Standard Choice Value Value Description Description
SCORE Provide the column title. For
example, COLUMN=Score. This value defines the column title for SCORE
in the CSV file.
| Standard Choices Reference | 303
EXAMINATION_WORKFLOW_TASK_STATUS
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice stores the examination workflow configuration in the license settings portlet.
Note:
Do not modify this Standard Choice.
| Standard Choices Reference | 304
EXPIRATION_INTERVAL_UNITS
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the value options for the drop-down list of license expiration intervals.
Standard Choice values can include:
Days
Months
Years
| Standard Choices Reference | 305
EXPIRATIONDATE_DISPLAY_FLAG
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice allows you to control the display of the expiration date field on the credit card
payment review screen.
Standard Choice values can include:
Yes. The expiration date displays on the payment review screen.
No. The credit card expiration date does not display on the payment review screen.
| Standard Choices Reference | 306
EXPORT_MAX_RECORDS
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice determines how many records you can export in CSV (Comma Separated Value)
format.
By default, agency users can export up to 1000 records. If you want to give agency users the option to
export more than 1000 records, configure this Standard Choice with an export maximum value greater than
1000.
| Standard Choices Reference | 307
EXTERNAL_ADDRESS_SOURCE
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access, Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the external address source. Agencies can use existing APO repository
information and maintain just one APO repository for all their needs.
Table 87: EXTERNAL_ADDRESS_SOURCE Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Value Value Desc Description
SOURCE_URL
(Required for Silverlight GIS)
http:// <host>/<agissl>/
<xapo.asmx?wsdl> The external APO source URL. For example,
https://agency.com/agissl/xapo.asmx?WSDL
SOURCE_REST_API_URL
(Required for JavaScript GIS)
http://<host>/<agis> The source URL for the Civic Platform GIS
(JavaScript version) REST API
SOURCE_LOCATION Internal
External (Required for XAPO data
source)
Indicates whether data source is Internal or
External. Internal indicates that Civic Platform
uses the current Civic Platform reference
APO as the source. External indicates an
XAPO data source. Default is Internal.
CAN_CONTAIN_ OWNERS Yes
No
This value specifies whether the owner
information associated with the selected
address can populate within the application.
If you set the value description to Yes, the
Owner tab of the reference Address detail
portlet can list all the owners related to the
address.
If you set the value description fields
for CAN_CONTAIN_OWNERS and
CAN_CONTAIN_PARCELS to Yes and you
enable FID 8232 Get Parcel And Owner,
Civic Platform exposes the Get Parcel &
Owner button on the Address section of the
application intake form.
CAN_CONTAIN_ PARCELS Yes
No
This value specifies whether the parcel
information associated with the selected
address can populate within the application.
If you set the value description to Yes, the
Parcel tab of the reference Address detail
portlet can list all the parcels related to the
address.
SOURCE_ATTRIBUTES_
MAPPING_ENABLE Yes
No
This value specifies whether the external
APO data source handles the mapping
between the address template attributes and
the GIS map layer fields. When Civic Platform
uses GIS as its external APO data source
and each APO template attribute is mapped
to a GIS map layer field, users can search for
external APO data by template attribute.
SOURCE_AUTH_PWD Enter the web service
authentication user password. This is the user password for accessing the
web service.
| Standard Choices Reference | 308
Standard Choice Value Value Desc Description
SOURCE_AUTH_USER The web service authentication
user name. This is the user name for accessing the web
service.
SOURCE_ID A unique ID. This value identifies the source in the code.
SOURCE_MAP_SERVICE_ID Map Service ID. This value specifies the map service from
which you want to retrieve geocoded
addresses as external addresses.
SOURCE_METHOD Web service The APO source method to connect to the
external source. Civic Platform only supports
web service.
SOURCE_NAME Enter the source name. The name of the external source.
WEB_SERVICE_
SSL_SUPPORTED Yes (default)
No
True
False
This value defines whether the web service
needs SSL data transfer.
IS_XML_DATA Yes
No (default)
Specifies whether to use the XML data
source.
XAPO_CLIENT_VERSION 7.2.3 7.2.3 stands for Civic Platform Version 7.2.0
Feature Pack 3. In 7.2.0 Feature Pack 3,
Civic Platform added 5 address fields: House
# Alpha (start), House # Alpha (end), Level
Prefix, Level # (start), and Level # (end).
You must define this Standard Choice value
so users can search for addresses by the 5
address fields in the external APO source.
| Standard Choices Reference | 309
EXTERNAL_CONTACT_ADDRESS_SOURCE_[SOURCE NAME]
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access, Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice determines the external validation source for contact addresses. You can configure
multiple sources, and specify the name of each source in the [SOURCE_NAME] portion.
You can define the Standard Choices in the same way as for the Standard Choice
EXTERNAL_ADDRESS_SOURCE. See Table 87: EXTERNAL_ADDRESS_SOURCE Standard Choice
Values for the Standard Choice values and description.
| Standard Choices Reference | 310
EXTERNAL_DOC_REVIEW
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice is used for connectivity and authentication of the third party plan review tool. It also
enables the mapping portlet for the named plan review tool. See Mapping Data for Third Party Document
Review in the Civic Platform Administration Guide for more information.
Before proceeding with standard choice configuration, make sure you designate an API account for the
third party application. This account will be dedicated for API calls. Make note of the account name/
password, and the web application URL so you can use them when configuring this standard choice.
Standard Choices Value Value Description
ACCOUNT user name=<enter account name for API account
you created>;
password=<enter password for API account you
created>
PRODUCT <product name> (e.g., EPC)
WEB_SERVICE_URL <web service url for API account you created>
| Standard Choices Reference | 311
EXTERNAL_OWNER_SOURCE
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access, Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the external owner source. Agencies can use existing external APO
repository information and maintain just one APO repository for all its needs.
Table 88: EXTERNAL_OWNER_SOURCE Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Value Value Desc Description
SOURCE_URL
(Required for Silverlight GIS)
http:// <host>/<agissl>/
<xapo.asmx?wsdl> The external APO source URL. For example,
https://agency.com/agissl/xapo.asmx?WSDL
SOURCE_REST_API_URL
(Required for JavaScript GIS)
http://<host>/<agis> The source URL for the Civic Platform GIS
(JavaScript version) REST API
SOURCE_LOCATION Internal
External (Required for XAPO data
source)
Indicates whether data source is Internal or
External. Internal indicates that Civic Platform
uses the current Civic Platform reference
APO as the source. External indicates an
XAPO data source. Default is Internal.
SOURCE_ATTRIBUTES_
MAPPING_ENABLE Yes
No
This value specifies whether the external
APO data source handles the mapping
between the owner template attributes and
the GIS map layer fields. When Civic Platform
uses GIS as its external APO data source
and each APO template attribute is mapped
to a GIS map layer field, users can search for
external APO data by template attribute.
SOURCE_AUTH_PWD Enter the web service
authentication user password. This is the user password for accessing the
web service.
SOURCE_AUTH_USER The web service authentication
user name. This is the user name for accessing the web
service.
SOURCE_ID A unique ID. This value identifies the source in the code.
SOURCE_METHOD Web service The APO source method to connect to the
external source. Civic Platform only supports
web service.
SOURCE_NAME Enter the source name. The name of the external source.
WEB_SERVICE_
SSL_SUPPORTED Yes (default)
No
True
False
This value defines whether the web service
needs SSL data transfer.
IS_XML_DATA Yes
No (default)
Specifies whether to use the XML data
source.
| Standard Choices Reference | 312
EXTERNAL_PARCEL_SOURCE
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access, Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the external parcel source. Agencies can use existing external APO
repository information and maintain just one APO repository for all its needs.
Table 89: EXTERNAL_PARCEL_SOURCE Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Value Value Desc Description
SOURCE_URL
(Required for Silverlight GIS)
http:// <host>/<agissl>/
<xapo.asmx?wsdl> The external APO source URL. For example,
https://agency.com/agissl/xapo.asmx?WSDL
SOURCE_REST_API_URL
(Required for JavaScript GIS)
http://<host>/<agis> The source URL for the Civic Platform GIS
(JavaScript version) REST API
SOURCE_LOCATION Internal
External (Required for XAPO data
source)
Indicates whether data source is Internal or
External. Internal indicates that Civic Platform
uses the current Civic Platform reference
APO as the source. External indicates an
XAPO data source. Default is Internal.
CAN_CONTAIN_ ADDRESSES Yes
No
This value specifies whether the address
information associated with the selected
parcel can populate within the application.
If you set the value description to Yes, then
the Address tab of the reference Parcel detail
portlet lists all the addresses related to the
parcel.
If you set the value description fields
for CAN_CONTAIN_ADDRESSES and
CAN_CONTAIN_OWNERS to Yes and
enable FID 8234 Get Address And Owner,
Civic Platform exposes the Get Address &
Owner button on the Parcel section of the
application intake form.
CAN_CONTAIN_ OWNERS Yes
No
This value specifies whether the owner
information associated with the selected
parcel can populate within the application.
If you set the value description to Yes, then
the Owner tab of the reference Parcel detail
portlet lists all the owners related to the
parcel.
SOURCE_ATTRIBUTES_
MAPPING_ENABLE Yes
No
This value specifies whether the external
APO data source handles the mapping
between the parcel template attributes and
the GIS map layer fields. When Civic Platform
uses GIS as its external APO data source
and each APO template attribute is mapped
to a GIS map layer field, users can search for
external APO data by template attribute.
SOURCE_AUTH_PWD Enter the web service
authentication user password. This is the user password for accessing the
web service.
| Standard Choices Reference | 313
Standard Choice Value Value Desc Description
SOURCE_AUTH_USER The web service authentication
user name. This is the user name for accessing the web
service.
SOURCE_ID A unique ID. This value identifies the source in the code.
SOURCE_METHOD Web service The APO source method to connect to the
external source. Civic Platform only supports
web service.
SOURCE_NAME Enter the source name. The name of the external source.
WEB_SERVICE_
SSL_SUPPORTED Yes, No, True, False
Default: Yes
This value defines whether the web service
needs SSL data transfer.
IS_XML_DATA Yes, No
Default: No
Specifies whether to use the XML data
source.
You can configure a GIS map layer as external parcel source. Civic Platform can retrieve GIS objects from
the map layer as external parcels for users to view or attach to records.
Table 90: Standard Choice Values for GIS Map Layer
Standard Choice Value Value Desc Description
AUTO_LINK_TO_ GIS_OBJECT Yes This value “Yes” defines GIS as the external
source.
SOURCE_MAP_SERVICE_ID Map Service ID This value sets the map service that contains
the target layer from which you want to
retrieve GIS objects as external parcels.
SOURCE_MAP_LAYER_ID Map Layer ID This value sets the map layer from which
you want to retrieve GIS objects as external
parcels.
| Standard Choices Reference | 314
EXTERNAL_PROVIDER_ADAPTER
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice stores the agency customized external provider adapter web service URL.
Standard Choice values can include:
{External exam provider API website. For example, api.exambuilder.com}
Value Desc:
{External exam provider adapter web service URL. For example, ${av.biz.url}/education/ExamBuilder?
wsdl.}
| Standard Choices Reference | 315
EXTERNAL_REVIEWERS
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice is used for the third party plan review tool. If you have plan reviewers who are not
Civic Platform users, configure this standard choice.
1. Before proceeding, ensure that each reviewer has a Citizen Access account.
2. Ensure that the email address used for the reviewer’s Citizen Access account is the same as the email
address used in the reviewer’s third party review tool profile.
3. Note the exact name and email address from the Citizen Access account.
4. Configure the standard choice EXTERNAL_REVIEWERS using the information from step 3.
Standard Choices Value Value Description
<enter user email> <enter user name>
You can find reviewer names added via this standard choice in the list of staff available for task
assignment in Civic Platform. External reviewers are listed in the External Users category.
| Standard Choices Reference | 316
FEE_QUANTITY_ACCURACY
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access, Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the maximum number of digits allowed in the decimal portion of the Quantity.
You can set the Standard Choice Value to a number between 2 and 10. For example, if the Standard
Choice Value is 10, the maximum number of digits allowed in the decimal portion is 10.
If this Standard Choice is undefined, the Quantity field has 2 decimals.
Note:
The maximum number of total digits allowed in the Quantity field is 14 for positive integers, or 16 for other
values.
| Standard Choices Reference | 317
FILE_UPLOAD_BEHAVIOR
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice configures the file upload behavior for attaching documents to a record.
Table 91: FILE_UPLOAD_BEHAVIOR Standard Choice Values
Value Applicable Product Description
Basic {Default} Civic Platform Citizen
Access This mode requires users to install Silverlight runtime on their
computers for file uploading. If you activate this mode, the
Windows Open dialog opens for users to select one or multiple files
from a single folder to upload files to a record. For illustration, see
Figure 10: Upload Files in Basic Mode.
Advanced Civic Platform Citizen
Access This mode requires users to install Silverlight runtime on their
computers. If you activate this mode, a Batch Upload or File
Upload window opens for users to select files from one or more
folders, and then upload the selected files to a record. For
illustration, see Figure 11: Upload Files in Advanced Mode.
Html5 Citizen Access In this mode, users need not install Silverlight runtime for file
uploading in Citizen Access, and the upload behavior is the same
as in the Basic mode.
Note:
Citizen Access applies the Html5 mode if you activate
the Html5 mode, no matter whether you activate another
mode (Basic/Advanced) or not.
Note:
If you enable section 508 accessibility mode in Civic Platform and Citizen Access, the file upload behavior is
always Basic regardless of the Standard Choice configuration.
When a contract inspector or self-certified inspector uploads inspection results in Citizen Access, the file
upload behavior can only be Advanced or Html5. The Html5 mode provides the File Upload window which is
similar to the one provided in the Advanced mode but has minor UI differences.
| Standard Choices Reference | 318
Figure 10: Upload Files in Basic Mode
Figure 11: Upload Files in Advanced Mode
| Standard Choices Reference | 319
FIND APP DATE RANGE
Product
Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines a default date range when public users search for permits.
The Standard Choices value can be a numeric value that represents the number of days between the
search start date and the end date (the current date). For example, enter 365 if you want the default date
range to be 1 year before today's date.
Note: The Set Null default value setting of the date field on a search form overrides the FIND APP
DATE RANGE standard choice setting. For example, if Set Null is enabled for the Opened Date
field on the Search Form Portlet Designer, and the FIND APP DATE RANGE standard choice value
is set to 120 days, the Opened Date field on the form will be set to null.
| Standard Choices Reference | 320
FIND_TIME_ACCOUNTING_LOGGED_DATE_RANGE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice configures the default Logged From date in the time accounting search portlet. The
default Logged To date is the current date.
Standard Choice value can include:
{A historical date}. Please use your best judgment to define a date for users to get a realistic set of search
results.
{A number}. Civic Platform subtracts the defined number of days from the current date to get the default
Logged From date.
If the Standard Choice is undefined, the default Logged From Date is one week before the current date
(the default Logged To date).
| Standard Choices Reference | 321
FISCAL_YEAR_START
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice specifies that the sequence number generator uses the fiscal year instead of
calendar year to generate numbering.
Standard Choice value is:
MONTH
Value Description:
{The number for the value MONTH. For example, if the Value Desc is 7 then July is the start of the fiscal
year.}
| Standard Choices Reference | 322
FOOD_FACILITY_INSPECTION
Product
Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice controls the food facility search functionality in Citizen Access.
Table 92: FOOD_FACILITY_INSPECTION Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Values Value Desc Description
RELATED_LICENSE_ TYPES Enter the license types in the
value description, separated with a
comma.
Identifies the license types used for the food
facility
PREVIOUS_INSPECTION_
DISPLAY_TOTAL_ NUMBER Enter a number. Sets the number of most recent inspections
allowed for display in the Food Facility Details
page.
PREVIOUS_INSPECTION_
DISPLAY_LAST_DAYS Enter a number. Sets a number of days counted backwards
from the current date, excluding the dates on
which no inspection is given result.
Citizen Access displays the inspections
that have results on any one of the defined
number of days in the Previous Inspection
section of the food facility license. For
example, set “3” to the Value Description for
this Standard Choice Value, and the current
date is 1/2/2012.
For a food facility license, it has no inspection
resulted on the current day. Its last three
inspection-resulting days are 1/1/2012,
1/7/2011, and 1/1/2011.
The inspections of which the Result Date
is one of these three days is displayed in
the Previous Inspection section of that food
facility license in Citizen Access.
The setting is for global use by the food
facility licenses as default value. Agency
users can specify a different number for a
particular food facility license in the “Display
Inspection in the past # of Days” field in the
license Detail portlet in Civic Platform.
THE_MOST_
INSPECTION_DELAY_ DAYS Enter a number. Sets a number of days counted forwards from
the inspections result date. You can display
inspections only after the configured number
of days. For example, if you set the value
description to 5 (days after the result date)
and an inspection result occurs on November
12, then you can display the inspection from
November 17.
| Standard Choices Reference | 323
FULL_PAY_ALLOCATION_OPTIONS
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice determines the allocation method of the full pay functionality which allocates the
payment amount in sequence until the applied payment goes to zero.
The Full Pay button reallocates amounts in the Apply Credits and Apply Payments fields based on the
Standard Choice settings.
Determines payment options for the Apply Payment page.
Standard Choice values can include:
Automatic. Civic Platform processes the payment in the order of fee item priority. If you set this Standard
Choice value, you must set the priority of the fee items in Civic Platform.
Standard. Civic Platform processes the payment in the order of outstanding fees, which starts with the first
on the list.
| Standard Choices Reference | 324
GENDER
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice allows users to define the gender for contacts and licensed professionals.
Standard Choice values may include:
F - Female
M - Male
| Standard Choices Reference | 325
GIS_ATTACHMENT_SELECTION
Product
Civic Platform, GIS
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines user notification when GIS objects attach to a record. The two options
indicate whether all GIS objects attach without a prompt to the user or if the system provides a selection
page prompt.
Standard Choice values can include:
All
User Selection
| Standard Choices Reference | 326
GIS_BUFFER_DISTANCE
Product
Civic Platform, GIS
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice sets buffer distance for Civic Platform to artificially shrink a parcel that overlays
multiple GIS objects, when mapping the parcel attribute in the GIS map to an ASI field, or when auto
assigning inspectors to records that deal with the parcel but have no inspection district information. With
the buffer distance setting, users no longer need to select to which GIS object to map the parcel.
Table 93: GIS_BUFFER_DISTANCE Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Values Value Description Description
APO_ASI_ATTRIBUTE_
POPULATION_BUFFER Enter any numeric value (-0.1, 0.2,
0, etc.)
Default: -0.1
This value defines the distance by which
Civic Platform artificially shrinks a parcel
when mapping the parcel attribute in the
GIS map to an ASI field. The Value Desc
must be negative (for example, -0.1) for
shrinking parcels. If the Value Desc is 0,
Civic Platform does not change the parcel
border. If the Value Desc is positive, Civic
Platform artificially stretches the parcels. The
measurement unit of the value is the same as
used in the GIS map.
INSPECTION_AUTO_
ASSIGN_BUFFER Enter any numeric value (-0.1, 0.2,
0, etc.)
Default: -0.1
This value defines the distance by which
Civic Platform artificially shrinks a parcel
when auto assigning inspectors for records
that deal with the parcel but have no
inspection district information. The Value
Desc must be negative (for example, -0.1)
for shrinking parcels. If the Value Desc is 0,
Civic Platform does not change the parcel
border. If the Value Desc is positive, Civic
Platform artificially stretches the parcels. The
measurement unit of the value is the same as
used in the GIS map.
| Standard Choices Reference | 327
GIS_NEARBY_QUERY_LIMITATION
Product
GIS
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice sets various limits on the Nearby Query functionality, for example, the maximum
number of features that users can select to perform a nearby query. Proper limits can prevent performance
issues when users select too many GIS objects or meaningless data to perform a nearby query.
Civic Platform has set default limits but you can use this Standard Choice to change the limits according to
your agency’s specific requirements.
Table 94: GIS_NEARBY_QUERY_LIMITATION Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Value Value Desc Description
GIS_NEARBY_INPUT_
FEATURES_LIMIT Enter a numeric value. For
example, 10. This value defines the maximum number of features
that users can select to perform a nearby query. If
you do not define this Standard Choice value, Civic
Platform sets the limit to 10 by default.
GIS_NEARBY_SEARCH_
AREA_LIMIT_SQKM Enter a numeric value. For
example, 700. This value defines the maximum map extent within
which users can perform a nearby query. The
measurement unit is square kilometer. If you do not
define this Standard Choice value, Civic Platform sets
the limit to 700 square kilometers by default.
GIS_NEARBY_INPUT_
FEATURE_COORDS_ LIMIT Enter a numeric value. For
example, 2000. When users select a complex GIS object or multiple
GIS objects to perform a nearby query, the selection
may contain multiple coordinate pairs. This Standard
Choice value defines the maximum number of
coordinate pairs that the selection contains. If you do
not define this Standard Choice value, Civic Platform
sets the limit to 2,000 pairs by default.
GIS_NEARBY_
DISTANCE_LIMIT_ METERS Enter a numeric value. For
example, 10000 This value defines the maximum search radius that
users can specify to perform a nearby query. The
measurement unit is meter. If you do not define this
Standard Choice value, Civic Platform sets the limit to
10,000 meters by default.
| Standard Choices Reference | 328
GIS_PROX_ALERT_TRIGGERS
Product
GIS
Type
System Switch
Description
You must configure this Standard Choice for proximity alerts to function.
Standard Choice values can include:
Within distance of
Value Desc:
{Enter a numeric value that represents the distance.}
| Standard Choices Reference | 329
GLOBAL_SEARCH_BUILD_INDEX_ENTITIES
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the objects for which the global search batch job builds the index server.
Standard Choice values can include:
CAP
ADDRESS
LP
ASSET
PARCEL
DOCUMENT
CONTACT
| Standard Choices Reference | 330
GLOBAL_SEARCH_MAX_COUNT
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice sets the maximum number of results returned in a global search. The default value is
10000.
| Standard Choices Reference | 331
GLOBAL_TRUST_ACCOUNT
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the global trust account ID and the module to which it is applicable. If a user
tries to process a refund, and chooses Trust Account as the method, then the global trust account for the
module to which the current record belongs displays by default.
Agencies can assign one or more global trust accounts as global to Civic Platform users. If a trust account
is global, then it is available to all records within one or more modules.
If a user selects a defined global trust account and a primary trust account for a record, then the primary
trust account is the default trust account.
Standard Choice values can include:
{Enter the trust account ID. For example, 2011-TrustAccount-000.}
Value Desc:
{Enter the module for which the global trust account is applicable.}
Building
All
If a global trust account is applicable to all (modules) and also a specific module (Building, for example),
the trust account for the specific module takes precedence (has a higher priority).
| Standard Choices Reference | 332
GRACE_PERIOD_INTERVAL_UNITS
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the value options for the time unit to be used for the Grace Period Interval.
Standard Choice values can include:
Days
Months
Years
| Standard Choices Reference | 333
HEARING BODY
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the value options for the hearing bodies drop-down list. Users can update
this list from either the Standard Choices or Hearing Bodies.
Standard Choice values can include:
Board of Appeals
City Council
Planning Commission
Zoning Administrator
| Standard Choices Reference | 334
HEARING LOCATION
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice determines the venues where you can conduct hearings, such as a city hall or a
county administration building.
The values you enter for this Standard Choice populate the Location drop-down list. Agency users can
access this drop-down list from the Hearing Calendar list portlet under the Item secondary tab.
Standard Choice values can include:
{Enter up to 40 characters for each hearing location.}
City Council Chamber
City Hall Main Room
County Administration Building
Civic Auditorium
| Standard Choices Reference | 335
HEARING MAX TIME
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice determines the length (in minutes) of hearings. For example, you might want to
measure hearing times in fifteen minute increments: 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, and 90.
The values you enter for this Standard Choice populate the Duration drop-down list. Agency users can
access this drop-down list from the Hearing Calendar list portlet under the Item secondary tab. You can
enter up to four characters for each Standard Choice value.
Standard Choice values can include:
{Enter a number. Unit: minute.}
10
30
| Standard Choices Reference | 336
I18N_ADDRESS_FORMAT
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access, GIS, and Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice allows users to define the format for addresses.
Note:
Every time when updating the value description, you must rebuild the index for all the Civic Platform objects
that are related to addresses.
Table 95: I18N_ADDRESS_FORMAT Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Values Value Description Description
STANDARD_ADDRESS_
FORMAT Enter the corresponding
parameters listed in Table 97:
Address Parameters and the
Corresponding Fields to define
the address concatenation. The
parameters shall be separated
with commas "," or hyphens "-".
No extra space is allowed. For
example, enter
"$$StreetType$$,$$UnitType$$"
If a parameter does not have any
value, the comma or hyphen after
the parameter will not show in the
address concatenation.
This value determines how to concatenate
address fields in Civic Platform, GIS, and
Mobile Office. The configured concatenated
address displays everywhere a full address
is shown. If you do not define this Standard
Choice value, then the full address uses a
default concatenation of fields, which varies
among different products:
In Civic Platform, the full address is
comprised of the following fields in listed
order: Street # (start), Start Fraction,
Street # (end), End Fraction, Direction,
Street Name, Street Type, Street Suffix
(Direction), Unit Type, Unit # (start), Unit #
(end), County, State, and Zip Code.
In GIS, the full address is comprised of
the following fields in listed order: Street
Number, Fraction, Direction, Street Name,
Street Type, Unit Type, Unit, City, State,
Country, and Zip Code.
In Mobile Office, the full address is
comprised of the following fields in listed
order: Street Number, Fraction, Street
Prefix, Street Name, Street Type, Street
Suffix, Unit, and Unit Type.
LONG_ADDRESS_NO_
FORMAT
LONG_ADDRESS_WITH_
FORMAT
SHORT_ADDRESS_
NO_FORMAT
SHORT_ADDRESS_With_
FORMAT
Define the address patterns with
the parameters listed in the Table
97: Address Parameters and the
Corresponding Fields. You can
modify the patterns to meet your
agency’s needs, and can also
insert the HTML code into the
patterns to define, such as, font
and color. Below is an example of
defining an address pattern:
$$HouseNumberStart$$<FONT
color=#ff0000>$$Direction$
$</FONT>$$StreetName$$
These values are four address patterns
which apply to different sections and forms
in Citizen Access. To get an exhaustive list
of sections and forms and their assigned
address pattern, see Table 96: Scope of The
Address Format Control.
| Standard Choices Reference | 337
Standard Choice Values Value Description Description
$$StreetType$$,$$UnitType
$$$$UnitStart$$,$$City$$$
$State$$$$Zip$$$$Country$$,$
$AddressType$$
Table 96: Scope of The Address Format Control
Pages Section/Form Address Format
Look Up property Information Look Up by Address SHORT_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT
Look Up property Information Look Up by parcel SHORT_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT
Look Up property Information Look Up by Owner SHORT_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT
Address Detail Address Summary SHORT_ADDRESS_WITH_FORMAT
Parcel Detail Address section SHORT_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT
Owner Detail Address section SHORT_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT
Application intake form Address search result list LONG_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT
Application intake form Address auto-fill drop-down list SHORT_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT
Application intake form Parcel search result list SHORT_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT
Application intake form Owner search result list SHORT_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT
Review page Address Summary LONG_ADDRESS_WITH_FORMAT
Record Detail Address Summary LONG_ADDRESS_WITH_FORMAT
Search by Address Address search result list LONG_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT
Record Home Record list SHORT_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT
Collection Detail Record list SHORT_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT
Enter Work Location Address search result list LONG_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT
Cart management Address Summary SHORT_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT
Receipt Address Summary SHORT_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT
Search for Licensee Record list SHORT_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT
Show Record Dialog page Parcel list SHORT_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT
Show Record Dialog page Record list SHORT_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT
Trust Account Detail page Associate Address Summary LONG_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT
Trust Account Detail page Associate Parcel list SHORT_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT
Inspection Location and Contact Location LONG_ADDRESS_WITH_FORMAT
Table 97: Address Parameters and the Corresponding Fields
Parameter Field
$$HouseNumberStart$$ Street # (start)
$$Street#(end)$$ Street # (end)
$$Direction$$ Direction
$$StreetName$$ Street Name
$$StreetType$$ Street Type
$$UnitType$$ Unit Type
$$UnitStart$$ Unit # (start)
$$City$$ City
$$State$$ State
$$Zip$$ Zip Code
| Standard Choices Reference | 338
Parameter Field
$$InspectionDistrict$$ Inspection District
$$Country$$ Country
$$StartFraction$$ Start Fraction
$$EndFraction$$ End Fraction
$$Prefix$$ Prefix
$$StreetSuffix$$ Street Suffix
Note:
Only use this parameter for the following Standard Choice values:
• LONG_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT
• LONG_ADDRESS_WITH_FORMAT
• SHORT_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT
• SHORT_ADDRESS_WITH_FORMAT
$$Unit#(end)$$ Unit # (end)
$$SecondaryRoad$$ Secondary Road
$$SecondaryRoadNumber$$ Secondary Road Number
$$NeighborhoodPrefix$$ Neighborhood Prefix
$$Neighborhood$$ Neighborhood
$$Description$$ Description
$$Distance$$ Distance
$$XCoordinator$$ X Coordinate
$$YCoordinator$$ Y Coordinate
$$InspectionDistrictPrefix$$ Inspection District Prefix
$$County$$ County
$$StreetAddress$$ Street Address
$$AddressLine1$$ Address Line 1
$$HouseNumberAlphaStart$$ House # Alpha (start)
$$HouseNumberAlphaEnd$$ House # Alpha (end)
$$LevelNumberStart$$ Level # (start)
$$LevelNumberEnd$$ Level # (end)
$$LevelPrefix$$ Level Prefix
$$AddressTypeFlag$$ Address Type Flag
Note:
Only use this parameter for the Standard Choice value
STANDARD_ADDRESS_FORMAT.
$$AddressLine2$$ Address Line 2
$$AddressType$$ Address Type
Note:
Only use this parameter for the following Standard Choice values:
• LONG_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT
• LONG_ADDRESS_WITH_FORMAT
• SHORT_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT
| Standard Choices Reference | 339
Parameter Field
• SHORT_ADDRESS_WITH_FORMAT
| Standard Choices Reference | 340
I18N_SETTINGS
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
Configure this Standard Choice to enable all internationalization and localization features and manually
define currency and date formats in Civic Platform and Citizen Access.
Follow the steps in For Multiple Languages to set values for English and additional languages.
Table 98: I18N_SETTINGS Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Values Value Description Description
I18N_DEFAULT_ LANGUAGE Read-only Once you set up internationalization and
localization in the multi-agency configuration,
the language you select for the Default
Language field is automatically populated
here.
I18N_SECOND_ LANGUAGE Enter one of these values: ar_AE
(Arabic) en_AU (Australian
English) en_US (US English)
This value defines the second language for
the agency. If you set up a second language,
the WorkflowTask Detail portlet in Civic
Platform displays two Comments fields: one
is in the primary language and the other
in the second language. Citizen Access
(ACA) users can see the Comments field in
the language they choose from the Citizen
Access Login page if Civic Platform supports
this language.
CURRENCY_LOCALE Enter one of these values
following the format in
I18N_DEFAULT_LANGUAGE
ar_AE (for Arabic)
en_AU (for Australian English)
en_US (for US English)
es_MX (for Mexico Spanish)
zh_TW (for Traditional Chinese)
This value defines the currency for the
agency no matter which language a user
selects when he logs in. For example, the
en_US value represents the dollar currency
used in the United States; the ar_AE value
represents the dirham currency used in the
United Arab Emirates.You can set the default
language value to a different value than
the currency local. For example, you can
set the default language to es_MX, but set
the currency locale as en_US. That means
Spanish is the additional language, but the
US Dollar ($) is the currency symbol.
DATE_FORMAT MM/dd/yyyy (default)
yyyy/MM/dd
dd/mm/yyyy
This value specifies the date format for the
I18N_DEFAULT_LANGUAGE value. NOTE:
If an agency is providing multiple language
support and you need to define this date
format, yyyy/MM/dd, for your additional
language, see For Multiple Languages.
DATE_TIME_FORMAT MM/dd/yyyy HH:mm:ss
yyyy/MM/dd HH:mm:ss
This value defines how the date and
time format can display. The MM/dd/
yyyy represents the Month/day/year,
and the HH:mm:ss represents the
Hours:minutes:seconds. For example, July
26, 2011 at 6:20:16 a.m. could be formatted
to 07/26/2011 06:28:16.
Note:
| Standard Choices Reference | 341
Standard Choice Values Value Description Description
If an agency is providing multiple
language support and you need to
define this date format, yyyy/MM/dd,
for your additional language then see
For Multiple Languages.
TIME_FORMAT Enter the time in one of these four
patterns:
HH:mm:ss tt
HH:mm tt
HH:mm
HH:mm:ss
For example, HH:mm:ss tt
represents Hours:minutes:seconds
AM (or PM).
This value specifies the time format for
the agency, except that the inspection
functionality uses the format defined in
INSPECTION_TIME_FORMAT.
INSPECTION_TIME_ FORMAT Enter the time in one of these four
patterns:
HH:mm:ss tt
HH:mm tt
HH:mm
HH:mm:ss
For example, HH:mm:ss tt
represents Hours:minutes:seconds
AM (or PM).
This value defines the time format for the
inspection functionality only.
MULTI-LANGUAGE SUPPORT
ENABLE Yes, No
This Value Desc is read-only.
When you configure internationalization in the
multi-agency configuration for Civic Platform
and Citizen Access, the value is automatically
filled with the “Yes” or “No” value.Yes enables
multiple language support. No disables
multiple language support.
HIDE_LANGUAGE_ OPTIONS Yes, No This value is only for the Civic Platform login
page. To hide the Language drop-down list
option, enter Yes in the Value Desc field. To
display the Language drop-down list option at
login, enter No in the field.
For Multiple Languages
Only DATE_FORMAT and DATE_TIME_FORMAT and support this alternate value in an additional
language. If an agency is providing multiple language support and you need to define this date format,
yyyy/MM/dd, for your additional language, then you must follow these unique steps. For example, if English
is your primary language and Chinese is the additional language, follow these steps:
1. Configure for English all of the I18N_SETTINGS values and Submit.
The I18N_SETTINGS page saves the values in English.
2. In the Language drop‑down list, switch to Chinese, for example, switch to Chinese. If Chinese is not yet
available in the drop-down list, then you need complete setting up I18N_SETTINGS and return to these
steps.
The I18N_SETTINGS page refreshes and displays the values you set in English. But, the page is
available for you to enter Values for DATE_FORMAT and DATE_TIME_FORMAT.
3. Enter the alternate supported Values of yyyy/MM/dd for both the DATE_FORMAT and
DATE_TIME_FORMAT and click Submit to save the values for Chinese.
| Standard Choices Reference | 342
Note:
The yyyy/MM/dd is the only other supported date format.
4. Switch the Language back to English from the drop‑down list and notice that the DATE_FORMAT is
different than what you set for Chinese.
| Standard Choices Reference | 343
INDIVIDUAL_CONTACT_MATCH_CRITERIA
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access, Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
To enable close-match searching, configure the following standard choices in the Standard Choices portlet
in the Setup Admin (Editing Standard Choices in the Setup Admin):
• ENABLE_CONTACT_ADDRESS
• INDIVIDUAL_CONTACT_MATCH_CRITERIA
• ORGANIZATION_CONTACT_MATCH_CRITERIA
Close-match searching enables users to locate reference contacts that do not exactly match their search
criteria, but come close. The standard search function returns reference contacts that exactly match user’s
search criteria. In some cases, users might find that the search results do not include the contacts they
intend to find, for example, if the user mistypes the criteria. In that case, users can click the Close Matches
button to locate reference contacts that do not exactly match their search criteria, but come close.
Table 99: INDIVIDUAL_CONTACT_MATCH_CRITERIA Standard Choice Values
Value Description
Criteria Click the picker to select the contact fields as the matching criteria. If you select multiple
fields in one row, the system joins the fields by a logical AND. The system joins criteria in
different rows by a logical OR.
Note:
Civic Platform searches for close matches based on the criteria rows in which
every field has value, and disregards the criteria rows in which any field has no
value.
Priority The priority determines the order of the matches found:Close matching contacts that meet
the criteria of a higher priority always display before those that meet the criteria of a lower
priority.In cases when only one match is necessary for subsequent processing, the close
matching contact that meets the criteria of the highest priority is the default one that Civic
Platform uses.
| Standard Choices Reference | 344
Value Description
Active Mark the check box to include this item on the list of Standard Choices.
| Standard Choices Reference | 345
INSPECTION_CATEGORY
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines inspection type categories. You can assign an inspection type to one
category or multiple categories.
The values you enter for this Standard Choice populate the Inspection Edit - Category List window.
| Standard Choices Reference | 346
INSPECTION_DISTRICT_ON_PARCEL
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice determines whether the Inspection District field displays on parcel pages. If the
Standard Choice is inactive, or its value is No, the field does not display on parcel pages.
Standard Choice values can include:
Yes
No
| Standard Choices Reference | 347
INSPECTION_RESULT_CSV_FORMAT
Product
Civic Platform and Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the format of an inspection result CSV file. The Standard Choice
value specifies the columns in the CSV file. Make sure you enter the value exactly as Table 100:
INSPECTION_RESULT_CSV_FORMAT Standard Choice Values listed.
The value description defines attributes for a given column. Use any of the following attributes and
separate attributes with semicolons (;).
COLUMN=<Column Heading. Replace the attribute value with the actual column heading that you
want.
REQUIRED=Y. Add this attribute if you require inspectors to enter information in the given column.
TYPE=<Type of Column Value. To require inspectors to enter a specific type of value in the given
column, add this attribute and set the attribute value to Date, Number, or Integer.
FORMAT=<Date Format>. Replace the attribute value with the actual format of the date and time. For
a list of attribute values that you can enter, see Table 101: Supported Date and Time Formats. For a
description of format specifiers, see Table 102: Date and Time Format Specifiers.
ORDER=<Integer. Add this attribute to define the order of columns in a list.
Note:
If you do not enable or define the Standard Choice for your agency, Citizen Access applies the default
CSV format as Table 100: INSPECTION_RESULT_CSV_FORMAT Standard Choice Values defines.
Table 100: INSPECTION_RESULT_CSV_FORMAT Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Value Example Value Description
ADDRESS COLUMN=Address
INSPECTION CONTACT NAME COLUMN=Contact Name
INSPECTION CONTACT
PHONE COLUMN=Contact Phone
INSPECTION DATE COLUMN=Inspection Date *; TYPE=Date; FORMAT=MM/dd/yyyy;REQUIRED=Y
GRADE COLUMN=Inspection Grade
INSPECTION SEQUENCE
NUMBER COLUMN=Inspection ID*; Type=NUMBER;REQUIRED=Y
REQUEST COMMENT COLUMN=Request Comments
RESULT COMMENT COLUMN=Result Comments
SCHEDULED DATE COLUMN=Inspection Schedule Date; TYPE=Date; FORMAT=MM/dd/yyyy
SCORE COLUMN=Score; TYPE=INTEGER
STATUS COLUMN=Status *;REQUIRED=Y
INSPECTION TYPE COLUMN=Inspection Type
ALTERNATIVE ID COLUMN=Permit ID *;REQUIRED=Y
| Standard Choices Reference | 348
Table 101: Supported Date and Time Formats
Supported Format Example Date and Time
yyyy-MM-dd hh:mm:ss aa 2013-9-11 11:26:30 am 2013-9-11 11:26:30 pm
yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss 2013-9-11 11:20:302013-9-11 20:18:59
MM/dd/yyyy hh:mm:ss aa 09/11/2013 11:26:30 am 09/11/2013 11:26:30 pm
MM/dd/yyyy HH:mm:ss 09/11/2013 11:26:3009/11/2013 21:26:30
dd/MM/yyyy 11/09/2013
yyyy/MM/dd 2013/09/11
dd-MM-yyyy 11-09-2013
MM-dd-yyyy 09-11-2013
Table 102: Date and Time Format Specifiers
Format Specifier Description
yyyy Year
MM Month
dd Date of month
HH Hour in a 24-hour clock
hh Hour in a 12-hour clock
mm Minute
ss Second
aa AM/PM
| Standard Choices Reference | 349
INSPECTION_ROUTE_TYPE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the routing types that users can select to optimize the inspection route.
The Standard Choice values populate the Order By drop-down menu on the Inspection Route Sheet
portlet in Civic Platform. The values also populate the Default Route Type drop-down list on the User
- Information page in Civic Platform Classic. For a list of supported routing types, see Table 103:
INSPECTION_ROUTE_TYPE Standard Choice Values.
Table 103: INSPECTION_ROUTE_TYPE Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Value Description
Driving When you add this value, the drop-down menu activated by the Order By button
displays the Order by Driving option and the Default Route Type drop-down list on
the User - Information page displays the Driving option.
Walking When you add this value, the drop-down menu activated by the Order By button
displays the Order by Walking option and the Default Route Type drop-down list on
the User - Information page displays the Walking option.
Transit When you add this value, the drop-down menu activated by the Order By button
displays the Order by Public Transit option and the Default Route Type drop-down
list on the User - Information page displays the Transit option.
| Standard Choices Reference | 350
INSPECTION_SETTING
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access, Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines common settings for inspections.
Table 104: INSPECTION_SETTING Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Values Value Description Description
UNLIMITED_COMMENT_
LENGTH Yes
No
If you set the value to Yes, users can enter an
unlimited number of characters in the Result
Comment and Request Comment fields
when scheduling or resulting an inspection.
Otherwise, Civic Platform limits users to enter
a maximum of 4000 characters.
Note:
If you change the value from Yes to
No, the comment that users entered
when the value was Yes can still
display in full (even if it exceeds
4000 characters).
ENABLE_ROUTE_ OPTIMIZED Yes
No
If you set the value to Yes, the Start Location,
End Location, and Default Route Type fields
are available on the User - Information page
in Civic Platform Classic.Otherwise, those
fields are not available.
ENABLE_CALCULATE_
SCORE Yes (default)
No
The value controls whether Civic Platform
automatically calculates an inspection score
using the checklist scores and updates the
inspection status according to the score.
If you set the value to Yes, Civic Platform
automatically calculates inspection scores
using the inspection checklist scores for
uncompleted inspections.
If users change the status of an inspection
to pending, Civic Platform automatically
clears the status on the inspection detail
form, or sets the status according to the auto-
calculated inspection score. Different from
the inspection detail form, the inspection list
portlet displays the status that users specify
for the inspection.
If users change the status of an inspection to
a status of the approved or denied type, Civic
Platform keeps the new status.
If you set the value to No, Civic Platform
does not automatically calculate inspection
scores using the inspection checklist scores
for uncompleted inspections.
When users change the status of an
inspection on the inspection detail form, Civic
Platform does not automatically calculate the
inspection score and keeps the new status
| Standard Choices Reference | 351
Standard Choice Values Value Description Description
on the inspection detail form. If the event
InspectionResultModifyAfter is triggered
at the submittal, Civic Platform passes
the status to the InspectionResult event
parameter.
| Standard Choices Reference | 352
INSPECTION_UNIT_NUMBER_VALUES
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice, together with INSPECTIONS_BY_UNIT, allows users to specify inspection unit
number (IUN) for scheduling inspections and displaying inspection results of the same type multiple times
for the same record, such as a single record for an apartment building.
If INSPECTIONS_BY_UNIT defines the IUN field as be a list of options (with the value SELECTLIST), this
Standard Choice defines the value options (up to 1000 options) for the IUN list.
Standard Choice values can include:
{Enter the IUN value option in each value entry.}
C18
133A
2432
Note:
You can enable and disable the Inspection Unit Number (IUN) function with FID 0225 and 8300-Inspections
by Unit Number. The default setting is disabled.
| Standard Choices Reference | 353
INSPECTIONS_BY_UNIT
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the IUN field type. Choices are either free text entry (TEXTBOX) or a list of
options (SELECTLIST). The default setting is to use a list of options (SELECTLIST), with which you shall
define the value options in INSPECTION_UNIT_NUMBER_VALUES.
Standard Choice values can include:
TEXTBOX
SELECTLIST
| Standard Choices Reference | 354
INSPECTOR_AUTO_ASSIGN_CRITERIA
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access, IVR
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the criteria for auto-assigning inspections in Civic Platform, Citizen Access,
and IVR. Configure this Standard Choice to prevent inspections from being auto-assigned if no inspector is
available with the appropriate discipline or in the appropriate district.
Table 105: INSPECTOR_AUTO_ASSIGN_CRITERIA Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Values Value Description
DISCIPLINE
DISTRICT
Y/N DISCIPLINE = Y, DISTRICT = Y. When you set both DISCIPLINE
and DISTRICT to Yes, Civic Platform must find an available inspector
with the appropriate discipline AND within the appropriate district to
auto-assign the inspection. If Civic Platform cannot find an inspector
who matches both discipline and district, it does not auto-assign the
inspection.
DISCIPLINE = Y, DISTRICT = N. When you set DISCIPLINE to Yes
and DISTRICT to No, Civic Platform first searches for an available
inspector with the appropriate discipline AND within the appropriate
district to auto-assign the inspection. If Civic Platform cannot find an
inspector who matches both discipline and district, it then searches
for an available inspector with the appropriate discipline. If Civic
Platform cannot find an inspector with the appropriate discipline, it
does not auto-assign the inspection.
DISCIPLINE = N, DISTRICT = Y. When you set DISCIPLINE to No
and DISTRICT to Yes, Civic Platform first searches for an available
inspector with the appropriate discipline AND within the appropriate
district to auto-assign the inspection. If Civic Platform cannot find an
inspector who matches both discipline and district, it then searches
for an available inspector in the appropriate district. If Civic Platform
cannot find an inspector in the appropriate district, it does not auto-
assign the inspection.
DISCIPLINE = N, DISTRICT = N. When you set both DISCIPLINE
and DISTRICT to No, Civic Platform first searches for an available
inspector with the appropriate discipline AND within the appropriate
district to auto-assign the inspection. If Civic Platform cannot find an
inspector who matches both discipline and district, it then searches
for an available inspector with the appropriate discipline. If Civic
Platform cannot find an inspector with the appropriate discipline, it
then searches for an available inspector in the appropriate district.
If Civic Platform cannot find an inspector in the appropriate district,
it auto-assigns the inspection based on inspectors with the lowest
workload or with calendar availability.
| Standard Choices Reference | 355
INSPECTOR_WORKLOAD_CALENDAR_TIME
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the default start time and default end time for the inspector workload
calendars. Users cannot schedule inspections before or after the start time and end time in the inspector
workload calendar.
If you do not modify the start and end time, then the default start time is 8:00 am and the default end time
is 5:00 pm.
Standard Choice values include:
Start Time
End Time
| Standard Choices Reference | 356
KEEP_COMPLETED_INSPECTION_ACTIVE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice controls whether a user can view and access an inspection after the inspection
completes.
Standard Choice values can include:
Yes. The inspection remains active and continues to display in the Inspections tab in the Record or
Building page after inspection completion or inspection approval.
No. Only the pending inspections display for the record.
| Standard Choices Reference | 357
LICENSE_TYPE
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access, Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the value options for the license type drop-down list.
Standard Choice values can include:
Alcohol
Beauty Salon
Business
| Standard Choices Reference | 358
LICENSED_PROF_ACTIVE_STATUS
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access, Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice indicates all license statuses that Civic Platform would consider active. Any status in
this Standard Choice can apply for a permit.
Standard Choice values can include:
{This value must exactly match a Standard Choice for the license status. For example:}
Active
Valid
| Standard Choices Reference | 359
LICENSED_PROF_EXPIRE_STATUS
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access, Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice indicates all license statuses that Civic Platform would consider expired. Any status
in this Standard Choice cannot apply for a permit.
Standard Choice values can include:
{This value must exactly match a Standard Choice for the license status. For example:}
Online Renewal Pending
Delinquent
Expired
| Standard Choices Reference | 360
LICENSED PROFESSIONAL TYPE
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access, Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the value options for the drop-down list of the licensed professional type.
Adds the ability to store Education Providers in the Licensed Professional list. When you enable this
Standard Choice, the Civic Platform displays the Provider option in the Licensed Professional Type drop-
down list.
Standard Choice values can include:
Architect
Landscaper
Designer
Contractor
Developer
Pharmacist
Electrician
For each licensed professional type, click the Associated Document Group link to associate a document
group with it. When licensed professional users upload an attachment to their accounts in Citizen Access,
the document types belonging to the document group are options in the Type drop-down list in the Account
Management page.
| Standard Choices Reference | 361
LIMIT_WORKSTATION_ACCEPT_PAYMENT
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice works in conjunction with CASHIER_STATION.
Standard Choice values can include:
Yes. Only workstations defined in CASHIER_STATION can accept payments. If the value is YES and the
current workstation name does not exist in CASHIER_STATION, Civic Platform displays an error message
when the user clicks a cashier function, including, for example, the Pay, Refund, Apply, Void, or Fund
Transfer buttons.
No. Any computer workstation can manage payments as long as the user has permission.
| Standard Choices Reference | 362
LOCATION_TYPE
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice specifies a specific location for the event or permit. The Standard Choice Values
provided in the following table are required, exact values and should not be modified:
Standard Choice Value Value Description
Address Address
Intersection Intersection
Street Segment Street Segment
| Standard Choices Reference | 363
LOAD_TO_RECORD_PORTLET
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice determines whether a record always opens in the record portlet when users select it
from the Navigation drop-down list.
Standard Choice values can include:
Yes. Even if users originally open the record in a module portlet (such as the Building portlet), the record
opens in the record portlet when selected from the Navigation list.
No {or undefined}. When users select a record from the Navigation drop-down list, it opens in the same
portlet in which it was last opened, be it either the module portlet or the record portlet.
| Standard Choices Reference | 364
LOGO_TYPE_CATEGORY
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice is for a variety of uses as described below:
Effective with the 7.3.3 release, Citizen Access public websites that use the new UX template require a
Standard Choice value of ACA_NewUI_LOGO.
Define logo type categories. Agencies use the USERINFOLOGO Standard Choice value to
add an agency logo to the User Information portlet. The Standard Choice values must match
the Value Desc for the AGENCY_LOGO_TYPE Standard Choice value of the Standard Choice
MULTI_SERVICE_SETTINGS.
Agencies use the AGENCY_LOGO Standard Choice value to add an agency logo to ad hoc reports
through the Accela Ad hoc Report portlet. If no logo file is exists with this logo type, the system uses the
Accela logo as the default.
You can create values to define the grade cards for food facility inspection results, such as Grade A,
Grade B, Grade C, Closure, to add grade card images to the Food Facility Inspection.
Standard Choice values can include:
ACA_NewUI_LOGO
USERINFOLOGO
AGENCY_LOGO
Grade A
Grade B
| Standard Choices Reference | 365
LONG_TERM_TIME_TRACKING
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines regular working hours for a typical work day. The Time Tracker function uses
the regular working hours to calculate In Possession time.
Table 106: LONG_TERM_TIME_TRACKING Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Values Value Description Description
ON_DUTY_TIME Enter the am and pm designations
with the 12-hour clock hour, for
example: 8 am
The on-duty time sets the time work typically
begins.
OFF_DUTY_TIME Enter the am and pm designations
with the 12-hour clock hour, for
example: 5 pm
The off-duty time defines the time work
typically ends.
| Standard Choices Reference | 366
LOOKUP_TABLE_PAGE_SIZE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the page size for ASI look-up tables.
Standard Choice values can include:
10
| Standard Choices Reference | 367
MASKS
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice gives agencies the ability to control the configuration of a mask for the parcel
number, SSN, or FEIN field. For example, when you specify a parcel number mask, users must follow a
unique numbering sequence when entering parcel numbers in Civic Platform.
When you define a mask for the parcel number, SSN, or FEIN field, Civic Platform uses the mask for the
field wherever you find it. If you do not define the mask, the field displays with the raw (unmasked) data.
Table 107: MASKS Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Value Value Desc Description
PARCEL_ID Enter the variables for your parcel
number mask.
FEIN Enter the variables for your FEIN
mask.
SSN Enter the variables for the SSN
mask.
PACEL_ID defines the mask element for the
parcel number field. FEIN defines the mask
element for the FEIN field, and SSN defines
the mask element for the SSN field.See Table
108: Variables Available for Masks. See
Table 109: Examples of Masks for examples
of the effects of variables.
PARCEL_ID_MASKED_IN_DB Yes
No
This value allows you to store either the
masked or unmasked parcel number in
the database. The parcel table stores
the parcel number. If the Value Desc is
Yes, the database stores the masked
value. Otherwise, The database stores the
unmasked or system default parcel number.
The Standard Choice value descriptions must use the variables in Table 108: Variables Available for
Masks in any sequence. For a few examples of how the mask generates sequence and how it displays
within Civic Platform see Table 109: Examples of Masks.
Table 108: Variables Available for Masks
Variable Definition Apply to Fields Example Output
# [0-9] Use the # symbol to represent
a string of numeric combinations that
allows a user to enter numbers 0
through 9.
Parcel Number, FEIN,
SSN 0811 results in ####.
` Escape character to ignore any
special formats of characters Parcel Number ENG- results in ###-.
U [A-Z] Any upper case letter character
combination that uses A through Z Parcel Number, SSN STU results in UUU.
L a-z Any lower case letter character
combination that uses a through z. Parcel Number, SSN bldg results in LLLL.
A [Aa 0-9] Any mixed letter case
combination and numeric combination
from A through Z, a through z, and 0
through 9.
Parcel Number, FEIN,
SSN Am8 results in AAA.
? [Aa] Any mixed letter case
combination of upper and lower Parcel Number, SSN Xyz results in ???.
| Standard Choices Reference | 368
Variable Definition Apply to Fields Example Output
case letters from A through Z, and a
through z.
* Replace any letter or digit with the
asterisk symbol “*”. FEIN, SSN *** replaces three characters,
digits, or their combination with
“***”
[*L] [*U] [*A] [*?]
[*#] Use the symbol after “*” (such as L, U,
etc.) to represent the type of character
that requires a user to enter, and
replace the character entered with the
asterisk symbol “*”.
FEIN, SSN [*#] replaces the digit that
the user entered with “*”. [*L]
replaces the lower case letter
that the user entered with “*”.
Table 109: Examples of Masks
Field Mask Possible Parcel Number, SSN or Masked FEIN
FEIN AAA-###-***** NYC-001-*****
FEIN ###-***-AAAAA 001-***-NewYC
Parcel Number UUU-###-###-??? JUL-020-110-00a
Parcel Number LLLL-???-???-### bldg-001-00A-129
SSN [*#][*#][*#]-[*#][*#]-#### ***-**-1234
| Standard Choices Reference | 369
MASTER_SCRIPT_DEFAULT_VERSION
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the version of master scripts to apply in the scripts. You can upgrade the
master script version during a Civic Platform upgrade, while all versions of the master scripts exist in the
system at the same time. You can continuously apply a specific version of master scripts, regardless of the
master script upgrades.
Standard Choice values include:
{Master script version number to apply, for example: 7.2.0.000.}
Value Description field is optional. You can enter the description of the version or any note.
| Standard Choices Reference | 370
MAX_ATTACHMENT_SELECTION_NUMBER
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the maximum number of APO/GIS record attachments to an application,
when users choose the Select All option. If the number of records returned exceeds the maximum value,
the attachment page becomes a selection page, even if the user selects the Attach All option.
Standard Choice value:
200
Note: Accela recommends that you enter a value between 50 and 200.
Note: For Silverlight GIS, if the Maximum Feature Count of Selection value (on GIS Admin Site
> Global Variable Settings) is greater than 200, the MAX_ATTACHMENT_SELECTION_NUMBER
value must be equal or greater than the Maximum Feature Count of Selection value. Otherwise,
all selected GIS objects will not be attached to a record.
| Standard Choices Reference | 371
MEETING BODY
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the value options for meeting bodies. Users can update this list from either
Standard Choices or Meeting Bodies.
Standard Choice values can include:
Board of Appeals
City Council
Planning Commission
Zoning Administrator
| Standard Choices Reference | 372
MEETING LOCATION
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
Replaces the HEARING LOCATION Standard Choice.
Note:
HEARING LOCATION does not change MEETING LOCATION for Civic Platform Classic.
This Standard Choice determines the venues where you can conduct meetings, such as a City Hall or a
County Administration Building.
The values you enter for this Standard Choice populate the Location drop-down list. Agency users can
access this drop-down list from the Meeting Calendar list portlet under the Item secondary tab. You can
enter up to 40 characters for each Standard Choice value.
Standard Choice values can include:
City Council Chamber
City Hall Main Room
County Administration Building
Civic Auditorium
| Standard Choices Reference | 373
MEETING MAX TIME
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
Replaces HEARING MAX TIME Standard Choice.
Note:
HEARING MAX TIME does not change MEETING MAX TIME for Civic Platform Classic.
This Standard Choice determines the length (in minutes) of meetings. For example, you can measure
meeting times in fifteen minute increments: 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, and 90.
The values you enter for this Standard Choice populate the Duration drop-down list. Agency users can
access this drop-down list from the Meeting Calendar list portlet under the Item secondary tab. You can
enter up to four characters for each Standard Choice value.
| Standard Choices Reference | 374
MEETING_NOTIFICATION_OUTLOOK_REMINDER
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice specifies the reminder time for Outlook meeting invites.
Standard Choice value is:
<number>
Value Desc:
minutes
hours
days
weeks
| Standard Choices Reference | 375
MEETING_REASON_COMMENT
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
Replaces HEARING_REASON_COMMENT Standard Choice.
This Standard Choice determines the types of meeting reasons agency users can select, such as
Tax Hearing or Application Review. Agency users select a meeting reason for each application on a
meeting agenda. When you select a meeting reason, the comment associated with the meeting reason
automatically populates the Comment field.
Enter the meeting reason in the Standard Choices Value field and the meeting comment in the Value Desc
field. You can enter up to 30 characters in the Standard Choices Value field and up to 1024 characters in
the Value Description field.
| Standard Choices Reference | 376
MEETING_TYPE_STATUS_GROUP
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
Replaces HEARING_TYPE_STATUS_GROUP Standard Choice.
This Standard Choice determines the types of meetings your agency conducts. For example, you might
create a different meeting status group for each commission in your agency’s planning and zoning division.
You might have a Housing Advisory and Appeals Board status group, a Land Use Appeals Board status
group, and a Planning Commission status group.
The values you enter for this Standard Choice populate the Status Group drop-down list. This drop-down
list displays in the Meeting Calendar Event Maintenance portlet. You can enter up to 30 characters in the
Standard Choices Value field.
| Standard Choices Reference | 377
MEETING_TYPE_STATUS_{Group Name}
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
Replaces the HEARING_TYPE_STATUS_{GROUP Name} Standard Choice.
This Standard Choice determines the status values for each meeting status group. The
[STATUS_GROUP_NAME] portion of this Standard Choice is the name of the status group you configure
using the MEETING_TYPE_STATUS_GROUP Standard Choice. You can enter three different meeting
status values: APPROVED, PENDING, and DENIED.
The values you enter for this Standard Choice populate the Status drop-down list. Agency users can
access this drop-down list from the Meeting Calendar list portlet under the Item secondary tab.
| Standard Choices Reference | 378
MODULE_AUDIT_FREQUENCY
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the frequency of random audits at the module level. Enter any modules
for which you want to define a random audit frequency as a value, and enter the frequency, in number of
months, as the value description. To define audit frequency at the agency level, see RANDOM_AUDIT
Standard Choice.
Table 110: MODULE_AUDIT_FREQUENCY Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Values Value Desc Description
Licensing Enter X Months, where X
represents number of months. For
example, 2 Months
This value defines the frequency of random
audits in the licensing module.
Case Management Enter X Months, where X
represents number of months. For
example, 6 Months
This value defines the frequency of random
audits in the case management module.
| Standard Choices Reference | 379
MULTIPLE_APO_GIS_SELECTION
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice enables the ability to select multiple APO or GIS data and attach them to a record.
Standard Choice values can include:
Yes. Turn the feature on.
No. Disable the feature.
| Standard Choices Reference | 380
MULTIPLE_LICENSE_PROFESSIONAL
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice gives agencies the option to associate more than one licensed professional with a
new application (single portlet entry and review form). Agencies can also set a primary professional, add
professionals, and remove professionals from the application.
Standard Choice values can include:
Yes
| Standard Choices Reference | 381
MULTI_SERVICE_SETTINGS
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice applies to multi-agency administration. The settings define which agency is the
super agency for the management of services from multiple agencies and provides the ability to lock a
service from licensed professionals or addresses by a condition.
Table 111: MULTI_SERVICE_SETTINGS Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Values Value Desc Description
IS_SUPER_AGENCY Yes, No Set the value to Yes for the main agency
(super agency), and No for sub-agencies.
Citizen Access uses this value to determine if
the current agency is a super agency.
ALLOW_SERVICE_LOCK_
SEVERITY Yes, No Set the value to Yes to enable the ability to
lock services by condition. Civic Platform
provides a Service Lock option in the Severity
drop-down list in the conditions portlets for
licensed professionals and addresses.
AGENCY_LOGO_TYPE This Value Desc must match the
value from the Standard Choice
LOGO_TYPE_CATEGORY.
This configuration matches the logo with the
agency and service. Citizen Access uses this
logo type to indicate which associated agency
logo to attach the service.
SUPER_AGENCY_FOR_EMSE <SuperAgencyName> The name of the super-agency which is used
by EMSE master scripts. This applies to
Master Scripts 3.0 included in Civic Platform
8.0.1 and later)
SUPER_AGENCY_INCLUDE_
SCRIPT <INCLUDES_CUSTOM_
ENTERPRISE> Optional includes file for all agencies within a
super-agency. This applies to Master Scripts
3.0 and later (included in Civic Platform 8.0.1
and later).
| Standard Choices Reference | 382
NEW_SPEAR_FORM_ENABLE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice gives agencies the option to use the redesigned single portlet entry and review form
available since Civic Platform 6.5.0 release. For additional information on the differences between the new
form and existing forms, see the Single Portlet Entry and Review Form (SPEAR) Implementation Technical
Bulletin and AA 6.5.0 Migration Document for SPEAR form Consolidation (07ACC-03396).pdf available
from Accela Customer Resource Center.
Standard Choice values can include:
Yes. Use the 6.5.0 application intake form.
No {or undefined}. Use the previous form that was implemented and designed prior to the Civic Platform
6.5.0 release.
| Standard Choices Reference | 383
ONE_INVOICE_FOR_ALL_CAPS
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
To use the single invoice for multiple records functionality, you need to configure this Standard Choice.
When configuring this Standard Choice, you can select from three values: Yes, No, and Prompt.
This Standard Choice relates to sequence number generator for invoices. If the invoice mask uses
a variable which indicates different values for difference invoices, administrators must configure this
Standard Choice so Civic Platform can use this mask to generate invoices in batch.
Table 112: ONE_INVOICE_FOR_ALL_CAPS Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Values Value Desc Description
Yes RECTYPE-ALIAS:{Record
Type alias};RECTYPE-1:
{Group};RECTYPE-2:
{Type};RECTYPE-3:{sub
type};RECTYPE-4:{Category};
RECTYPE-MODULE:{model}
Create a single invoice number for all
selected records. If the value description
defines the fixed value of a variable which
indicates different values for different
invoices, Civic Platform can use this fixed
value to generate an invoice number for
multiple records.
No - Create a separate invoice number for each
selected record.
Prompt RECTYPE-ALIAS:{Fixed Record
Type alias};RECTYPE-1:
{Fixed Group};RECTYPE-2:
{Type};RECTYPE-3:{Fixed
sub type};RECTYPE-4:{Fixed
Category};RECTYPE-MODULE:
{Fixed module name)
Display a prompt that allows the user to
choose whether or not to create a single
invoice for all selected records. If the value
description defines the fixed value of a
variable which indicates different values for
different invoices, Civic Platform displays
a dialog box that prompts users to choose
whether to use this fixed value to generate
an invoice number for multiple invoices or
generate an invoice number for each record
separately.
| Standard Choices Reference | 384
ONLINE_PAYMENT_MAX_AMOUNT
Product
Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the maximum payment amount per transaction for each payment method. If
the value contains a module name, the payment limit applies to that module only. Otherwise, it applies to
all modules.
Accela recommends that administrators set the maximum payment amount within the limit that the
payment gateway allows payments. For example, if the payment gateway does not allow any payment over
300 dollars, enter “300” or a smaller number in the value description.
Standard Choices values include:
Check
<Module Name>_ Check
CreditCard
<Module Name>_ CreditCard
TrustAccount
<Module Name>_ TrustAccount
Note: The Standard Choice values are case-sensitive.
The Value Desc is the number indicating the maximum payment amount. For example: 500.
| Standard Choices Reference | 385
ONLINEPAYMENT_WEBSERVICE_URL
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice gives agencies the ability to accept payments online. This Standard Choice stores
the URL for the web service for the online payment.
Standard Choices values include:
{The URL of the Web service your agency uses to accept online payments, for example, http://
<youragency.gov>/portlets/services/OnlinePaymentWebService?wsdl.}
| Standard Choices Reference | 386
ORGANIZATION_CONTACT_MATCH_CRITERIA
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access, Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
To enable close-match searching, configure the following standard choices in the Standard Choices portlet
in the Setup Admin (Editing Standard Choices in the Setup Admin):
• ENABLE_CONTACT_ADDRESS
• INDIVIDUAL_CONTACT_MATCH_CRITERIA
• ORGANIZATION_CONTACT_MATCH_CRITERIA
Close-match searching enables users to locate reference contacts that do not exactly match their search
criteria, but come close. The standard search function returns reference contacts that exactly match user’s
search criteria. In some cases, users might find that the search results do not include the contacts they
intend to find, for example, if the user mistypes the criteria. In that case, users can click the Close Matches
button to locate reference contacts that do not exactly match their search criteria, but come close.
Table 113: ORGANIZATION_CONTACT_MATCH_CRITERIA Standard Choice Values
Value Description
Criteria Click the picker to select the contact fields as the matching criteria. If you select multiple
fields in one row, the system joins the fields by a logical AND. The system joins criteria in
different rows by a logical OR.
Note:
Civic Platform searches for close matches based on the criteria rows in which
every field has value, and disregards the criteria rows in which any field has no
value.
Priority The priority determines the order of the matches found:Close matching contacts that meet
the criteria of a higher priority always display before those that meet the criteria of a lower
priority.In cases when only one match is necessary for later-on processing, the close
matching contact that meets the criteria of the highest priority is the default one that Civic
Platform selects.
| Standard Choices Reference | 387
Value Description
Active Select to include this item on the list of Standard Choices.
| Standard Choices Reference | 388
PARCELSET_SCRIPT_LIST
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
Allows EMSE scripts to execute on a parcel set. Enter the EMSE script name as the Standard Choices
value. Then, in the Value Desc field, enter the name to display in the drop-down list for this script.
Standard Choice values can include:
{EMSE Script Name}
| Standard Choices Reference | 389
PART_CALCULATE_TYPE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the formula options for calculating the costs of parts.
Standard Choice values can include:
LIFO. Stands for last-in, first-out, meaning that the most recently received items are issued/transferred/
adjusted/reserved first in transactions.
FIFO. Stands for first-in, first-out, meaning that the oldest inventory items are issued/transferred/adjusted/
reserved first in transactions.
Simple. The unit cost of inventory parts equals to the sum of the unit cost of the most recently received
items and the previous average unit cost, and divided by two.
Weighted. Similar to the Simple formula, but weighted by quantity.
| Standard Choices Reference | 390
PARTIAL_CAP_CONDITION_ENABLE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice determines which step on the application intake form to display the conditions. When
enabled, this Standard Choice displays the conditions applied to partial applications in the pop-up window
for the application intake form.
Standard Choice values can include:
Partial CAP. The Condition pop-up window displays when the user clicks the partial application.
Fee Estimate. When users click the Fee Estimate button on the application intake form, the record
condition notice portlet embeds in the Fee Estimate form.
| Standard Choices Reference | 391
PARTIALLY_COMPLETED_CAP_PURGE_DAYS
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice, together with your settings for the CLEAREXPIREDINCOMPLETECAP script and
also the batch job for running the script, can periodically purge those partial applications that users Save
without Submitting in Civic Platform, or Save and Resume later in Citizen Access.
The Standard Choice value includes:
{Any numeric value, such as 90, that represents the number of days that partially completed applications
remain before Civic Platform removes the partial applications.}
For example, if today is April 1, 2008 and you set the value to 30 days, when the batch job runs and
executes the CLEAREXPIREDINCOMPLETECAP script, all the partial applications created on March
31, 2008 (which is day number 1 in counting) through March 2 remain in Civic Platform, and all partial
applications with a creation day of 31 (March 1, in this case) or earlier are purged.
| Standard Choices Reference | 392
PARTS_ALLOW_NEGATIVE_QUANTITY
Product
Civic Platform, Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice allows the quantity of a part inventory to be negative. Civic Platform sends an alert
message when a user attempts a part transaction that requests a quantity greater than the quantity on
hand.
Standard Choice values can include:
Yes {default}. Part inventory items can have a negative quantity.
No. Part inventory items cannot have a negative quantity.
| Standard Choices Reference | 393
PASSWORD_CALCULATION_SCORE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice allows agencies modify the password strength calculation score. The Standard
Choice value descriptions must use the variables in Table 114: PASSWORD_CALCULATION_SCORE
Standard Choice Values.
Table 114: PASSWORD_CALCULATION_SCORE Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Value Value Desc
Number of Characters +(n*4)
Repeated Characters -(n*4)
Has 3 Number +5
Has 2 Special Characters +5
Has Upper and Lower Character +10
Has Numbers and Characters +15
Only Characters -10
Only Numbers -10
Weak Password score<=34
Medium Password 34 < score <=34
Strong Password 68 < score
| Standard Choices Reference | 394
PASSWORD_POLICY_SETTINGS
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice allows agencies to create new password policy settings, or to modify settings within
an existing password policy setting. You must set the policy settings with appropriate values according to
the Standard Choice values shown below. Use double pipes (||) to split standard value descriptions and a
colon (:) to split elements.
Table 115: PASSWORD_POLICY_SETTINGS Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Value Value Desc
Example_JavaBean1 JAVABEAN:com.accela.security.password.LengthValidator ||
length:8 || errorMessage: Password is too short.
Example_JavaBean2 JAVABEAN:com.accela.security.password.UpperCharValidator ||
number:2 || errorMessage: Password must contain uppercase.
Example_JavaBean3 JAVABEAN:com.accela.security.password.ExcludeUserIDValidator
|| errorMessage:Do not allow user id
Example_JavaBean4 JAVABEAN:com.accela.security.password.ExcludeUserIDValidator
|| number:5 || errorMessage:Do not allow previous password.
Example_WS WS: https://bridgeview.org:3080/CheckACAPolicy?wsdl ||
errorMessage: check policy failed.
| Standard Choices Reference | 395
PAYMENT_CREDITCARD_TYPE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the acceptable credit card types. When accepting credit card payments,
cashiers can use magnetic card reader to automatically read credit card information into Civic Platform, or
manually enter the information.
Standard Choice values can include:
MasterCard
American Express
Visa
Discover
Diner’s Club
| Standard Choices Reference | 396
PAYMENT_CHECK_ACCOUNT_TYPE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the acceptable check account types.
Table 116: PAYMENT_CHECK_ACCOUNT_TYPE Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Value Value Desc
Checking C
Savings S
Business Checking BC
Business Savings BS
| Standard Choices Reference | 397
PAYMENT_CHECK_TYPE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice allows agencies to take payments from electronic checks and from account debit
cards. After you create this Standard Choice, you can accept electronic checks and accept account debit
cards.
Standard Choice values can include:
Account Debit
Electronic Check
| Standard Choices Reference | 398
PAYMENT_GROUP
Product
Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines one service fee structure for each module in Citizen Access. This provides
the flexibility to use service fee structure for one module and to use another service fee structure for
another module. For the modules that are assigned to the same service fee structure, their record fees
can be paid together in a shopping cart as a single transaction. For the modules are assigned to different
service fee structures, their record fees need to be paid separately by module. Currently only OPC
CoBrand Plus supports this feature. For other payment gateways, they only support one service fee
structure for all modules; the configuration on this Standard Choice does not work for them.
Standard Choice values may include:
{Enter the module name, such as Building, Licenses, and so forth.}
Building
Licenses
Value Desc:
{Enter the fee structure number that the third-party payment gateway provider provides.}
| Standard Choices Reference | 399
PAYMENT_PROCESSING_DEFAULT_METHOD
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
Use this Standard Choice to set the default payment method for the current user ID. If you do not define
this Standard Choice, Civic Platform uses cash as the payment method.
Standard Choice values include:
{Enter the current User’s ID.}
Value Desc
{Provide the default payment method, for example, Debit Card.}
| Standard Choices Reference | 400
PAYMENT_PROCESSING_METHOD
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the payment methods for each module. If you do not configure this Standard
Choice, Civic Platform provides all available payment methods.
Configure this Standard Choice to display each module’s acceptable payment methods in the Payment
Method drop‑down list. Specify the module in the Standard Choices value field and all acceptable payment
methods in the Value Desc field.
Standard Choice values can include:
{Enter the module names. For example, Building, Licenses, and so forth.}
Value Description:
{Enter a comma delimited list from 17 acceptable payment methods.}
ATM, Billed, Cash, Check, Coupon, Credit Card, Debit Card, Internal Transfer, Journal Entry, Misc Credit,
Money Order, Multiple Tenders, Other, Trust Account, Waiver, Write Off, Lockbox
| Standard Choices Reference | 401
PAYMENT_PROCESSING_RECORD_RECEIPT
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the receipt mask to use in the Payment Processing portlet.
If you set the Standard Choice value to Record, all records in the Payment Processing portlet use their
own record receipt mask for the receipt number generation.
If you set the Standard Choice value to Payment Processing or null, and you define the PP-Receipt
mask in the sequence generator administration tool, the Payment Processing portlet uses a customized
receipt mask (according to the PP-Receipt mask definition) for each payment, which can involve one or
more records.
If you set the Standard Choice value to Payment Processing or null, and you do not define the PP-
Receipt mask in the sequence generator administration tool, the Payment Processing portlet uses an
agency-generated receipt mask for each payment, which can involve one or more records.
Standard Choice values can include:
Record
Payment Processing
| Standard Choices Reference | 402
PAYMENT_RECEIVED_TYPE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the value options for the Received drop-down list field on all payment
locations in Civic Platform, and the value options for the Refunded drop-down list field on the Refund page.
The Received or Refunded field displays the manner in which Civic Platform received the payment.
Standard Choice values can include:
In Person
Mail
Fax
| Standard Choices Reference | 403
PAYMENT_REMITTER_CONTACT_TYPE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines a “remitter” contact type, which displays on the check endorsement page.
Set the value of this Standard Choice to a valid contact type, for example, Applicant.
An administrator must map this Standard Choice value to an existing contact type, which you define in the
Standard Choice CONTACT_TYPE.
| Standard Choices Reference | 404
PENALTY_FEE_FUNC
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines possible penalty fee recalculation methods used in batch processing
licenses.
Standard Choice values can include:
None
Percentage
Simple
| Standard Choices Reference | 405
PENALTY_INTERVAL_UNITS
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the interval units used to set up the renewal information in licensing.
Standard Choice values can include:
Days
Months
Years
| Standard Choices Reference | 406
PHONE_NUMBER_IDD
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines phone number country codes. The addition of country codes allows agencies
to associate international phone and fax numbers with application contacts, licensed professionals,
owners, or public users.
The Standard Choice values listed below correspond to the Standard Choice values for COUNTRY.
Table 117: PHONE_NUMBER_IDD Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Value Value Desc Description
AL 355 Albania
DZ 213 Algeria
AS 684 American Samoa
AD 376 Andorra
AO 244 Angola
AQ 672 Antarctica
AR 54 Argentina
AM 374 Armenia
AW 297 Aruba
AU 61 Australia
AT 43 Austria
AZ 994 Azerbaijan
BH 973 Bahrain
BD 880 Bangladesh
BY 375 Belarus
BE 32 Belgium
BZ 501 Belize
BJ 229 Benin
BT 975 Bhutan
BO 591 Bolivia
BA 387 Bosnia and Herzegovina
BW 267 Botswana
BR 55 Brazil
BN 673 Brunei
BG 359 Bulgaria
BF 226 Burkina Faso
BI 257 Burundi
KH 855 Cambodia
CM 237 Cameroon
CA 1 Canada
| Standard Choices Reference | 407
Standard Choice Value Value Desc Description
CV 238 Cape Verde
CF 236 Central African Republic
TD 235 Chad
CL 56 Chile
CN 86 China
CC 61 Cocos Islands
CO 57 Colombia
KM 269 Comoros
CG 242 Congo
CK 682 Cook Islands
CR 506 Costa Rica
HR 385 Croatia
CU 53 Cuba
CY 357 Cyprus
CZ 420 Czech Republic
CI 225 Cote d’Ivoire (Ivory Coast)
DK 45 Denmark
DJ 253 Djibouti
EC 593 Ecuador
EG 20 Egypt
SV 503 El Salvador
GQ 240 Equatorial Guinea
ER 291 Eritrea
EE 372 Estonia
ET 251 Ethiopia
FK 500 Falkland Islands
FO 298 Faroe Islands
FJ 679 Fiji
FI 358 Finland
FR 33 France
GF 594 French Guiana
PF 689 French Polynesia
GA 241 Gabon
GM 220 Gambia
GE 995 Georgia
DE 49 Germany
GH 233 Ghana
GI 350 Gibraltar
GR 30 Greece
GL 299 Greenland
GP 590 Guadeloupe
| Standard Choices Reference | 408
Standard Choice Value Value Desc Description
GT 502 Guatemala
GN 224 Guinea
GW 245 Guinea-Bissau
GY 592 Guyana
HT 509 Haiti
HN 504 Honduras
HK 852 Hong Kong
HU 36 Hungary
IS 354 Iceland
IN 91 India
ID 62 Indonesia
IR 98 Iran
IQ 964 Iraq
IE 353 Ireland
IL 972 Israel
IT 39 Italy
JP 81 Japan
JO 962 Jordan
KZ 7 Kazakhstan
KE 254 Kenya
KI 686 Kiribati
KP 850 North Korea
KR 82 South Korea
KW 965 Kuwait
KG 996 Kyrgyzstan
LA 856 Laos
LV 371 Latvia
LB 961 Lebanon
LS 266 Lesotho
LR 231 Liberia
LY 218 Libya
LI 423 Liechtenstein
LT 370 Lithuania
LU 352 Luxembourg
MO 853 Macao
MK 389 Macedonia
MG 261 Madagascar
MW 265 Malawi
MY 60 Malaysia
MV 960 Maldives
ML 223 Mali
| Standard Choices Reference | 409
Standard Choice Value Value Desc Description
MT 356 Malta
MH 692 Marshall Islands
MQ 596 Martinique
MR 222 Mauritania
MU 230 Mauritius
YT 269 Mayotte
MX 52 Mexico
FM 691 Micronesia
MD 373 Moldova
MC 377 Monaco
MS 976 Montserrat
MA 212 Morocco
MZ 258 Mozambique
NA 264 Namibia
NR 674 Nauru
NP 977 Nepal
NL 31 Netherlands
AN 599 Netherlands Antilles
NC 687 New Caledonia
NZ 64 New Zealand
NI 505 Nicaragua
NG 234 Nigeria
NU 683 Niue
NF 672 Norfolk Island
NO 47 Norway
OM 968 Oman
PK 92 Pakistan
PW 680 Palau
PS 970 Palestine
PA 507 Panama
PG 675 Papua New Guinea
PY 595 Paraguay
PE 51 Peru
PH 63 Philippines
PN 48 Pitcairn
PT 351 Portugal
QA 974 Qatar
RE 262 Reunion
RO 40 Romania
RU 7 Russia
RW 250 Rwanda
| Standard Choices Reference | 410
Standard Choice Value Value Desc Description
SH 290 Saint Helena
SM 378 San Marino
ST 239 Sao Tome and Principe
SA 966 Saudi Arabia
SN 221 Senegal
CS 381 Serbia and Montenegro
SC 248 Seychelles
SK 421 Slovakia
SB 677 Solomon Islands
SO 252 Somalia
ZA 27 South Africa
ES 34 Spain
LK 94 Sri Lanka
SD 249 Sudan
SR 597 Suriname
SZ 268 Swaziland
SE 46 Sweden
CH 41 Switzerland
SY 963 Syria
TW 886 Taiwan
TJ 992 Tajikistan
TZ 255 Tanzania
TH 66 Thailand
TG 228 Togo
TK 690 Tokelau
TO 676 Tonga
TN 216 Tunisia
TR 90 Turkey
TM 993 Turkmenistan
TV 688 Tuvalu
UG 256 Uganda
UA 380 Ukraine
AE 971 United Arab Emirates
US 1 United States
UY 598 Uruguay
UZ 998 Uzbekistan
VU 678 Vanuatu
VN 84 Vietnam
WF 681 Wallis and Futuna
EH 685 Western Sahara
YE 967 Yemen
| Standard Choices Reference | 411
Standard Choice Value Value Desc Description
ZW 263 Zimbabwe
| Standard Choices Reference | 412
PHONE_NUMBER_IDD_ENABLE
This Standard Choice expands the phone and fax number fields to allow users to enter a country
code. Once you enable this Standard Choice, you must enable and add values to the Standard Choice
PHONE_NUMBER_IDD. When these two Standard Choices are configured, Civic Platform and Citizen
Access auto-populate the phone number Country Code field once a Country is selected from the Country
drop-down list.
Standard Choice values may include:
Yes
No
| Standard Choices Reference | 413
POINT_OF_SALE_FEE_SCHEDULE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice allows an agency to specify the fee schedule that you want to apply to point of sale
items. Use the Value and Value Desc fields to relate a POS Type to a specific fee schedule.
Note:
Before you set the Value for this Standard Choice you must have a fee schedule you can apply to point of
sale items. The POINT_OF_SALE_FEE_SCHEDULE Value and Value Desc fields associate a fee item to a
specific fee schedule.The Value Desc field must match the fee schedule name description exactly.
Standard Choice values:
<point_of_sale_type>_<module_name> - where <point_of_sale_type> is the point of sale type that
you define in POINT_OF_SALE_TYPE and <module_name> is the Accela module for which you want to
provide point of sale items, Food_Building or Clothing_AMS, for example.
Note:
Create Standard Choice values for each Accela module that requires the point of sale feature.
Value Desc:
<fee_schedule_name> - where <fee_schedule_name> is the name of the Fee Schedule, as defined
in Civic Platform Administration > Fees > Fee Schedule. It can contain multiple comma delimited fee
schedules, for example: POSFeeSchedule1, POSFeeScheduleBLDG.
The following shows a sample POINT_OF_SALE_FEE_SCHEDULE standard choice configuration:
The following shows a sample Point of Sale Payment portlet with a Food point of sale item in the POS
Type drop-down list. The user applies the Food point of sale item to the BLD_WS fee schedule.
| Standard Choices Reference | 414
| Standard Choices Reference | 415
POINT_OF_SALE_TYPE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
The Standard Choice provides an agency with a way to customize a unique record ID for different values
in the Value Desc field. You configure this Standard Choice differently for Accela-hosted and on-premise
deployments.
Standard Choices value:
Set the POINT_OF_SALE_TYPE value by entering each general type of fee item you want to apply a fee
to when making a point of sale. Create one value for each type of fee item. For example, values might be
Food, Clothing, or Media.}
Value Desc (for Accela-hosted deployments):
USER=Internal;CapID=<my_record_ID>. <my_record_ID> is a dummy record ID. For example, you can
set the Value Desc to: USER=Internal;CapID=10FDD-00000-#0001.
Note:
Civic Platform uses the dummy record ID as a placeholder to enable point of sale functionality, the dummy
record ID does not display to any Civic Platform users.
Value Desc (for on-premise deployments)
USER=Public;CapID=<record_ID>. If on-premise sites need to enter a customizable record ID that applies
a dummy record ID for each fee item value, then <record_ID> must follow the format of xxxxx-xxxxx-#xxxx
where xxxx can be any alphanumeric value. For example, if Food is the value, then the Value Desc field
might look like this: USER=Public;CapID=10POS-0000-#0000. For example:
| Standard Choices Reference | 416
POPULATE_CURRENT_USER_TO_APPLICANT
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
Each module listed populates the current user as the applicant in the Single Portlet Entry and Renewal
form in Citizen Access.
Standard Choice values can include:
{Each value must be one of the modules, spelled exactly as it appears in the module drop-down list in Civic
Platform.}
| Standard Choices Reference | 417
PRIORITY
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
Based on your agency requirements, specify the priority levels to appear in the Priority field.
Standard Choice values can include:
1
2
3
| Standard Choices Reference | 418
PRODUCTION_UNIT_TYPE
Product
Civic Platform, Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
Specifies choice values for the Unit of Production Field drop-down list used for tracking work order
production.
Standard Choice values can include:
Each
Feet
Acres
Miles
| Standard Choices Reference | 419
PROFESSIONALSET_SCRIPT_LIST
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
Allows you to execute EMSE scripts on a licensed professional set. Enter the EMSE Script Name as the
Standard Choices value. Then, in the Value Desc field, enter the name to display in the drop-down list for
this script.
Standard Choice values can include:
{EMSE Script Name}
| Standard Choices Reference | 420
PROX_ALERT_ACTION
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice is required for proximity alerts to function.
Standard Choice values can include:
Acknowledged
Ignore
You must add both values separately.
| Standard Choices Reference | 421
PROXIMITY ALERT DISPLAY GIS map viewer
Product
Civic Platform, GIS
Type
System Switch
Description
After you add the Standard Choice, when a proximity alert is activated, the GIS map viewer displays with
the GIS objects associated with the application. This occurs after Civic Platform assigns an action to and
saves all proximity alerts in a workflow task.
Standard Choice values can include:
Do not enter a value for this Standard Choices item.
| Standard Choices Reference | 422
RACE
Product
Civic Platform, Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
The Standard Choice defines a list of race options that users can select for contacts.
Standard Choice values can include, but not limited to:
African American
Caucasian
American Indian
Latino
Asian
| Standard Choices Reference | 423
RANDOM_AUDIT
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice allows you to configure the random audit functionality.
Table 118: RANDOM_AUDIT Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Values Value Desc Description
AUDIT_MAXIMUM_RESULT Any numerical value up to 50,000.
Default: 50,000 This value specifies the maximum number of
records that can be part of the audit set.
AUDIT_FREQUENCY X Months (where X represents
number of months) For example:2
Months
This value defines the audit frequency (in
number of months) at the agency level. To
define audit frequency at the module level,
see MODULE_AUDIT_FREQUENCY.
AGENCY_EMAIL_ ADDRESS Additional e-mail address(es) that
you want to blind courtesy copy the
report to.
The report is automatically sent to the email
addresses specified in the record contacts
or Report Manager. You can blind courtesy
copy (bcc) it to additional addresses. The
default From email address is the agency
administrator’s address.
| Standard Choices Reference | 424
REASON_FOR_RESCHEDULING_CANCELLING_EXAMINATION
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
The Standard Choice defines the reasons users must give to reschedule an examination or cancel an
exam. For example, enter “Need to transfer to a bigger room to hold more students.” to the Value field as a
reason. If you do not define a reason, users cannot reschedule or cancel an exam.
| Standard Choices Reference | 425
RECENTLY_HISTORY_SIZE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice controls the number of items that display in the Recently Viewed drop-down list
when users click the Navigation button on the toolbar. Default value is 10.
Recently Viewed displays various types of content. When hovering over the item identification number,
hover text displays what type of data element it is. For example, Record or Contact.
| Standard Choices Reference | 426
REF_ADDRESS_TYPE
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the value options for the reference address type. Use this Standard Choice
for the reference address in conjunction with FID 0276-Address Type Group and FID 0277-Address Type
for the reference address (when enabled).
Super agency administrators must configure this Standard Choice to enable the creation of records and
services with external addresses.
Standard Choice values can include:
Asset Address
Parcel Address
Right of Way
Street Row
The Value Desc text appears as the drop down list item for the corresponding address type.
Descriptive Text in Citizen Access
For Citizen Access, the REF_ADDRESS_TYPE standard choice can be used to add text that will be
displayed in Citizen Access when users search for the address type. To add descriptive text for Citizen
Access, after the drop down list item text, append a pipe character followed by the descriptive text. For
example:
| Standard Choices Reference | 427
REFERENCE_CONTACT_RELATIONSHIP
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the value options in the current/target contact role drop-down list that users
can select when associating a reference contact with another one. The two reference contacts can be two
organization contacts, or two individual contacts, or one individual contact and one organization contact.
You can go to the Standard Choices portlet in the Setup Admin, select the Standard Choice under the
Contact tree node, and define the Standard Choice values.
Table 119: REFERENCE_CONTACT_RELATIONSHIP Standard Choice Values
Value Description
Contact Role Contact
Role en_US Define the possible contact roles, including the current contact role and target contact
role, that reference contacts can play when users configure their association relationship.
Active Mark the check box to include this item on the list of Standard Choices.
| Standard Choices Reference | 428
REFUND_PAYMENT_REASON
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines all possible options in the Reason field that users can select when refunding
payments. You can enter each possible reason as a Standard Choice value.
| Standard Choices Reference | 429
REGIONAL MODIFIER
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the value options for the regional modifier.
Standard Choice values can include:
1
1.5
2.0
| Standard Choices Reference | 430
RELATED_CAP_SUMMARY
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice determines whether the record summary displays on the Renewal tab, Related
Records tab, or both.
Standard Choice values can include:
Related
Renewal
Value Desc:
Yes
| Standard Choices Reference | 431
RELATED_RECORDS_DEFAULT_VIEW
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the default view mode of the Related Records tab as either tree view or list
view. The Related Records tab displays in the default view mode, when opened the first time. Users can
switch between the two view modes.
Standard Choice values can include:
TreeView {Default}
ListView
| Standard Choices Reference | 432
RELATED_CAP_CONFIG
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice controls the display of the Related Record section and the tree view of the Related
Records tab.
Table 120: RELATED_CAP_CONFIG Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Value Value Desc Description
DISABLE_IN_EDIT_RECORD_
BY_SINGLE_FORM Yes, No If you set the value to Yes, the Related
Record section does not display in the Edit
Record By Single Form which opens when
users click the Summary button for a record.
If you set the value to No, the Related
Records section displays in the Edit Record
By Single Form which opens when users click
the Summary button for a record.
Note:
This Standard Choice value does
not affect the Edit Record By Single
Form that opens for a partial record.
DISPLAY_CONFIG {List field names in pairs of dollar
signs.} $SERV_PROV_CODE
$$ALTERNATE_CAP_ID
$[$CAP_TYPE$]$CAP_
SUBMITTED_DATE$
$APPLICATION_NAME$
The value defines the fields that show
in the Related Records tree view.
$SERV_PROV_CODE$ only applies to multi-
agency environments.
| Standard Choices Reference | 433
REMOVE_PAY_FEE
Product
Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice controls the display of the Pay Fee link from the Fees section of the Record Detail
page and the Status column on the Record List page.
Standard Choices values include:
Yes. Removes the Pay Fee link from view.
No. Displays the Pay Fee link when your agency supports online payment processing.
| Standard Choices Reference | 434
REMOVE_REQUIRED_IN_ADMIN_CONDITIONS
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
When administrators add or manage conditions (including conditions of approval and general conditions) in
Civic Platform, this Standard Choice controls whether Required displays as an option in the Severity field
of the conditions.
Standard Choice values are:
Conditions of Approval
Conditions
Value Descriptions:
Yes. The Required option is not available for the operations listed in Table 121: Operations Affected by
REMOVE_REQUIRED_IN_ADMIN_CONDITIONS.
No. The Required option is available for the operations listed in the table.
Table 121: Operations Affected by REMOVE_REQUIRED_IN_ADMIN_CONDITIONS
Portlet or Tab Operation
Condition Maintenance portlet Any condition-related operation. See Figure 12:
Severity Field in the Condition Maintenance Portlet
for an example.
Reference APO (address, parcel, or owner) portlet > Condition
tabReference Professional portlet > Condition tab Any condition-related operation
Set portlet > Address, Parcel, or Professional tab > Conditions
tab Any condition-related operation
Set portlet > Record tab > Condition of Approval, or Conditions
tab Adds a standard condition
Record (including Building, Planning...), or Inspections portlet >
Condition of Approval or Conditions tab Adds standard condition
Record (including Building, Planning...) portlet > Related
Record tab Looks up records. Selects conditions (general
conditions, inspection conditions, or conditions of
approval) to copy when cloning or copying a record.
See Figure 13: Select Conditions to Copy Dialog
for an example.
Note:
If the Required option does not display
in the Select Conditions to Copy dialog,
but you disable the Standard Choice
REMOVE_REQUIRED_IN_DAILY_CONDITIONS,
Civic Platform selects the required
conditions to copy by default.
| Standard Choices Reference | 435
Figure 12: Severity Field in the Condition Maintenance Portlet
Figure 13: Select Conditions to Copy Dialog
| Standard Choices Reference | 436
REMOVE_REQUIRED_IN_DAILY_CONDITIONS
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
When users add or manage conditions (including conditions of approval and general conditions) in Civic
Platform, this Standard Choice controls whether Required displays as an option in the Severity field of the
conditions.
You can set this configuration for each module, Building for example.
Standard Choice values can include:
Building
License
Enforcement
Value Descriptions:
Yes. When users work in the specified module, the Required option is not available for the operations
listed in Table 122: Operations Affected by REMOVE_REQUIRED_IN_DAILY_CONDITIONS.
No. When users work in the specified module, the Required option is available for the operations listed in
the table.
Table 122: Operations Affected by REMOVE_REQUIRED_IN_DAILY_CONDITIONS
Portlet or Tab Operation
Record (including Building, Planning...), or Inspections portlet
> Condition of Approval or Condition tab Creates a daily conditionSee Figure 14: Severity Field
in the Add Condition Portlet for an example.
Record > Condition Notice window View the details of a condition
Set portlet > Record tab > Condition of Approval, or
Conditions tab Creates a daily condition
Figure 14: Severity Field in the Add Condition Portlet
| Standard Choices Reference | 437
REPORT_CRITERIA_LANGUAGE
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the available reporting languages. A language abbreviation is listed as the
Standard Choice value, and the language name is listed as the Standard Choice value description.
Standard Choice values may include:
AR (Arabic)
EN (English)
| Standard Choices Reference | 438
REPORTS FROM GIS OBJECTS
Product
Civic Platform, GIS
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice enables users to run reports based on GIS object sets.
Standard Choice values can include:
{Enter the applicable report string. This is not the actual report, but a reference to the report.}
| Standard Choices Reference | 439
REPRINT_REASONS
Product
Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the possible reasons for authorized agents or clerks to select when they
want to reprint a license tag in Citizen Access.
Standard Choice values include:
{Enter any reprint reason. For example, Out of Ink.}
| Standard Choices Reference | 440
ROUTE_OPTIMIZER_PROVIDER
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the approach to integrating the third-party route optimizer. For detailed
integration instructions, see “Configuring Inspection Route Sheets” in the Inspections chapter of the Civic
Platform Administrator Guide.
Table 123: ROUTE_OPTIMIZER_PROVIDER Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Value Value Description Description
type jar
className Enter your class name. For example,
gov.agencyname.route.RouteOptimizer
When your agency integrates a third-
party route optimizer by way of a jar
package, you must add these values
and value descriptions.
type restful
url Enter your restful url excluding parameters.
For example,http://www.bridgeview.gov/
restful/route
When your agency integrates a third-
party route optimizer through REST
API, you must add these values and
value descriptions.
| Standard Choices Reference | 441
ROWM_CONDITIONS
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice is used to notify the user that a conflict exists on a date and location they applied for
a permit or event.
Configure each pair of Standard Choice Value and Value Description as mapping values between Right of
Way Management event/activity type and Civic Platform condition type:
Standard Choice Value = Right of Way Management Event, Activity Type
Value Description = Civic Platform Condition Type
Add the Standard Choice value and Value description pairs as needed. The Standard Choice Values in the
following table are provided as examples and are customizable by your agency.
Standard Choice Value (Right of Way Management) Value Description (Civic Platform)
Building Permit Building Permit Notice
Communication Communication - Event
Music Music - Event
Roadway Roadway
Sanitary Sewer Sanitary Sewer Required
Water Water - Project
| Standard Choices Reference | 442
ROWM_INTEGRATION
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice is used with the integration of the ROWM API and Civic Platform. After you configure
this Standard Choice when you subsequently create a record type with Right of Way Management as the
category, a record is created automatically with a link to the Right of Way Management site. This Standard
Choice is used by both Civic Platform and Citizen Access.
Standard Choice values are:
Standard Choice Value Value Description
DISTANCE Numerical distance value
ROWM_API_SYSTEM_NAME Name of agency system
ROWM_API_URL Agency URL
UNIT Unit of measure for distance
| Standard Choices Reference | 443
SALUTATION
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice allows users to enter professional or social titles for contacts and licensed
professionals, such as Mr., Mrs., or Dr. Salutations must be 10 or fewer characters. The Standard Choice
values populate in the Salutation drop-down list in the Contact, Licensed Professional, and Record portlets.
Standard Choice values include:
Mr.
Mrs.
Ms.
Dr.
Prof.
| Standard Choices Reference | 444
SESSION_TIMEOUT
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice specifies the session time-out value (in seconds) at the agency level and overrides
the session time-out setting at the web server level.
Administrators can configure whether to display a session time-out warning to users, to warn that the
session is timing out. Users can select Yes in the time-out warning to restart the session.
Table 124: SESSION_TIMEOUT Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Values Value Description Description
TIMEOUT Enter a number (of seconds).
Default: 7200. The value defines the time period after which
a Civic Platform session with no activity
times out. If you specify a value less than
600 seconds, Civic Platform automatically
enforces a session time-out period of 10
minutes.
TIMEOUT WARNING Enter a number (of seconds).
Default: 120. This value defines the advance time in
seconds to pop up the session time-out
warning.
| Standard Choices Reference | 445
SG-PERCENTAGE_ EXCLUDE_ INVOICED_ FEE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
When users add a fee item with the SG-PERCENTAGE calc formula to a record, Civic Platform calculates
its fee based on the sum of the other fee items that belong to the same subgroup in the record. This
Standard Choice defines whether to include all the fee items in the sum, or the fee items of the New status
only, and also determines whether users can recalculate an “Invoiced” fee item of the SG-PERCENTAGE
calc formula.
Standard Choice values include:
Yes. Civic Platform calculates the fee with the SG-PERCENTAGE calc formula based on the sum of the
other fee items of the New Status that belong to the same subgroup. Besides, when users recalculate the
fees in a record, if the fee item of the SG-PERCENTAGE formula is in the Invoiced status, the recalculation
does not change the value of the fee item.
No {Default}. Civic Platform calculates the fee based on the sum of all the other fee items that belong to
the same subgroup. Besides, users can recalculate the fee item of the SG-PERCENTAGE formula even if
the fee item is in the Invoiced status.
| Standard Choices Reference | 446
SINGLE_INVOICE_REPORT
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
Administrators select this Standard Choice to indicate whether to enable a single invoice report.
Standard Choice values include:
{Specify the report name.}
| Standard Choices Reference | 447
SOCIAL_MEDIA_SETTINGS
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
If you want to customize the application name (instead of “Civic Platform”) displayed under the tweets, use
this Standard Choice to register the consumer key and consumer secret you get from the Twitter site for
the customized application.
Standard Choice values include:
TWITTER
Value Desc:
CONSUMER_KEY=<*****>, CONSUMER_SECRET=<*****> Replace <*****> with the actual consumer key
and consumer secret strings.
| Standard Choices Reference | 448
SPELL_CHECKER_ENABLED
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice controls the Spell Checker.
Standard Choice values include:
Yes. The Spell Checker is available for use in Civic Platform.
No. The Speck Checker is not available.
| Standard Choices Reference | 449
SSO_ADAPTER
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
Allows an agency to specify a custom SSO adapter for an app or web implementation. By default, users
login Civic Platform using the default SSO implementation. For each agency intending to use a custom
SSO adapter that displays a custom login page and invokes a third-party identity provider (such as LDAP
and Oracle Access Manager), the agency administrator must add the standard choice configuration
SSO_ADAPTER that specifies the web or app custom SSO adapter.
Values
Value Description Example
BIZ_SSO_Adapter_4_Agency For an agency web application (using
av.biz), specify the classpath of the
agency's custom SSO adapter.
For an agency web service, specify
the URL of the web service.
For a web application:
com.sso.islandton.
web.WebSSOAdapter.java
For a web service: ws:https://
myagency.com/auth
BIZ_SSO_Adapter_4_PublicUser For a citizen app (using av.biz),
specify the classpath of the agency's
custom SSO adapter.
For a citizen web service, specify the
URL of the web service.
For an app: com.sso.
islandton.app.
AppSSOAdapter.java
For a web service: ws:https://
myagency.citizen.com/auth
WEB_SSO_Adapter For a web service implementation
(using av.web), specify the classpath
of the agency's custom SSO adapter.
For a web service adapter:
com.sso.islandton.
ws.WebserviceAdapter.java
For multiple agencies using separate custom SSO adapters, the standard choice SSO_ADAPTER needs
to be configured for each agency.
| Standard Choices Reference | 450
STANDARD_WEB_FONTS
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice enables custom fonts in the APO Form Layout Editor, ASI Form Layout Editor, Asset
Form Layout Editor, and TSI Form Layout Editor. Civic Platform populates the choices in the Font drop-
down list in the Properties window.
Standard Choice values can include:
Andale Mono
Arial
Comic Sans MS
Courier New
Georgia
Impact
Times New Roman
Trebuchet MS
Verdana
Webdings
| Standard Choices Reference | 451
State/Province (User-defined Name)
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access
Type
Business Configuration - State/Province
Description
This Standard Choice defines a list of states or provinces that can be available for selection in the State (or
Province) drop-down list across Civic Platform and Citizen Access.
You can specify a unique name as the Standard Choice name (the name of the State list). The Standard
Choice name appears as an option of the State/Province drop-down list in the Regional Settings portlet.
The administrator can relate the State list to a country or region in the Regional Settings portlet. When the
user selects that country or region in a form like the Contact Address intake form, Civic Platform populates
the corresponding states from the specified State list in the State (or Province) drop-down list. See Figure
15: Define the State List for the United States for an illustrative example.
Figure 15: Define the State List for the United States
Standard Choice values can include:
{Enter the names of the states or provinces.}
AK
CA
SD
Value Descriptions:
{Enter description of the state or province.}
Alaska {for the Standard Choice value “AK”}
| Standard Choices Reference | 452
California {for the Standard Choice value “CA”}
South Dakota {for the Standard Choice value “SD”}
| Standard Choices Reference | 453
STATES
Product
Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice populates the drop-down list of states. The Standard Choices values are the state
names, such as California, Florida, Texas, or New York. You may run a script to populate all 50 states for
this drop-down list.
| Standard Choices Reference | 454
STATUS_OF_CONDITIONS_OF_APPROVAL
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access, Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the status for conditions of approval. You define the Standard Choice values
as the options in the status field for a condition of approval.
Standard Choice values can include:
{Enter a status names in each row.}
Pending
Met
Value Descriptions:
{Enter the status type Applied or Not Applied.}
Applied
Not Applied
| Standard Choices Reference | 455
STREET DIRECTIONS
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access, Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice populates the drop-down list of street directions. The Standard Choices values are
the directions, such as North, South, East, West, N, S, E, W, NE, NW, SE, SW.
| Standard Choices Reference | 456
STREET SUFFIXES
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access, Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice populates the drop-down list of street suffixes.
Standard Choice values can include:
Ave
Cir
Way
| Standard Choices Reference | 457
STRUCTURETYPE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice populates the drop-down list of the structure type.
Standard Choice values can include:
Primary
Secondary
Canal
Mall
| Standard Choices Reference | 458
STRUCTURE_APO_ASSOCIATION
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice controls the auto‑association of APO data when you associate an establishment with
a structure.
Standard Choice values include:
Address
Establishment
Owner
Parcel
Structure
Value Desc:
Yes: Civic Platform automatically associates the object.
No: Civic Platform does not automatically associate the object.
Prompt: Civic Platform prompts the user to associate any related objects.
| Standard Choices Reference | 459
STRUCTURE_CAP_ASSOCIATION
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice controls the automatic association of establishment, structure, and APO data to an
application intake form when you search for an address, parcel, owner, structure, or establishment.
Standard Choice values include:
Address
Establishment
Owner
Parcel
Structure
Value Descriptions:
Yes: Civic Platform automatically associates any related objects.
No: Civic Platform does not automatically associate the object.
Prompt: Civic Platform prompts users to associate related objects, if any.
| Standard Choices Reference | 460
STRUCTURE_ESTABLISHMENT_APO_ASSOCIATION
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice controls the auto‑association of APO data to existing associated establishments
when you associate APO data with their parent structure.
Standard Choice values include:
Address
Establishment
Owner
Parcel
Structure
Value Description:
Yes: Civic Platform automatically associates the object.
No: Civic Platform does not automatically associate the object.
Prompt: Civic Platform prompts the user to associate any related objects.
| Standard Choices Reference | 461
STRUCTURE_ESTABLISHMENT_LAND_USE
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice determines the land use values for structures and establishments.
Standard Choice values can include:
Commercial
Residential
| Standard Choices Reference | 462
STRUCTURE_ESTABLISHMENT_STATUS
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice determines the structure and establishment status values.
Standard Choice values can include:
Existing
Proposed
| Standard Choices Reference | 463
TEMPLATE_EMSE_DROPDOWN
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice controls the ability to populate licensed professional template field information by
calling an external web service and publishing the data to the field.
Standard Choice values:
ENABLE_EMSE
Value Description:
Yes. Enables the EMSE web service functionality.
No. Disables EMSE web service functionality. The default value is No.
| Standard Choices Reference | 464
TEMPLATE_TEXT_PARAMS
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines agency-specific parameters that administrators can apply to display text
in text settings. The Standard Choice value defines the parameter name, and the Value Desc defines
the parameter value. If the display text contains the parameter name surrounded by the “$$” signs in text
settings, the parameter value appears on the interface where the text settings are applicable.
| Standard Choices Reference | 465
TIME_ACCOUNTING_SETTINGS
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice controls whether the Equipment/Materials section is available for users to add
equipment and material cost when creating a time accounting record.
Standard Choice values can include:
ENABLE_EQUIPMENT_LIST
Value Desc:
Yes. The Equipment/Materials section displays in the time accounting new form only when the Standard
Choice Value ENABLE_EQUIPMENT_LIST = Yes.
| Standard Choices Reference | 466
TIME_MODULES
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice controls the drop‑down menu that displays beside the time in Structures and
Establishments records and indicates whether the time is a.m. or p.m.
Standard Choice values can include:
a.m.
p.m.
| Standard Choices Reference | 467
TRUST_ACCOUNT_ADMINISTRATOR
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the trust account administrator name and the email address for sending
notifications regarding trust accounts. For example, you can set up a threshold amount in a trust account
and automatically send a notification to the trust account administrator if the trust account balance falls
below that threshold.
To set up a trust account receipt and an email notification for a low threshold amount, you must also
configure the Content Customize function (0184-Admin Content Customization). Civic Platform sends
email notifications to all email IDs listed in the Value Desc fields.
Standard Choice value can include:
{Enter the trust account administrator’s name, in the form of Firstname Lastname, for example: Rocky
Miyagi.}
Value Description:
{Enter the trust account administrator’s email address, for example: Rocky.Miyagi@CityOfOakland.net.}
| Standard Choices Reference | 468
TRUST_ACCOUNT_ONLY
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice controls the ability to display a prompt so a user can choose to pay with a trust
account or an alternative payment method.
Standard Choice values include:
Yes. Pays with a trust account only.
No. Provides the prompt to pay using an alternative payment method.
| Standard Choices Reference | 469
UNIT DESC
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the value options for the types of workloads to use.
Standard Choice values can include:
Hours Worked
Pages Copied
| Standard Choices Reference | 470
UNIT TYPES
Product
Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice populates the drop-down list in the Unit Type field in ACA.
Standard Choices values may include:
Apt.
Building
Suite
Unit
| Standard Choices Reference | 471
UPDATE_REFERENCE_CONDITION
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines the reference condition configuration. This Standard Choice provides the
ability to prompt the user to update reference conditions during the cloning of a record and saves the
update as an ad‑hoc in condition history.
Standard Choice values:
{Enter the condition type.}
Standard Choice values can include:
Yes - No Prompt: When selected and you override or unlock a condition on the daily side, if you update
a reference condition a record, the action impacts all associated records with that reference condition,
without a prompt.
Yes - Prompt: When selected and you override or unlock a condition on the daily side, the user receives a
prompt, “Would you like to update the Reference Condition for all CAPs?” When selected, the user views
a message, “Would you like to update Reference Condition for all Records?” If you choose Yes, the main
reference condition updates all related records associated with it.
No: Civic Platform creates a disable and a history Ad hoc condition record. If you update a reference
condition on a record, the reference overrides the individual record only. This function does not affect other
records with the reference condition.
| Standard Choices Reference | 472
USE_GIS_REST_API
Product
Civic Platform
Version
8.0.2
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice enables the usage of the Civic Platform GIS REST API.
JavaScript GIS leverages the Civic Platform GIS REST API, which provides Civic Platform solutions with
an easy way to search and retrieve external address, parcel owner (XAPO) data.
Table 125: USE_GIS_REST_API Standard Choice Values
Standard Choice Value Value Description Description
Yes Yes Uses the Civic Platform GIS REST
API to perform search and retrieve
XAPO data.
The default value is No, which uses
the legacy SOAP-based API.
| Standard Choices Reference | 473
USER_DISCIPLINES
Product
Civic Platform, GIS
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice specifies the disciplines, or types that users can conduct, such as Building,
Electrical, or Insulation inspections. The Standard Choice values determine the disciplines available on the
Disciplines List page. You can assign an inspector to one or more disciplines through this page, when you
define the user profile for the inspector.
If you are using GIS, the Standard Choice value must match the spelling of the associated GIS layer name
as it displays on the GIS Map Viewer Table of Contents.
Standard Choice values can include:
Water
Electrical
Plumbing
| Standard Choices Reference | 474
USER_DISTRICTS
Product
Civic Platform, GIS
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice determines the user districts, or geographic areas, where users can conduct
meetings or inspections, such as Flagstaff East or Flagstaff North. The Standard Choice values determine
the districts available on the User Districts - Add From Standard Choices page. You can assign an
inspector to one or more districts through this page, when you define the user profile for the inspector.
This Standard Choice value must follow the format:
<district type>-<district name>
If you are using GIS, the Standard Choice value must match the spelling of the associated GIS layer name
as it displays on the GIS Map Viewer Table of Contents.
For example, if the GIS Layer Name is Fire District, the district type is Fire District, and the district name is
1, set the Standard Choice value to Fire District-1.
| Standard Choices Reference | 475
VAL_CALC_BY_RECORD_TYPE
Product
Civic Platform, Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice controls valuation calculator versioning, which enables users to track multiple
versions of an occupancy code. Additionally, this Standard Choice controls the availability of the
occupancy grouping feature. Agency administrators can group together and manage occupancy version
information by creating an occupancy group.
This Standard Choice controls the default state of the Filter by Record Type option in the Valuation
Calculator section of Civic Platform.
This functionality extends into public users of Citizen Access. When estimating fees for a record, public
users can enter applicable parameters and can view fees based either on the Contractor Job value or
on the valuation calculation results. This feature also includes the super agency level in Citizen Access.
Administrators can decide whether the fees are calculated based on the higher or lower of the Contractor
job value or the valuation calculation results through the Record Type Administration page or using EMSE
scripting. As a pre-requisite to using this feature, administrators must associate some occupancy to the
record type. The ApplicationSubmitAfter and FeeEstimateAfter4ACA EMSE events relate to each other.
Standard Choice values can include:
Yes. Select the Filter by Record Type option in the Valuation Calculator section.
No {or undefined}. Clear the Filter by Record Type option in the Valuation Calculator section.
| Standard Choices Reference | 476
VALUATION_CALCULATOR_VERSION
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice controls valuation calculator versioning, which enables users to track multiple
versions of an occupancy code. Additionally, this Standard Choice controls the availability of the
occupancy grouping feature. Agency administrators can group together and manage occupancy version
information by creating an occupancy group.
You can use the ValuationCalculator_EMSE_Test.txt event script to change the logic of valuation
calculator versioning.
Standard Choice values can include:
Yes
No
| Standard Choices Reference | 477
VEHICLE
Product
Civic Platform, Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice identifies the types of vehicles reported during one-time accounting.
Standard Choice values can include:
Motorcycle
Bicycle
Car
| Standard Choices Reference | 478
VIRTUAL FOLDERS (User-defined Name)
Product
Civic Platform
Type
Business Configuration - Virtual Folder
Description
This Standard Choice defines a virtual folder group.
You can specify a unique virtual folder group name as the Standard Choice name. Each virtual folder
group can have several values, each value representing a virtual folder. You can create multiple virtual
folder groups, that correspond to different record types, and you can associate the appropriate virtual folder
group to its corresponding record type.
| Standard Choices Reference | 479
VOID_INVOICE_REASON
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines all possible options in the Reason field that users can select when voiding
invoices. You can enter each possible reason as a Standard Choice value.
| Standard Choices Reference | 480
VOID_PAYMENT_REASON
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice defines all possible options in the Reason field that users can select when voiding
payments. You can enter each possible reason as a Standard Choice value.
| Standard Choices Reference | 481
WITHOUT_INSPECTION_TIME
Product
Civic Platform, IVR
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice controls whether IVR or a third party IVR can schedule inspections without passing
the scheduled start time to Civic Platform.
If administrators set the Standard Choice value to IVR, when users schedule or reschedule inspections
with IVR, IVR does not deliver the scheduled start time to Civic Platform.
If you set the Standard Choice value to IVR, when users schedule or reschedule inspections with a third
party IVR, the IVR system does not deliver the scheduled start time to Civic Platform, as long as the
InspectionTime element is empty in the GovXML requests ScheduleInspection or RescheduleInspection.
Standard Choice values:
IVR
| Standard Choices Reference | 482
WO_TASK_DURATION_UNIT
Product
Civic Platform, Mobile Office
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice determines the anticipated unit of time needed to complete the task.
Standard Choice value can include:
Yes. The actual duration in daily work order tasks defaults to the same value as the estimate duration.
| Standard Choices Reference | 483
WO_TASK_DURATION_SAME_AS_DEFAULT
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
Standard Choice values:
No. Leave the Actual duration default value as zero.
| Standard Choices Reference | 484
WO_CLOSE_CHECK_TASK
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
Standard Choice values
Yes. Daily users cannot close a work order until the user marks all attached work order tasks as Complete.
| Standard Choices Reference | 485
WORKFLOW_FIDS
Product
Civic Platform
Type
System Switch
Description
Use this Standard Choice in conjunction with APPLICATION_TYPE_SECURITY_FID to limit users
with Workflow Supervisor access (FID 8090-Workflow Supervisor enabled). If your agency has users
with Workflow Supervisor access, meaning the user has FID 8090-Workflow Supervisor enabled,
and you need to limit their access, you must list each functional area you want to restrict in both the
APPLICATION_TYPE_SECURITY_FID and the WORKFLOW_FIDS Standard Choice.
| Standard Choices Reference | 486
WORKFLOW_CONFIGS
Product
Citizen Access
Type
System Switch
Description
This Standard Choice enables the ability to display the e-mail address associated with a workflow task to
public users in the Record Processing Status area on the website.
Standard Choice value may include:
ACA_ENABLE_WF_DISP_EMAIL
Value Desc:
Yes. The Civic Platform workflow setting is marked to display an e-mail address for the record in ACA by
default.
No. You define the setting to hide e-mail address associated with the record in ACA by default.
| Function IDs Reference | 487
Function IDs Reference
This section contains a sequential list of Function IDs (FIDs). For each FID, the reference provides the
following sections:
Version. Indicates the Civic Platform product version in which the FID first appeared.
Description. Provides an explanation of what the FID controls.
Interdependency. Lists other FIDs that inter-operate with the current FID, or have a parent relationship or
child relationship to the current FID. FIDs with an inter-operate relationship jointly control a single function.
Child FIDs depend on the parent FID, that is, a disabled parent prevents enablement of the affected child,
regardless of the child setting.
Solution. The solution name associated with the FID.
Access. Provides the Civic Platform navigation path to the item controlled by the FID.
| Function IDs Reference | 488
0004-Admin Users
Description
Enables the User administration function for administrators to create and manage users, including defining
the user groups that users belongs to.
Interdependency
Interoperation 0096-Admin User Groups
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > User Profile > User
| Function IDs Reference | 489
0005-Reference Property Parcels
Description
Enables the Parcels portlet for users to create and manage reference parcels.
Enables the Parcel tab in the Addresses portlet for users to associate parcels to addresses.
Enables the Look Up and Delete buttons in the Parcels tab of the Structures & Establishments portlet,
so users to look up reference parcels for structures and establishments.
Interdependency
Child of #1 0089-Reference Property Owners
Child of #1 0109-Reference Genealogy Split/Merge
Child of #1 0295-Reference Structure and Establishment
Child of #1 0239-Activities For People and Property
Parent of #2 0006-Reference Property Addresses
Parent of #3 0295-Reference Structure and Establishment
Solution
All
Access
Parcels portlet
Addresses portlet > Parcel tab
| Function IDs Reference | 490
0006-Reference Property Addresses
Description
Enables the Addresses portlet for users to create and manage reference address information.
Enables the Address tab (including the Look Up, New, Delete, Submit, Cancel and GIS buttons) in the
Parcels portlet for users to manage addresses for parcels, and copy or move associated reference
addresses between genealogically related reference parcels.
Enables the Address tab in the Contacts portlet for users to manage reference addresses for contacts.
Enables the Look Up and Delete buttons in the Addresses tab of the Structures & Establishments
portlet, so users to look up reference addresses for structures and establishments.
Interdependency
Interoperation of #1 0069-Reference Condition Addresses
Parent of #2 0005-Reference Property Parcels
Child of #1 0277-Address Type for the reference address
Child of #1 0321-Reference Address Copy
Child of #1 8388-Reference Address Comments
Child of #1 0239-Activities For People and Property
Interoperation of #3 0344-Show Address on the Contact
Parent of #4 0295-Reference Structure and Establishment
Solution
All
Access
Addresses portlet
Parcels portlet > Address tab
Contacts portlet > Address tab
| Function IDs Reference | 491
0008-Reference Licensed Professionals
Description
Enables the Licensed Professionals portlet for users to add and manage licensed professionals.
Enables the Look Up and Delete buttons in the Owners tab of the Structures & Establishments portlet,
so users to look up owners for structures and establishments.
Enables the Associate Licensed Professional button in the Associated People tab of the Trust Account
portlet, so users can associate licensed professionals to a trust account.
Interdependency
Child of #1 0323-Disable Licensed Professionals Search
Child of #1 8330-People Info Table
Child of #1 8389-Reference Licensed Professional Comments
Child of #1 0283-Associated CAP List
Child of #1 0239-Activities For People and Property
Parent of #2 0295-Reference Structure and Establishment
Parent of #3 0278-Associate People
Solution
All
Access
Licensed Professionals portlet
| Function IDs Reference | 492
0025-Admin Workflow Email Settings
Version
5
Description
Enables the Email Setting administration function of workflow for administrators to specify the combination
of a workflow process, task, and status that generates an email message. Administrators can choose
which email message to send when this combination occurs, and determine the recipient of the email
message.
Interdependency
Interoperation 0026-Admin Workflow Email Messages
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Workflow > Email Setting
| Function IDs Reference | 493
0026-Admin Workflow Email Messages
Description
Enables the email message administration function of workflow for administrators to compose email
messages that they can deliver to specific recipients when a certain task reaches a certain status.
Interdependency
Child 0025-Admin Workflow Email Settings
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Workflow > Email Message
| Function IDs Reference | 494
0027-Workflow Email Override
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 495
0036-Admin Workflow Processes
Description
Enables the Process administration function for administrators to manage workflow processes and
configure workflow tasks in the processes.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Workflow > Process
| Function IDs Reference | 496
0043-Tickler
Description
Enables the Tickler and Tickler Collection daily functions in Civic Platform Classic, so users can configure
and mange ticklers (pre-defined search in database for certain tasks).
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Daily > SmartManager > Tickler
Classic Daily > SmartManager > Tickler Collection
| Function IDs Reference | 497
0044-User Preferences
Description
Enables the Preference tab in the Preference portlet for users to set up Civic Platform preferences.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Preference portlet > Preference tab
| Function IDs Reference | 498
0045-Admin Organizational Hierarchy
Description
Enables the Organization administration function for administrators to define organization hierarchy,
translating agency’s departments into organization structures.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > User Profile > Organization
| Function IDs Reference | 499
0047-Admin Fee Payment Periods
Description
Enables the Payment Period administration function for administrators to configure and manage payment
periods. Payment periods can indicate which module a user is working in, or act as flags during batch
processing. Payment periods help manage which fees apply to an application, and when.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Fees > Payment Period
| Function IDs Reference | 500
0048-Reference Hearing Locations
Description
Enables the Hearing Location administration function for administrators to add reference hearing locations.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Calendar > Location
| Function IDs Reference | 501
0049-Reference Hearing Bodies
Description
Enables the Hearing Body administration function for administrators to add reference hearing bodies.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Calendar > Hearing Body
| Function IDs Reference | 502
0050-Reference Hearing Calendar (old)
Description
Enables the Hearing Calendar administration function for administrators to create hearing calendar items in
Civic Platform Classic.
Interdependency
Interdependency 0183-Reference Hearing Calendar
Civic Platform ignores the setting of FID 0050 if you enable FID 0183. When you disable FID 0183 but
enable FID 0050, the calendar item edit page provides the fields differently than when you enable FID
0183.
Solution
All
Access
Calendar > Hearing Calendar
| Function IDs Reference | 503
0054-Admin Condition Types
Description
Enables the Condition Type administration function for administrators to create and manage condition
types.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Condition > Condition Type
| Function IDs Reference | 504
0055-Admin Condition Status
Description
Enables the Condition Status administration function for administrators to create and manage condition
statuses.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Condition > Condition Status
| Function IDs Reference | 505
0056-Admin Condition Reference
Description
Enables the Standard Condition administration function for administrators to create and manage standard
conditions.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Condition > Standard Condition Type
| Function IDs Reference | 506
0057-Reference Condition Parcels
Description
Enables the Conditions tab in the Parcels portlet for users to add and manage conditions for parcels.
Enables the Copy and Move buttons in the Conditions tab of the Parcels portlet for users to copy or
move associated conditions between genealogically related reference parcels.
Interdependency
Child of #1 0209-Reference Parcel Condition History
Solution
All
Access
Parcels portlet > Conditions tab
| Function IDs Reference | 507
0058-Admin Workflow Condition Validation
Description
Enables the Process Validation administration function of conditions for administrators to extend the
condition that currently exist for an application to inhibit the workflow process related to that application.
Process validation lets you determine the validity of the workflow process based on the condition of the
application it belongs to.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Condition > Process Validation
| Function IDs Reference | 508
0059-Admin Fees Valuation Calculation
Description
Enables the Valuation Calculator admin tool for administrators to configure and manage the valuation
calculations that they can associate with any given ASI field, system defined information field, or Job cost
field in an Application Intake form.
Interdependency
If you enable the Standard Choice VALUATION_CALCULATOR_VERSION, clicking the Valuation
Calculator link in Classic Admin opens the valuation calculator - occupancy portlet in Vantage360.
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Fees > Valuation Calculator
| Function IDs Reference | 509
0060-Admin Fees Regional Modifier
Description
Enables the Regional Modifier administration function for administrators to define the region and the
increment for fee adjustment.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Fees > Regional Modifier
| Function IDs Reference | 510
0061-Admin SmartChoice Code
Description
Enables the SmartChoice Group administration function for administrators to configure SmartChoice group
code to associate with application types. The SmartChoice group code determines the information to
include in the application intake form.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Application > SmartChoice Group
| Function IDs Reference | 511
0063-Admin Workflow Task Status
Version
2.5
Description
Enables the Task Status administration function of workflow for administrators to create and manage task
statuses.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Workflow > Task Status
| Function IDs Reference | 512
0065-Admin Application Types
Version
2.51
Description
Displays the Record Type portlet for administrators to configure record types.
Displays the Enable For ACA check boxes in an application type configuration, so administrators can
set the application type to display in Citizen Access, making the information available online.
Displays the Document Code for ACA field in an application type configuration on the condition enabled
for FID 0108 Admin Document Type.
Enables the Record Type Security portlet for administrators to control access to different application
types based on agency privileges and group privileges.
Interdependency
Parent of #1 0318-Administration
Child of #2 0244-Fee Estimation
Interoperation of #2 0075-Admin License Types
Interoperation of #3 0108-Admin Document Type
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Administration > AA Admin > Record Type
Setup portlet > Administration > AA Admin > Record Type > (Selecting a record type) Edit
Setup portlet > Application > Record Type Security
| Function IDs Reference | 513
0068-Admin Fee Item Sets
Version
4
Description
Enables the Fee Items administration function for administrators to configure and manage fee items.
Interdependency
Interoperation 0181-Admin Fees Manage Schedule
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Fees > Fee Items
| Function IDs Reference | 514
0069-Reference Condition Addresses
Description
Enables to display the address search results when users click the Submit button in the search form of
the Addresses portlet.
Enables the Conditions tab in the Addresses portlet for users to add and manage conditions for
addresses.
Interdependency
Interoperation of #1 0006-Reference Property Addresses
Child of #2 0208-Reference Address Condition History
Solution
All
Access
Addresses portlet > Search form > (After clicking the Submit button) Search results
Addresses portlet > Conditions tab
| Function IDs Reference | 515
0070-Reference Condition Licensed Professionals
Description
Enables the Condition tab in the Licensed Professionals portlet for users to manage conditions for licensed
professionals.
Interdependency
Child 0211-Reference Licensed Professional Cond. History
Solution
All
Access
Licensed Professionals portlet > Conditions tab
| Function IDs Reference | 516
0071-Admin Workflow Final Inspection
Description
Enables the Final Inspection button in the Application Type administration function, so administrators can
define the final inspections for workflow tasks.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Application > Application Type > (Below the Application Type list) Final Inspection
button
| Function IDs Reference | 517
0072-Admin App Spec Info
Obsolete. Use FID 0179 instead.
| Function IDs Reference | 518
0073-Admin Application Renewal Info
Description
Enables the Renewal Info administration function for administrators to establish renewal information such
as the expiration date, renewal process, and penalty periods for business licenses.
Interdependency
None
Solution
License
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Application > Renewal Info
| Function IDs Reference | 519
0074-Admin License Fee Payment Period
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 520
0075-Admin License Types
Description
Displays the Velocity Hall settings instead of Enable For ACA check boxes in an application type
configuration.
Interdependency
None
Interdependency
Interoperation 0065-Admin Application Types
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Administration > AA Admin > Record Type > (Selecting a record type) Edit
| Function IDs Reference | 521
0076-Accela Events
Description
Enables the event administration function for super agency administrators to perform the following tasks:
Add, update or delete events
Add, update or delete event parameters
View event logs by time period
Interdependency
None
Solution
SuperAgency
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Agency Profiles > Events
| Function IDs Reference | 522
0077-Admin Event Setup
Description
Enables the Events administration function for administrators to manage the association between events
and scripts.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Events > Events
| Function IDs Reference | 523
0078-Admin Event Script Setup
Description
Enables the Script administration function for administrators to add scripts, search scripts, or edit scripts.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Events > Scripts
| Function IDs Reference | 524
0079-Admin Event Script Test
Description
Enables the Script Test administration function for administrators to select and test scripts.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Events > Test Script
| Function IDs Reference | 525
0080-Admin Rbizdomain Maintenance
Description
Enables the Standard Choices administration function for administrators to add and manage Standard
Choice settings.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Standard Choices
| Function IDs Reference | 526
0081-Admin Calendar Events
Obsolete.
| Function IDs Reference | 527
0082-Reference Structure
Description
Enables the Structure administration function for administrators to define structures.
Interdependency
Child 0194-Access Structure Conditions
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Property > Structure
| Function IDs Reference | 528
0083-Reference Structure Template
Description
Enables the Structure Template administration function for administrators to define structure templates.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Property > Str Template
| Function IDs Reference | 529
0084-Reference People Contact
Description
Enables the Contacts portlet for users to add and manage contacts, including the following tabs:
Contact Detail, Contact Address, Related Contacts, Conditions, Record List, Activity, Associated Public
User, and Assets.
Enables the Associate Contact button in the Associated People tab of the Trust Account portlet, so
users can associate contacts to a trust account.
Enables the Sync to the Reference button in the Contacts tab, for users to synchronize the information
about a daily contact to its reference.
Enables the Also Known As tab in the Contacts portlet for users to manage the Also Known as names
of reference contacts.
Interdependency
Child of #1 8102-People User Defined Attribute
Child of #1 0322-Reference Merge Contacts
Child of #1 0239-Activities For People and Property
Parent of #2 0278-Associate People
Solution
All
Access
Contacts portlet
Contacts portlet > Also Known As tab
Record portlet > Contacts tab
Trust Account portlet > Associated People tab > Associate Contact button
| Function IDs Reference | 530
0085-Admin APO Template
Description
Enables the APO Template administration function for administrators to configure user-defined attributes
for addresses, parcels and owners.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Property > APO Template
| Function IDs Reference | 531
0086-Admin Agency Online Help
Description
Enables the Online Help administration function for administrators to define and manage custom help
documents. A help document can be an HTML file, PDF file, text file, Word document, website, or any
other file type that the browser supports.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All Modules
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Help > Online Help
| Function IDs Reference | 532
0087-Accela Online Help
Description
Enables the Online Help administration function for superagency administrators to view the existing help
documents, and add more if necessary.
Interdependency
None
Solution
Superagency
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Online Help
| Function IDs Reference | 533
0088-Admin People User Defined Attributes
Description
Enables the People Template administration function for administrators to configure templates as
additional fields for licensed professionals and contacts.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > People > People Template
| Function IDs Reference | 534
0089-Reference Property Owners
Description
Enables the Owner portlet for users to create and manage reference owner information.
Enables the Owner tab in the Parcels and Structures & Establishments portlet for users to manage
owners for parcels, and copy or move associated reference owners between genealogically related
reference parcels.
Interdependency
Parent of #2 0005-Reference Property Parcels
Child 0239-Activities For People and Property
Solution
All
Access
Owner portlet
Parcels portlet > Owner tab
Structures and Establishments portlet > Owner tab
| Function IDs Reference | 535
0092-Accela Functions
Version
3.7
Description
Enables the Functions administration function for superagency administrators to search and view the FID
list and the FID basic information.
Interdependency
None
Solution
Superagency
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Functions
| Function IDs Reference | 536
0093-Accela Release Versions
Version
3.7
Description
Enables the Version administration function for superagency administrators to view the Civic Platform
version information, and maintain the list of modules for each solution.
Interdependency
None
Solution
Superagency
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Version
| Function IDs Reference | 537
0094-Accela Agency
Version
3.7
Description
Enables the Agency administration function for superagency administrators to create and manage agency
settings.
Interdependency
None
Solution
Superagency
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Agency
| Function IDs Reference | 538
0095-Accela Agency Functions
Version
3.7
Description
Enables the Agency Functions administration function for superagency administrators to view and change
the Function Identification (FID) settings for agencies (do not change the basic functions, but only to enable
or disable optional functions). If you disable a FID for an agency, it is invisible to all the user groups in the
agency.
Interdependency
None
Solution
Superagency
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Agency Functions
| Function IDs Reference | 539
0096-Admin User Groups
Version
3.7
Description
Enables the User Group administration function for administrators to create and manage user groups,
including assigning FIDs to user groups.
Interdependency
Interoperation 0004-Admin Users
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > User Profile > User Group
| Function IDs Reference | 540
0097-Admin Workflow Review Activity
Version
4
Description
Enables the Activity administration function of workflow for administrators to configure activities for specific
workflow processes and tasks.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Workflow > Activity
| Function IDs Reference | 541
0098-Reference Standard Comments
Version
4.0
Description
Enables the Std Commend administration function for administrators to view and configure standard
comments in Civic Platform Classic.
Interdependency
Interdependency 0290-Admin - Standard Comments
If you enable FID 0290, the Std Comment administration page in Civic Platform Classic displays the
Standard Comments administration portlet from Civic Platform Vantage360. Otherwise, the Std Comment
administration page displays the legacy configuration page.
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Std Comment
| Function IDs Reference | 542
0099-Admin Oracle Reports
Version
3.8
Description
Enables the Oracle Report administration function for administrators to view and add Oracle reports in
Civic Platform Classic.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Oracle Report
| Function IDs Reference | 543
0106-Admin Batch job
Version
3.7
Description
Any of the following FIDs can enable the Batch Engine administration portlet:
0106-Admin Batch job (the list portlet, the Job Detail tab, Job Schedule tab, and Log tab)
0284-Batch Job Maintenance (the list portlet and the Job Detail tab) and 0285-Batch Job Schedule (the
Job Schedule tab and the Log tab)
8122-Batch Job (the list portlet, the Job Detail tab, Job Schedule tab, and Log tab)
8049-Batch Job (old) (the list portlet, the Job Detail tab, Job Schedule tab, and Log tab)
Interdependency
Interoperation 0284-Batch Job Maintenance
Interoperation 8122-Batch Job
Interoperation 8049-Batch Job (old)
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > System Tools > Batch Engine
Batch Jobs portlet
| Function IDs Reference | 544
0107-Admin GIS Service
Version
5
Description
Enables the GIS Service administration function for administrators to configure and manage GIS services.
Interdependency
Child 0243-GIS Service
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > GIS > GIS Service
| Function IDs Reference | 545
0108-Admin Document Type
Version
6.1.1
Description
Enables the Attachments administration function for administrators to perform the following tasks:
Create and manage document groups for organizing different types of documents that users can add
to certain applications
Add document types to document groups and set properties for each document type
Displays the Document Code for ACA field in an application type configuration on the condition for
which you enable FID 0065 Admin Application Type.
Interdependency
Interoperation with #2 0065-Admin Application Types
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Attachments > Document
Classic Admin Tools > Application > Application Type > Application Category - Edit
| Function IDs Reference | 546
0109-Reference Genealogy Split/Merge
Version
3.8
Description
Enables the Merge and Split buttons in the Parcels portlet for users to split a parent parcel into multiple
descendents, or merge parcels together in a “spousal” relationship, or combine multiple parcels into a
single descendent.
Enables the Genealogy Summary tab in the Parcels portlet for users to view and operate the parcel
genealogy.
When set to full access, Civic Platform automatically sets FID 0005 Reference Property Parcels, FID 0006
Reference Property Addresses, FID 0089 Reference Property Owners, and FID 8281 Inspector Districting
to full access. This way, users can split and merge reference parcels in Civic Platform.
Interdependency
Parent 0005-Reference Property Parcels
Solution
All
Access
Parcels portlet > Merge, Split buttons
Parcels portlet > Genealogy Summary tab
| Function IDs Reference | 547
0110-Reference Owner Condition
Version
3.8
Description
Enables the Conditions tab in the Owners portlet for users to add and manage conditions for owners.
Interdependency
Child 0210-Reference Owner Condition History
Solution
All
Access
Owners portlet > Conditions tab
| Function IDs Reference | 548
0111-Admin GIS Dynamic Themes
Version
5
Description
Enables the Dynamic Theme administration function for administrators to configure GIS query themes.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > GIS > Dynamic Theme
| Function IDs Reference | 549
0112-Admin Workflow
Version
4.1
Description
Enables the Workflow administration function for administrators to define and manage workflow hierarchy.
Interdependency
Child 0249-Workflow Edit
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Workflow > Workflow
| Function IDs Reference | 550
0115-Reference Calendar Structure
Version
3.9
Description
Enables the Structure as a calendar type in the calendar management in Civic Platform Classic, so users
can configure structure calendars.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Calendar > Calendar > Structure option in Type field
| Function IDs Reference | 551
0116-Admin Calendar Structure Blockout
Version
3.9
Description
Enables the Structure Blockout as a calendar type in the calendar management in Civic Platform Classic,
so users can configure structure blockout calendars.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Calendar > Calendar > Structure Blockout option in Type field
| Function IDs Reference | 552
0117-Admin Calendar Inspection Blockout
Version
3.9
Description
Enables the Inspection Blockout as a calendar type in the calendar management in Civic Platform Classic,
so users can configure inspection blockout calendars.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Calendar > Calendar > Inspection Blockout option in Type field
| Function IDs Reference | 553
0118-Admin GIS Search Tools
Version
5
Description
Enables the GIS Search Fields administration function for administrators to configure the search fields
applicable in GIS Search.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > GIS > GIS Search Fields
| Function IDs Reference | 554
0119-Admin Citation Number Generator
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 555
0120-Accela Login Page Navigation Link Maintenance
Version
4
Description
Enables the Login Page Links administration function for superagency administrators to maintain login
page navigation links.
Interdependency
None
Solution
Superagency
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Login Page Links
| Function IDs Reference | 556
0121-Admin Agency Announcements
Version
4
Description
Enables the Announcement administration function for administrators to define and manage
announcements that display in a pop-up window after a user logs on to Civic Platform.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Help > Announcements
| Function IDs Reference | 557
0122-Accela System Announcements
Version
4
Description
Enables the Announcements administration function for superagency administrators to configure system
announcements.
Interdependency
None
Solution
Superagency
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Announcements
| Function IDs Reference | 558
0123-Admin Inspection Result Group
Version
4.2
Description
Enables the Inspection Result Group administration function for administrators to configure and manage
inspection result groups.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Inspection > Inspection Result Group
| Function IDs Reference | 559
0124-Admin Inspection Guide Sheet
Version
4.2
Description
Enables the Inspection Guide Sheet function for administrators to create and manage inspection guide
sheets.
Interdependency
Child 0291-Guide Sheet Template Data
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Inspection > Guide Sheet
| Function IDs Reference | 560
0125-Admin Inspection Guide Sheet Group
Version
4.2
Description
Enables the Guide Sheet Group function for administrators to create and manage inspection guidesheet
groups.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Inspection > Guide Sheet Group
| Function IDs Reference | 561
0127-Admin Application Status Group
Version
4
Description
Enables the Application Status Group administration function for administrators to create and manage
application status groups that apply to specific types of applications.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Application > Application Status Group
| Function IDs Reference | 562
0128-Accela User Profile Replace Password
Version
4
Description
Enables the Replace Password administration function for superagency administrator to set a new
password for an agency user.
Interdependency
None
Solution
Superagency
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Replace Password
| Function IDs Reference | 563
0129-Admin GIS Feature
Version
5
Description
Enables the GIS Feature administration function for administrators to view and manage all the GIS
features, and configure the genealogy.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > GIS > GIS Feature
| Function IDs Reference | 564
0130-Admin GIS Establish Genealogy
Version
5
Description
Enables the GIS Establish Genealogy administration function for administrators to configure the genealogy
between GIS objects.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > GIS > Establish Genealogy
| Function IDs Reference | 565
0131-Admin Find App (Custom)
Version
5
Description
Enables the Find Application Profile administration function for administrators to customize the advanced
application search window and results window for different user groups.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Application > Find Application Profile
| Function IDs Reference | 566
0133-Admin Inspection Type Sets
Version
4.2
Description
Enables the Inspection Group and Type administrator function for administrators to search inspection
groups and inspection types, and configure inspection groups and inspection types.
Interdependency
Child 0218-Admin Auto-Assign Inspection
Child 0288-Enable Inspection Flow
Child 0289-Enable Inspection Milestone
Child 0232-Admin display Option/Required column
Child 0229-Admin display Department
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Inspection > Inspection
| Function IDs Reference | 567
0134-Admin-Message-General
Version
4
Description
Enables the Announcements portlet for administrators to configure and manage messages to display in
Civic Platform and/or Citizen Access.
Interdependency
Child 0135-Admin-Message-Supervisor
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Communication Manager > Announcements
| Function IDs Reference | 568
0135-Admin-Message-Supervisor
Version
4
Description
Enables the Assign Agency, Assign Module, and Assign Group buttons in the Recipient tab of the
Announcements administration portlet, so administrators can manage messages in all agencies.
Interdependency
Parent 0134-Admin-Message-General
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Communication Manager > Announcements > Recipient tab > Assign Agency, Assign
Module, and Assign Group buttons
| Function IDs Reference | 569
0136-Admin Application General Profile
Version
4.1
Description
Enable the General Profile administration function for administrators to configure what the daily activities
application window look like. The profiles affect application summary windows and search windows, as well
as application headers.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Application > General Profile
| Function IDs Reference | 570
0137-Admin Filter View
Version
4.1
Description
Enables the Form Portlet Designer administration function for administrators to configure the forms and
lists for their agency users.
Enables the Edit View menu item in list and form portlets for users to customize the layout.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Agency Profile > Form Portlet Designer
List and form portlets (such as Record portlet, Professionals portlet) > Menu button > Edit View button
| Function IDs Reference | 571
0139-Admin-DataFilter/QuickQuery
Version
4.1
Description
Enables the Data Filter portlet for administrators to restrict the data that display in lists or forms for
certain users.
Enables the Global QuickQueries portlet for administrators to define quickqueries and assign them to
users, or user groups.
Enables the My QuickQueries portlet for administrators to view and manage the quickqueries created
by agency users.
Interdependency
Child of #3 0327-Edit My QuickQuery By Administration
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Data Filter & Query > Data Filter
Setup portlet > Data Filter & Query > Global QuickQueries
Setup portlet > Data Filter & Query > My QuickQueries
| Function IDs Reference | 572
0142-Admin Agency Security Policies
Version
5
Description
Enables the ACA Admin portlet for administrators to configure and design the Citizen Access website.
Enables the ASI Security portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks:
View or assign users’ access to certain ASI data and ASI table data
Forbid users from accessing to certain ASI data and ASI table data
Assigns security permissions based on the user login at the Agency, Module, User Group, and User levels.
Enables the Inspection Type Security portlet for administrators to establish security levels for inspection
types.
Interdependency
None
Solution
Land/Building/Licenses/Enforcement/AMS
Access
Setup portlet > Administration > ACA Admin
Setup portlet > Application > ASI Security
Setup portlet > Inspection > Inspection Type Security
| Function IDs Reference | 573
0143-Admin Workflow Task Spec Info
Version
6
Description
Enables the Task Specific Info administration function of workflow for administrators to create and manage
task-specific information groups to include on tasks, in addition to the standard task fields.
Interdependency
Child 0180-Admin Workflow Task Spec Info Subgroups
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Workflow > Task Specific Info
| Function IDs Reference | 574
0144-Admin Agency Dynamic Menu
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 575
0145-Admin Report Management
Version
5
Description
Enables the Report Management administration function (available as a link) for administrators to manage
reports from Civic Platform Classic.
Interdependency
Interdependency 0226-Reports Manager Admin
Child 0193-Report Management Auto Report
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Report Management link
| Function IDs Reference | 576
0146-Admin Folder Admin
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 577
0147-Accela DB Admin
Version
5.0
Description
Enables the Manage Data Sources tool in the Report Management portlet, so super agency administrators
can configure the data sources for reports.
Interdependency
None
Solution
Superagency
Access
Classic Daily > Report > Report Management > Tools tab > Manage Data Source
| Function IDs Reference | 578
0148-Admin Report Admin
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 579
0149-Admin Universe Admin
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 580
0150-Admin Workload and Skillset
Version
6
Description
Enables the Workload portlet for administrators to create and manage workloads that Civic Platform
uses to determine which skillset to assign the work to.
Enables the Skillset portlet for administrators to set up the available skillsets, so Civic Platform can
assign appropriate workloads to the department or employee with the best skillset necessary to perform
the work.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Workflow & Activity > Workload
Setup portlet > Workflow & Activity > Skillset
| Function IDs Reference | 581
0151-Admin Alert and Rules
Version
1
Description
Enables the Alert and Rule portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks:
View the existing user-defined alerts and rules
Create or delete user-defined alerts and rules
Assign recipients of alerts and rules
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Communication Manager > Alert
Setup portlet > Communication Manager > Rule
| Function IDs Reference | 582
0152-Admin IntelliScript
Version
1
Description
Enables the IntelliScript portlet for IntelliScript integration.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
IntelliScript portlet
| Function IDs Reference | 583
0153-Reference GIS Proximity Alerts
Version
5.1
Description
Enables the GIS Proximity Alerts administration function for administrators to configure GIS proximity
alerts.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > GIS > Proximity Alerts
| Function IDs Reference | 584
0154-Reference Workflow Proximity Alerts
Version
5.1
Description
Enables the Proximity Alerts administration function of workflow for administrators to assign proximity alerts
to workflow tasks.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Workflow > Proximity Alerts
| Function IDs Reference | 585
0155-Admin Label Configuration
Version
5.1
Description
Enables the Text Settings portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks:
View the existing text settings
Create text settings that replace existing display text such as messages and dialog boxes with
customized text.
Delete text settings.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Agency Profile > Text Settings
| Function IDs Reference | 586
0156-Admin SmartChart Configuration
Version
5.1
Description
Enables the SmartCharts portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks:
View existing SmartChart settings
Add new SmartCharts and assign them to user groups
Delete SmartCharts which are no longer in use
Interdependency
Interoperation 0157-Admin SmartChart Query Configuration
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Report > SmartCharts
| Function IDs Reference | 587
0157-Admin SmartChart Query Configuration
Version
5.1
Description
Enables the SmartChart Queries portlet for administrators to create and manage SmartChart Queries.
Interdependency
Interoperation 0156-Admin SmartChart Configuration
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Report > SmartChart Queries
| Function IDs Reference | 588
0158-Admin Attribute Definition
Version
5.1
Description
Enables the Attribute administration portlet for both assets and structures & establishments, so
administrators can configure attributes in addition to standard fields.
Enables the Attributes tab in the Attribute Template administration portlet for both assets and structures
& establishments, so administrators can associate attributes with attribute templates.
Interdependency
Parent of #2 0159-Admin Attribute Template Definition
Parent of #2 0294-Structure and Establishment
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Setup portlet > Assets > Attribute
Setup portlet > Assets > Attribute Template > Attributes tab
Setup portlet > Structures & Establishments > Attribute
Setup portlet > Structures & Establishments > Attribute Template > Attributes tab
| Function IDs Reference | 589
0159-Admin Attribute Template Definition
Version
5.1
Description
Enables the Attribute Template administration portlet for assets, so administrators can configure
attribute templates.
Enables the Attribute Template administration portlet for structures & establishments, so administrators
can configure attribute templates. Controls the Template link under the Structures and Establishments
link in the Admin Setup menu.
Interdependency
Child 0158-Admin Attribute Definition
Child 0305-Admin Attribute Table Definition
Parent of #2 0294-Structure and Establishment
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Setup portlet > Assets > Attribute Template
Setup portlet > Structures & Establishments > Attribute Template
| Function IDs Reference | 590
0160-Admin AMS Asset Definition
Version
5.1
Description
Enables the Asset Type administration portlet for users to perform the following tasks:
View the existing asset type definitions
Create, search, edit and delete asset types
Interdependency
Child 0253-Asset GIS Synchronize
Child 0252-Asset Type Available CAP Type
Child 0326-Define Asset Usage Unit Type
Child 0182-Admin GIS Attribute Mapping
Interoperation 0274-Rating Type
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Setup portlet > Assets > Type
| Function IDs Reference | 591
0161-Admin Work Order Costing Item Definition
Version
5.1
Description
Enables the Cost Item portlet for administrators to define and manage cost items.
Enables the Cost Item tab in the Cost Group portlet for administrators to manage cost items in a cost
group.
Interdependency
Child 0332-Daily Cost Rate Definition
Parent of #2 0330-Admin Work Order Costing Group Definition
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Setup portlet > Work Orders > Cost Item
| Function IDs Reference | 592
0162-Admin Work Order Parts Definition
Obsolete.
| Function IDs Reference | 593
0163-Admin Work Order Tools Definition
Obsolete.
| Function IDs Reference | 594
0164-Admin Links Portlets
Version
5.1
Description
Enables the Link Portlets portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks:
View the existing link portlets
Create more link portlets that contain links to URLs or to other portlets
Delete link portlets if necessary
Enables the Portlet portlet for administrators to create their own portlets.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Agency Profile > Link Portlets
Setup portlet > Agency Profile > Portlet
| Function IDs Reference | 595
0169-Admin-Work Order Template
Version
6.1
Description
Enables the Work Order Template portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks:
View the work order template list
Search, modify, create, or delete work order templates
Interdependency
Child 0170-Admin-WO Template Costing
Child 0173-WO Template Part
Interoperation 0254-WO Task Definition
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Setup portlet > Work Orders > Work Order Template
| Function IDs Reference | 596
0170-Admin-WO Template Costing
Version
6.1
Description
Enables the Costing tab in the Work Order Template portlet for administrators to perform the following
tasks:
View the costing added to the current work order template
Look up costing and add the selected to the work order template
Delete costing from the work order template
Interdependency
Parent 0169-Admin - Work Order Template
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Setup portlet > Work Orders > Work Order Template > Costing tab
| Function IDs Reference | 597
0173-WO Template Part
Version
6.2
Description
Enables the Part tab in the Work Order Template portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks:
View the parts associated to work order templates
Look up parts and associate one or more with work order template
Delete the association between parts and work order templates
Interdependency
Parent 0169-Admin - Work Order Template
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Setup portlet > Work Orders > Work Order Template > Part tab
| Function IDs Reference | 598
0175-Admin App Spec Info Groups
Obsolete.
| Function IDs Reference | 599
0179-Admin App Spec Info Subgroups
Version
6
Description
Enables the Application Spec Info function for administrators to configure ASI groups.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Application > Application Spec Info
| Function IDs Reference | 600
0180-Admin Workflow Task Spec Info Subgroups
Version
6
Description
Enables task-specific info subgroups in the Task Specific Info administration function of workflow for
administrators to create and assign task-specific information subgroups to task-specific information groups.
Interdependency
If you disable FID 0143 and enable FID 0180, the Task Specific Info administration function works.
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Workflow > Task Specific Info
| Function IDs Reference | 601
0181-Admin Fees Manage Schedule
Version
6
Description
Enables the Manage Schedule administration function for administrators to manage fee schedules by
modules.
Enables the Fee Schedule drop-down list in the Fee Item-Add page for administrators to associate a fee
schedule with a fee item.
Interdependency
Interoperation 0068-Admin Fee Item Sets
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Fees > Manage Schedule
Classic Admin Tools > Fees > Fee Items > Add button (to open the Fee Item-Add page) > Fee Schedule
field
| Function IDs Reference | 602
0182-Admin GIS Attribute Mapping
Version
6.1
Description
With the “Master Inventory in GIS” option checked for the asset type, enables the GIS Attribute Mapping
tab in the Asset Type administration portlet, so administrators can link asset type attribute fields to GIS
attribute.
Interdependency
Parent 0160-Admin AMS Asset Definition
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Setup portlet > Assets > Type > GIS Attribute Mapping tab
| Function IDs Reference | 603
0183-Reference Hearing Calendar
Version
6.1
Description
Enables the Hearing Calendar administration function for administrators to create hearing calendar items in
Civic Platform Classic.
Interdependency
Interdependency 0050-Reference Hearing Calendar (Old)
If you enable FID 0183, Civic Platform ignores the setting of FID 0050. When you disable FID 0183 but
enable FID 0050, the calendar item edit page provides the fields differently than when you enable FID
0183.
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Calendar > Hearing Calendar
| Function IDs Reference | 604
0184-Admin Content Customization
Version
6.0.1
Description
Enables the Content Customize portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks:
View the existing Content Customize configuration
Customize message content
Enables the Notification Template portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks:
View the existing email templates
Customize email templates
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Agency Profile > Content Customize
Setup portlet > Communication Manager > Notification Template
| Function IDs Reference | 605
0185-Admin V360 Export
Version
6.1
Description
Enables the Export portlet for administrators to export system settings such as rule settings and
QuickQuery settings into an XML file for importing to other agencies.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > System Tools > Export
| Function IDs Reference | 606
0186-Admin V360 Import
Version
6.1
Description
Enables the Import portlet for administrators to import the .XML system settings file from other agencies.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > System Tools > Import
| Function IDs Reference | 607
0187-Admin Upload Logo Image
Version
6.1
Description
Enables the Logo portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks:
View and download logos for agencies
Upload or delete logo files for agencies
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Agency Profile > Logo
| Function IDs Reference | 608
0188-Admin Flow Diagram
Version
6.1.1
Description
Enables the Flow Diagram administration function for administrators to set up and manage flow diagrams,
each flow diagram providing list of nodes that help users perform their daily tasks.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Agency Profile > My Navigation
| Function IDs Reference | 609
0190-Manage Trust Account
Version
6.1.2
Description
Enables the Trust Account portlet for users to perform the following tasks:
Search and view trust accounts
Maintain trust accounts
Perform trust account transactions
View and print trust accounts reports
Enables the Trust Account tab, in the Record port, for users to perform the following tasks:
Manage all trust accounts associated with the current record or its associated address, parcel,
contact, licensed professional, and parent record.
Set one trust account as the primary trust account.
Interdependency
Child 0279-Associate Address
Child 0280-Associate Parcel
Child 0278-Associate People
Child 8107-Cashier-Supervisor
Child 0331-Trust Account Associated Record
Solution
All
Access
Trust Account portlet
Record portlet > Trust Account tab
| Function IDs Reference | 610
0191-Update license expiration task
Version
6.1.1
Description
Enables the synchronization of the license information from a reference license professional to its
associated records in Civic Platform Classic.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > People > Licensed Professional
| Function IDs Reference | 611
0192-Workflow Report Setting
Version
6.1.2
Description
Enables the Report Setting administration function of workflow for administrators to manage report
associations with workflow tasks, so when users change a workflow task, a report automatically prints.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Workflow > Report Setting
| Function IDs Reference | 612
0193-Report Management Auto Report
Version
6.1.2
Description
Enables the Auto Report administration function in Civic Platform Classic for administrators to define
reports that automatically print with workflow task updates.
Interdependency
Parent 0145-Admin Report Management
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Report Management > Auto Report
| Function IDs Reference | 613
0194-Access Structure Conditions
Version
6.1.2
Description
Enables the Condition links besides structures in the Structure - List page, so administrators can configure
conditions for reference structures in Civic Platform Classic.
Interdependency
Parent 0082-Reference Structure
Child 0212-Reference Structure Condition History
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Property > Structure > Condition link in the Structure - List page
| Function IDs Reference | 614
0195-Admin-PM Schedule
Version
6.1
Description
Enables the PM Schedule portlet for users to perform the following tasks:
View the PM schedules list
Create, search, edit and delete PM schedules
Interdependency
Child 0201-Admin-Generating Work Orders By PM Schedule
Child 0196-Admin-PM Schedule Linked Quick Query
Child 0199-Admin-PM Schedule Hold Event
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
PM Schedule portlet
| Function IDs Reference | 615
0196-Admin-PM Schedule Linked Quick Query
Version
6.1
Description
Enables the Linked Quick Query tab in the PM Schedules portlet for users to perform the following tasks:
Select a linked quick query and save it to the PM schedule. The quick query options link with the AMS
Asset Data List portlet in the Global QuickQueries administration portlet.
Execute linked quick query, and link the queried assets to the PM schedule.
Interdependency
Parent 0195-Admin - PM Schedule
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
PM Schedule > Linked Quick Query tab
| Function IDs Reference | 616
0197-Admin-PM Schedule Linked Asset
Version
6.1
Description
Enables the Linked Asset tab in the PM Schedules portlet for users to perform the following tasks:
View the linked asset list
Edit or delete linked asset
View selected asset in GIS
Interdependency
Parent 0195-Admin - PM Schedule
Interoperation 8189-Asset Data Management
Interoperation 8119-GIS Service
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
PM Schedule > Linked Asset tab
| Function IDs Reference | 617
0198-Admin-PM Schedule Skipped Asset
Version
6.1
Description
Enables the Skipped Asset tab in the PM Schedules portlet for users to perform the following tasks:
View the skipped asset list
Edit or delete skipped asset
View selected asset in GIS
Interdependency
Parent 0195-Admin - PM Schedule
Interoperation 8189-Asset Data Management
Interoperation 8119-GIS Service
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
PM Schedule > Skipped Asset tab
| Function IDs Reference | 618
0199-Admin-PM Schedule Hold Event
Version
6.1
Description
Enables the Hold Event tab in the PM Schedules portlet for users to perform the following tasks:
View the hold event list
Create, edit, and delete hold events
Interdependency
Parent 0195-Admin - PM Schedule
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
PM Schedule > Hold Event tab
| Function IDs Reference | 619
0200-Admin-PM Schedule Maintenance Record
Obsolete.
| Function IDs Reference | 620
0201-Admin-Generating Work Orders By PM Schedule
Version
6.1
Description
Enables the Generate button in the PM Schedule portlet for users to generate work orders by PM
schedules.
Interdependency
Parent 0195-Admin - PM Schedule
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
PM Schedules portlet > Generate button
| Function IDs Reference | 621
0202-Application Type Image
Version
6.1
Description
Enables the Application Type Icon field in the Application Type administration function, so administrators
can assign an image to an application type.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Application > Application Type > (After selecting an application type) Application
Type Icon field
| Function IDs Reference | 622
0204-Properties Rename Parcel ID
Version
6.1.2
Description
Enables the Rename link in the Parcel administration function, so administrators can rename a parcel, that
is, creating a new parcel record that is an exact copy of the old parcel record. Re-links addresses, owners,
conditions, attachments, genealogy records, and permits, from the old parcel record, to the new parcel
record. The new parcel record has a status of Active (Enabled). The old parcel record remains in Civic
Platform, but with a disabled status.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Class Admin Tools > Property > Parcels > Rename link in the parcels list
| Function IDs Reference | 623
0205-Admin App Spec Info Table
Version
6.2
Description
Enables the Application Spec Info Table function for administrators to configure ASI tables.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Application > Application Spec Info Table
| Function IDs Reference | 624
0206-Admin Fee Decisions
Version
6.2
Description
Enables the Fee Calc and Fee Calc Criteria administration functions for administrators to create complex
fee calculations. The if-then calculations follow a true-false logic to determine values for complex
calculations.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Fees > Fee Calc
Classic Admin Tools > Fees > Fee Calc Criteria
| Function IDs Reference | 625
0207-Admin Inspector Districts
Version
6.2
Description
Enables the User Information link in the User administration function, so administrators can configure
the inspector profile information about users.
Enables the District link in the Parcel administration function, so administrators can specify the
inspection district that parcels belongs to.
Enables the District link in the Address administration function, so administrators can specify the
inspection district that addresses belongs to.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > User Profile > User > User Information link for each user
Classic Admin Tools > Property > Parcel > District link for each parcel
Classic Admin Tools > Property > Address > District link for each address
| Function IDs Reference | 626
0208-Reference Address Condition History
Version
6.2
Description
Displays the Condition History tab when users click a condition in the Condition tab of the Addresses
portlet.
Interdependency
Parent 0069-Reference Condition Addresses
Solution
All
Access
Addresses portlet > Conditions tab > (After selecting a condition) Condition History tab
| Function IDs Reference | 627
0209-Reference Parcel Condition History
Version
6.2
Description
Displays the Condition History tab when users click a condition in the Condition tab of the Parcels portlet.
Interdependency
Parent 0057-Reference Condition Parcels
Solution
All
Access
Parcels portlet > Conditions tab > (After selecting a condition) Condition History tab
| Function IDs Reference | 628
0210-Reference Owner Condition History
Version
6.2
Description
Displays the Condition History tab when users click a condition in the Condition tab of the Owners portlet.
Interdependency
Parent 0110-Reference Owner Condition
Solution
All
Access
Owners portlet > Conditions tab > (After selecting a condition) Condition History tab
| Function IDs Reference | 629
0211-Reference Licensed Professional Cond. History
Version
6.2
Description
Displays the Condition History tab when users click a condition in the Condition tab of the Licensed
Professionals portlet.
Interdependency
Parent 0070-Reference Condition Licensed Professionals
Solution
All
Access
Licensed Professionals portlet > Conditions tab > (After selecting a condition) Condition History tab
| Function IDs Reference | 630
0212-Reference Structure Condition History
Version
6.2
Description
Enables the Deleted Condition(s) section when users view the condition of a structure in Civic Platform
Classic.
Interdependency
Parent 0194-Access Structure Conditions
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Property > Structure > Condition link in the Structure - List page > Deleted
Condition(s) section in Structure Condition Summary
| Function IDs Reference | 631
0213-Admin AMS Parts Item Location
Version
6.2
Description
Enables the Part Location administration portlet for users to perform the following tasks:
View the existing part location definitions
Create, search, edit and delete part locations
Interdependency
None
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Setup portlet > Part > Part Location
| Function IDs Reference | 632
0214-Admin AMS Parts Vendors and Manufacturers
Version
6.2
Description
Enables the Part Contact portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks:
View the existing part contacts including manufacturers and vendors
Create, search, edit and delete part contacts
Interdependency
None
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Setup portlet > Part > Part Contact
| Function IDs Reference | 633
0218-Admin Auto-Assign Inspection
Version
6.2
Description
Enables the Inspection Discipline administrator function in the inspection type configuration, so
administrators can assign disciplines to an inspection type.
Interdependency
Parent 0133-Admin Inspection Type Sets
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Inspection > Inspection > Inspection -Edit Page > Configuration button > Inspection
Discipline button
| Function IDs Reference | 634
0219-Admin AMS PM Schedule Location
Version
6.2
Description
Enables the Linked Address tab in the PM Schedules portlet for users to perform the following tasks:
View the addresses linked to PM schedules
Look up addresses and link one or more to a PM schedule
Delete the linking between addresses and PM schedules
Interdependency
Interoperation 0220-Admin AMS Address PM Schedule
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
PM Schedules > Linked Address tab
| Function IDs Reference | 635
0220-Admin AMS Address PM Schedule
Version
6.2
Description
Enables the PM Schedules tab in the Addresses portlet so users can view all the PM Schedules
associated to the current address.
Interdependency
Interoperation 0219-Admin AMS PM Schedule Location
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Addresses > PM Schedules tab
| Function IDs Reference | 636
0221-Admin Console Management
Version
6.2
Description
Enables the Console Configuration portlet for administrators to create and organize the various console
configurations.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Agency Profile > Console Configuration
| Function IDs Reference | 637
0222-Address Asset
Version
6.2
Description
Enables the Assets tab in the Addresses portlet for users to view all the assets associated to the current
address.
Interdependency
None
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Addresses portlet> Assets tab
| Function IDs Reference | 638
0223-Address Work Order
Version
6.2
Description
Enables the Work Order tab in the Addresses portlet for users to view all the work orders associated to the
current address.
Interdependency
None
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Addresses > Work Order tab
| Function IDs Reference | 639
0224-Active Directory
Version
6.2.1
Description
Enables the External User Policy administration function for administrators to add an active directory
server to Civic Platform security policies.
Enables External User Search in the User Add page for administrators to search and add external users
in the active directory server to Civic Platform database.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Security Policies > External User Policy
Classic Admin Tools > User Profile > User > External User option in the User Add page
| Function IDs Reference | 640
0226-Reports Manager Admin
Version
6.3.0
Description
Enables the Report Manager portlet for administrators to manage report services, report variables, and
reports.
Interdependency
Child 0240-Reports Manager Admin
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Report > Report Manager
| Function IDs Reference | 641
0227-Condition Assessment
Version
6.3.0
Description
Enables the Condition Assessment portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks:
View the existing condition assessment type definitions
Create, search, edit and delete condition assessment types
Interdependency
Interoperation 0274-Rating Type
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Setup portlet > Assets > Condition Assessment
| Function IDs Reference | 642
0229-Admin display Department
Version
6.3.0
Description
Displays the Department field in the Inspection-Edit page, so administrators can select the department
responsible for an inspection type.
Interdependency
Parent 0133-Admin Inspection Type Sets
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Inspection > Inspection > (In the Inspection-Edit page) Department field
| Function IDs Reference | 643
0230-Menu Navigation Admin
Version
6.3.0
Description
Enables the Menu Navigation portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks:
Configure the custom navigation menu that displays in the Go To menu tab.
Configure the record detail tabs.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Agency Profile > Menu Navigation
| Function IDs Reference | 644
0231-Admin Inspection Type/Guide Sheet for ODS
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 645
0232-Admin display Option/Required column
Version
6.3.0
Description
Displays the Required/Optional column in the Inspection-Edit page, so administrators can set whether to
require an inspection type for an inspection group.
Interdependency
Parent 0133-Admin Inspection Type Sets
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Inspection > Inspection > (In the Inspection-Edit page) Required/Optional column
| Function IDs Reference | 646
0234-Workflow Calendar
Version
6.3.2
Description
Enables the Workflow Blockout as a calendar type in the calendar management in Civic Platform Classic,
so users can configure workflow blockout calendars.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Calendar > Calendar > Workflow Blockout option in Type field
| Function IDs Reference | 647
0235-Inspection Default Value Policy
Version
6.3.2
Description
Enables the Inspection Default Value Policy function for administrators to establish rules (default settings)
for certain inspections created by specify agency or group.
Default Status for New Inspection
Number of Calendar Days Available to Schedule Inspections
Allow Same Day Inspection Scheduling
Inspection Cutoff Time
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Security Policy > Inspection Default Value Policy link
| Function IDs Reference | 648
0236-Inspection Type and Status Security
Version
6.3.2
Description
Enables the Inspection Type and Status Security function for administrators to perform the following tasks:
Specify the default status when a specific agency or specific group creates an inspection
Define the edit and read access right, of a specific agency or a specific group, to an inspection after its
creation
Specify whether a specific agency or specific group has the permission to create an inspection of
specific inspection group/inspection type
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Security Policy > Inspection Type and Status Security link
| Function IDs Reference | 649
0237-Attach GIS Object
Obsolete.
| Function IDs Reference | 650
0239-Activities For People and Property
Version
6.3.2
Description
Enables the Activity tab in the following portlets for users to manage the activities for people and property:
Addresses portlet
Parcels portlet
Owners portlet
Contacts portlet
Licensed Professional portlet
Interdependency
Parent of #1 0006-Reference Property Addresses
Parent of #2 0005-Reference Property Parcels
Parent of #3 0089-Reference Property Owners
Parent of #4 0084-Reference People Contact
Parent of #5 0008-Reference Licensed Professionals
Solution
All
Access
Addresses portlet > Activity tab
Parcels portlet > Activity tab
Owners portlet > Activity tab
Professionals portlet > Activity tab
Contacts portlet > Activity tab
| Function IDs Reference | 651
0240-Reports Manager Admin
Version
6.3.2
Description
Enables the Variables settings in the Report Manager portlet for administrators to create and manage
report variables.
Interdependency
Parent 0226-Reports Manager Admin
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Report > Report Manager > Settings > Variables node
Setup portlet > Report > Report Manager > Menu button > New Variable button
| Function IDs Reference | 652
0241-Parcel Subdivision and Lot Search
Version
6.4.0
Description
Enables the Subdivision field for the Parcels search portlet, so that administrators can search parcels
with subdivision information and can enter subdivision information about parcels.
Enables the Lot field for the Parcels search in Civic Platform Classic. If you disable FID 0241, the Lot
field can display in the other places except the Parcels Search page in Civic Platform Classic.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Parcels portlet > Subdivision field in the Parcels Search, Parcels Details pages
Class Admin Tools > Property > Parcels > Subdivision and Lot fields in Parcels Search, Parcels Details
pages
| Function IDs Reference | 653
0242-Required for Fee Calculation
Version
6.4.0
Description
Enables the Req for Fee Calc field in the configuration of an ASI group or an ASI table group.
Administrations can select Yes in the Req for Fee Calc field for an ASI group or a column in an ASI table,
so the field displays along with a visual indicator ($) on the application intake form, as required for fee
calculation.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Application > Application Spec Info > Application Specific Info - Edit
Classic Admin Tools > Application > Application Spec Info Table > Application Specific Info Table - Edit
| Function IDs Reference | 654
0243-GIS Service
Version
6.4.0
Description
Disables the Portlet URL field in the GIS Service administration function for administrators to configure the
portlet URL address that the GIS service works for.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > GIS > GIS Service > (In the GIS Service - Edit page) Portlet URL field
| Function IDs Reference | 655
0244-Fee Estimation
Version
6.4.0
Description
Displays the Enable Fee Estimation option, as one of the Enable For ACA check boxes, in an application
type configuration. Administrators can check the Enable Fee Estimation option to enable users to create a
partial application that includes a calculation of estimated fees. Civic Platform bases the fee estimation on
the fee schedule associated with the application type.
Interdependency
Parent 0065-Admin Application Types
Parent 0075-Admin License Types
You must disable FID 0075 to hide Velocity Hall information from the application type configuration page.
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Application > Application Type > Application Category - Edit > Enable Fee
Estimation field.
| Function IDs Reference | 656
0245-Long Term Time Tracking
Version
6.4.0
Description
Enables the Time Tracker Clock Action field in the Task Status administration function, for
administrators to link a task status with a time tracker clock action.
Enables the Duration (Days) field in the Application Type administration function, for administrators to
configure the number of days a task should take.
Enables the Duration (Days) field in the Workflow Process administration function, for administrators to
configure the number of days a task should take.
Enables the 0245 - Long-Term Time Tracking field in the Record Type Security administration function,
for administrators to assign or not assign the feature in a record type security configuration.
Displays the In Possession Time (hrs) in the Task Details tab of the Record portlet, so users can view
the in possession time of a task.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Work Flow > Task Status > (After selecting a task status) Time Tracker Clock
Action field
Classic Admin Tools > Application > Application Type > (After selecting an application type) Duration
(Days) field
Classic Admin Tools > Workflow > Process > (After selecting a process) Duration (Days) field
Setup portlet > Application > Record Type Security > (When assigning a record type security) 0245 - Long-
Term Time Tracking field
Record portlet > Workflow tab > (After selecting a task) In Possession Time (hrs) field in the Task Details
tab
| Function IDs Reference | 657
0246-Activities Specific Information
Version
6.4.0
Description
Enables the Activity Specific Info portlet for administrators to create and manage activity specific info
groups.
Enables the Activity Type portlet for administrators to create activity types and manage activity types,
and link activity types to activity specific info groups.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Workflow & Activity > Activity Specific Info
Setup portlet > Workflow & Activity > Activity Type
| Function IDs Reference | 658
0247-Agency Workday Calendar
Version
6.4.0
Description
Enables the Agency Workday as a calendar type in the calendar management in Civic Platform Classic, so
users can configure agency work days.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Calendar > Calendar > Agency Workday option in Type field
| Function IDs Reference | 659
0248-Admin-Security Policy-EDMS Access Security
Version
6.4.0
Description
Enable the EDMS Access Security for administrators to perform the following tasks:
Specify which EDMS sources are valid for each of the Civic Platform modules
Determine which users can upload and download text documents and download images from a certain
EDMS source
FID 0248 enables administrators to set up authentication by site or by user to upload and download
documents.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Security Policy > EDMS Access Security link > Authentication
option
| Function IDs Reference | 660
0249-Workflow Edit
Version
6.4.1
Description
Displays the Module field in the Workflow - Edit and Workflow - Add pages, so administrators can specify
whether the current workflow hierarchy applies to a specific module, or all the modules.
Interdependency
Parent 0112-Admin Workflow
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Workflow > Workflow > Workflow-Edit or Workflow - Add page
| Function IDs Reference | 661
0250-People Info Table
Version
6.4.1
Description
Enables the People Info Table administration function for administrators to configure template tables as
additional field tables for licensed professionals and contacts.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > People > People Info Table
| Function IDs Reference | 662
0251-Hearing Reason
Version
6.4.2
Description
Enables the Hearing Reason administration function for administrators to add and manage hearing
reasons.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Calendar > Hearing Reason
| Function IDs Reference | 663
0252-Asset Type Available CAP Type
Version
6.4.1
Description
Enables the Work Order Types tab in the Asset Type portlet for administrators to perform the following
tasks:
View the associated work order types list
Assign work order types to the asset type, or delete the association
Interdependency
Parent 0160-Admin AMS Asset Definition
Solution
AMS
Access
Setup portlet > Assets > Type > Work Order Types tab
| Function IDs Reference | 664
0253-Asset GIS Synchronize
Version
6.4.1
Description
With the “Master Inventory in GIS” option checked for the asset type, enables the Sync with GIS button for
synchronization of asset type records with GIS. Administrators can perform the following tasks:
Synchronize asset type records with GIS
View the GIS sync log
Interdependency
Parent 0160-Admin AMS Asset Definition
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Setup portlet > Assets > Type > Sync with GIS button
| Function IDs Reference | 665
0254-WO Task Definition
Version
6.5.0
Description
Enables the Work Order Task administration portlet, and the Work Order Task tab in the Work Order
Template administration portlet, so administrators can perform the following tasks:
View the work order task configurations
Create, search and delete work order tasks
Look up work order tasks and associate work order tasks with a work order template
Interdependency
Interoperation 0169-Admin - Work Order Template
Child 0306-Work Order Type
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Setup portlet > Work Orders > Work Order Task
Setup portlet > Work Orders > Work Order Template > Work Order Task tab
| Function IDs Reference | 666
0255-Manage Asset Type Security
Version
6.5.0
Description
Enables the Asset Type Security portlet for administrators to establish security levels for asset types.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Assets > Security
| Function IDs Reference | 667
0256-Carrying over Failed Guide Sheet Items
Version
6.5
Description
Enables the Carry Over Failed Items configuration option in the Reference Guide Sheet function for
administrators to mark the option for carrying over failed items from a previous guidesheet to a new one for
the next inspection.
Interdependency
None
Solution
Building
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Inspection > Guide Sheet > Carry Over Failed Items configuration option in the
Reference Guide Sheet edit page
| Function IDs Reference | 668
0257-Admin Inspection Calendar
Version
6.5
Description
Enables the Inspection calendar option in the Calendar administration portlet, so administrators can
perform the following tasks:
View all the calendars of Inspection type
Create new calendars of Inspection type
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Calendar > Inspection type in the Type field
| Function IDs Reference | 669
0258-Supervisor Inspection Calendaring
Version
6.5
Description
Enables the Supervisor Maintenance function in the Calendar administration portlet for supervisors to
manages and assigns inspectors to calendars.
Interdependency
Child 0258-Supervisor Inspection Calendaring
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Calendar > Supervisor Maintenance tree node
| Function IDs Reference | 670
0259-ASI Lookup Table
Version
6.5
Description
Enables the ASI Lookup Table portlet for administrators to configure and manage ASI lookup tables.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Application > ASI Lookup Tables
| Function IDs Reference | 671
0260-Expression Builder
Version
6.5
Description
Enables the Expression Builder portlet for administrators to configure and manage expressions for target
portlets.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Application > Expression Builder
| Function IDs Reference | 672
0261-ASI Form Layout Editor
Version
6.5
Description
Enables the ASI Form Layout Editor portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks:
Create ASI screens that display in the ASI section of an application based on the application type
Add, customize and manipulate the size of each ASI fields in the ASI screens
Use the buttons in the administration portlet to preview, align, add dynamic text, draw lines and insert
tables
Set permissions for modules, groups, and users
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Agency Profile > ASI Form Layout Editor
| Function IDs Reference | 673
0263- Admin Event Calendar (obsolete, replaced by 8483)
Version
6.5
Description
Enables the Event calendar type in the Calendar administration portlet, so administrators can perform
the following tasks:
View all the calendars of Event type
Create new calendars of Event type
Enables the Event Type Maintenance function in the Calendar portlet for administrators to configure
event types with event calendar type.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Calendar > Event type in the Type field
Setup portlet > Calendar > Event Type Maintenance tree node > Event option in Calendar Type field
| Function IDs Reference | 674
0264-Admin Time Accounting Type
Version
6.6.0
Description
Enables the Time Accounting Type Maintenance portlet for administrators to add and manage time
accounting types.
Enables the Time Accounting Types tab in the Time Accounting Group portlet for administrators to
associate time accounting types with time accounting groups.
Interdependency
Parent of #2 0266-Admin Time Accounting Group
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Time Accounting > Type Maintenance
| Function IDs Reference | 675
0265-Admin Time Accounting User Profile
Version
6.6.0
Description
Enables the User Profile portlet for administrators to add and manage time accounting user profiles.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Time Accounting > User Profile
| Function IDs Reference | 676
0266-Admin Time Accounting Group
Version
6.6.0
Description
Enables the Time Accounting Group portlet for administrators to add and manage time accounting groups.
Interdependency
Child 0264-Admin Time Accounting Type
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Time Accounting > Group
| Function IDs Reference | 677
0267-TSI Form Layout Editor
Version
6.6.0
Description
Enables the TSI Form Layout Editor portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks:
Create TSI screens that display in the task-specific information section of a workflow task based on the
task
Add, customize and manipulate the size of each TSI fields in the TSI screens
Use the buttons in the administration portlet to preview, align, add dynamic text, draw lines and insert
tables
Set permissions for modules, groups, and users
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Workflow & Activity > TSI Form Layout Editor
| Function IDs Reference | 678
0268-APO Form Layout Editor
Version
6.6.0
Description
Enables the APO Form Layout Editor portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks:
Create APO Type screens that display at the bottom of the APO Type section when users create a new
application
Add, customize and manipulate the size of each APO fields in the APO Type screen
Use the buttons in the administration portlet to preview, align, add dynamic text, draw lines and insert
tables
Set permissions for modules, groups, and users
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Agency Profile > APO Form Layout Editor
| Function IDs Reference | 679
0269-Admin Attribute Form Layout Editor
Version
6.6.0
Description
Enables the asset Form Layout Editor portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks:
Create asset screens that display in the Asset Detail form of an asset based on the asset type
Add, customize and manipulate the size of each asset fields in the asset screens
Use the buttons in the administration portlet to preview, align, add dynamic text, draw lines and insert
tables
Set permissions for modules, groups, and users
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Assets > Form Layout Editor
| Function IDs Reference | 680
0270-Sequence Generator
Version
6.6.0
Description
Enables the Sequence Generator portlet for administrators to define and manage the numbering sequence
and masks in different types of items, such as permits, invoices, and receipts.
Interdependency
Interoperation 8097-Manual Application Number Option
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > System Tools > Sequence Generator
| Function IDs Reference | 681
0272-Control Shared Drop Down List in Admin
Version
6.6.0
Description
Enables the Shared Drop-Down List portlet for administrators to create shared drop-down lists, and apply
them to the groups and templates, including activity-specific information groups, APO templates, ASI
groups, asset attributes, people templates and info tables, and task specific information groups.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Application > Shared Drop-Down List
| Function IDs Reference | 682
0273-ASI Table Drill Down
Version
6.6.1
Description
Enables the ASI Drill-down portlet for administrators to configure ASI and ASI table drill-downs and then
add them in the application or the App Spec Info tab in Civic Platform and Citizen Access.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Drill-Down > ASI Drill-down
| Function IDs Reference | 683
0274-Rating Type
Version
6.6.0
Description
Enables the Rating Type administration portlet, the Calculated Rating Types tab in the Condition
Assessment administration portlet, and the Rating Types tab in the Asset Type administration portlet, so
users can perform the following tasks:
View the existing rating types configuration
Create, search, edit and delete rating types
View the rating types associated with condition assessment types
View the rating types associated with asset types
Interdependency
Interoperation 0160-Admin AMS Asset Definition
Interoperation 0227-Condition Assessment
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Assets > Rating Type
Setup portlet > Assets > Condition Assessment > Calculated Rating Types tab
Setup portlet > Assets > Type > Rating Types tab
| Function IDs Reference | 684
0275-Condition by Group
Version
6.6.0
Description
Enables the Condition by Group tree node in the Conditions administration portlet, so administrators
can manage conditions by groups.
Enables the New Group item in the Conditions administration portlet, so administrators can create new
condition groups.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Conditions > Conditions > (In the Conditions tree) Condition by Group node
Setup portlet > Conditions > Conditions > (Right clicking in the Conditions tree) New Group item
| Function IDs Reference | 685
0276-Address Type Group
Version
6.6.0
Description
Enables the Address Type Group portlet for administrators to define and manage address type groups.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Agency Profile > Address Type Group
| Function IDs Reference | 686
0277-Address Type for the reference address
Version
6.6.0
Description
Enables the Address Type tab for the Addresses portlet, so users to specify the address type for an
address.
Interdependency
Parent 0006-Reference Property Addresses
Solution
All
Access
Addresses portlet > Address Type tab
| Function IDs Reference | 687
0278-Associate People
Version
6.6.0
Description
Enables the Associated People tab in the Trust Account portlet for users to manage the relationship
between trust accounts and licensed professionals or contacts.
Interdependency
Parent 0190-Manage Trust Account
Child 0084-Reference People Contact
Child 0008-Reference Licensed Professionals
Solution
All
Access
Trust Account portlet > Associated People
| Function IDs Reference | 688
0279-Associate Address
Version
6.6.0
Description
Enables the Associated Address tab in the Trust Account portlet for users to manage the relationship
between trust accounts and addresses.
Interdependency
Parent 0190-Manage Trust Account
Solution
All
Access
Trust Account portlet > Associated Address
| Function IDs Reference | 689
0280-Associate Parcel
Version
6.6.0
Description
Enables the Associated Parcel tab in the Trust Account portlet for users to manage the relationship
between trust accounts and parcels.
Enables the Associated Trust Account tab in the reference parcel portlet, so users can copy or move
associated trust accounts between genealogically related reference parcels.
Interdependency
Parent 0190-Manage Trust Account
Solution
All
Access
Trust Account portlet > Associated Parcel
Parcel portlet > Associated Trust Account tab
| Function IDs Reference | 690
0281-Supervisor Master Calendaring
Version
6.6.0
Description
Enables the Master Calendar tab in the Supervisor Maintenance function of the Calendar administration
portlet for supervisors to assign multiple calendars to some inspectors and create a master calendar.
Interdependency
Parent 0281-Supervisor Master Calendaring
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Calendar > Supervisor Maintenance tree node > Master Calendar tab
| Function IDs Reference | 691
0282-Expression Migration
Obsolete.
| Function IDs Reference | 692
0283-Associated CAP List
Version
6.6.1
Description
Enables the Associated Record List tab in the Licensed Professionals portlet for users to manage
associated record list for licensed professionals.
Interdependency
Parent 0008-Reference Licensed Professionals
Solution
All
Access
Licensed Professionals portlet > Associated Record List tab
| Function IDs Reference | 693
0284-Batch Job Maintenance
Version
6.7.0
Description
Any of the following FIDs can enable the Batch Engine administration portlet:
0106-Admin Batch job (the list portlet, the Job Detail tab, Job Schedule tab, and Log tab)
0284-Batch Job Maintenance (the list portlet and the Job Detail tab) and 0285-Batch Job Schedule (the
Job Schedule tab and the Log tab)
8122-Batch Job (the list portlet, the Job Detail tab, Job Schedule tab, and Log tab)
8049-Batch Job (old) (the list portlet, the Job Detail tab, Job Schedule tab, and Log tab)
Interdependency
Child 0285-Batch Job Schedule
Interoperation 0106-Admin Batch job
Interoperation 8122-Batch Job
Interoperation 8049-Batch Job (old)
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > System Tools > Batch Engine
Batch Jobs portlet
| Function IDs Reference | 694
0285-Batch Job Schedule
Version
6.7.0
Description
If you disable FIDs 0106, 8122, and 8149, and enable FID 0284, this FID:
Enables the Job Schedule and Log tabs in the Batch Engine administration portlet for users to configure
a batch job schedule and to view the batch job logs.
Enables the Execute button in the Batch Engine administration portlet for users to execute a batch job.
Enables the Stop button in the Job Detail tab of the Batch Engine administration portlet for users to stop
a batch job.
Interdependency
Parent 0284-Batch Job Maintenance
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > System Tools > Batch Engine > Job Schedule tab
Setup portlet > System Tools > Batch Engine > Log tab
| Function IDs Reference | 695
0286-Delegate User Management
Version
6.7.0
Description
Controls access to functions in the Delegate User portlets.
Full access: Users can create, update, view, delete, and search delegate user relationships in the
Delegate User portlet. User can also search and view Delegate User relationship history in the Delegate
User History portlet.
Read only: Users can view and search Delegate User relationships in the Delegate User portlet and
Delegate User History. User cannot create, update, or delete Delegate User relationships.
No access: The Delegate User Portlet does not display to the user.
Table 126: FID 0286 Delegate User Management
FID Access Setting Super Agency
Administrator Delegate User from Super
Agency Sub-Agency
Administrator
Full Access set at both
the Parent and Sub-
agencies
User has full-access. User
can create, update, view,
delete, and search delegate
user relationships in the
Delegate User portlet. User
can also search and view
Delegate User relationship
history in the Delegate User
History portlet.
User has full-access at
both agencies. User can
create, update, view,
delete, and search delegate
user relationships in the
Delegate User portlet. User
can also search and view
Delegate User relationship
history in the Delegate User
History portlet.
User has full-access. User
can create, update, view,
delete, and search delegate
user relationships in the
Delegate User portlet. User
can also search and view
Delegate User relationship
history in the Delegate User
History portlet.
Full Access set at Super
Agency and Read Only
set at Sub-agency.
User has full-access. User
can create, update, view,
delete, and search delegate
user relationships in the
Delegate User portlet. User
can also search and view
Delegate User relationship
history in the Delegate User
History portlet.
User has full access
permissions at the Super
Agency and Read-only
permissions at the Sub-
agency.
Read Only Permissions:
User can view and search
Delegate User relationships
in the Delegate User portlet
and Delegate User History.
User cannot create, update,
or delete Delegate User
relationships.
Full Access set at Super
Agency and No Access
set at the Sub-agency.
User has full-access. User
can create, update, view,
delete, and search delegate
user relationships in the
Delegate User portlet. User
can also search and view
Delegate User relationship
history in the Delegate User
History portlet.
Full Access at super
agency. No access at Sub-
agency.
No Access.
Read Only set at Super
Agency. Full Access to
Sub-agency.
Read Only Permissions:
User can view and search
Delegate User relationships
in the Delegate User portlet
and Delegate User History.
User cannot create, update,
or delete Delegate User
relationships.
Read Only permissions at
Super Agency. Full Access
Sub-agency
User has full-access. User
can create, update, view,
delete, and search delegate
user relationships in the
Delegate User portlet. User
can also search and view
Delegate User relationship
history in the Delegate User
History portlet.
| Function IDs Reference | 696
FID Access Setting Super Agency
Administrator Delegate User from Super
Agency Sub-Agency
Administrator
No Access at Super
Agency. Read Only
Access at Sub-agency.
No Access. No Access at Super
Agency. Read Only Access
at Sub-agency.
Read Only Permissions:
User can view and search
Delegate User relationships
in the Delegate User portlet
and Delegate User History.
User cannot create, update,
or delete Delegate User
relationships.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > System Tools > Delegate User
| Function IDs Reference | 697
0288-Enable Inspection Flow
Version
6.7.0
Description
Enables the Inspection Flow option in the inspection group configuration, so administrators can select the
option, and configure inspection flow for an inspection group.
Interdependency
Parent 0133-Admin Inspection Type Sets
Interoperation 0289-Enable Inspection Milestone
FIDs 0288 and 0299 control the two methods for determining the order of the inspection types in the
inspection group according to the following settings:
FID 0288 full access and FID 0289 full access. The Inspection Flow, Inspection Milestone, and None
options in Civic Platform. This gives the agency administrator the option to assign a manual inspection
flow, an inspection milestone, or no required flow to the inspection group.
FID 0288 full access and FID 0289 no access. The Inspection Flow and None options display in Civic
Platform. This setting allows the agency administrator to either assign a manual inspection flow or no
flow to the inspection group.
FID 0288 no access and FID 0289 full access. The Inspection Milestone and None options display in
Civic Platform. This setting allows the agency administrator to either assign an inspection milestone
flow or no flow to the inspection group.
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Inspection > Inspection > Inspection -Edit Page > Inspection Flow option and
Inspection Flow button
| Function IDs Reference | 698
0289-Enable Inspection Milestone
Version
6.7.0
Description
Enables the Inspection Milestone option in the inspection group configuration, so administrators can select
the option, and configure inspection milestones for an inspection group.
Interdependency
Parent 0133-Admin Inspection Type Sets
Interoperation 0288-Enable Inspection Flow
FIDs 0288 and 0299 control the two methods of determining the order of the inspection types in the
inspection group according to the following settings:
FID 0288 full access and FID 0289 full access. The Inspection Flow, Inspection Milestone, and None
options in Civic Platform. This gives the agency administrator the option to assign a manual inspection
flow, an inspection milestone, or no required flow to the inspection group.
FID 0288 full access and FID 0289 no access. The Inspection Flow and None options display in Civic
Platform. This setting allows the agency administrator to either assign a manual inspection flow or no
flow to the inspection group.
FID 0288 no access and FID 0289 full access. The Inspection Milestone and None options display in
Civic Platform. This setting allows the agency administrator to either assign an inspection milestone
flow or no flow to the inspection group.
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Inspection > Inspection > Inspection -Edit Page > Inspection Milestone option and
Inspection Flow button
| Function IDs Reference | 699
0290-Admin - Standard Comments
Version
6.7.0
Description
Enables the Standard Comments administration portlet for users to configure standard comment groups
and standard comment types, and to add standard comments.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Agency Profile > Standard Comments
| Function IDs Reference | 700
0291-Guide Sheet Template Data
Version
6.7.0
Description
Enables the Application Specific Info Group in the Guide Sheet administration function, so administrators
can use the ASI and ASI table definitions for guidesheet options such as fields, drop-down lists, and check
boxes.
Interdependency
Parent 0124-Admin Inspection Guide Sheet
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Inspection > Guide Sheet > Application Specific Info Group field
| Function IDs Reference | 701
0292-Service Management
Version
6.7.0
Description
Enables the Service portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks:
View the services that users can view when logged into Citizen Access
Add services for users to view in Citizen Access
Associate services with license types and address types
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Agency Profile > Service
| Function IDs Reference | 702
0294-Structure and Establishment
Version
6.7.0
Description
Controls the Structures and Establishments link in the Accela Administrator Setup portlet, and enables
the Structures & Establishments - Type portlet for administrators to configure and manage structure and
establishment types.
Interdependency
Child 0158-Admin Attribute Definition
Child 0159-Admin Attribute Template Definition
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Structures & Establishments
Setup portlet > Structures & Establishments > Type
| Function IDs Reference | 703
0295-Reference Structure and Establishment
Version
6.7.0
Description
Enables the Structures & Establishments portlet for users to manage reference structures and
reference establishments.
Enables the Structures & Establishments tab in the Parcels portlet for users to manage the reference
structures and reference establishments associated with reference parcels, and copy or move
associated structures or establishments between genealogically related reference parcels.
Interdependency
Child of #1 0296-Structure and Establishment Condition
Child of #1 0005-Reference Property Parcels
Child of #1 0006-Reference Property Addresses
Child of #1 0008-Reference Licensed Professionals
Parent of #2 0005-Reference Property Parcels
Solution
All
Access
Structures & Establishments portlet
Parcels > Structures & Establishments tab
| Function IDs Reference | 704
0296-Structure and Establishment Condition
Version
6.7.0
Description
Enables the Conditions tab in the Structures & Establishments portlet for users to add and manage
conditions for structures & establishments.f
Interdependency
Parent 0295-Reference Structure and Establishment
Child 0297-Structure and Establishment History
Solution
All
Access
Structures & Establishments portlet > Conditions tab
| Function IDs Reference | 705
0297-Structure and Establishment History
Version
6.7.0
Description
Displays the Condition History tab when users click a condition in the Condition tab of the Structures &
Establishments portlet.
Interdependency
Parent 0296-Structure and Establishment Condition
Solution
All
Access
Structures & Establishments portlet > Conditions tab > (After selecting a condition) Condition History tab
| Function IDs Reference | 706
0299-Super License Management
Version
6.7.0
Description
Enables the Product License portlet for administrators to view product licenses or import product licenses.
Interdependency
None
Solution
Superagency
Access
Setup portlet > System Tools > Product License
| Function IDs Reference | 707
0300-License Management
Version
6.7.0
Description
Enables the Product License portlet for administrators to view product licenses or import product licenses.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > System Tools > Product License
| Function IDs Reference | 708
0305-Admin Attribute Table Definition
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the Attribute Table administration portlet for assets, so administrators can configure attribute
tables.
Enables the Attribute Tables tab in the Attribute Template administration portlet for both assets and
structures & establishments, so administrators can associate attribute tables with attribute templates.
Interdependency
Parent of #2 0159-Admin Attribute Template Definition
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Setup portlet > Assets > Attribute Table
Setup portlet > Assets > Attribute Template > Attribute Tables tab
Setup portlet > Structures & Establishments > Attribute Template > Attributes tab
| Function IDs Reference | 709
0306-Work Order Type
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the Work Order Types tab in the Work Order Task portlet for administrators to perform the
following tasks:
View the work order types associated to work order tasks
Assign a work order type to a work order task, or delete the association
Interdependency
Parent 0254-WO Task Definition
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Setup portlet > Work Orders > Work Order Task > Work Order Types tab
| Function IDs Reference | 710
0307-Audit Logger Definition
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the Audit Log portlet for administrators to configure the fields to display for each audit log.
Interdependency
An audit log type (record/ASI/ASIT, guidesheet, record condition, reference condition, standard condition,
document) only works after super agency administrator enables the audit log options in the agency
configuration.
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > System Tools > Audit Log
| Function IDs Reference | 711
0308-Data Manager Export
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the Export Jobs panel in the Data Manager portlet for administrators to perform the following
tasks:
Configure export jobs
Export record types and their associated elements
Export Standard Choices
Export Citizen Access Configuration
Export asset management data
Interdependency
Parent 0318-Administration
Interoperation 0309-Data Manager Import
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Administration > AA Admin > Data manager > Export Jobs panel
| Function IDs Reference | 712
0309-Data Manager Import
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the Import Jobs panel in the Data Manager portlet for administrators to perform the following
tasks:
Configure import jobs
Import record types and their associated elements
Import Standard Choices
Import Citizen Access Configuration
Import asset management data
Interdependency
Interoperation 0308-Data Manager Export
Parent 0318-Administration
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Administration > AA Admin > Data manager > Import Jobs panel
| Function IDs Reference | 713
0310-Admin Education Info
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the Education portlet for administrators to create and manage education records, including
associating the education records with education providers.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > License Certifications > Education
| Function IDs Reference | 714
0311-Admin Continuing Education Info
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the Continuing Education portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks:
Create and manage continuing education records, including associating the continuing education
records with providers and record types.
Assign a workflow task to continuing education at the record type level.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > License Certifications > Continuing Education
| Function IDs Reference | 715
0312-Admin Examination Info
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the Examination portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks:
Create and manage examination records, including associating the examination records with
examination providers.
Assign a workflow task to examinations at the record type level.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > License Certifications > Examination
| Function IDs Reference | 716
0314-Admin Meeting Calendar
Version
7.3
Description
Enables the meeting calendar type in the calendar administration portlet, so administrators can perform
the following tasks:
View all the calendars of Meeting type
Create new calendars of Meeting type
Enables the Meeting Type Maintenance function in the Calendar administration navigation tree for
administrators to configure meeting types.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Calendar > Meeting type in the Type field
Setup portlet > Calendar > Meeting Type Maintenance tree node > Meeting option in Calendar Type field
| Function IDs Reference | 717
0315-Admin Create New Objects
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the Create New button on the toolbar of the Civic Platform console. Users can click the button to
select from a drop‑down menu of options for creating records or performing other operational tasks.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Agency Profile > Create New Objects
Civic Platform Console Toolbar > Create New menu button
| Function IDs Reference | 718
0316-Reference Contact Condition
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the Condition tab in the Contacts portlet for users to manage conditions for contacts.
Interdependency
Child 0317-Reference Contact Condition History
Solution
All
Access
Contacts portlet > Conditions tab
| Function IDs Reference | 719
0317-Reference Contact Condition History
Version
7.0.0
Description
Displays the Condition History tab when users click a condition in the Condition tab of the Contacts portlet.
Interdependency
Parent 0316-Reference Contact Condition
Solution
All
Access
Contacts portlet > Conditions tab > (After selecting a condition) Condition History tab
| Function IDs Reference | 720
0318-Administration
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the AA Admin administration portlet under Setup Administration for administrators to configure
record types and configure data manager.
Interdependency
Child 0308-Data Manager Export
Child 0309-Data Manager Import
Child 0065-Admin Application Types
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Administration > AA Admin
| Function IDs Reference | 721
0319-Delete ASI and ASIT on existing CAPs
Version
7.0.0
Description
Provides the “Delete associated transactional data of previous ASI and ASIT on existing records” option
in a pop-up window after users change the Application Specific Info Group Code field and then click the
Save button in the Application Type - Edit page.
Provides the “Delete associated transactional records of previous ASI and ASIT on existing CAPs”
option in a pop-up window after users change the Application Specific Info Group field and then click
the Save button in the Application Specific Info - Edit and Manage Subgroups page.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Application > Application Type > After clicking Save in the Application Type - Edit
page
Classic Admin Tools > Application > Application Specific Info > After clicking Save in the Application
Specific Info - Edit and Manage Subgroups page
| Function IDs Reference | 722
0320-Admin License Verification
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the License Verification portlet for administrators to define the record type and insurance/license
type expiration relationship by setting permissions and assigning expired license types to application types.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Application > License Verification
| Function IDs Reference | 723
0321-Reference Address Copy
Version
6.7.0
Description
Enables the Copy button in the Addresses portlet, so users to create new addresses by copying from
existing ones.
Interdependency
Parent 0006-Reference Property Addresses
Solution
All
Access
Addresses portlet > Copy button
| Function IDs Reference | 724
0322-Reference Merge Contacts
Version
6.7.0
Description
Enables the Merge button in the Contacts portlet for users to merge two or more contacts into one.
Interdependency
Parent 0084-Reference People Contact
Solution
All
Access
Contacts portlet > Merge
| Function IDs Reference | 725
0323-Disable Licensed Professionals Search
Version
6.7.0
Description
When enabled, this FID disables the Search button in the Licensed Professionals portlet, so users cannot
search for licensed professionals.
Interdependency
Parent 0008-Reference Licensed Professionals
Solution
All
Access
Licensed Professionals portlet > Search button
| Function IDs Reference | 726
0324-Admin Receipt Print Audit
Version
6.7.0
Description
Enables the Receipt Print Audit portlet for administrators to view receipt print audit records and to search
receipt print audit records.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > System Tools > Receipt Print Audit
| Function IDs Reference | 727
0326-Define Asset Usage Unit Type
Version
7.0.5
Description
Enables the Usage Types tab in the Asset Type portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks:
View the usage types list
Look up usage types and assign to the asset type, or delete the association
Interdependency
Parent 0160-Admin AMS Asset Definition
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Setup portlet > Assets > Type > Usage Types tab
| Function IDs Reference | 728
0327-Edit My QuickQuery By Administration
Version
7.0.5
Description
Enables the My QuickQueries portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks:
Specify a portlet and view user-defined QuickQueries in the portlet. The QuickQuery name and user ID
identifies each QuickQuery.
Edit or delete user-defined QuickQueries
Interdependency
Parent 0139-Admin-DataFilter/QuickQuery
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Data Filter & Query > My QuickQueries
| Function IDs Reference | 729
0328-Accessibility Mode
Version
7.0.5
Description
Enables section 508 accessibility mode in Civic Platform and Citizen Access.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
All
| Function IDs Reference | 730
0330-Admin Work Order Costing Group Definition
Version
7.1.0
Description
Enables the Cost Group portlet for administrators to define and manage cost groups.
Interdependency
Child 0161-Admin Work Order Costing Item Definition
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Setup portlet > Work Orders > Cost Group
| Function IDs Reference | 731
0331-Trust Account Associated Record
Version
7.1.0
Description
Enables the Associated Record tab in the Trust Account portlet for users to view all the records related to a
trust account.
Interdependency
Parent 0190-Manage Trust Account
Solution
All
Access
Trust Account portlet > Associated Record tab
| Function IDs Reference | 732
0332-Daily Cost Rate Definition
Version
7.1.0
Description
Enables the Cost Rate tab in the Work Order Cost Item portlet for administrators to create and manage
cost rates for cost items.
Enables the Cost Rate tab in the Time Accounting User Profiles portlet for administrators to create and
manage cost rates for user profiles.
Enables the Cost Rates tab in the Assets portlet for users to create and manage cost rates for assets.
Interdependency
Parent of #1 0161-Admin Work Order Costing Item Definition
Parent of #2 0265-Admin Time Accounting User Profile
Parent of #3 8189-Asset Data Management
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Setup portlet > Work Orders > Cost Item > Cost Rates tab
Setup portlet > Time Accounting > User Profiles > Cost Rates tab
Assets portlet > Cost Rates tab
| Function IDs Reference | 733
0333-Condition List Audit Log
Version
7.1.0
Description
Enables the View Log button in the Condition Maintenance administrator portlet for administrators to
view condition audit log information.
Enables the View Log button in various portlets, and then provide the condition as an audit type option
for users to view the historical logs on conditions.
Interdependency
The audit log works only if the super agency administrator enables the standard condition audit log option
in the agency configuration.
Parent 8458-Complete Record and ASI Audit
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Condition > Condition Maintenance list portlet > View log button
Record portlet > View Log button > Record Details Log button option > Record Condition option in Audit
Type in the Audit Log page
Parcels portlet > View Log button
Owners portlet > View Log button
Licensed Professionals portlet > View Log button
Structure & Establishment portlet > View Log button
Assets portlet > View Log button
| Function IDs Reference | 734
0334-Condition Detail Audit Log
Version
7.1.0
Description
Enables the View Log button in the Condition detail tab of the Condition Maintenance administrator
portlet for administrators to view condition audit log information.
Enables the View Log button in the Condition tab in various portlets for users to view the historical logs
on conditions.
Interdependency
The audit log works only if the super agency administrator enables the standard condition audit log option
in the agency configuration.
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Condition > Condition Details tab > View log button
Record portlet > Condition tab > View Log button
Parcels portlet > Condition tab > View Log button
Owners portlet > Condition tab > View Log button
Licensed Professionals portlet > Condition tab > View Log button
Structure & Establishment portlet > Condition tab > View Log button
Assets portlet > Condition tab > View Log button
| Function IDs Reference | 735
0335-Copy or Move Parcel Associated Records
Version
7.1.0
Description
Enables the Copy and Move buttons in the Associated Record List tab of the Parcels portlet, so users can
copy or move associated records between genealogically related reference parcels.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Parcels portlet > Associated Record List > Copy, Move buttons
| Function IDs Reference | 736
0336-User Calendar
Version
7.1.0
Description
Enables the User calendar option in the Calendar administration portlet, so administrators can perform the
following tasks:
View all the calendars of User type
Create new calendars of User type
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Calendar > User type in the Type field
| Function IDs Reference | 737
0337-Agency Holiday Calendar
Version
7.1.0
Description
Enables the Agency Holiday calendar option in the Calendar administration portlet, so administrators can
perform the following tasks:
View all the calendars of Agency Holiday type
Create new calendars of Agency Holiday type
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Calendar > Agency Holiday type in the Type field
| Function IDs Reference | 738
0338-Licensed Professional Document List
Version
7.2.0
Description
Enables the Documents tab in the Licensed Professionals portlet for users to upload, manage and
download documents related with a licensed professional.
Displays the People Attachments and Record Attachments options, in the Documents tab of the
Record portlet, so that users can click the People Attachments option to view the people attachments
associated with the record.
Interdependency
Parent 0008-Reference Licensed Professionals
Solution
All
Access
Licensed Professionals portlet > Documents tab
| Function IDs Reference | 739
0339-Inspection Grade Group
Version
7.2.0
Description
Enables the availability of the Inspection Grade Group administration portlet, so administrators can
configure inspection grade groups.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Application > Inspection Grade Group
| Function IDs Reference | 740
0340-Reference Contact Type Security
Version
7.2.0
Description
Enables the Reference Contacts node in the navigation tree of the Contact Type Setting portlet so
administrators can define contact type security on reference contacts.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Contact > Contact Type Setting
| Function IDs Reference | 741
0341-Daily Contact Type Security
Version
7.2.0
Description
Enables the Record Contacts node in the navigation tree of the Contact Type Setting portlet so
administrators can limit the use of specific contact types by module and define contact type security on
record contacts.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Contact > Contact Type Setting
| Function IDs Reference | 742
0342-Parcels GIS Attributes Mapping
Version
7.2.0
Description
Enables the display of the GIS Attribute Mapping administration portlet.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Parcels
Setup portlet > Parcels > GIS Attribute Mapping portlet
| Function IDs Reference | 743
0343-Contact Relationship
Version
7.2.0
Description
Enables the Related Contacts tab for a contact.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Contacts portlet > Related Contacts tab
| Function IDs Reference | 744
0344-Show Address on the Contact
Version
7.2.0
Description
Enables the Address tab in the Contacts portlet for users to manage reference addresses for contacts.
Interdependency
Interoperation 0006-Reference Property Addresses
Solution
All
Access
Contacts portlet > Address tab
| Function IDs Reference | 745
0345-Look Up Address on the Contact Address
Version
7.2.0
Description
Enables the Look Up button in the Contact Address tab of the reference contact portlet for users to look up
reference addresses or external addresses, modify and then save them as contact addresses.
Interdependency
The Standard Choice Value of the Standard Choice ENABLE_CONTACT_ADDRESS must be Yes, for the
Contact Address tab to display in the reference contact portlet.
Solution
All
Access
Contacts portlet > Contact Address tab
| Function IDs Reference | 746
0346-Workflow Designer
Version
7.2.0
Description
Enables the graphic Workflow Designer for administrators to define workflow with master process and sub
processes.
Interdependency
FIDs control the few workflow-related functions, not available in Workflow Designer, listed below.
Interoperation 0143-Admin Workflow Task Spec Info
Interoperation 0150-Admin Workload and Skillset
Interoperation 0154-Reference Workflow Proximity Alerts
Interoperation 0180-Admin Workflow Task Spec Info Subgroups
Interoperation 0192-Workflow Report Setting
Interoperation 0234-Workflow Calendar
Interoperation 0246-Activities Specific Information
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Administration > Workflow Designer
| Function IDs Reference | 747
0347-Social Media
Version
7.2.0
Description
Enables the Social Media portlet for administrators to configure the integration between Civic Platform and
a social media site such as Twitter.
Interdependency
NA
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > System Tools > Social Media
| Function IDs Reference | 748
0348-AA-AGIS Integration Diagnosis Tool
Version
7.2.0
Description
Enables the GIS Integration Diagnostics portlet for administrators to diagnose and troubleshoot the GIS
integration issues.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > System Tools > GIS Integration Diagnostics
| Function IDs Reference | 749
0349-Contact Management
Version
7.2.0
Description
Enables the Standard Choices portlet for administrators to edit Standard Choices from Civic Platform
Vantage360. Currently the portlet allows you to maintain a few Standard Choices related with Contact
Management.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Agency Profile > Standard Choices
| Function IDs Reference | 750
0350-Regional Settings
Version
7.2.0
Description
Enables the Regional Setting portlet for administrators to define the phone number country code, and
format the ZIP code (or postal code) masks and phone number masks based on the selected country or
region.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Agency Profile > Regional Settings
| Function IDs Reference | 751
0351-Admin Set Type
Version
7.3
Description
Enable the Admin Set Type link in the Setup menu.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Application > Set Type
| Function IDs Reference | 752
0352-Professional List
Version
7.2.0
Description
Enables the Professionals tab in the Contacts portlet for users to associate professionals with reference
contacts, and manage the associated professionals.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Contacts portlet > Professionals tab
| Function IDs Reference | 753
0353-Contact Identity Fields
Version
7.2.0
Description
Enables reference contact identity settings. By specifying reference contact identifier fields, administrators
can enforce the uniqueness of the contacts in the reference database and prevent users from creating
duplicate contacts.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Contact > Identity Settings > Reference Contact
| Function IDs Reference | 754
0354-Custom Dictionary
Version
7.3
Description
Enables access to the custom dictionary portlet for authorized administrators to create agency-specific
custom spell check dictionaries accessible from Civic Platform, Citizen Access, and Mobile Office, and
manage terms contained within the custom dictionaries. Custom dictionary users with “full access” can
view and manage (add/delete) entries. Users with “read only” access can view the entries, but cannot
modify them.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Agency Profile > Dictionary
| Function IDs Reference | 755
0355-Reference Contact Relationship
Version
7.3
Description
Enables the Contact Relationship tab in the Contacts portlet for users to configure contact relationship
between two reference contacts.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Contacts portlet > Contact Relationship tab
| Function IDs Reference | 756
0357-Reference Contact Log
Version
7.3
Description
Enables the View Log button in the reference contact portlet for users to view the historical audit logs on
reference contacts.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Reference Contact > View Log > Contact Log
| Function IDs Reference | 757
0360-Account Settings
Version
7.3
Description
Enables the Communication Manager - Account Settings portlet for administrators to configure accounts
from which agency users send outgoing emails and SMS text messages.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup Portlet > Communication Manager > Account Settings
| Function IDs Reference | 758
0361-General Settings
Version
7.3
Description
Enables the Communication Manager - General Settings portlet for administrators to configure the
connection between the Microsoft Exchange Server and Civic Platform, and establish system-level settings
for agency users.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup Portlet > Communication Manager > General Settings
| Function IDs Reference | 759
0362-Duplicate Contact Address Check
Description
Enables the contact address identity settings for administrators to set contact address identity fields, thus
to enforce unique identity of contact addresses in each contact.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Contact > Identity Settings > Contact Address
| Function IDs Reference | 760
0365-License Certification Info
Description
Enable access to the Education, Continuing Education, and Examination tabs on the Contact Reference
portlet.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Contact Reference portlet > Education tab
Contact Reference portlet > Continuing Education tab
Contact Reference portlet > Examination tab
| Function IDs Reference | 761
0366-License Certification Supervisor
Description
Enable/disable the Approve and Disapprove buttons. Used to validate education/exam records. After
approval, data is no longer editable in transaction records. Data remains editable in the contact reference
records.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Application Record portlet > Education tab, Continuing Education tab, Examination tab
Contact Reference portlet > Education tab, Continuing Education tab, Examination tab
| Function IDs Reference | 762
0367-Default Clone Options
Version
7.3.2
Description
Controls the availability of the Default Clone Options form on the Administration Setup portlet. Use this
form to set the default data (by record type) to copy from the source record to the new cloned record.
Solution
All
Access
Administration > Setup > Application > Default Clone Options
| Function IDs Reference | 763
0368-Reference Contact Document List
Version
7.3.3
Description
This FID enables the Documents tab in the Contacts portlet for users to upload, manage and download
documents related with a reference contact.
Interdependency
Parent 0084-Reference People Contact
Solution
All
Access
Contacts portlet > Documents tab
| Function IDs Reference | 764
0370-Record Type Filter
Description
Enables the Record Type Filter in Citizen Access, and in the adminstration areas of both Citizen Access
and Civic Platform
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Citizen Access > Record Type selection
Record Type Filter configuration in Citizen Access Admin > Module Settings
Record Type Filter configuration in V360 Admin > Setup > Application > Record Type Filters
| Function IDs Reference | 765
0371-Professional List
Description
Enables the Look Up and Delete buttons on the Licensed Professional tab for the Structure/Establishment
detail portlet. When enabled, these buttons can be used to locate, then associate/disassociate licensed
professionals with the current structure/establishment.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Structure & Establishment portlet
| Function IDs Reference | 766
0374-Data Manager Delete
Version
9.0.0
Description
Enable the Delete Jobs functionality in Data Manager.
By default, the Delete Jobs functionality is disabled. If you set the value of the FID to "Full Access", the
Delete Jobs option is available in Data Manager.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Administration > AA Admin > Data Manager
| Function IDs Reference | 767
0375-New UI Admin Access Restricted
Version
9.0.0
Description
Controls access to the Administration and Classic Administration links that display on the upper right-
hand menu in the Civic Platform 8.0.0.0.0+ user interface. Administrators can use FID 0375-New UI Admin
Access Restricted – to limit user access to the Civic Platform administration portals.
By default, the FID is disabled and all users will continue to have access to the administration links. If you
set the value of the FID to "Full Access" the administration links will no longer be displayed for members of
that user group.
Interdependency
0376-Admin Conditions Access Restricted Restricts access to the Conditions page for non-Admin users.
Solution
All
Access
Settings menu on Civic Platform 8.0.0.0.0 and later
| Function IDs Reference | 768
0376-Admin Conditions Access Restricted
Version
9.1.0
Description
This FID restricts access to the Conditions page for non-Admin users.
By default, the FID is disabled and all users will continue to have access to Conditions page. If you set the
value of the FID to "Full Access" the Conditions page will not display for members of the specified user
group. Refer to the table below for full details.
No Access Access to the Conditions page is not restricted
Full Access Access to the Conditions page is restricted for non-Admin users
Read Only Access to the Conditions page is not restricted
Interdependency
0375-New UI Admin Access Restricted Restricts user access to the Civic Platform administration portals.
Solution
All
Access
Conditions page in Civic Platform 9.1.0 and later
| Function IDs Reference | 769
7800-Report Menu
Description
Enables the Report Menu function in Civic Platform Classic for users to access the reports that are custom
made for specific business practices.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Daily > Report > Report Menu
| Function IDs Reference | 770
7801-Ad Hoc Reports
Description
Controls exposure of the add hoc report feature.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Daily > Reports > Ad Hoc
| Function IDs Reference | 771
8006-Application Print Permit
Description
Enables the Permit function in Civic Platform Classic for users to print an application permit.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Daily > Application > Permit
| Function IDs Reference | 772
8014-Standard Comments and Task List
Version
2.51
Description
Enables the Task List function in Civic Platform Classic for users to view the workflow task list and to edit
the workflow task list.
Interdependency
None
Solution
Access
Classic Daily > Workflow > Task List
| Function IDs Reference | 773
8020-Condition Full Privileges
Description
Enables the Conditions tab in the Record portlet for users to add conditions for records.
Enables the Conditions tab in the Inspections portlet for users to add conditions for inspections.
Enables the display of the Condition Notice pop-up window when users click the condition “Learn
more...” link in the condition status bar of the record portlet.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Conditions tab
Record portlet > Condition Status Bar > (After clicking the “Learn more...” link) Condition Notice pop-up
window
Inspections portlet > Conditions tab
| Function IDs Reference | 774
8027-Smart Notice
Description
Enables the Smart Notice daily functions in Civic Platform Classic, so users can view the current smart
notice.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Daily > SmartManager > SmartNotice
| Function IDs Reference | 775
8028-Addresses
Description
Enables the Address tab of the Record portlet for users to search, create, assign and manage
addresses (either reference addresses, Tidemark addresses, or daily addresses) of records.
Enables the Search and Clear button in the Address section of the application intake form, for users to
add reference address to a new application.
Interdependency
Child 8175-GIS Objects
Child 8227-PermitsPlus Search Address
Child 8303-Synchronize function in APO
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Address tab
Record portlet > New > (In the application intake form) Address section > Search and Clear buttons
| Function IDs Reference | 776
8029-Parcels
Description
Enables the Parcel tab in the Record portlet for users to add and manage parcels of an application.
Enables the Search and Clear buttons in the Parcel section of the application intake form, for users to
search reference parcels and add them to a record.
Interdependency
Child of #1 8281-Inspector Districting
Child of #1 8327-Search Select Parcel Function
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Parcel tab
Record portlet > New > (In the application intake form) Parcel section > Search and Clear buttons
| Function IDs Reference | 777
8030-Owners
Description
Enables the Owner tab of the Record portlet for users to assign and manage owners of records.
Enables the Search and Clear buttons in the Owner section of the application intake form, for users to
search reference owners and add them to a record.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Owner tab
Record portlet > New > (In the application intake form) Owner section > Search and Clear buttons
| Function IDs Reference | 778
8031-Contacts
Description
Enables the Contacts tab in the Record portlet
Enables the New, Look Up, Remove, Deactivate, Sync From the Reference, and Stop Sync menu
buttons in the Contacts tab, for users to add or manage contacts for records.
Enables the New, Search, Delete, and Set Primary buttons in the contact section of the application
intake form, so users can manage the contacts for a record. This section opens when you create a new
application or you click the Summary button for a record.
Note: If set to Read Only or No Access, the Contact > Associated Public User tab hides the
Delete button.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Contact tab
Record portlet > New > (In the application intake form) Contact section > New, Search, Delete and Set
Primary buttons
| Function IDs Reference | 779
8032-Licensed Professionals
Description
Enables the Professionals tab in the Record portlet for users to add or manage licensed professionals for
records.
Note: If set to Read Only or No Access, the Licensed Professional > Associated Public User
tab hides the Delete button.
Interdependency
Child 8446-Disable Licensed Professionals Delete
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Professionals tab
| Function IDs Reference | 780
8033-Additional Information
Description
Enables the Addtl Info tab in the Record portlet for users to view and edit additional information about
records.
Enables the Addtl Info area in the Additional Information tab for a record and in the Record Information
tab for an inspection. So users can view and edit additional information about records from Mobile
Office.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Civic Platform > Record portlet > Addtl Info tab
Mobile Office > Records > Additional Information tab
Mobile Office > Inspections > Record Information tab > Additional Information subtab
| Function IDs Reference | 781
8034-New Application
Description
Enables the New button in the Record portlet for users to create a record.
Enable users to submit the staff assignments to a record successfully.
Interdependency
Interoperation with #2 8152-WO/SR Group Update
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > New button
Record portlet > Assign menu item > (After users click the Save button) Successful assignment
Record portlet > Record Detail tab > Assign menu item > (After users click the Save button) Successful
assignment
| Function IDs Reference | 782
8035-Find App
Version
2.5
Description
Enables the record list display in the Record portlet according to the permissions for the current user.
When you disable FID 8150, FID 8035 enables the Advanced Search link in the Find Application
function in Civic Platform Classic . When users click the Advanced Search link, the Find Application
- Search page displays the standard application search fields. When you enable FID 8150, the Find
Application - Search page displays the search fields, as customized in the Find Application Profile
administration function.
Enables the Record Search for the Select Record to Copy From function available in the Inspections
portlet, or the Inspections tab of the Record portlet.
Interdependency
Interoperation with #2 8150-Find App (Custom)
Interoperation with #2 8035-Find App
Parent of #3 8299-Daily-ODS Inspection Gaps
.
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet
Classic Daily > Application > Find App > Advanced Search link (with FID 8068 enabled)
Classic Daily > Application > Find App (Find Application - Search page) (with FID 8068 disabled)
Inspections portlet > Inspection Detail tab > Select Record to Copy From button > Click the Record Search
button
| Function IDs Reference | 783
8036-Workflow - 2.5
Obsolete.
| Function IDs Reference | 784
8038-Valuation Calculation
Description
Enables the Valuation Calc tab in the record portlet for users to calculate the total valuation (job values) for
an application based on the pre-defined standard valuations with occupancies
Interdependency
Child 8406-Edit Valuation Calculator Unit Cost
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Valuation Calc tab
| Function IDs Reference | 785
8039-PermitsPlus Historical Data
Description
Enables the Data Source field in the Record Search portlet for users to select ‘PERMITS” Plus as the
source to search for ‘PERMITS’ Plus A/P/Ds in Civic Platform and associate them to Accela records.
Interdependency
You must configure the Standard Choice ENABLE_PERMITS_PLUS_SEARCH for the search.
Solution
All Modules except superagency
Access
Record portlet > Search button > P+ Permit Plus option in Data Source field
Record portlet > Related Records tab > Search, or Look Up button > P+ Permit Plus option in Data Source
field
| Function IDs Reference | 786
8047-Hearings (obsolete, replaced by 8483)
Obsolete (see 8229 - Hearing).
| Function IDs Reference | 787
8049-Batch Job (old)
Description
Any of the following FIDs can enable the Batch Engine administration portlet:
0106-Admin Batch job (the list portlet, the Job Detail tab, Job Schedule tab, and Log tab)
0284-Batch Job Maintenance (the list portlet and the Job Detail tab) and 0285-Batch Job Schedule (the
Job Schedule tab and the Log tab)
8122-Batch Job (the list portlet, the Job Detail tab, Job Schedule tab, and Log tab)
8049-Batch Job (old) (the list portlet, the Job Detail tab, Job Schedule tab, and Log tab)
Interdependency
Interoperation 0106-Admin Batch job
Interoperation 0284-Batch Job Maintenance
Interoperation 8122-Batch Job
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > System Tools > Batch Engine
Batch Jobs portlet
| Function IDs Reference | 788
8068-Find App (simple search)
Description
Enables the simple search mode in the Find Application function in Civic Platform Classic. Simple search
allows users to search applications by Project Name/Application number.
Interdependency
Interdependency 8150-Find App (Custom)
Interdependency 8035-Find App
Solution
All
Access
Classic Daily > Application > Find Application
| Function IDs Reference | 789
8073-App Spec Info
Version
6
Description
Enables the App Specific Info tab in the Record portlet, so users can manage the ASI about a record.
Enables the App Specific Info section in the summary portlet for a record, so users can view the ASI
about the record.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > App Specific Info tab
| Function IDs Reference | 790
8074-Set Header Maintenance
Version
Updated in 7.2.0
Description
Enables the Records list tab in the Set portlet for users to view the list of record sets.
Enables the New, Search, Delete, and Clone buttons for the Records tab in the set portlet.
Enables the Create a Set button on the Record List tab for a contact and on the Associated Record List
tab for a parcel.
Enables users to mark the Select Existing Set or the Create a New Set option in the Create From Model
page of the record portlet.
Interdependency
Child of #1 8075-Set Detail Maintenance
Parent of #4 8264-Create from Model
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Records tab
Contacts portlet > Record List tab
Parcels portlet > Associated Record List tab
Record portlet > Create From Model button > Select Existing Set option
Record portlet > Create From Model button > Create a New Set option
| Function IDs Reference | 791
8075-Set Detail Maintenance
Description
Enables the records detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can manage the details contacts for a set.
Interdependency
Parent 8074-Set Header Maintenance
Child 8358-Set Comments
Child 8357-Set Conditions
Child 8363-Set Contacts
Child 8361-Set Licensed Professionals
Child 8362-Set Owners
Child 8359-Set Scripts
Child 8364-Set Status Change
Child 8121-Set Payment
Child 8134-Set Workflow Status Change
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Records tab > Detail tabs
| Function IDs Reference | 792
8078-New Business License Application
Description
Enables users to create new applications in the license module in Civic Platform Classic.
Interdependency
None
Solution
Licenses
Access
Classic Daily > Application > New App > Select an application type in the license module
| Function IDs Reference | 793
8079-Business Licenses Expiration Info
Description
Enables the Renewal Info tab in the Licenses portlet for users to view or edit a License's renewal
information.
Interdependency
None
Solution
License
Access
Licenses portlet > Renewal Info tab
| Function IDs Reference | 794
8081-Project Maintenance/Navigation
Version
3
Description
Enables the Project function in Civic Platform Classic for users to create and maintain projects.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Daily > Project
| Function IDs Reference | 795
8085-Inspection Email Notification
Version
4.0/4.2
Description
Enables email notification in the Result Inspections function, so when users select Save in the Result
Inspections portlet, the email address confirmation page displays for entering the applicant email address
and group email address.
Interdependency
Parent 8145-Inspection Results
Solution
All
Access
Inspections portlet > Menu > Result item > After clicking Save in the Result Inspections portlet
Inspections portlet > Manage Inspection menu > Result Inspections item > After clicking Save in the Result
Inspections portlet
| Function IDs Reference | 796
8090-Workflow Supervisor
Version
4.0/4.1
Description
Enables the Supervisor button in the Workflow tab of the Record portlet, so users have supervisory
privileges to alter the status of tasks in a workflow process.
Enables user to freely save/publish comments and annotations in Electronic Document Review PDF
attachments, as well as update the file review status of any reviewer.
Interdependency
Parent 8132-Workflow
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Workflow tab > Supervisor button
| Function IDs Reference | 797
8093-Staff Search
Version
4
Description
Controls how to display the department and staff options when users click the Dept & Staff button to
populate department information and staff information in Civic Platform Classic. If you enable the FID,
users first select the department and then pick the staff from the available list. If you disable the FID, users
provide the staff information first and then select the department and staff.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
There are a number of pages with the Dept & Staff button. For example:
Classic Daily > Condition > Condition > Condition - Edit page
| Function IDs Reference | 798
8097-Manual Application Number Option
Description
Sets the Alt ID field as editable in the application intake form, record summary form, and the Record tab of
the Record portlet, so that users can manually enter the Alt ID for a record.
Interdependency
Interoperation 0270-Sequence Generator
Solution
All
Access
Record (Building, Asset, Inspection...) portlet > Application Intake Form > Alt ID field
Record (Building, Asset, Inspection...) portlet > Record tab > Alt ID field
Record (Building, Asset, Inspection...) portlet > Record tab > Summary button > Alt ID field in the summary
form
| Function IDs Reference | 799
8098-Agency Switch
Description
Enables the Switch Agency link in the main console of Civic Platform Classic so users can toggle between
multiple Agencies.
Interdependency
Civic Platform can enable the ability to toggle between agencies by either FID 8403 or FID 8098. The Multi-
Agency switch controlled by FID 8403 offers more functionality and overrides FID 8098 Agency Switch
when you set both to Full-Access.
Solution
All Modules
Access
Classic Daily > Switch Agency link
| Function IDs Reference | 800
8099-Inspection Calendar Override Authority
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 801
8102-People User Defined Attributes
Description
When users create a new licensed professional, displays the people template fields for entry if users
select a license type that associates with a people template.
When users create a new contact, displays the people template fields for entry if users select a contact
type that associates with a people template.
Interdependency
Parent of #1 0008-Reference Licensed Professionals
Parent of #2 0084-Reference People Contact
Solution
All
Access
Licensed Professionals portlet > New > (Selecting a license type that associates with a people template)
Fields from the people template in the Professional-New page
Record portlet > Professionals tab > New > (Selecting a license type that associates with a people
template) Fields from the people template in the Professional-New page
Contacts portlet > New > (Selecting a contact type that associates with a people template) Fields from the
people template in the Contact-New page
Record portlet > Professionals tab > New > (Selecting a contact type that associates with a people
template) Fields from the people template in the Contact-New page
| Function IDs Reference | 802
8103-Structure Tracking
Description
Enables the Structures tab in the Record portlet for users to add and manage structures for an application.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Structures tab
| Function IDs Reference | 803
8104-Assess Fees
Version
4
Description
Enables the Fee tab in the record portlet for users to assess one or more fee items included in the
fee schedule associated with an application, or, select several fee items and then generate invoice for
them.
Enables the Assess Fee History for users to view the historical actions performed in the Fee tab.
Interdependency
Child 8271-Fees Recalculate Fees
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Fee tab
Record portlet > Assess Fee History tab
| Function IDs Reference | 804
8105-User Defined Parcel Attribute
Obsolete.
| Function IDs Reference | 805
8106-Void Application
Description
Enables the Void application function in Civic Platform Classic for users to void an application.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Daily > Application > Void Application
| Function IDs Reference | 806
8107-Cashier-Supervisor
Version
6.5
Description
Enables the Adjust menu item in the Account Detail tab of the Trust Account portlet for users to adjust the
value of a trust account.
Interdependency
Parent of #2 0190-Manage Trust Account
Solution
All
Access
Trust Account portlet > Account Detail tab > Menu > Adjust menu item
| Function IDs Reference | 807
8108-Cashier Payment
Version
4
Description
Enables the Payment tab in the record portlet for users to process a payment.
Enables the buttons in the Payment tab. The buttons include: Pay, Apply, Generate Receipt, Refund,
Void, and Pay More.
Interdependency
Interoperation 8436-Daily – Cashier – Apply
Interoperation 8440-Daily – Cashier – Fund Transfer
Interoperation 8439-Daily – Cashier – Generate Receipt
Interoperation 8435-Daily – Cashier – Pay
Interoperation 8445-Daily - Cashier - Pay More
Interoperation 8437-Daily – Cashier – Refund
Interoperation 8437-Daily – Cashier – Refund
If you set FID 8108 to read only or no access, the configuration for the interdependent FIDs applies to the
buttons. For example, if you enable FID 8436, the Apply button still displays.
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Payment tab > Pay (Apply, Generate Receipt, Refund, and Void) button
Record portlet > Payment tab > Pay button > (In the payment details page) Pay More button
| Function IDs Reference | 808
8110-Application Comment
Version
Updated in 7.2.0
Description
Enables the Comments tab in the Record portlet for users to view or add comments of a record.
Enables the display of record comments in the Record Comments field in inspection details.
Interdependency
Child 8340-Application Comments Edit
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Comments tab
Record portlet > Inspection tab > Inspection Details > Comments in the Record Comments field
Inspections portlet > Manage Inspection button > Schedule/Reschedule Inspections > Comments in the
Record Comments field
Inspections portlet > Inspection Detail tab > Comments in the Record Comments field
| Function IDs Reference | 809
8112-Application Cloning
Description
Enables the Clone and Copy menu items in the Record tab of the Record portlet, so users can clone or
copy an application.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Record Detail tab > Clone menu item
Record portlet > Record Detail tab > Copy menu item
| Function IDs Reference | 810
8113-Standard Comments
Version
4
Description
Enables the Standard Comments link for the Comment field (in different places). When users click the link,
the standard comments configured by administrators display for selection.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Comments tab > (Besides the Comment field) Standard Comments link
Record portlet > Application History tab > (Besides the Comment field) Standard Comments link
Record portlet > Workflow tab > Task Details > (Besides the Comments field) Standard Comments link
Contacts portlet > Conditions tab > (Besides the Comment field) Standard Comments link
Licensed Professionals portlet > Conditions tab > (Besides the Short Comments field) Standard Comments
link
Licensed Professionals portlet > Comments tab > (Besides the Comment field) Standard Comments link
| Function IDs Reference | 811
8114-ADS New Non-Electronic Documents (old)
Obsolete.
| Function IDs Reference | 812
8115-ADS Document List (old)
Obsolete.
| Function IDs Reference | 813
8116-V360 Reports
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 814
8119-GIS Service
Version
5
Description
Enables the GIS button in related portlets (such as the Record and Addresses portlets) and tabs (such
as the Assets tab in Records portlet). Users can click the GIS button to open the GIS map viewer and to
view the selected objects in the map.
Enables the GIS tab in the Records portlet for users to view the GIS objects associated with the record,
and perform functions available in the tab (including Show/Select GIS Objects, Create GIS Objects, and
Delete)
Interdependency
Interoperation 0197-Admin-PM Schedule Linked Asset
Interoperation 0198-Admin-PM Schedule Skipped Asset
Interoperation 8203-Daily Record Asset
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > GIS button
Work Orders portlet > Assets tab > GIS button
And more.
| Function IDs Reference | 815
8120-ADS Non-Electronic Documents (old)
Obsolete.
| Function IDs Reference | 816
8121-Set Payment
Version
4
Description
Enables the Payment tab in the records detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can process payments for a
set
Interdependency
Parent 8075-Set Detail Maintenance
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Records tab > (After selecting a set) Payment tab
| Function IDs Reference | 817
8122-Batch Job
Version
3.7
Description
Any of the following FIDs can enable the Batch Engine administration portlet:
0106-Admin Batch job (the list portlet, the Job Detail tab, Job Schedule tab, and Log tab)
0284-Batch Job Maintenance (the list portlet and the Job Detail tab) and 0285-Batch Job Schedule (the
Job Schedule tab and the Log tab)
8122-Batch Job (the list portlet, the Job Detail tab, Job Schedule tab, and Log tab)
8049-Batch Job (old) (the list portlet, the Job Detail tab, Job Schedule tab, and Log tab)
Interdependency
Interoperation 0106-Admin Batch job
Interoperation 0284-Batch Job Maintenance
Interoperation 8049-Batch Job (old)
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > System Tools > Batch Engine
Batch Jobs portlet
| Function IDs Reference | 818
8130-Parcel Genealogy
Obsolete.
| Function IDs Reference | 819
8132-Workflow
Version
4.1
Description
Set to full access to enable the user to assign or reassign tasks, and edit task details, even if another staff
member or department assigned the tasks. Set to read only and set FID 8140 Workflow Limit Access by
Dept to full access to enable the user to assign or reassign tasks to staff in the user’s department but not
tasks assigned to other departments. Set to no access to disable workflow functions.
Enables the Workflow tab in the Record portlet for users to add and manage tasks, including adhoc
tasks, for records, and also add and manage task attachments.
Enables the Workflow History tab in the Record portlet for users to view the workflow task history.
Enables the Document Review Tasks tab in the My Task portlet for users to take document review
tasks.
Together with FID 8427, enables the Claim and Release buttons in the Workflow Tasks tab of the My
Tasks portlet. This button enables a user to assign (by clicking the Claim button) a workflow task to
himself/herself, or release the claim (by clicking the Release button).
Enables the View hyperlink on the Record Attachment List page.
Interdependency
Child of #1 8090-Workflow Supervisor
Child of #1 8186-Workflow Task Activation
Child of #1 8470-Time Accounting on Workflow
Child of #1 8207-Workflow Ad Hoc Tasks - 5.2
Interoperation of #1 8140-Workflow Limit Access by Dept
Interoperation o f#4 8427-Claim or Release Task Assignment
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Workflow tab
My Tasks portlet > Document Review Tasks tab
| Function IDs Reference | 820
8133-Workflow Task Assignments
Version
4.1
Description
Enables the Assign Task portlet for administrators to assign tasks.
Enables the Assign button in the Workflow tab of the Record portlet for users to assign a task, or an ad
hoc task.
Enables the Assign button in the Workflow Tasks tab of the My Tasks portlet for users to assign a task.
Enables the user to assign documents to reviewers and invoke the commands in the Action menu for
each attachment on the Attachment Details page.
Enables the Statistics menu button in the Inspections portlet, for users to view the inspection statistics.
Set to full access to enable the user group to view and reassign the workflow tasks assigned to them. Set
to read only to enable the user group to only view assigned workflow tasks. Set to no access to prevent the
user group from viewing or editing assigned workflow tasks.
Interdependency
Parent of #2 8132-Workflow
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Workflow & Activity > Assign Task
Record portlet > Workflow tab > (After selecting a task or an ad hoc task) Assign button
My Tasks portlet > Workflow Tasks tab > (After selecting a task) Assign button
Inspections portlet > Menu > Statistics
| Function IDs Reference | 821
8134-Set Workflow Status Change
Version
4.1
Description
Enables the Workflow Status tab in the Records detail tabs of the Set portlet, for users to view or change
the workflow statuses of the set members.
Interdependency
Parent 8075-Set Detail Maintenance
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Records tab > Status change
| Function IDs Reference | 822
8135-Include Insp. History in Workflow History
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 823
8137-Calendar Structure
Version
3.9
Description
Enables the Event function for users to add calendar events for an application.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Daily > Property > Event
| Function IDs Reference | 824
8138-Condition Limit Access by Dept
Version
4
Description
Enables the Condition Type Security administration function for administrators to set the access right (full
or read) of an agency or group to condition types.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All modules except SuperAgency
Access
Classic Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Security Policy > Condition Type Security link
| Function IDs Reference | 825
8140-Limit Assignments by Dept
Version
Updated in 7.2.0
Description
Enables the Workflow Security portlet for administrators to control access to different workflow processes
based on user group privileges. Set to full access and set FID 8132 Workflow to read only to enable
the user to assign or reassign tasks to staff in the user’s department but not tasks assigned to other
departments. For EDR, set to full access to limit assignment of document attachments only to staff within
assigner’s own department.
Interdependency
Interoperation 8132-Workflow
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > Workflow & Activity > Workflow Security
| Function IDs Reference | 826
8141-Application Status
Version
4
Description
Enables the Status tab in the Record portlet, for users to manage the status for a record.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Status tab
| Function IDs Reference | 827
8142-Application Status History
Version
4
Description
Enables the Status History tab in the Record portlet for users to view the information about all the statuses
that exist with a record.
Interdependency
Parent 8141-Application Status
FID 8142 only works when you disable FID 8141.
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > (After selecting a record) Status History
| Function IDs Reference | 828
8143-Inspection Scheduling
Version
4.2
Description
Enables the Inspection list portlet, and the Inspection tab in the record detail portlet. Set to full access to
enable users to schedule or reschedule inspections. Set to None to display a different method of managing
inspections in the Inspections portlet and Inspections tab.
Interdependency
Child 8249-Turn Off the Inspection Tab in CAP List
Child 8281-Inspector Districting
Child 8400-Manage Inspection
Child 8144-Inspection Results Supervisor
Child 8147-Inspection Assignments
Child 8241-Inspection New Inspection
Child 8146-Inspection Route Sheet
Child 8300-Inspections by Unit Number
Solution
All
Access
Inspection portlet
Record (Building Permit) portlet > Inspection tab
| Function IDs Reference | 829
8144-Inspection Results Supervisor
Version
4.2
Description
Determines whether users have supervisory inspection scheduling privileges. When you set this FID to
full access, users can schedule and modify inspections at any time.
For example, if you set this FID to full access and your agency follows an inspection flow process, then
users can schedule any inspection, regardless of its place within the inspection flow process. If you set
this FID to no access and your agency follows an inspection flow process, then users cannot schedule
inspections outside of their inspection flow order.
Enables users to edit inspection results. For example, suppose an inspector passed a water pipe
inspection and shortly thereafter, an inspector discovered a leak or discovered another problem. This
feature allows a supervisor to modify the result from the initial “Passed” result to “Failed.”
Note:
Inspection administrators must be aware of the effects of changing an inspection flow process after a
specific inspection flow task has started.
Enables the Delete button in the Inspections portlet, and the Inspections tab of the record portlet, for
users to remove an inspection.
Enables the Edit Flow button in the Inspections tab of the record portlet, for users to edit the daily side
inspection flow by changing milestone value.
Interdependency
y
Parent 8143-Inspection Scheduling
Parent 8145-Inspection Results
Solution
All
Access
Inspections portlet > Manage Inspection menu > Schedule Inspections (Schedule Related Inspections,
Reschedule Inspections) menu item
Inspections portlet > Delete button
Records portlet > Inspections tab > Delete button
Records portlet > Inspections tab > Edit Flow button
| Function IDs Reference | 830
8145-Inspection Results
Version
4.2
Description
Enables the Result Inspection function in the Inspections portlet for users to enter inspection results.
Enables the Inspection Detail tab in the Inspections portlet for users to view, edit and update inspection
details.
Interdependency
Child of #1 8144-Inspection Results Supervisors
Child of #1 8462-Time Accounting on inspections
Child of #1 8085-Inspection Email Notification
Interoperation with #1 8400-Manage Inspection
To enable users to access the Result Inspections function from the Manage Inspection drop-down
menu, you must set FID 8400 to full access.
Solution
All
Access
Inspections portlet > Menu > Result item
Inspections portlet > Manage Inspection menu > Result Inspections item
Inspections portlet > Inspection Detail tab
| Function IDs Reference | 831
8146-Inspection Route Sheet
Version
4.2
Description
Enables the Route Sheet button in the Inspections portlet for inspectors to create inspection route sheets
and efficiently plan inspections with GIS. This feature helps inspectors minimize the time and distance they
travel to complete inspections.
Interdependency
Parent 8143-Inspection Scheduling
Child 8187-Inspection GIS Route Optimization
Child 8496-Optimize Inspection Route
Solution
All
Access
Inspections portlet > Route Sheet
| Function IDs Reference | 832
8147-Inspection Assignments
Version
4.2
Description
Enables the Assign and Statistics menu items in the Inspections portlet for users to assign an inspection to
staff, and view the inspection statistics.
Interdependency
Parent 8143-Inspection Scheduling
Solution
All
Access
Inspections portlet > Menu > Assign item
Inspections portlet > Menu > Statistics item
| Function IDs Reference | 833
8148-Create From GIS
Version
5
Description
Enables the Create From GIS function in Civic Platform Classic for users to automatically create
applications or inspections by GIS area or parcel.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Daily > Application > Create From GIS
| Function IDs Reference | 834
8149-Inspection Guide Sheet
Version
4.2
Description
Enables the Guide Sheet tab for inspections, so users can enter the inspection results by completing the
guidesheet items.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Inspections portlet > Guide Sheet tab
Calendar portlet > (After selecting an inspection) Guide Sheet tab
Record portlet > (After selecting an inspection) Guide Sheet tab
| Function IDs Reference | 835
8150-Find App (Custom)
Version
5
Description
Enables the Advanced Search link in the Find Application function in Civic Platform Classic. When
users click the Advanced Search link, the Find Application - Search page displays the search fields as
customized in the Find Application Profile administration function.
Interdependency
Interdependency 8068-Find App (simple search)
Interdependency 8035-Find App
.
Solution
All
Access
Classic Daily > Application > Find App > Advanced Search link (with FID 8068 enabled)
Classic Daily > Application > Find App (Find Application - Search page) (with FID 8068 disabled)
| Function IDs Reference | 836
8151-Messages
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 837
8152-WO/SR Group Update
Version
4
Description
Enables the Assign menu item for records (such as service requests, work orders), so that users can
assign such records to specific departments and to specific users.
Enables the Group Update menu item in the Work Orders portlet, for users to group update work
orders.
Interdependency
Interoperation of #1 8034-New Application
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Menu > Assign menu item
Record portlet > Record tab > Assign menu item
Work Orders portlet > Group Update menu item
| Function IDs Reference | 838
8153-ADS Document Upload (old)
Obsolete.
| Function IDs Reference | 839
8154-Application Hierarchy
Version
4.1
Description
Controls application hierarchy feature in Civic Platform Classic. The application hierarchy works must
be like the Project Hierarchy functionality existed in the Civic Platform system. You can associate an
application with multiple parent applications and child applications.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All Modules except superagency
Access
Classic Daily > Application > Hierarchy
| Function IDs Reference | 840
8155-Department Manager
Obsolete.
| Function IDs Reference | 841
8157-Application Custom Header
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 842
8161-Properties Section Township Range
Version
5
Description
Enables the Section Township Range in Civic Platform Classic for users to configure.
Interdependency
None
Solution
Land
Access
Classic Daily > Property > Properties Section Township Range
| Function IDs Reference | 843
8162-Application Limit Access by App Type
Obsolete.
| Function IDs Reference | 844
8163-Real Estate Work Request
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 845
8164-Real Estate Certification Package
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 846
8165-Real Estate Relocation Displace
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 847
8166-Real Estate Tract-Component Relationship
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 848
8167-ADS Document Delete (old)
Obsolete.
| Function IDs Reference | 849
8168-Agency Dynamic Menu
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 850
8169-Real Estate Service Request
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 851
8170-Real Estate Vendor Work Order
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 852
8171-Real Estate Tract-NFI Relationship
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 853
8172-Real Estate Department Financials
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 854
8173-Real Estate Project Financials
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 855
8174-Real Estate Component Financials
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 856
8175-GIS Objects
Version
5.1
Description
Enables the Address Locator button in the Address tab, and the Address Detail tab under the Address
tab of the record portlet, for users to locate an address in the GIS map for a record.
Enables the GIS button in the District tab under the Address tab of the record portlet, for users to locate
an address in the GIS map.
Interdependency
Parent 8028-Addresses
Interoperation 8401-GIS Address Locator
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Address tab > Address Locator button
Record portlet > Address tab > Address Detail tab > Address Locator button
Record portlet > Address tab > District tab > GIS button
| Function IDs Reference | 857
8176-GIS Area Usage
Version
5
Description
Enables the Cancel From GIS function in Civic Platform Classic for users to cancel inspections by
specifying GIS area.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Daily > Inspection > Cancel From GIS
| Function IDs Reference | 858
8177-Report Management
Version
5
Description
Enables the Report menu item in the Address tab of the Record portlet, so users can view the reports for
the selected addresses.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Address tab > Menu > Report menu item
| Function IDs Reference | 859
8178-Report Runner
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 860
8179-Report Scheduler
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 861
8180-Report Writer
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 862
8181-Report Object Writer
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 863
8182-GIS Proximity Alerts
Version
5.1
Description
Enables the Proximity Alerts function under Workflow, so users can configure the GIS proximity alerts for
workflow tasks.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Daily > Workflow > Proximity Alerts
| Function IDs Reference | 864
8183-Application App Spec Info Groups
Obsolete.
| Function IDs Reference | 865
8184-Set App Spec Info
Version
6
Description
Enables the App Spec Info Change in Civic Platform Classic for users to make relevant changes.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Daily > Set > App Spec Info Change
| Function IDs Reference | 866
8185-Set Task Spec Info
Version
6
Description
Enables the Task Spec Info Change in Civic Platform Classic for users to make relevant changes.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Daily > Set > Task Spec Info Change
| Function IDs Reference | 867
8186-Workflow Task Activation
Version
4.1
Description
Enables the Task Activation button in the Workflow tab of the Record portlet, so users can activate or
deactivate tasks, or change optional tasks to required tasks.
Interdependency
Parent 8132-Workflow
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Workflow tab > Task Activation button
| Function IDs Reference | 868
8187-Inspection GIS Route Optimization
Version
5.1
Description
Enables the Show Route Map button in an inspection guidesheet for inspectors to review the inspection
route or reroute the inspection list using GIS functions.
Interdependency
Child 8146-Inspection Route Sheet
Solution
All
Access
Inspections portlet > Route Sheet button (and opens the Route Sheet portlet) > Show Route Map button
| Function IDs Reference | 869
8188-SmartChart Display
Version
5.1
Description
Enables the SmartCharts portlet (not SmartCharts 2.0) for users to view SmartCharts.
Enables the Edit button in the SmartCharts portlet (not SmartCharts 2.0) for users to organize the
SmartCharts to display and hide.
Interdependency
Child 8195-SmartChart Viewer
Solution
All
Access
SmartCharts portlet
| Function IDs Reference | 870
8189-Asset Data Management
Version
5.1
Description
Enables the Assets portlet for users to perform asset management tasks. Enables users to access and
manage assets across all solutions and modules in Civic Platform, Citizen Access, GIS, and Mobile
Office. Main tasks include:
List, search, create, or delete assets
Look up assets and add them to work order
Look up assets and add them to PM schedules
Look up assets and associate them with addresses, parts, and records
Specify asset ratings, add conditions, documents, condition assessments
Link assets
Enables the Look Up button in the Assets tab of the Records portlet for users to look up assets and add
them to records and work orders.
If the Assets section displays in the application intake form, enables the Search and Get Address
buttons in the section for users to look up assets and associate them to the current record.
Interdependency
Child of #1 8402-Asset Associated Part
Child of #1 8282-Asset Condition
Child of #1 8262-Daily-Asset PM Schedule List
Child of #1 8399-Asset Rating
Child of #1 8294-Asset Document Look up
Child of #1 8308-Asset Condition Assessment Management
Child of #1 8201-Daily Asset Location
Child of #1 8277-Asset Usage Tracking
Child of #1 8290-Calculate Asset Depreciation
Child of #1 8346-Parent Asset Dependency Flag
Child of #1 8331-Create WO From Asset List
Child of #1 8312-Asset Clone
Child of #1 0332-Daily Cost Rate Definition
Interoperation with #1 0197-Admin-PM Schedule Linked Asset
Interoperation with #1 8412-Asset Group Update
Interoperation with #1 0198-Admin-PM Schedule Skipped Asset
Interoperation with #1 8203-Daily Record Asset
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
| Function IDs Reference | 871
Assets portlet
Record portlet > New > (In the application intake form) Assets section
| Function IDs Reference | 872
8190-Work Order Management
Obsolete.
| Function IDs Reference | 873
8191-Work Order Costing
Version
5.1
Description
Enables the Assignments and Costs tab in the Work Orders portlet for users to add and manage
assignments and costs for work orders.
Interdependency
Child 8466-Daily Work Order Costing Group Definition
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Work Orders portlet > Assignments and Costs tab
| Function IDs Reference | 874
8192-Work Order Parts
Version
5.1
Description
Enables the Part tab in the Work Orders portlet for users to link parts to work orders and perform Issue and
Void operations.
Interdependency
Child 8273-Parts Inventory
Child 8402-Asset Associated Part
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Work Orders portlet > Part tab
| Function IDs Reference | 875
8193-Work Order Tools
Obsolete.
| Function IDs Reference | 876
8194-Work Order Scheduled Work Orders
Obsolete.
| Function IDs Reference | 877
8195-SmartChart Viewer
Version
5.1
Description
Enables the link at the SmartChart thumbnails for users to view the full-sized SmartCharts and edit a
SmartChart detail.
Interdependency
Child 8188-SmartChart Display
Solution
All
Access
SmartCharts portlet > (After clicking a link at SmartChart thumbnails) Edit button
Record portlet > Menu button > SmartCharts button > (After clicking a link at SmartChart thumbnails) Edit
button
| Function IDs Reference | 878
8196-SmartChart GIS
Obsolete.
| Function IDs Reference | 879
8197-Real Estate FDA Exceptions
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 880
8198-Tract Financials Summary
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 881
8201-Daily Asset Location
Version
6.1.1
Description
Enables the Address tab in the Assets portlet for users to add and manage asset addresses.
Interdependency
Parent 8189-Asset Data Management
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Assets portlet > Address tab
| Function IDs Reference | 882
8202-Daily Asset Relationship
Obsolete.
| Function IDs Reference | 883
8203-Daily Record Asset
Version
6.1.1
Description
Enables the Assets tab in the Records portlet for users to view and manage assets.
Parent FID 8189 enables the Look Up button in the Assets tab.
Interdependency
Interoperation 8119-GIS Service
Interoperation 8189-Asset Data Management
Child 8412-Asset Group Update
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Records portlet > Assets tab
| Function IDs Reference | 884
8206-Daily-Work Order Close
Version
6.1
Description
Enables the Close menu button in the Work Orders portlet for users to close a work order.
Interdependency
None
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Work Orders portlet > Menu button > Close button
| Function IDs Reference | 885
8207-Workflow Ad Hoc Tasks - 5.2
Version
5.2
Description
Enables the New button in the Workflow tab of the record portlet, so users can create and save an ad
hoc task for the record workflow.
Enables the Submit button in the ad hoc task edit form, for users to edit an existing ad hoc task and
save the change.
Interdependency
Parent 8132-Workflow
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Workflow tab > New button
Record portlet > Workflow tab > (Click the link at an ad hoc task) > Submit button
| Function IDs Reference | 886
8208-Autopopulate APO Data from GIS
Version
5.1
Description
If you enable this FID, when users attach a GIS object to a record in the application intake form, the
address, parcel, and owner (APO) objects that are associated with the GIS object automatically populates
to the record.
Interdependency
This FID only works if you set NEW_SPEAR_FORM_ENABLE to Yes,
ENABLE_AUTO_POPULATE_PARCEL_OWNER to Yes, and MULTIPLE_APO_GIS_SELECTION to NO.
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > New > (In the application intake form) Address, Parcel, or Owner section
| Function IDs Reference | 887
8209-Single Portlet Data Summary
Version
5.2
Description
Enables the Application Detail tab in the Record portlet so users can view and can edit application
details.
Enables the Look Up button in the Work Orders tab of the Assets portlet, for users to look up and
associate work orders with assets.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Detail tab
Record portlet > Summary tab > (After clicking the Application Detail link) Detail tab
Assets portlet > Work Order tab > Look Up button
| Function IDs Reference | 888
8210-Workflow My Task List
Obsolete.
| Function IDs Reference | 889
8211-List Driven SmartChart
Version
5.2
Description
Enables the SmartCharts button in the Record portlet. Users can click the button to view the
SmartChart thumbnail, and further more to edit the SmartChart.
Enables the Chart button when users view the details of a rating type by clicking it in the Ratings tab of
the Assets portlet.
Interdependency
Child 8195-SmartChart Viewer
Parent of #2 8399-Asset Rating
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Menu button > SmartCharts button
Assets portlet > Ratings tab > (After selecting a rating type) Chart button
| Function IDs Reference | 890
8212-Upload EDMS Attachment
Version
6.1.1
Description
Enables the New button in the Documents tab for users to upload an attachment to the document
server for a record, inspection, or parcel.
Enables the Copy and Move button in the Document tab of the Parcels portlet, so users can move
associated documents between genealogically related reference parcels.
Enables the Look Up button in the Documents tab for users to add documents to a record by looking up
from the record associated contacts and licensed professionals.
Interdependency
Parent of #1 8214-View EDMS Attachment List
Solution
All
Access
Record (Inspections, Parcels, or Calendar) portlet > Documents tab > New button
Parcels portlet > Documents tab > Copy, Move buttons
Record portlet > Documents tab > Documents tab > Look Up button
Record portlet > Application Intake Form > Document section > Look Up button
| Function IDs Reference | 891
8213-Download EDMS Attachment
Version
Updated in 7.2.0
Description
Enables the Download button in the Documents tab in the Record, Inspection, Asset Condition
Assessment, Calendars and Parcels portlet, so users can click the link to download a document.
Interdependency
Parent 8214-View EDMS Attachment List
Solution
All
Access
Record (Inspection, Calendars, Asset Condition Assessment or Parcels) portlet > Documents tab >
Download button
| Function IDs Reference | 892
8214-View EDMS Attachment List
Version
6.1.1
Description
Enables the Documents tab for users to view and manage attachments for records, inspections, or parcels.
Interdependency
Child 8213-Download EDMS Attachment
Child 8212-Upload EDMS Attachment
Child 8240-Delete EDMS Attachment
Child 8433-Document Permission Settings
Child 8473-EDMS Document URL Link
Solution
All
Access
Record (Inspection, Calendars, Asset Condition Assessment or Parcels) portlet > Documents tab
| Function IDs Reference | 893
8215-GIS Genealogy
Version
5.2
Description
Enables the GIS genealogy in Civic Platform Classic.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Daily > Property > GIS
| Function IDs Reference | 894
8216-Citizen Fee Update
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 895
8217-Fees Credit Card Payment
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 896
8218-Citizen User Profile Join Organization
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 897
8219-Citizen User Profile
Version
6
Description
Enables the License tab in the PublicUser portlet for administrators to add, remove, and manage the
licenses of a public user.
Interdependency
Parent 8224-Citizen Admin Supervisor
Interoperation 8223-Citizen Admin
Either FID 8223 or FID 8219 alone can enable the License tab.
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > System Tools > PublicUser portlet > License tab
| Function IDs Reference | 898
8220-Citizen User Profile Agency Spec Info
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 899
8221-Citizen User Profile Organization
Version
6
Description
Enables the Citizen User Organization portlet for users to view and manage citizen users.
Enables the Organization portlet for users to view, add and manage organizations.
Organization owner can set a new owner (as primary)
Users can manage the organization contacts in the Contact List tab of the Organization portlet.
Users can delete, view, and edit organization addresses in the Organization Address tab of the
Organization portlet.
Enables the Look Up button in the Associated Public User tab of the Addresses portlet, so users can
loop up and associate public users to an address.
Interdependency
Interdependency 8222-Citizen User Profile Organization Supervisor
Solution
All
Access
Citizen User Organization portlet
Organization portlet
Addresses portlet > Associated Public User tab > Look Up
| Function IDs Reference | 900
8222-Citizen User Profile Organization Supervisor
Version
6
Description
Enables the Citizen User Organization portlet for users to create and manage citizen users.
Interdependency
Interdependency 8221-Citizen User Profile Organization
Solution
All
Access
Citizen User Organization portlet
| Function IDs Reference | 901
8223-Citizen Admin
Version
6
Description
Enables the License tab in the PublicUser portlet for administrators to add, remove, and manage the
licenses of a public user. Set this FID to read only to prevent changes to public users’ information from
Civic Platform.
Interdependency
Interoperation 8219-Citizen User Profile
Parent 8224-Citizen Admin Supervisor
Either FID 8223 or FID 8219 alone can enable the License tab.
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > System Tools > PublicUser portlet > License tab
| Function IDs Reference | 902
8224-Citizen Admin Supervisor
Version
6
Description
Enables the PublicUser portlet for administrators to manage public users, including:
View or create new public users
Enable or disable public user accounts in agencies
Associate public users with APO or contacts
Set this FID to read only to prevent changes to public users’ information from Civic Platform.
Interdependency
Child 8223-Citizen Admin
Child 8219-Citizen User Profile
Solution
All
Access
Setup portlet > System Tools > PublicUser portlet
| Function IDs Reference | 903
8227-PermitsPlus Search Address
Version
6.0.1
Description
Enables the Search P+ button in the Address tab of the Record tab, so users can look up a ‘PERMIT’
Plus address to a record.
Enables the Look up Tidemark address button in the Address tab of the Record tab, so users can look
up a Tidemark address to a record.
Enables the Look up Kiva address button in the Address tab of the Record tab, so users can look up a
Kiva address to a record.
Enables the Search P+, Look up Tidemark address, and Look up Kiva address buttons in the address,
parcel and owner (APO) sections of the application intake form for users to associate the APOs from
these sources to the new record.
Interdependency
Parent 8028-Addresses
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Address tab > Search P+, Look up Tidemark address, and Look up Kiva address buttons
Record portlet > New > (In the application intake form) Search P+, Look up Tidemark address, and Look
up Kiva address buttons
| Function IDs Reference | 904
8228-Reports Link
Version
6.1
Description
Enables the ARW Reports function in Civic Platform Classic for users to view ARW reports.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Daily > Reports > ARW Reports
| Function IDs Reference | 905
8229-Hearings (obsolete, replaced by 8483)
Version
6.1
Description
Enables the Hearing tab in the record detail portlet for users to view, schedule or cancel hearings for an
application.
Enables the Hearing section in the Summary tab of the record detail portlet.
Interdependency
None.
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Hearing tab
Record portlet > Summary tab > Hearing section
| Function IDs Reference | 906
8230-Search Applicant
Obsolete.
| Function IDs Reference | 907
8231-Set Current User
Obsolete.
| Function IDs Reference | 908
8232-Get Parcel And Owner
Version
6.0.3
Description
Enables the Get Parcel & Owner button in the Address section of the application intake form. When
users enter an address and click the button, any parcel or owner associated to the address automatically
populates in the parcel section and owner section.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > New button > Parcel section > Get Parcel & Owner button
| Function IDs Reference | 909
8233-Search Parcel
Obsolete.
| Function IDs Reference | 910
8234-Get Address And Owner
Version
6.0.3
Description
Enables the Get Address & Owner button in the Parcel section of the application intake form. When users
enter a parcel number and they click this button, any address or owner associated to the parcel number
automatically populates in the address and owner sections.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > New button > Parcel section > Get Address & Owner button
| Function IDs Reference | 911
8235-Search Owner
Obsolete.
| Function IDs Reference | 912
8236-Related CAPs-Search
Version
6.1
Description
Enables the Look Up button in the Related Records tab of the Record portlet for users to look up records
and add some as related records to the current record.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Related Records tab > Look Up button
| Function IDs Reference | 913
8238-Payment History
Version
6.1
Description
Enables the Payment History tab in the record portlet for users to view the historical payments for a record.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Payment History tab
| Function IDs Reference | 914
8240-Delete EDMS Attachment
Version
6.1.1
Description
Enables the Delete button in the Documents tab for users to delete attachments from records, inspections,
or parcels.
Interdependency
Parent 8214-View EDMS Attachment List
Solution
All
Access
Record (Inspection, Calendars, Asset Condition Assessment or Parcels) portlet > Documents tab > Delete
button
| Function IDs Reference | 915
8241-Inspection New Inspection
Version
6.1
Description
If you set FID 8400 to read only or no access, enables the New button in the Inspection portlet and the
Inspection tab of the record details portlet, for users to create new inspections, or associate inspections to
an application. If you set FID 8400 to full access, FID 8241 has no effect.
Interdependency
Parent 8143-Inspection Scheduling
Interoperation 8400-Manage Inspection
Solution
All
Access
Inspection portlet > New button
Record (Building Permit) portlet > Inspection tab > New button
| Function IDs Reference | 916
8242-Workflow Calculate Percent Complete
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 917
8243-Daily Flow Diagram
Version
6.1.1
Description
Enables the My Navigation portlet for users to follow agency procedures with the visual aid of tasks
configured by the agency administrator.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
My Navigation portlet
| Function IDs Reference | 918
8244-Daily-Print Single CAP Detail
Obsolete.
| Function IDs Reference | 919
8249-Turn Off the Inspection Tab in CAP List
Version
6.1.2
Description
Disables the Inspection tab in the record detail portlet, even if you set FID 8143 to full access.
Interdependency
Interoperation 8143-Inspection Scheduling
Only when you set FID 8149 to no access or read only, and you set FID 8143 to full access, does the
Inspection tab in the record detail portlet display.
Solution
All
Access
Record (Building Permit) portlet > Inspection Tab
| Function IDs Reference | 920
8250-Search My Tasks
Obsolete.
| Function IDs Reference | 921
8251-Cashier Session
Version
6.2.1
Description
Enables the Cashier Session portlet for users to take payments and record payment transactions in cashier
sessions.
Interdependency
Child 8259-Cashier Session supervisor
Solution
All
Access
Cashier Session portlet
| Function IDs Reference | 922
8253-Showing GIS X/Y Locator
Version
6.1.1
Description
Enables the X/Y GIS Locator button for record addresses in the Address tab of the Record tab, or the
Address section in the application intake form, so users can select an address and view its X/Y locator in
GIS.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Address tab > X/Y GIS Locator button
Record portlet > (When creating a new application) X/Y GIS Locator button in the Address section
| Function IDs Reference | 923
8255-Update Inspection Required/Optional Property
Version
6.1.2
Description
Enables users to edit the Required/Optional field for each inspection type in the Inspection Schedule -
Inspections List in Civic Platform Classic.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Daily > Inspection > Scheduling > Required/Optional field for each inspection type in the Inspection
Schedule - Inspections List
| Function IDs Reference | 924
8259-Cashier Session Supervisor
Version
4
Description
Enables the Search button in the Cashier Session portlet for users to search sessions and close sessions
opened by others. Optionally controls the Deposit Slip # and Deposit Date fields.
Interdependency
Parent 8251-Cashier Session
Solution
All
Access
Cashier Session portlet > Search button
| Function IDs Reference | 925
8260-Change Due
Obsolete.
| Function IDs Reference | 926
8261-Open Cash Drawer
Version
4
Description
Enables the Open Cash Drawer button in the Cashier Session portlet, so users can open the cash drawer
after a payment.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Cashier Session portlet > Open Cash Drawer button
| Function IDs Reference | 927
8262-Daily-Asset PM Schedule List
Version
6.1
Description
Enables the PM Schedules tab in the Assets portlet for users to view the PM Schedules created for the
current asset.
Interdependency
Parent 8189-Asset Data Management
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Assets portlet > PM Schedules tab
| Function IDs Reference | 928
8264-Create from Model
Version
6.1
Description
Enables the Create From Model button for users to create a record based on the template of a model
record.
Interdependency
Child 8074-Set Header Maintenance
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Create From Model button
| Function IDs Reference | 929
8265-Model Maintenance
Version
6.1
Description
Enables the Model Maintenance portlet for users to create and maintain models based on which to create
new applications.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Model Maintenance portlet
| Function IDs Reference | 930
8266-Check reference object condition
Version
6.1
Description
Enables the display of the condition status bar for a record, if you set the Display Condition Notice field to
Yes for a reference object condition (such as address, parcel, and owner) associated with the record.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Condition Status Bar
| Function IDs Reference | 931
8267-Enable Payment by Trust Account
Version
6.1.2
Description
Provides the Trust Account drop-down list for users to select for payments in the Payment tab of the
Record portlet.
Provides the Trust Account option as a payment method when users pay in the Payment Processing
portlet.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Payment tab > Trust Account field
Payment Processing portlet > Pay button > Trust Account option in the Payment Method field
| Function IDs Reference | 932
8268-Display Option/Required of the Inspection
Version
6.1.2
Description
Displays the Required/Optional field for each inspection type in the Inspection Schedule - Inspections List
in Civic Platform Classic.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Daily > Inspection > Scheduling > Required/Optional field for each inspection type in the Inspection
Schedule - Inspections List
| Function IDs Reference | 933
8269-Customize Content
Version
6.1.3
Description
Enables the Customize Content menu item in list portlets for users to customize how information displays
in the list.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
List portlet (such as Record portlet, Professionals portlet, etc) > Menu button > Customize Content button
| Function IDs Reference | 934
8270-App Spec Info Table
Version
6.2
Description
Enables the App Specific Info Tables tab in the Record portlet, so users can manage the ASI tables for
a record.
Enables the App Specific Info Tables section in the summary portlet for a record, so users can view the
ASI tables for the record.
Interdependency
Child 8397-ASI Table Delete
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > App Specific Info Tables tab
| Function IDs Reference | 935
8271-Fees Recalculate Fees
Version
6.2
Description
Enables the ReCalc button in the Fee tab of the record portlet for users to recalculate the fees for the
application after some modifications to the fees, for example, job value change.
Interdependency
Parent 8104-Assess Fees
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Fee tab > ReCalc button
| Function IDs Reference | 936
8272-Application Condition History
Version
6.2
Description
Displays the Condition History tab when users click a condition in the Conditions tab of the Record portlet,
for users to view the condition history.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Condition tab > (After selecting a condition) Condition History tab
| Function IDs Reference | 937
8273-Parts Inventory
Version
6.2
Description
Enables the Part Inventory portlet for users to access the part inventory list, and perform part
transactions.
Enables the Look Up button in the Part tab of the Work Orders portlet for users to search and select
parts for a work order.
Interdependency
Child of #1 8275-Parts Supply
Child of #1 8449-Part Transaction-Adjust
Child of #1 8274-Part Transaction-Issue
Child of #1 8447-Part Transaction-Receive
Child of #1 8450-Part Transaction-Reserve
Child of #1 8448-Part Transaction-Transfer
Child of #1 8451-Part Transaction-Void
Child of #1 8276-Parts Contact
Parent of #2 8192-Work Order Parts
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Part Inventory portlet
Work Orders portlet > Part tab > Look Up button
| Function IDs Reference | 938
8274-Part Transaction-Issue
Version
7.0.5
Description
Enables the Issue as a transaction type option in the Part Transaction tab of the Part Inventory portlet, so
users can create or modify or void issue-type part transactions.
Interdependency
Parent 8273-Parts Inventory
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Part Inventory portlet > Part Transaction tab > (New or modify) Issue as Transaction Type
| Function IDs Reference | 939
8275-Parts Supply
Version
6.2
Description
Enables the Part Supply tab in the Part Inventory portlet for users to view the part supply list, which is the
calculation result from part transactions.
Interdependency
Parent 8273-Parts Inventory
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Part Inventory portlet > Part Supply tab
| Function IDs Reference | 940
8276-Parts Contact
Version
6.2
Description
Enables the Part Contact tab in the Part Inventory portlet for users to look up contacts and add them as
contacts for parts, or delete some contacts from parts.
Interdependency
Parent 8273-Parts Inventory
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Part Inventory portlet > Part Contact tab
| Function IDs Reference | 941
8277-Asset Usage Tracking
Version
6.2
Description
Enables the Usages tab in the Assets portlet for users to add and manage asset usages.
Interdependency
Parent 8189-Asset Data Management
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Assets portlet > Usages tab
| Function IDs Reference | 942
8278-PM Schedule Log
Version
6.2
Description
Enables the PM Schedule Log tab in the PM Schedules portlet for users to search and view the historical
generations of work orders based on a PM schedule.
Interdependency
None
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
PM Schedules portlet > PM Schedule Log tab
| Function IDs Reference | 943
8279-New Mechanism to Create Work Order
Version
6.2
Description
Enables the Create by Form button in the Work Orders portlet for users to create a single work order using
a template.
Interdependency
None
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Work Orders portlet > Create by Form button
| Function IDs Reference | 944
8280-Linking Work Order to PM Schedule
Version
6.2
Description
Enables the PM Schedule tab in the Work Orders portlet for users to view and edit the PM schedule that
generated the work order.
Interdependency
None
Solution
AMS
Access
Work Orders portlet > PM Schedule tab
| Function IDs Reference | 945
8281-Inspector Districting
Version
6.2
Description
Enables the District tab in the Addresses and Parcels portlets, and also the Addresses and Parcels tabs
in the Record portlet, for users to perform the following tasks:
Select and associate inspection districts with addresses
Select and associate inspection districts with parcels
Copy or move associated districts between genealogically related reference parcels
Enables the Assign Inspector menu item in the Inspections portlet for users to assign an inspections to
inspectors.
Interdependency
Parent of #1 8029-Parcels
Parent of #2 8143-Inspection Scheduling
Solution
All
Access
Inspections portlet > Menu > Assign Inspector item
Record portlet > Addresses tab > District tab
Record portlet > Parcels tab > District tab
Addresses portlet > District tab
Parcels portlet > District tab
| Function IDs Reference | 946
8282-Asset Condition
Version
6.2
Description
Enables the Condition tab in the Assets portlet for users to add and manage asset conditions.
Interdependency
Parent 8189-Asset Data Management
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Assets portlet > Condition tab
| Function IDs Reference | 947
8285-Show Cashier ID on Payment
Version
6.1.2
Description
Displays the Cashier ID column in the Transactions list section in the Payment tab, and in the
transaction details after users click a receipt ID in the transaction list.
Displays the Cashier ID column in the Payment History tab.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Payment tab > Cashier ID column in the Transactions section
Record portlet > Payment History tab > Cashier ID column
| Function IDs Reference | 948
8286-Fees Print Receipt Summary
Version
6.2
Description
When you enable this FID, it enables customized receipt summaries, and it transforms the receipt ID field
from static text to a hyperlink, which gives users easy access to the receipt summary.
When you set this FID to full access, receipt ID numbers become hyperlinks. When clicked, the hyperlink
opens the receipt summary for viewing and printing. If you set this FID to no access, receipt ID numbers
remain standard numeric text.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Credit Card/Check Transactions portlet > Search Transaction > Open a historical transaction
Payment Processing portlet > History tab > Open a transaction > Print Receipt
POS > Transaction > Receipt ID (hyperlink)
Record portlet > Payment tab > Receipt ID (hyperlink)
Set > Payment tab > Receipt ID (hyperlink)
Set > Sets > Payment tab > Receipt ID (hyperlink)
Trust Account portlet > Transactions tab > Receipt ID (hyperlink)
| Function IDs Reference | 949
8287-Auto-Assign Inspection
Version
6.2
Description
Enables the Auto Assign function for users to assign inspections automatically to inspectors according to
the inspection type configuration by the agency administrator.
Interdependency
Parent 8400-Manage Inspection
Solution
All
Access
Inspections portlet > Manage Inspection button > Schedule Inspections> (In the Schedule Inspections
page) Auto Assign button
Inspections portlet > Manage Inspection button > Reschedule Inspections > (In the Reschedule
Inspections page) Auto Assign button
Record portlet > Inspection tab > Manage Inspection button > Schedule Inspections> (In the Schedule
Inspections page) Auto Assign button
Record portlet > Inspection tab > Manage Inspection button > Reschedule Inspections > (In the
Reschedule Inspections page) Auto Assign button
Calendar portlet > Inspection Type calendars > Manage Inspection button > Schedule Inspections> (In the
Schedule Inspections page) Auto Assign button
Calendar portlet > Inspection Type calendars > Manage Inspection button > Reschedule Inspections> (In
the Reschedule Inspections page) Auto Assign button
| Function IDs Reference | 950
8288-Fees Point Of Sale
Version
6.2
Description
Enables the Point of Sale (POS) portlet for users to perform the following tasks:
Create POS transactions
Manage fee items and receive payments for a POS transaction, and generate receipts
View POS transaction details
Allows users to add POS items into a payment list by clicking the Add POS Item button in the Payment
Processing portlet.
Interdependency
Interoperation 8393-Payment Processing
Interoperation 8417-Enable POS
Child 8289-Fees Point of Sale Refunds
Solution
All
Access
Point of Sale portlet
Payment Processing portlet > Add POS Item button
| Function IDs Reference | 951
8289-Fees Point Of Sale Refunds
Version
6.2
Description
Enables the Refund button in the Payment tab of the Point of Sale portlet for users to refund a point of sale
payment.
Interdependency
Parent 8288-Fees Point of Sale
Solution
All
Access
Point of Sale portlet > Payment tab > Refund button
| Function IDs Reference | 952
8290-Calculate Asset Depreciation
Version
6.2
Description
Enables the Group Depreciation menu button in the Assets portlet for users to select multiple assets
and calculate their depreciation values one time.
Enables the Recalculate Value button in the Asset Detail tab of the Assets portlet for users to
recalculate the asset value.
Enables the Depreciation History menu button in the Asset Detail tab of the Assets portlet for users to
view the historical asset depreciation values.
Interdependency
Parent 8189-Asset Data Management
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Assets portlet > Menu button > Group Depreciation button
Assets portlet > Asset Detail tab > Recalculate Value button
Assets portlet > Asset Detail tab > Menu button > Depreciation History button
| Function IDs Reference | 953
8291-Jetspeed Console Customization
Version
6.2
Description
Enables the Console Options link in the Civic Platform console, so that users can customize the portlets
displayed in the current console, My Console.
Interdependency
None
Solution
Console Options link
Access
Daily > Jetspeed Console
| Function IDs Reference | 954
8292-Create Multiple Related CAPs
Version
6.2
Description
Enables the Clone Multi in the Related Records tab of the Record portlet to create multiple child records by
cloning.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Related Records tab > Clone Multi button
| Function IDs Reference | 955
8293-Open New Related CAP in SPEAR
Version
6.2
Description
Enables the Clone Sgl in the Related Records tab of the Record portlet to create a single child record by
cloning.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Related Records tab > Clone Sgl button
| Function IDs Reference | 956
8294-Asset Document Look up
Version
6.3.2
Description
Enables the Look Up button in the Documents tab of the Assets portlet, so users can look up documents in
an asset.
Interdependency
Parent 8189-Asset Data Management
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Assets portlet > Documents tab > Look Up button
| Function IDs Reference | 957
8295-Real Estate Land Acquisition Summary
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 958
8296-Cash Drawer
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 959
8298-LocationQuery
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 960
8299-Daily-ODS Inspection Gaps
Version
6.3.0
Description
Enables the Select Record to Copy From in the Inspections portlet, or the Inspections tab of the record
portlet, for users to copy an inspection.
Interdependency
None
Solution
Child 8035-Find App
Access
Inspections portlet > Inspection Detail tab > Select Record to Copy From button
| Function IDs Reference | 961
8300-Inspections by Unit Number
Version
6.3.0
Description
Enables the Unit Nbr field for inspections (during scheduling or route sheet management), for users to
enter the number of inspection type units required to complete the inspection.
Interdependency
Parent 8143-Inspection Scheduling
Solution
All
Access
Inspections portlet > Manage Inspection button > Schedule Inspections, Reschedule Inspections button
Inspections portlet > Manage Inspection button > Schedule Inspections, Reschedule Inspections button
Calendar portlet > Manage Inspection button > Schedule Inspections, Reschedule Inspections button
Record portlet > Manage Inspection button > Schedule Inspections, Reschedule Inspections button
Inspections portlet > Route Sheet button
Calendar portlet > Route Sheet button
| Function IDs Reference | 962
8301-Using Credit Card For Payment
Version
6.3.0
Interdependency
Civic Platform integrates with a third-party online payment service for payment processing.
Description
If the FID is full access, when a user makes a payment using the Credit Card payment method, Civic
Platform requests the third-party online payment service to process the payment.
Access
Payment Processing portlet > Payment tab > Select the Credit Card payment method > Pay button
Record portlet > Fee tab > Invoice & Pay > Select the Credit Card payment method > Save button
Record portlet > Pay tab > Pay > Select the Credit Card payment method > Save button
| Function IDs Reference | 963
8302-Using Check For Payment
Version
6.3.0
Interdependency
Civic Platform integrates with a third-party online payment service for payment processing.
Description
If the FID is full access, when a user makes a payment using the Check payment method, Civic Platform
requests the third-party online payment service to process the payment.
Access
Payment Processing portlet > Payment tab > Select the Credit Card payment method > Pay button
Record portlet > Fee tab > Invoice & Pay > Select the Credit Card payment method > Save button
Record portlet > Pay tab > Pay > Select the Credit Card payment method > Save button
| Function IDs Reference | 964
8303-Synchronize Function in APO
Version
6.2.1
Description
Enables the Synchronize button in the Address Detail tab under the Address tab of the Record portlet, so
users can synchronize the current address information to the external APO source.
Interdependency
Parent 8028-Addresses
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Address tab > Address Detail tab > Synchronize button
| Function IDs Reference | 965
8304-Search Credit Card/Check Transaction
Version
6.3.0
Description
Enables the Credit Card/Check Transactions Search portlet for users to search online payment history
information.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Credit Card/Check Transactions portlet
| Function IDs Reference | 966
8305-Reports Portlet
Version
6.3.0
Description
Controls the Reports portlet for users to access the list of reports that are applicable to the user group they
belong to.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Reports portlet
| Function IDs Reference | 967
8307-Reports Menu
Version
This FID was added in version 6.3.0
Description
Enables the Reports menu button to display on the menu bar of the Records List portlet. Reports can be
configured to display under this menu button, however the user must have the proper permissions to view
the reports.
Interdependency
None
Solution
Building, Land Management
Access
Record (Building, Application) portlet > Reports menu button
| Function IDs Reference | 968
8308-Asset Condition Assessment Management
Version
6.3.0
Description
Enables the Condition Assessment tab in the Assets portlet for users to view the condition assessments
associated with assets.
Enables the Asset Condition Assessment portlet for users to schedule, manage maintenance, and
manage quality reviews for asset groups.
Enables the Asset Condition Assessment feature for users to access and manage asset condition
assessments from Mobile Office.
Interdependency
Parent of #1 8189-Asset Data Management
Child 8309-Asset Condition Assessment Observation
Child 8310-Asset Condition Assessment Linked Work Order
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Assets portlet > Condition Assessment tab
Asset Condition Assessment portlet
Mobile Office > Assessments tab
Mobile Office > Assets tab > New Assessment button
Mobile Office > Assets tab > Asset detail page > Actions fly-out menu > New Assessment button
Mobile Office > Assets tab > Assessments tab
| Function IDs Reference | 969
8309-Asset Condition Assessment Observation
Version
6.3.0
Description
Enables the Observation tab in the Asset Condition Assessment portlet for users to create, edit, and view
asset condition assessment observations.
Interdependency
Parent 8308-Asset Condition Assessment Management
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Asset Condition Assessment portlet > Observation tab
| Function IDs Reference | 970
8310-Asset Condition Assessment Linked Work Order
Version
6.3.0
Description
Enables the Work Order tab in the Asset Condition Assessment portlet for users to create or associate a
work order to an asset condition assessment.
Interdependency
Parent 8308-Asset Condition Assessment Management
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Asset Condition Assessment portlet > Work Order tab
| Function IDs Reference | 971
8312-Asset Clone
Version
6.3.0
Description
Enables the Clone button in the Asset Detail tab of the Assets portlet for users to clone an asset.
Interdependency
Parent 8189-Asset Data Management
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Assets portlet > Asset Detail tab > Clone button
| Function IDs Reference | 972
8313-Fee Item Note
Version
6.2.1
Description
Enables the Notes field for fee items in the Fee Calculator under Assess Fee function, so users can add
notes for fee items.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Daily > Fee > Assess Fee > Notes field in Fee Calculator
| Function IDs Reference | 973
8314-Adjusted column
Version
6.2.1
Description
Enables the Adjusted field for fee items in the Fee Calculator under Assess Fee function, so users can add
adjustment value for fee items.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Daily > Fee > Assess Fee > Adjusted field in Fee Calculator
| Function IDs Reference | 974
8315-Copy Inspection and Guide Sheet
Version
6.3.1
Description
Enables the Copy menu item in the Guide Sheet tab for users to copy a guidesheet from an inspection and
apply it to another one.
Interdependency
Interoperation 8343-Copy Guide Sheet
Solution
All
Access
Inspections portlet > Guide Sheet tab > Copy button in the drop-down list of Menu
Record portlet > Inspection tab > Guide Sheet tab > Copy button in the drop-down list of Menu
| Function IDs Reference | 975
8317-Workflow Calendar
Version
6.3.2
Description
Displays the Workflow Calendar drop-down list for users to select and assign a workflow calendar to an ad
hoc task or a workflow task.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Workflow tab > New button > Workflow Calendar field
Record portlet > Workflow tab > (After selecting a task) Assign button > Workflow Calendar field
My Tasks portlet > Workflow Tasks tab > (After selecting a task) Assign button > Workflow Calendar field
| Function IDs Reference | 976
8318-Adhoc and Workflow Together
Version
6.3.2
Description
Enables the Adhoc Tasks Present button in the Workflow management page in Civic Platform Classic,
so users can directly go to the Adhoc Task details from there.
Enables the Workflow Present button in the Adhoc management page in Civic Platform Classic, so
users can directly go to the Workflow details from there.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Classic Daily > Workflow > Workflow > (After selecting a task) Adhoc Tasks Present button
Classic Daily > Workflow > Adhoc Task > (After selecting a task) Workflow Present button
| Function IDs Reference | 977
8322-Attach GIS Object
Version
6.4.0
Description
Enables the GIS button in the Address, Parcel, Owner, and Associated GIS Features sections in the
application intake form, so users can attach GIS objects to the application by searching in the GIS map
viewer.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > New > (In the application intake form) GIS button in the Address, Parcel, Owner, and
Associated GIS Features sections
Record portlet > (After selecting a partial application) Validate button in the Address, Parcel, Owner, and
Associated GIS Features sections
| Function IDs Reference | 978
8323-Update Related Caps
Version
6.3.2
Description
Enables the Update Related Records in the Related Records tab of the Record portlet to update multiple
related applications at one time.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Related Records tab > Update Related Records button
| Function IDs Reference | 979
8324-Create CAP-Validate
Version
6.3.2
Description
Enables the Validate button in the application intake form to assist users in validating the entry for the new
application.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > New > (In the application intake form) Validate button
Record portlet > (After selecting a partial application) Validate button
| Function IDs Reference | 980
8325-Save Work in Progress of CAP
Version
6.3.2
Description
Enables the Save without Submit button, in the application intake form, for users to save an application
without submitting it to the system. Civic Platform assigns an application number to the application saves
the record as a partial application. You cannot arrange a workflow or schedule an inspection for the partial
application.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > New > (In the application intake form) Save without Submit button
Record portlet > (After selecting a partial application) Save without Submit button
| Function IDs Reference | 981
8326-Fee Estimate
Version
6.4.0
Description
Enables the Estimate Fee button in the application intake form for users to assign a fee schedule to the
application and then estimate the fees.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > New > (In the application intake form) Estimate Fee button
Record portlet > (After selecting a partial application) Estimate Fee button
| Function IDs Reference | 982
8327-Search Select Parcel Function
Version
6.4.0
Description
Enables the Search and Select button in the Parcel tab of the record portlet, so users can perform a parcel
search, and if there is only one search result, directly add the result to the parcel list of the record.
Interdependency
Parent 8029-Parcels
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Parcel tab > Search and Select button
| Function IDs Reference | 983
8329-App Spec Info Supervisor
Version
6.4.1
Description
Enables users as ASI supervisors, to edit ASI and ASI table fields configured as Supervisor Edit Only.
Interdependency
None
Solution
Parent 8073-App Spec Info
Parent 8270-App Spec Info Table
Access
Record portlet > App Specific Info tab > “Supervisor Edit Only” Fields
Record portlet > App Specific Info Table tab > “Supervisor Edit Only” Fields
| Function IDs Reference | 984
8330-People Info Table
Version
6.4.1
Description
When users create a new licensed professional, displays the people info table fields for entry if users select
a license type that associates with some people info table.
Interdependency
Parent 0008-Reference Licensed Professionals
Solution
All
Access
Licensed Professionals portlet > New > (Selecting a license type that associates with a people info table)
Fields from the people info table in the Professional-New page
Record portlet > Professionals tab > New > (Selecting a license type that associates with a people info
table) Fields from the people info table in the Professional-New page
| Function IDs Reference | 985
8331-Create WO From Asset List
Version
6.4.1
Description
Enables the New button in the Assets portlet for users to create new work orders to associate with the
selected assets.
Interdependency
Parent 8189-Asset Data Management
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Assets portlet > New button > Creates new record.
| Function IDs Reference | 986
8332-Evidence
Version
6.4.2
Description
Enables the Evidence tab in the Record portlet for users to track the details, chain of custody and
disposition of evidence for cases (records).
Interdependency
Child 8334-Evidence Supervisor
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Evidence tab
| Function IDs Reference | 987
8333-Void Invoiced But Unpaid Fee
Version
6.5
Description
Enables the Void button in the Fee List tab of the Record portlet, so users can void an invoiced but unpaid
fee.
Interdependency
Interdependency 8348-Void Paid Fee
Interdependency 8366-Void Payment
Always enable FID 8333 with FID 8348 if you want to void an application fee. Enable FID 8333 with FID
8366 if you want to void fees associated with Point of Sale transactions.
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Fee List tab > Void
| Function IDs Reference | 988
8334-Evidence Supervisor
Version
6.4.2
Description
Enables supervisor permission for the current user, so users can track the chain of custody for evidence.
For a user with normal permission the Chain of Custody field is read only.
Interdependency
Parent 8332-Evidence
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Evidence tab > Chain of Custody field
| Function IDs Reference | 989
8335-Application Status Security
Information about this item is unavailable at this time.
| Function IDs Reference | 990
8336-Recalculate Production Units
Version
6.4.1
Description
Enables the Recalculate button in the Work Orders portlet for users to recalculate production unit function
of work orders after the agency changes some of the default or estimated standard values for a work order
type.
Interdependency
None
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Work Orders portlet > Menu button > Recalculate button
| Function IDs Reference | 991
8337-Production History
Version
6.4.1
Description
Enables the Production History tab in the Work Order portlet for users to track the production history of
work orders.
Interdependency
None
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Work Order portlet > Production History tab
| Function IDs Reference | 992
8338-WO Task tab on Work Order
Version
6.5.0
Description
Enables the Work Order Task tab in the Work Orders portlet for users to manage tasks for work orders.
Interdependency
Child 8339-Maintenance WO Task on Work Order
Solution
All
Access
Work Orders portlet > Work Order Task tab
| Function IDs Reference | 993
8339-Maintenance WO Task on Work Order
Version
6.5.0
Description
Enables the New, Look Up, and Delete buttons in the Work Order Task tab in the Work Orders portlet for
users to create and manage tasks for work orders.
Interdependency
Parent 8338-WO Task tab on Work Order
Solution
All
Access
Work Orders portlet > Work Order Task tab > New, Look Up, and Delete buttons
| Function IDs Reference | 994
8340-Application Comments Edit
Version
Updated in 7.2.0
Description
Enables users to edit an existing comment in the Comments tab of the Record portlet.
Enables users to edit an existing comment in the Record Comments field in inspection details.
Interdependency
Parent 8110-Application Comment
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Comments tab > (After clicking the link of a comment) Comment edit box
Record portlet > Inspection tab > Inspection Details > Edit link besides the Record Comments field
Inspections portlet > Manage Inspection button > Schedule/Reschedule Inspections > Edit link besides the
Record Comments field
Inspections portlet > Inspection Detail tab > Edit link besides the Record Comments field
| Function IDs Reference | 995
8341-Auto Pay
Version
6.5.0
Description
Enables the Invoice & Pay button in the Fee tab of the Record portlet for users to automatically pay for fee
items with the associated trust account.
Interdependency
Parent Child-Auto Create Trust Account
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Fee tab > Invoice & Pay
| Function IDs Reference | 996
8342-Auto Create Trust Account
Version
6.5.0
Description
Enables users to create a trust account to pay for the fee items, when no associated trust account exists
and users click the Invoice & Pay button in the Fee tab of the Record portlet.
Interdependency
Parent 8341-Auto Pay
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > > Fee tab > Invoice & Pay button
| Function IDs Reference | 997
8343-Copy Guide Sheet
Version
6.5
Description
Enables the Copy menu item in the Guide Sheet tab for users to copy a guidesheet from an inspection and
apply it to another one.
Interdependency
Interoperation 8315-Copy Inspection and Guide Sheet
Solution
All
Access
Inspections portlet > Guide Sheet tab > Copy button in the drop-down list of Menu
Record portlet > Inspection tab > Guide Sheet tab > Copy button in the drop-down list of Menu
| Function IDs Reference | 998
8344-Carrying Over Failed Guide Sheet Items
Version
6.5
Description
When users reschedule a failed inspection, displays a dialog for users to select whether to carry over failed
guidesheet items from the failed inspection to the rescheduled one.
Interdependency
Parent 8400-Manage Inspection
Solution
All
Access
Inspections portlet > Manage Inspection button > Reschedule Inspections
Record portlet > Inspection tab > Manage Inspection button > Reschedule Inspections
Calendar portlet > Inspection Type calendars > Manage Inspection button > Reschedule Inspections
| Function IDs Reference | 999
8345-User Inspection Calendar
Version
6.5
Description
Enables the Inspection Calendar views in the Calendar portlet for users to manage inspection schedules in
the inspection calendars.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Calendar portlet > Calendar by Type tree node > Inspection Type tree node
Calendar portlet > Calendar by Inspection Type tree node
| Function IDs Reference | 1000
8346-Parent Asset Dependency Flag
Version
6.5
Description
Displays the Dependent Parent check box as an asset field. If users mark the check box, the parent asset
is dependent on the current asset. When the current asset status changes, Civic Platform updates the
parent asset status.
Interdependency
Parent 8189-Asset Data Management
Solution
All
Access
Assets portlet > Asset Detail tab > Dependent Parent check box (as an asset field)
| Function IDs Reference | 1001
8347- User Event Calendar
Version
6.5
Description
Enables the Event Calendar views in the Calendar portlet for users to manage event schedules in the
event calendars.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Calendar portlet > Calendar by Type tree node > Event tree node
| Function IDs Reference | 1002
8348-Void Paid Fee
Version
6.5
Description
Enables the Void button in the Fee List tab of the Record portlet, so users can void an invoiced and paid
fee.
Interdependency
Interdependency 8333-Void Invoiced But Unpaid Fee
Always enable FID 8333 with FID 8348 if you want to void an application fee.
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Fee tab > Void button
| Function IDs Reference | 1003
8349-Parcel Set Detail
Version
6.5
Description
Enables the Parcels tab in the Set portlet for users to create and manage parcel sets.
Interdependency
Child 8351-Parcel Set Create CAPs
Child 8352-Parcel Set Create Conditions
Child 8353-Parcel Set Create Owners
Child 8355-Parcel Set Execute Script
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Parcels tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1004
8350-Edit Parcel Set Members
Version
6.5
Description
Enables the Set Member tab in the Parcels detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can add set members for
a parcel set.
Interdependency
Parent 8349-Parcel Set Detail
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Parcels tab > (After selecting a set) Set Member tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1005
8351-Parcel Set Create CAPs
Version
6.5
Description
Enables the Create Records tab in the Parcels detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can create records
and record sets from a parcel set.
Interdependency
Parent 8349-Parcel Set Detail
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Parcels tab > (After selecting a set) Create Records tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1006
8352-Parcel Set Create Conditions
Version
6.5
Description
Enables the Conditions tab in the Parcels detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can apply conditions to a
parcel set.
Interdependency
Parent 8349-Parcel Set Detail
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Parcels tab > (After selecting a set) Conditions tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1007
8353-Parcel Set Create Owners
Version
6.5
Description
Enables the Owner tab in the Parcels detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can add owners for a parcel
set.
Interdependency
Parent 8349-Parcel Set Detail
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Parcels tab > (After selecting a set) Owner tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1008
8355-Parcel Set Execute Script
Version
6.5
Description
Enables the Execute Script button in the Parcels detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can run a pre-
configured EMSE script on the set members of a set.
Interdependency
Parent 8349-Parcel Set Detail
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Parcels tab > Execute Script
| Function IDs Reference | 1009
8356-Set Cloning
Version
6.5
Description
Enables the Clone button in the Records tab of the Set portlet for users to select a set and clone.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Records tab > Clone button
| Function IDs Reference | 1010
8357-Set Conditions
Version
6.5
Description
Enables the Condition tab in the records detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can add conditions to a set.
Civic Platform applies the conditions to the set members simultaneously.
Interdependency
Parent 8075-Set Detail Maintenance
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Records tab > (After selecting a set) Condition tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1011
8358-Set Comments
Version
6.5
Description
Enables the Comment tab in the records detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can add comments for a
set.
Interdependency
Parent 8075-Set Detail Maintenance
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Records tab > (After selecting a set) Comment tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1012
8359-Set Scripts
Version
6.5
Description
Enables the Execute Script button in the records detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can run a pre-
configured EMSE script on the set members of a set.
Interdependency
Parent 8075-Set Detail Maintenance
Solution
All
Access
| Function IDs Reference | 1013
8361-Set Licensed Professionals
Version
6.5
Description
Enables the Professionals tab in the records detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can add and manage
professionals for a set
Interdependency
Parent 8075-Set Detail Maintenance
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Records tab > (After selecting a set) Professionals tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1014
8362-Set Owners
Version
6.5
Description
Enables the Owner tab in the records detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can add and manage owners
for a set.
Interdependency
Parent 8075-Set Detail Maintenance
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Records tab > (After selecting a set) Owner tab
Set portlet > Records tab > Set detail tab > Execute Script button
| Function IDs Reference | 1015
8363-Set Contacts
Version
6.5
Description
Enables the Contact tab in the records detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can add and manage
contacts for a set.
Interdependency
Parent 8075-Set Detail Maintenance
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Records tab > (After selecting a set) Condition tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1016
8364-Set Status Change
Version
6.5
Description
Enables the Status tab in the records detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can set a status for a set
Interdependency
Parent 8075-Set Detail Maintenance
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Records tab > (After selecting a set) Status tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1017
8365- Inheritable editable
Version
6.5
Description
Enables the display of the Inheritable field as a standard Condition field, so users can set Yes or No for
child records to inherit conditions from their parent.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record (Building, Application) portlet > Conditions tab > Inheritable field
| Function IDs Reference | 1018
8366-Void Payment
Version
6.5
Description
Enables the Void button in the Fee List tab of the Record portlet, so users can void a point of sale fee.
Interdependency
Interdependency 8333-Void Invoiced But Unpaid Fee
Enable FID 8333 with FID 8366 if you want to void fees associated with point of sale transactions.
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Fee List tab > Void
| Function IDs Reference | 1019
8367-Manage Batch Invoice
Version
6.5
Description
Enables the Invoices portlet for users to group multiple invoices in a batch and process them together as
one unit.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Invoices Portlet
| Function IDs Reference | 1020
8369-User Time Accounting Daily
Version
6.6.0
Description
Enables the Time Accounting portlet for users to view and edit time accounting records
Assigns normal-user permission to the current user group in the Time Accounting portlet, so a user in
the user group can view and edit the time accounting records created by himself/herself.
Interdependency
Child 8375-Time Accounting Administrator\
Child 8376-Time Accounting Supervisor
Solution
All
Access
Time Accounting portlet
| Function IDs Reference | 1021
8370-Set of Sets Detail
Version
6.7.0
Description
Enables the Sets tab in the Set portlet for users to combine similar sets (for example, record sets) into a
set of sets to facilitate convenient ways for batch analysis and processing.
Interdependency
Child 8373-Fee Analysis
Child 8372-Set Analysis
Child 8371-Set of Sets Members
Child 8374-Set of Sets Payment
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Sets tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1022
8371-Set of Sets Members
Version
6.7.0
Description
Enables the Set Member tab in the Sets detail tabs of the Set portlet for users to view and manage sets in
a set of sets.
Interdependency
Parent 8370-Set of Sets Detail
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Sets tab > (After selecting a set) Set Member tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1023
8372-Set Analysis
Version
6.7.0
Description
Enables the Set Analysis tab in the Sets detail tabs of the Set portlet. This tab allows users to view the fee
status (including the total invoice balance and fees paid) related to all the record set members in a set of
sets.
Interdependency
Parent 8370-Set of Sets Detail
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Sets tab > (After selecting a set) Set Analysis tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1024
8373-Fee Analysis
Version
6.7.0
Description
Enables the Fee Analysis tab in the Sets detail tabs of the Set portlet. This tab allows users to view the
fees (including the total record fees, payments, and balances due) related to all the record set members in
a set of sets.
Interdependency
Parent 8370-Set of Sets Detail
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Sets tab > (After selecting a set) Fee Analysis tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1025
8374-Set of Sets Payment
Version
6.7.0
Description
Enables the Payment tab in the Sets detail tabs of the Set portlet for users to process payments for a set of
sets.
Interdependency
Parent 8370-Set of Sets Detail
Child 8404-Void Payment
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Sets tab > (After selecting a set) Payment tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1026
8375-Time Accounting Administrator
Version
6.6.0
Description
Assigns administrative permission to the current user group in the Time Accounting portlet, so the users
in the user group can view and edit any time accounting records for which any other user has access.
Enables the Lock flag in the time accounting details for the users to lock or unlock a time accounting
record.
Interdependency
Parent 8369-User Time Accounting Daily
Solution
All
Access
Time Accounting portlet
| Function IDs Reference | 1027
8376-Time Accounting Supervisor
Version
6.6.0
Description
Assigns supervisory permission to the current user group in the Time Accounting portlet, so the user in
the user group can view and edit any time accounting records created by users within their user group.
Enables the Lock flag in the time accounting details for the users to lock or unlock a time accounting
record.
Interdependency
Parent 8369-User Time Accounting Daily
Solution
All
Access
Time Accounting portlet
| Function IDs Reference | 1028
8377-Select From Multiple Inspection Groups
Version
6.6.0
Description
Enables the Inspection Group drop-down list in the Pending Inspections portlet, so users can select and
create pending inspections from any inspection group. When you disable this FID, users can only select
and create pending inspections from the inspection group associated with the application type.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Calendar portlet > Calendar by Type tree node > Inspection Type tree node > Inspections tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1029
8378-Address Set Detail
Version
6.6.0
Description
Enables the Addresses tab in the Set portlet for users to create and manage address sets.
Interdependency
Child 8379-Address Set Members
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Addresses tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1030
8379-Address Set Members
Version
6.6.0
Description
Enables the Set Member tab in the Addresses detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can add and manage
addresses in an address set.
Interdependency
Parent 8378-Address Set Detail
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Addresses tab > (After selecting a set) Set Member tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1031
8380-Address Set Comments
Version
6.6.0
Description
Enables the Comments tab in the Addresses detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can add comments to
an address set.
Interdependency
Parent 8378-Address Set Detail
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Addresses tab > (After selecting a set) Comments tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1032
8381-Address Set Condition
Version
6.6.0
Description
Enables the Conditions tab in the Addresses detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can apply conditions to
an address set.
Interdependency
Parent 8378-Address Set Detail
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Addresses tab > (After selecting a set) Conditions tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1033
8382-Address Set Execute Script
Version
6.6.0
Description
Enables the Execute Script button in the Addresses detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can run a pre-
configured EMSE script on the set members of a set.
Interdependency
Parent 8378-Address Set Detail
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Addresses tab > Execute Script button
| Function IDs Reference | 1034
8383-Licensed Professional Set Detail
Version
6.6.0
Description
Enables the Licensed Professional tab in the Set portlet for users to create and manage licensed
professional sets.
Interdependency
Child 8385-Licensed Professional Set Comments
Child 8386-Licensed Professional Set Condition
Child 8387-Licensed Professional Set Execute Script
Child 8384-Licensed Professional Set Members
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Licensed Professional tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1035
8384-Licensed Professional Set Members
Version
6.6.0
Description
Enables the Set Member tab in the Licensed Professional detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can add
set members for a licensed professional set.
Interdependency
Parent 8383-Licensed Professional Set Detail
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Licensed Professional tab > (After selecting a set) Set Member tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1036
8385-Licensed Professional Set Comments
Version
6.6.0
Description
Enables the Comment tab in the Licensed Professional detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can add
comments for a licensed professional set.
Interdependency
Parent 8383-Licensed Professional Set Detail
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Licensed Professional tab > (After selecting a set) Comment tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1037
8386-Licensed Professional Set Condition
Version
6.6.0
Description
Enables the Condition tab in the Licensed Professional detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can add
condition for a licensed professional set.
Interdependency
Parent 8383-Licensed Professional Set Detail
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Licensed Professional tab > (After selecting a set) Condition tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1038
8387-Licensed Professional Set Execute Script
Version
6.6.0
Description
Enables the Execute Script button in the Licensed Professional detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can
run a pre-configured EMSE script on the set members of a set
Interdependency
Parent 8383-Licensed Professional Set Detail
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Licensed Professional tab > Execute Script
| Function IDs Reference | 1039
8388-Reference Address Comments
Version
6.6.0
Description
Enables the Comments tab in the Addresses portlet for users to add and manage comments for an
address.
Interdependency
Parent 0006-Reference Property Addresses
Solution
All
Access
Addresses portlet > Comments tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1040
8389-Reference Licensed Professional Comments
Version
6.6.0
Description
Enables the Comments tab in the Licensed Professionals portlet for users to add and manage comments
for a licensed professional.
Interdependency
Parent 0008-Reference Licensed Professionals
Solution
All
Access
Licensed Professionals portlet > Comments tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1041
8390-CAP Type picker with Tree
Version
6.6.0
Description
If enabled, displays the record type picker besides the Record Type field in the Record New page, so users
can click the picker and select the record type from the tree view.
If disabled, displays the record type selection drop-down boxes, so users select the record type from the
drop-down options.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > New button > Record Type field in the Record New page
| Function IDs Reference | 1042
8391-Create Multiple CAPs for Parcels
Version
6.6.0
Description
Enables the “Create one Record for all Parcels” and “Create one Record for each Parcel” options in the
Record New page, so users can create records based on their requirement.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > New button > “Create one Record for all Parcels” and “Create one Record for each
Parcel” options in the Record New page
| Function IDs Reference | 1043
8393-Payment Processing
Version
6.6.0
Description
Enables the Payment tab and the Pay button in the Payment Processing portlet for users to process
payments for records.
Enables the Add Renewals button in the Payment Processing portlet for users to add records for
renewal.
Interdependency
Interoperation 8288-Fees Point Of Sale
Child 8417-Enable POS
Solution
All
Access
Payment Processing portlet > Payment tab
Payment Processing portlet > Pay button
Payment Processing portlet > Add Renewals button
| Function IDs Reference | 1044
8394-Payment History
Version
6.6.0
Description
Enables the History tab in the Payment Processing portlet for users to view transaction history.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Payment Processing portlet > History tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1045
8395-CAP Summary
Version
6.6.0
Description
Enable the Summary tab for records (applications), so users can click the Summary tab and view the
application summary together with hyper links to application detail portlets.
Interdependency
Child 8441-Initiated Product Info
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Summary tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1046
8397-ASI Table Delete
Version
6.6.1
Description
Enables the check box for the ASI table entries in the App Specific Info Tables tab of the Record portlet, so
users can mark an ASI table entry and delete from a record.
Interdependency
Parent 8270-App Spec Info Table
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > App Specific Info Tables tab > Check box (enabled) or each ASI table entry
| Function IDs Reference | 1047
8398-Cap Renewal
Version
6.6.0
Description
Enable the Renewal tab in the Record portlet for users, including public users, to renew a record.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Renewal tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1048
8399-Asset Rating
Version
6.6
Description
Enables the Ratings tab in the Assets portlet for users to create and manage ratings for an asset.
Enables the Ratings tab in the Asset Condition Assessment portlet for users to view and pre-calculate
condition assessment ratings.
Interdependency
Parent 8189-Asset Data Management
Child of #1 8211-List Driven SmartChart
Solution
All
Access
Assets portlet > Ratings tab
Asset Condition Assessment portlet > Ratings tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1049
8400-Manage Inspection
Version
6.6.0
Description
Enables the Manage Inspection drop-down menu in the Inspections portlet or the Calendar portlet. The
Manage Inspection menu comprises the following menu items: Schedule Inspections, Schedule Related
Inspections, Reschedule Inspections, Result Inspections, Cancel Inspections, Display Inspections in
ACA, and Hide Inspections in ACA.
Enables the Inspections section in the Summary tab of a record.
Interdependency
Parent of #2 8395-Cap Summary
Parent of #1 8143-Inspection Scheduling
Child of #1 8287-Auto-Assign Inspection
Child of #1 8344-Carrying over failed Guide Sheet Items
Interoperation of #1 8241-Inspection New Inspection
Interoperation of #1 8145-Inspection Results
Solution
All
Access
Inspections portlet > Manage Inspection button
Calendar portlet > Manage Inspection button
Record portlet > Manage Inspection button
Record portlet > Summary tab > Inspection section
| Function IDs Reference | 1050
8401-GIS Address Locator
Version
6.5.0
Description
Enables the Address Locator button in the Address section when users create a new work order or when
users view the summary form of a work order.
Interdependency
Interoperation 8175-GIS Objects
Solution
AMS
Access
Work Orders portlet > Record tab > Summary button > Address section in the summary form > Address
Locator button
Work Orders portlet > Create New button > Address section in the application intake form > Address
Locator button
| Function IDs Reference | 1051
8402-Asset Associated Part
Version
Updated in 7.2.0
Description
Enables the Associated Parts tab in the Assets portlet for users to look up parts and associate them
with an asset. This user access control is applicable to both Civic Platform and Mobile Office users.
Enables the Standard Parts button in the Part tab of the Work Orders portlet, so users can add standard
parts for a work order.
Interdependency
Parent of #1 8189-Asset Data Management
Parent of #2 8192-Work Order Parts
Solution
All
Access
Assets portlet > Associated Parts tab
Work Orders portlet > Part tab > Standard Parts button
| Function IDs Reference | 1052
8403-Multi Agency Switch
Version
6.7.0
Description
Enables the Switch Agency drop-down field in the main console so users can toggle between multiple
Agencies. The functionality differs a little between Civic Platform Vantage360 and Civic Platform Classic.
The following descriptions summarize the differences:
For Civic Platform Vantage360:
Full access: When set to Full-Access and you define the user as a Delegate User, an agency drop-
down list displays in the Vantage360 console. The user can toggle between agencies by selecting
an agency from this drop-down list.
Read only and no access: Users do not have privileges to switch between agencies. The Agency
drop-down list does not display to users, even if you define them as a Delegate User.
For Civic Platform Classic:
Full access: A Delegate User views an agency drop-down list in the upper area of Civic Platform.
The user can toggle between agencies by selecting an agency from this drop-down list.
Read only and no access: The new multiple agency switch is not available. The user can only use
the older existing switch logic, from FID 8098 Agency Switch, if enabled.
Table 127: FID 8403 Multi-Agency Switch
FID Setting Regular Super
Agency User Delegate User from Super Agency Regular Sub-
agency User
Full Access set at both
the Parent and Sub-
agencies
The user does not view
the new Agency Switch
drop-down list. You
must assign user to a
delegate user account
at another agency.
The new “Agency Switch” drop-down list
is available at the top of the super agency
page. User toggles between agencies
to which they have access. User can
perform regular user functions based on
the delegate user permissions on the User
ID at the sub-agency.
Not Applicable.
No Super Agency
Access.
Full Access set at Super
Agency and Read Only
set at the Sub-agency
The user does not view
the new Agency Switch
drop-down list. You
must assign user to a
delegate user account
at another agency.
The new “Agency Switch” drop-down list
is available at the top of the super agency
page. User toggles between agencies
to which they have access. User can
only view information to which they have
permissions set on the delegate User ID
at the sub-agency.
Not Applicable.
No Super Agency
Access.
Full Access set at Super
Agency and No Access
set at the Sub-agency
The user does not view
the new Agency Switch
drop-down list. You
must assign user to a
delegate user account
at another agency.
The new “Agency Switch” drop‑down list
is available at the top of the super agency
page. The drop-down list populates the
agencies to which they have access. User
does not have access to this sub-agency.
The option disappears from the list of
available agencies in the drop-down list.
Not Applicable.
No Super Agency
Access.
Read Only or No-Access
set at Super Agency Not Applicable The new “Agency Switch” functionality is
not available. Not Applicable.
No Super Agency
Access.
Interdependency
| Function IDs Reference | 1053
Civic Platform can enable the ability to toggle between agencies by either FID 8403 or FID 8098. The Multi-
Agency switch controlled by FID 8403 offers more functionality and overrides FID 8098 Agency Switch
when you set both to Full-Access.
Solution
All
Access
Civic Platform Console > Switch Agency drop-down field
| Function IDs Reference | 1054
8404-Void Payment
Version
6.7.0
Description
Enables the Void button in the Payment tab in the Sets detail tabs of the Set portlet for users to void
payments for a set of sets.
Interdependency
Parent 8374-Set of Sets Payment
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Sets tab > (After selecting a set) Payment tab > Void button
| Function IDs Reference | 1055
8405-Structure and Establishment
Version
6.7.0
Description
Enables the Structures & Establishments tab in the Record portlet for users to look up and add structures
and establishments to a record.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Structures & Establishments portlet
| Function IDs Reference | 1056
8406-Edit Valuation Calculator Unit Cost
Version
6.7.0
Description
Set the Unit Cost field as editable in the Valuation Cal tab of the Record portlet for users to change the unit
cost.
Interdependency
Child 8038-Valuation Calculation
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Valuation Calc tab > Unit Cost field
| Function IDs Reference | 1057
8408-Edit Application Status History
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables users to edit or delete the entries in the Status History tab of the Record portlet.
FID 8408 includes the Record Status History audit log.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Status History tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1058
8409-Workflow Delete and Assign
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the Delete & Assign Workflow button in the Workflow History tab of the Record portlet, so users
can delete and assign workflow.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Workflow tab > Menu button > Delete & Assign Workflow button
| Function IDs Reference | 1059
8410-Delete CAPs
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the Delete button in the Record portlet for users to select and delete records from database.
Enables the Delete button on the application intake form for partial records.
Enables user to view a log of deleted records. The deleted records log displays the permit ID, permit
type, any alternate IDs, record status, the person who deleted the record, and the date the record was
deleted.
| Function IDs Reference | 1060
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Delete button
Record portlet > Select a partial record > Delete button
Record portlet > View Log > Deleted Record Log button
| Function IDs Reference | 1061
8411-Cap Summary
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the application Summary button for users to open the application form and view/edit the
application information.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record (Building, Application) Portlet > Detail tab > Summary button
| Function IDs Reference | 1062
8412-Asset Group Update
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the Group Update menu button in the Assets portlet, the Assets tab of the Records portlet, and the
Work Orders portlet so users can update multiple assets one time.
Interdependency
Parent 8189-Asset Data Management
Parent 8203-Daily Record Asset
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Assets portlet > Menu button > Group Update button
Records portlet > Assets tab > Menu button > Group Update button
| Function IDs Reference | 1063
8413-MyTask - Inspections
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the Inspections tab in the My Tasks portlet for users to manage inspections in the My Tasks
portlet.
Set to full access to enable the user group to view the Inspections tab in the My Tasks portlet so that users
can search for, view, and manage inspections assigned to their user group. Set to no access to prevent the
Inspections tab from displaying in the user’s My Tasks portlet.
Interdependency
None
Solution
Interdependency 8143-Inspection Scheduling
Only when you enable FID 8413 and FID 8143, can users view the Inspections tab on the My Tasks
portlet.
Access
My Tasks portlet > Inspections tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1064
8414-Void Payment
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the Void tab in the Payment Processing portlet for users to void payments for one or multiple
records.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Payment Processing portlet > Void tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1065
8415-Refund Payment
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the Refund tab in the Payment Processing portlet for users to refund one or multiple fee payments
through the Payment Processing portlet.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Payment Processing portlet > Refund tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1066
8416-Invoices Management
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the Invoices tab in the Payment Processing portlet for users to invoice a payment.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Payment Processing portlet > Invoices tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1067
8417-Enable POS
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the Add POS Item button in the Payment Processing portlet for users to add POS items into a
payment list.
Interdependency
Parent 8393-Payment Processing
Interoperation 8288-Fees Point Of Sale
Solution
All
Access
Payment Processing portlet > Add POS Item button
| Function IDs Reference | 1068
8418-Work Order Cost Distribution
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the Distribution Costs button in various places in the Work Orders portlet for users to distribute
the total cost for completing a work order by asset count, asset size, asset type, or by manual
allocation.
Enables the Distribution History tab in the Work Orders portlet for users to view the cost distribution
history of the work order.
Interdependency
None
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Work Orders portlet > Assignments and Costs tab > Distribute Costs button
Work Orders portlet > Parts tab > Distribute Costs button
Work Orders portlet > Record tab > Menu button > Distribute Costs button
Work Orders portlet > Summary tab > Menu button > Distribute Costs button
Work Orders portlet > Distribution History tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1069
8419-Delete Workflow History
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the Delete button in the Workflow History tab of the Record portlet, so users can delete workflow
history records.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Workflow History tab > Delete button
| Function IDs Reference | 1070
8420-Daily Education Info
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the Education section in the application intake form for users to add education information
about records.
Enables the Education tab in the Record portlet for users to manage education for records.
Interdependency
Child 8421-Daily Delete Required Education
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Education tab
Record portlet > New > (In the application intake form) Education section
| Function IDs Reference | 1071
8421-Daily Delete Required Education
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the Delete button in the Education tab in the Record portlet or the application intake form, so users
can delete some education information from records.
Interdependency
Parent 8420-Daily Education Info
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Education tab > Delete button
Record portlet > New > (In the application intake form) Education section > Delete button
| Function IDs Reference | 1072
8422-Random Audit History
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the Random Audit History tab in the Record portlet for users to view the random audits that
include a record or a license.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Random Audit History tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1073
8423-Random audit set
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the Random Audit tab in the Set portlet for users to create and manage random audit sets.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Random Audit tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1074
8424-Re-generate/Delete Random Audit Set
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the Delete button in the Random Audit detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can delete a
random audit set.
Together with FID 8426 (which assigns supervisor access right to the users), enables the Regenerate
Audit button in the Set Member tab of the Random Audit detail tabs of the Set portlet, after users
generate the audit set by clicking the Generate Audit button.
Interdependency
Interoperation 8426-Random Audit Supervisor
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Random Audit tab > Delete button
Set portlet > Random Audit tab > Set Member tab > (After you click the Generate Audit button) Regenerate
Audit button
| Function IDs Reference | 1075
8425-Execute Script
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the Execute Script button in the Random Audit detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can run a
pre-configured EMSE script on the set members of a set.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Random Audit tab > Record Audit Set/Inspection Audit Set > Set/Set Member tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1076
8426-Random Audit Supervisor
Version
7.0.0
Description
Assigns supervisor access right to the users. Together with FID 8424, enables the Regenerate Audit button
in the Set Member tab of the Random Audit detail tabs of the Set portlet, after users generate the audit set
by clicking the Generate Audit button.
Interdependency
Interoperation 8424-Re-generate/Delete random audit set
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Random Audit tab > Set Member tab > (After you click the Generate Audit button) Regenerate
Audit button
| Function IDs Reference | 1077
8427-Claim or Release Task Assignment
Version
6.7.0
Description
Enables the Claim and Release buttons in the Workflow Tasks tab of the My Tasks portlet, so a user can
assign (by clicking the Claim button) a workflow task to himself/herself, or release the claim (by clicking the
Release button).
Interdependency
Interoperation 8132-Workflow
Solution
All
Access
My Tasks portlet > Workflow Tasks tab > Claim, Release buttons
| Function IDs Reference | 1078
8428-Daily Continuing Education Info
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the Continuing Education section in the application intake form for users to add continuing
education information about records.
Enables the Continuing Education tab in the Record portlet for users to manage continuing education
for records.
Interdependency
Child 8429-Daily Delete Required Continuing Education
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Continuing Education tab
Record portlet > New > (In the application intake form) Continuing Education section
| Function IDs Reference | 1079
8429-Daily Delete Required Continuing Education
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the Delete button in the Continuing Education tab in the Record portlet or the application intake
form, so users can delete some continuing education information from records.
Interdependency
Parent 8428-Daily Continuing Education Info
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Continuing Education tab > Delete button
Record portlet > New > (In the application intake form) Continuing Education section > Delete button
| Function IDs Reference | 1080
8430-Daily Examination Info
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the Examination section in the application intake form for users to add examination information
about records.
Enables the Examination tab in the Record portlet for users to manage examination for records.
Interdependency
Child 8431-Daily Delete Required Examination
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Examination tab
Record portlet > New > (In the application intake form) Examination section
| Function IDs Reference | 1081
8431-Daily Delete Required Examination
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the Delete button in the Examination tab in the Record portlet or the application intake form, so
users can delete some examinations from records.
Interdependency
Parent 8430-Daily Examination Info
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Examination tab > Delete button
Record portlet > New > (In the application intake form) Examination section > Delete button
| Function IDs Reference | 1082
8432-User Meeting Calendar
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the Meeting Calendar views in the Calendar portlet for users to manage meeting schedules in the
meeting calendars.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Calendar portlet > Calendar by Type tree node > Meeting tree node
| Function IDs Reference | 1083
8433-Document Permission Settings
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the Assign button in the Documents tab in the Record portlet, so users can control which
documents are available for public users to view or upload.
Interdependency
Parent 8214-View EDMS Attachment List
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Documents tab > Assign button
| Function IDs Reference | 1084
8434-Global Search
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the Global Search function for users to perform a global search.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Global Search box
| Function IDs Reference | 1085
8435-Daily - Cashier - Pay More
Version
6.7.0
Description
Enables the Pay button in the Payment tab for users to process a payment from the record portlet.
Interdependency
Interoperation 8108-Cashier Payment
Child 8445-Daily - Cashier - Pay More
If you enable FID 8108, the Pay button always displays. If you set FID 8108 to read only or no access, the
Pay button only displays when you enable FID 8435.
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Payment tab > Pay button
| Function IDs Reference | 1086
8436-Daily - Cashier - Apply
Version
6.7.0
Description
Enables the Apply button in the Payment tab for users to apply payments from the record portlet.
Interdependency
Interoperation 8108-Cashier Payment
If you enable FID 8108, the Apply button always displays. If you set FID 8108 to read only or no access,
the Apply button only displays when you enable FID 8436.
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Payment tab > Apply button
| Function IDs Reference | 1087
8437-Daily - Cashier - Refund
Version
6.7.0
Description
Enables the Refund button in the Payment tab for users to handle a full or partial refund of un-allocated
payments from the record portlet.
Interdependency
Interoperation 8108-Cashier Payment
If you enable FID 8108, the Refund button always displays. If you set FID 8108 to read only or no access,
the Refund button only displays when you enable FID 8437.
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Payment tab > Refund button
| Function IDs Reference | 1088
8438-Daily - Cashier - Void
Version
6.7.0
Description
Enables the Void button in the Payment tab for users to void payments directly from the application.
Interdependency
Interoperation 8108-Cashier Payment
If you enable FID 8108, the Void button always displays. If you set FID 8108 to read only or no access, the
Void button only displays when you enable FID 8438.
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Payment tab > Void button
| Function IDs Reference | 1089
8439-Daily - Cashier - Generate Receipt
Version
6.7.0
Description
Enables the Generate Receipt button in the Payment tab for users to generate the receipt for a payment
from the record portlet.
Interdependency
Interoperation 8108-Cashier Payment
If you enable FID 8108, the Generate Receipt button always displays. If you set FID 8108 to read only or
no access, the Generate Receipt button only displays when you enable FID 8439.
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Payment tab > Generate Receipt button
| Function IDs Reference | 1090
8440-Daily - Cashier - Fund Transfer
Version
6.7.0
Description
Enables the Fund Transfer button in the Payment tab for users to transfer funds between trust accounts.
Interdependency
Interoperation 8108-Cashier Payment
If you enable FID 8108, the Fund Transfer button always displays. If you set FID 8108 to read only or no
access, the Fund Transfer button only displays when you enable FID 8440.
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Payment tab > Refund button
| Function IDs Reference | 1091
8441-Initiated Product Info
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the Initiated by Product field in the Summary tab of the Record portlet. This field shows the
product that created the record, such as Civic Platform Classic, Accela Vantage360, Citizen Access,
Accela Wireless, or other Civic Platform applications.
Interdependency
Parent 8395-CAP Summary
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Summary tab > Initiated by Product field
| Function IDs Reference | 1092
8442-Inspection History Audit Log
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the View Log button in the Inspections portlet for users to view the historical audit logs on
inspections.
Interdependency
Interoperation 0307-Audit Logger Definition
Solution
All
Access
Inspections portlet > View Log button
Inspections portlet > Inspection Detail tab > View Log button
| Function IDs Reference | 1093
8443-Application Audit Log
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the Deleted Record Log under View Log button in the Record portlet, so users can view the record
deletion logs.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > View Log button > Deleted Record Log button option
| Function IDs Reference | 1094
8444-Application Status History Log
Version
7.0.0
Description
Enables the View Log button in the Application History tab of the Record portlet, so users can view the
application status history.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Application History tab > View Log button
| Function IDs Reference | 1095
8445-Daily - Cashier - Pay More
Version
Cashier
Description
Enables the Pay More button in the Payment tab after users click the Pay button for a payment from the
record portlet.
Interdependency
Interoperation 8108-Cashier Payment
Parent 8435-Daily - Cashier - Pay More
If you enable FID 8108, the Pay More button always displays. If you set FID 8108 to read only or no
access, the Pay More button only displays when you enable FID 8445.
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Payment tab > Pay button > (In the payment details page) Pay More button
| Function IDs Reference | 1096
8446-Disable Licensed Professionals Delete
Version
6.7.0
Description
Disables the Delete button in the Professionals tab of the Record portlet to forbid users from deleting
licensed professionals from records. If you disable this FID, the Delete button displays.
Interdependency
Parent 8032-Licensed Professionals
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Professionals tab > Delete button
| Function IDs Reference | 1097
8447-Part Transaction-Receive
Version
7.0.5
Description
Enables the Receive as a transaction type option in the Part Transaction tab of the Part Inventory portlet,
so users can create or modify or void receive-type part transactions.
Interdependency
Parent 8273-Parts Inventory
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Part Inventory portlet > Part Transaction tab > (New or modify) Receive as Transaction Type
| Function IDs Reference | 1098
8448-Part Transaction-Transfer
Version
7.0.5
Description
Enables the Transfer as a transaction type option in the Part Transaction tab of the Part Inventory portlet,
so users can create or modify or void transfer-type part transactions.
Interdependency
Parent 8273-Parts Inventory
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Part Inventory portlet > Part Transaction tab > (New or modify) Transfer as Transaction Type
| Function IDs Reference | 1099
8449-Part Transaction-Adjust
Version
7.0.5
Description
Enables the Adjust as a transaction type option in the Part Transaction tab of the Part Inventory portlet, so
users can create or modify, or void adjust-type part transactions.
Interdependency
Parent 8273-Parts Inventory
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Part Inventory portlet > Part Transaction tab > (New or modify) Adjust as Transaction Type
| Function IDs Reference | 1100
8450-Part Transaction-Reserve
Version
7.0.5
Description
Enables the Reserve as a transaction type option in the Part Transaction tab of the Part Inventory portlet,
so users can create or modify or void reserve-type part transactions.
Interdependency
Parent 8273-Parts Inventory
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Part Inventory portlet > Part Transaction tab > (New or modify) Reserve as Transaction Type
| Function IDs Reference | 1101
8451-Part Transaction-Void
Version
7.0.5
Description
Enables the Void button in the Part Transaction tab of the Part Inventory portlet, so users can select part
transactions to void.
Interdependency
Parent 8273-Parts Inventory
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Part Inventory portlet > Part Transaction tab > Void button
| Function IDs Reference | 1102
8456-Fee Schedule Drop Down List
Version
6.7.0
Description
When users add fee items in the Fee tab of the Record portlet, enables the Fee Schedule drop-down list to
provide fee schedule options not associated with the current record type.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Fee tab > Add button > (In the fee item-add page) Fee Schedule selection field
| Function IDs Reference | 1103
8457-Create Free Form Condition
Version
7.0.5
Description
Sets the Condition Name as editable in the Conditions tab, so users can add free-form (ad hoc) conditions
in addition to standard conditions.
Interdependency
This FID works for all enable Conditions tabs.
Solution
All
Access
Record (Inspections, Addresses, Parcels, Owners, Assets, Contacts, Structure & Establishments) portlet >
Condition tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1104
8458-Complete Record and ASI Audit
Version
7.0.5
Description
Enables the record detail logs from the View Log button in the Record portlet, so users can view logs on
record details, ASI, ASI tables, documents, and record conditions.
Interdependency
The Record/ASI/ASIT audit log type only works after super agency administrator enables the audit log
option in the agency configuration.
Child 0333-Condition List Audit Log
Child 8468-Inspections List Guide Sheet Audit Log
Child 8471-Document Audit Log
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > View Log button > Record Details Log button option
| Function IDs Reference | 1105
8459-Specific Record and ASI Audit Log
Version
7.0.5
Description
Enables the View Log button in the detail tab of the Record portlet, so users can view the record audit logs.
Interdependency
The Record/ASI/ASIT audit log type only works after super agency administrator enables the audit log
option in the agency configuration.
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Record Detail tab > View Log button
| Function IDs Reference | 1106
8460-Delete Related Records
Version
7.1.0
Description
Enables the Delete button in the Related Records tab of the Record portlet for users to delete related
records from the current record. After enabling this FID, you cannot disassociate child records with prior
parent associations.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Related Records tab > Delete button
| Function IDs Reference | 1107
8461-Show Work Order Cost Information
Version
7.1.0
Description
Displays the actual costs (instead of “***”) associated with the work orders in the cost-related columns in
various places, such as the Cost, Unit Rate, Total Rate, and Total Cost columns.
This FID setting is also applicable to Mobile Office. If you set this FID to full access or read only, Mobile
Office displays actual values for the cost fields. The values include Total Cost, Unit Cost, Fix Cost, and
Cost LTD. If you disable this FID and set it to no access, Mobile Office displays asterisks “***” for the cost
fields.
Interdependency
FID 8484 Cost Item Permission works only if you set FID 8461 to full access or read only.
Child 8484-Cost Item Permission
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Mobile Office
Access
Work Orders portlet > Summary tab > Costing List section
Work Orders portlet > Assignments and Costs tab
Work Orders portlet > Distribution History tab
Work Orders portlet > Assets
Assets portlet > Asset Detail tab > Cost LTD field
Assets portlet > Linked Assets tab > Cost LTD field
Mobile Office > Records > Cost and Parts tab > Cost Summary list
Mobile Office > Records > Cost and Parts tab > Cost subtab > Cost Items list
Mobile Office > Records > Cost and Parts tab > Cost subtab > Cost Items list > Actions drop-down menu >
Open button > Cost Detail pop-up window
Mobile Office > Records > Cost and Parts tab > Cost subtab > Cost Items list > Add Cost button > Select
Cost pop-up window
Mobile Office > Records > Work Order Tasks tab > Work Order Tasks list
Mobile Office > Records > Work Order Tasks tab > Work Order Tasks list > Actions drop-down menu >
Open button > Edit Work Order Task pop-up window
Mobile Office > Assets > Summary tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1108
8462-Time Accounting on inspections
Version
7.1.0
Description
Enables the entry of time accounting data in the Resulting Inspections portlet, so users can select time
accounting types and specify time accounting details for an inspection.
Set on inspections to control whether users can access the time accounting entries on inspections from
Civic Platform and Mobile Office. When set to full access, and after inspectors synchronize the inspection
statuses from Mobile Office to Civic Platform, the Time Spent on Inspection section in the inspection detail
page shows the time accounting records that inspectors created in Mobile Office. When set to read only,
the Actions drop-down list does not display.
Interdependency
Parent 8145-Inspection Results
Solution
All
Access
Inspections portlet > Menu > Result item
Inspections portlet > Manage Inspection menu > Result Inspections item
| Function IDs Reference | 1109
8463-Payment Auto Allocation
Version
7.1.0
Description
Skips the payment allocation screen when users post a payment in the record payment tab that exactly
matches the balance due on the account. Civic Platform automatically allocates the full payment to each
fee item.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Payment tab > Pay button
| Function IDs Reference | 1110
8464-SSN and FEIN Mask
Version
7.1.0
Description
Masks the digits in the SSN and FEIN fields to protect the privacy for the person, such as licensed
professional or contact.
To apply the mask to the FEIN field, you must set the FID 8464 to full access. FID 8464 determines
whether the SSN mask and FEIN mask apply to the SSN and FEIN fields. When you set the FID to full
access, users can only view the masked data of the SSN and FEIN fields in the Civic Platform.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Contact tab
Record portlet > Professionals form
Record portlet > Search button > Record search form
Contacts portlet > Look Up, Search, Contact Detail tab
Licensed Professionals portlet > Look Up, Search, Professional Detail tab
Addresses portlet > Contact tab
Trust Account portlet > Associated People tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1111
8465-Deposit Trust Account During the payment
Version
7.1.0
Description
Enables the Trust Account Deposit button in the Payment tab of the Record portlet, so users can make a
deposit into the associated trust account in the tab.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Payment tab > Trust Account Deposit button
| Function IDs Reference | 1112
8466-Daily Work Order Costing Group Definition
Version
7.1.0
Description
Enables the Cost Group Management button in the Assignments and Costs tab of the Work Orders portlet
for users to create and manage cost groups.
Interdependency
Parent 8191-Work Order Costing
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Work Orders portlet > Assignments and Costs tab > Cost Group Management button
| Function IDs Reference | 1113
8467-Schedule Related Inspections
Version
7.1.0
Description
Enables the Schedule Related Inspections in the Manage Inspection drop-down menu in the
Inspections portlet or the Calendar portlet, so users can manually add related inspections to an
inspection.
Enables the Related Inspection tab in the Inspections portlet for users to view and manage related
inspections.
Interdependency
Parent 8400-Manage Inspection
Solution
All
Access
Inspections portlet > Manage Inspection button > Schedule Related Inspections button
Inspections portlet > Manage Inspection button > Related Inspections button
Calendar portlet > Manage Inspection button > Schedule Related Inspections button
Record portlet > Manage Inspection button > Schedule Related Inspections button
| Function IDs Reference | 1114
8468-Inspections List Guide Sheet Audit Log
Version
7.1.0
Description
Controls whether the Guide Sheet Log button under the View Log menu is available on the Inspection
list portlet.
Controls whether the Guide Sheet option is available as an audit type if users select to view the record
details log after clicking the View Log button in the Record portlet.
Interdependency
The guidesheet audit log type only works after super agency administrator enables the audit log option in
the agency configuration.
Parent 8458-Complete Record and ASI Audit
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > View Log button > Record Details Log button option > Guide Sheet option in Audit Type in
the Audit Log page
| Function IDs Reference | 1115
8469-Inspections Detail Guide Sheet Audit Log
Version
7.1.0
Description
Enables the View Log button in the Guide Sheet tab of the Inspection detail portlet for users to view audit
logs on guide sheets.
Interdependency
The guidesheet audit log type only works after super agency administrator enables the audit log option in
the agency configuration.
Interoperation 0307-Audit Logger Definition
Solution
All
Access
Inspections portlet > Guide Sheet tab > View Log button
| Function IDs Reference | 1116
8470-Time Accounting on Workflow
Version
7.1.0
Description
Enables the entry of time accounting data in the workflow tasks and ad hoc tasks from the Workflow tab
of the Record portlet, so users can select time accounting types and specify time accounting details for a
workflow task.
Set to control whether users can access the Workflow portlet to locate time accounting records on workflow
tasks, ad hoc tasks, workflow history, and workflow tasks. When set to full access, and an inspector
synchronizes the inspection statuses from Mobile Office to Civic Platform, the Time Spent on the Task
section in the workflow page shows the time accounting records that inspectors created in Mobile Office.
Interdependency
Parent 8132-Workflow
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Workflow tab > (After selecting a task in the task tree) Task Details
| Function IDs Reference | 1117
8471-Document Audit Log
Version
7.1.0
Description
Enables the View Log button for the attachments to records or inspections, for users to view the audit logs
on documents.
Interdependency
The document audit log type only works after super agency administrator enables the audit log option in
the agency configuration.
Parent 8458-Complete Record and ASI Audit
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > View Log button > Record Details Log button option > Document option in Audit Type in
the Audit Log page
Record portlet > Document tab > View Log button
Inspections portlet > Document tab > View Log button
| Function IDs Reference | 1118
8472-Disable ADS Document View Button
Version
7.0.5
Description
Disables the View button in the Documents tab of the Record portlet for documents with ADS source.
Interdependency
Parent 8214-View EDMS Attachment List
Solution
All
Access
Record (Inspection, Calendars, Asset Condition Assessment or Parcels) portlet > Documents tab > (For
documents with ADS source) View button
| Function IDs Reference | 1119
8473-EDMS Document URL Link
Version
7.2.0
Description
Enables the download link at each document in the Documents tab, so users can click the download link to
download a document.
Interdependency
Parent 8214-View EDMS Attachment List
Solution
All
Access
Record (Inspection, Calendars, Asset Condition Assessment or Parcels) portlet > Documents tab >
Download link at a document
| Function IDs Reference | 1120
8474-Check-in Permission
Version
7.1.0
Description
Enables the Check-In Revisions button in the Civic Platform add-on toolbar for Adobe Acrobat X Pro, so
users can check in reviewed documents.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record (Inspection, Calendars, Asset Condition Assessment or Parcels) portlet > Documents tab > Review
link > Check-In Revisions button in the Civic Platform add-on toolbar for Adobe Acrobat X Pro
| Function IDs Reference | 1121
8475-Asset Audit Log
Version
7.2.0
Description
The FID enables users to view the asset audit logs of historical modifications to asset details, asset
attributes and asset attribute tables. The logs record the actions performed such as added, updated, or
deleted, and also record the field, relationship, the entity ID, log time, value, and operator information.
Interdependency
The asset audit log type only works after super agency administrator enables the audit log options in the
agency configuration.
Parent 8189-Asset Data Management
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Assets portlet > View Log button > (In the Audit Type field of the Audit Log pop-up window) Asset option
Assets portlet > Asset Detail > View Log
| Function IDs Reference | 1122
8476-Examination Audit Log
Version
7.2.0
Description
Enables the View Log button for the examinations to records, for users to view the audit logs on
examination information.
Interdependency
The examination audit log only works after super agency administrator enables the Examination audit log
option in the agency configuration.
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Record secondary tab > View Log button
| Function IDs Reference | 1123
8477-Document Review Permission
Version
7.1.0
Description
This FID controls whether users have permission to review documents or not.
Interdependency
You must enter other EDR functionality. You must install EDR.
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Document tab > Action Menu for a selected document > Review
| Function IDs Reference | 1124
8478-Document Assign Permission
Version
7.2.0
Description
This FID controls whether users have permission to assign review tasks for documents.
Interdependency
You must enable other electronic document review (EDR) functionality. You must install EDR.
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Document tab > Action Menu for a selected document > Assign
| Function IDs Reference | 1125
8479-Deactivate Contacts in Set Contacts
Version
7.2.0
Description
Enables the Deactivate button on the Contacts tab for a record set.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Set portlet > Records tab > Contacts tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1126
8480-Conditions of Approval
Version
7.2.0
Description
Enables the Conditions of Approval tab for a record, an inspection, and a record set.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Select a record or open the Condition Notice window > Conditions of Approval tab
Inspection portlet > Select a record or open the Condition Notice window > Conditions of Approval tab
Set portlet > Records tab > Select a record > Conditions of Approval tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1127
8481-Delete Conditions of Approval
Version
7.2.0
Description
Controls whether users can delete conditions of approval.
Interdependency
Parent 8480-Conditions of Approval
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Conditions of Approval tab
Inspection portlet > Conditions of Approval tab
Set portlet > Records tab > Conditions of Approval tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1128
8482-Create a Set in Record List
Version
7.3
Description
Enable this FID to display the Create a Set button on the Record list portlet. With this button, users can
create sets directly from the Record list portlet.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record list portlet > Create a Set button
| Function IDs Reference | 1129
8483 Meetings
Version
7.3
Description
Controls access permission for the Record > Meeting tab.
Note:
FID 8047 & 8229 controlled access to this tab in prior version releases.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Meeting tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1130
8484-Cost Item Permission
Version
7.2.0
Description
Controls whether user permission defined in the Recipient tab for a cost item applies to Civic Platform.
Interdependency
Parent 8461-Show Work Order Cost Information
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Setup portlet > Work Orders > Cost Item > Recipient tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1131
8485-Daily Record Set List
Version
7.3
Description
Enable to display the Set secondary tab on the Record detail portlet. This tab displays a list of sets for
which the current record is a member.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Set tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1132
8486-Compare Documents
Version
7.2.0
Description
Enable the Compare Documents button in the Documents tab on the Record detail portlet, and the
Document Review Tasks tab on the My Tasks portlet.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Documents tab > Manage Documents > Compare Documents button
My Tasks portlet > Document Review Tasks > Compare Documents button
| Function IDs Reference | 1133
8490-Record Contact Log
Version
7.3
Description
Enables the View Log button in the record contact portlet for users to view the historical audit logs on
contacts.
Interdependency
N/A
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Contact tab > View Log button
| Function IDs Reference | 1134
8491-Workflow History Log
Version
7.3
Description
Enables the View Log button in the workflow history portlet for users to view the workflow audit log.
Interdependency
N/A
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Workflow History tab > View Log button
| Function IDs Reference | 1135
8492-Communication List
Version
7.3
Description
Controls whether the 360-degree communication viewer displays for daily users.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Communication Manager portlet
| Function IDs Reference | 1136
8493-Consolidated Record Activities
Version
7.3
Description
Controls whether the Consolidated Record Activities tab displays on records.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Consolidated Record Activities tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1137
8494-Record Communication List
Version
7.3
Description
Controls whether the Communication tab displays on records.
Interdependency
None
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Communication List tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1138
8495-Show Inspection Submitted Location
Version
7.2.6
Description
Controls the display of the GIS button on the Inspections list portlet.
When you set the FID to Full Access or Read Only, clicking the GIS button displays a drop-down menu
with the Show Scheduled Location and Show Scheduled and Submitted Locations options. If a user
selects the Show Scheduled Location option, the map viewer launches and then shows only the scheduled
location for every inspection that the user selected from the Inspection list portlet. If the user selects the
Show Scheduled and Submitted Locations option, the map viewer opens and shows both scheduled and
inspected locations for every selected inspection with different map markers indicating the locations.
When you set the FID to No Access, clicking the GIS button displays the map viewer that shows only the
scheduled location for every selected inspection.
Interdependency
None
Solution
Civic Platform
Access
Inspections portlet
| Function IDs Reference | 1139
8496-Optimize Inspection Route
Version
7.2.6
Description
Controls the display of the Order By button on the Inspection Route Sheet portlet. When you set this FID to
Full Access or Read Only, the Order By button appears. When you set this FID to No Access, the Order By
button is not available.
Interdependency
Parent 8146-Inspection Route Sheet
Solution
Civic Platform
Access
Inspections portlet > Route Sheet
| Function IDs Reference | 1140
8497-Result Inspections by CSV
Version
7.2.6
Description
Controls the display of the Result Inspections button on the Documents tab for a licensed professional.
Agency users can click the Result Inspections button to update a batch of inspection results according to
the inspection result CSV file that a contract inspector or a self-certified inspector uploads from Citizen
Access.
Interdependency
None
Solution
Civic Platform
Access
Licensed Professionals portlet > Documents tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1141
8499-New Document from Scan
Version
7.3.1
Description
Controls the availability of the New from Scan button on the Documents tab.
Interdependencies
Users must install the Accela Document Scan client on their workstations. See Chapter 15, Accela
Document Scan Installation, in the Civic Platform 7.3.1 Installation Guide for more information.
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Documents tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1142
8500-Asset Condition Assessment Costing
Version
7.3.1
Description
Enables the Assignments and Costs tab in the Assets portlet for users to add and manage assignments
and costs for asset condition assessments.
Interdependency
None
Solution
Accela Asset Management
Access
Assets portlet > Assignments and Costs tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1143
8501-Display Desired Date Field
Version
7.3.1.1
Description
This FID controls whether users can view or edit the Desired Date and Desired Time fields when
scheduling inspections.
Interdependency
None
Solution
Accela Land Management
Access
Inspections portlet > Manage Inspection > Schedule Inspection
| Function IDs Reference | 1144
8502-Pending Inspection
Version
7.3.3
Description
This FID disables the Pending Inspection button on the Schedule Inspections form.
Interdependency
None
Solution
Accela Land Management
Access
Inspections portlet > Manage Inspections > Schedule Inspections
| Function IDs Reference | 1145
8503-Attach Record Document to People
Version
7.3.3
Description
This FID enables users to attach documents in a record to a licensed professional or contact which is
associated with the record.
Interdependency
Parent 8214-View EDMS Attachment List
Access
Record portlet > Documents tab > Manage Documents > Add to People button
Record portlet > Application Intake Form > Document section > Also Attach To field
| Function IDs Reference | 1146
8504-Document Checklist
Version
7.3.3
Description
This FID controls whether the Doc Review Checklists functionality is available for users to perform
document reviews following the guidelines of the checklist.
Interdependency
You must enter other EDR functionality. You must install EDR.
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Document tab > Action Menu for a selected document > View Doc Info > Doc Review
Checklists tab
Record portlet > Document tab > Action Menu for a selected document > View Doc Info > Doc Review
Tasks tab > Checklist sub-tab
Record portlet > Documents tab > Review link > Open Checklists button in the Civic Platform add-on
toolbar for Adobe Acrobat XI Pro
| Function IDs Reference | 1147
8505-Document Review Comments
Version
7.3.3
Description
This FID controls whether users have permission to view or delete document review comments, and
change the discipline or status of the comments in the Doc Review Comments tab.
Interdependency
You must enter other EDR functionality. You must install EDR.
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Document tab > Action Menu for a selected document > View Doc Info > Doc Review
Comments tab
| Function IDs Reference | 1148
8506-Internal User
Version
8.0.0
Description
This FID controls whether the Look Up Staff command is available in the Manage Contacts menu on the
Contacts tab of a record. This command provides the ability to associate internal users to an application/
record as a contact.
Interdependency
You must enter other EDR functionality. You must install EDR.
Solution
All
Access
Record portlet > Contacts tab > Manage Contacts menu
| Function IDs Reference | 1149
8508-Print Multiple Documents
Version
9.0.0
Description
This FID controls whether the Print option is available in the Manage Documents menu on the
Documents tab of a record, parcel, contact, and licensed professional. This command provides the ability
to print multiple documents.
Solution
All
Access
Record list > Documents tab > Manage Documents menu
Parcel list > Documents tab > Manage Documents menu
Contact list > Documents tab > Manage Documents menu
Record list > Documents tab > Manage Documents menu
Licensed Professional list > Documents tab > Manage Documents menu
| Function IDs Reference | 1150
8509 - View Workflow Design Link
FID 8509 controls whether or not the View Workflow Design link displays on the Workflow page of Civic
Platform. This FID is applicable at the user group level, so it applies to all users in the group for which the
FID is configured.
To configure FID 8509 in your environment:
1. Log in to Civic Platform Classic Administration.
2. Choose Admin Tools > User Profile > User Group.
Civic Platform displays the User Group—Search window.
3. Locate the user group for which you want to configure the FID.
4. Enter the group name and click Submit.
Civic Platform displays the User Group - Edit window.
5. In your browser, do a search for 8509 to locate it on the page.
6. In the Function Name column, select FID 8509.
Civic Platform changes the access level to Full.
7. Select the option that corresponds with the level of access that you want to grant to the user group.
No Access The "View Workflow" link will NOT be visible to users in the user group for which you
are configuring the FID.
Full Access The "View Workflow" link will be visible to all users in the user group for which you are
configuring the FID.
Read Only The "View Workflow" link will be visible to all users in the user group for which you are
configuring the FID.
| Function IDs Reference | 1151
8. Click Save.
| Function IDs Reference | 1152
8600 - PM Schedule Group Update
FID 8600 controls whether or not the Group Update menu choice and functionality is available for
Preventative Maintenance Schedules, so it applies to all users in the group for which the FID is configured.
To configure FID 8600 in your environment:
1. Log in to Civic Platform Classic Administration.
2. Choose Admin Tools > User Profile > User Group.
Civic Platform displays the User Group—Search window.
3. Locate the user group for which you want to configure the FID.
4. Enter the group name and click Submit.
Civic Platform displays the User Group - Edit window.
5. In your browser, do a search for 8600 to locate it on the page.
6. In the Function Name column, select FID 8600.
Civic Platform changes the access level to Full.
7. Select the option that corresponds with the level of access that you want to grant to the user group.
No Access The "Group Update" menu choice will NOT be visible to users in the user group for
which you are configuring the FID.
Full Access The "Group Update" menu choice will be visible to all users in the user group for
which you are configuring the FID.
Read Only The "Group Update" menu choice will be visible to all users in the user group for
which you are configuring the FID.
8. Click Save.
| Function IDs Reference | 1153
8601 - Condition Assessments Group Update
FID 8600 controls whether or not the Group Update menu choice and functionality is available for
Condition Assessments, so it applies to all users in the group for which the FID is configured.
To configure FID 8601 in your environment:
1. Log in to Civic Platform Classic Administration.
2. Choose Admin Tools > User Profile > User Group.
Civic Platform displays the User Group—Search window.
3. Locate the user group for which you want to configure the FID.
4. Enter the group name and click Submit.
Civic Platform displays the User Group - Edit window.
5. In your browser, do a search for 8601 to locate it on the page.
6. In the Function Name column, select FID 8601.
Civic Platform changes the access level to Full.
7. Select the option that corresponds with the level of access that you want to grant to the user group.
No Access The "Group Update" menu choice will NOT be visible to users in the user group for
which you are configuring the FID.
Full Access The "Group Update" menu choice will be visible to all users in the user group for
which you are configuring the FID.
Read Only The "Group Update" menu choice will be visible to all users in the user group for
which you are configuring the FID.
8. Click Save.
| Function IDs Reference | 1154
9999-Log Out
Obsolete.

Navigation menu